Seabridge Gold Inc.: Report To
Seabridge Gold Inc.: Report To
JS/vc
Suite 1000, 10th Fl, 885 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6C 1N5
Phone: 604.408.3788 Fax: 604.684.6241
IMPORTANT NOTICE
This report was prepared as National Instrument 43-101 Technical Report for Seabridge Gold Inc.
(Seabridge) by Tetra Tech, Inc., Moose Mountain Technical Services, Golder Associates Ltd., BGC
Engineering Inc., Resource Modeling Inc., McElhanney Consulting Services Ltd., Klohn Crippen
Berger Ltd, ERM Consultants Canada Ltd, WN Brazier Associates Inc., and Amec Foster Wheeler
Americas Limited, collectively the Report Authors. The quality of information, conclusions, and
estimates contained herein is consistent with the level of effort involved in the Report Authors’
services, based on i) information available at the time of preparation, ii) data supplied by outside
sources, and iii) the assumptions, conditions, and qualifications set forth in this report. This report is
intended for use by Seabridge subject to the respective terms and conditions of its contracts with the
individual Report Authors. Those contracts permit Seabridge to file this report as a Technical Report
with Canadian Securities Regulatory Authorities pursuant to provincial and territorial securities law.
Except for the purposes legislated under Canadian provincial and territorial securities law, any other
use of this report by any third party is at that party’s sole risk.
iv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
TABLE OF CONTENTS
v 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
1.21.1 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS .......................................................................... 1-54
1.22 PRELIMINARY ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT OF THE KSM PROJECT ................................ 1-56
1.22.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................... 1-56
1.22.2 MINING METHODS ............................................................................... 1-57
1.22.3 OPEN PIT MINING ................................................................................ 1-58
1.22.4 UNDERGROUND MINING – DEEP KERR, IRON CAP, AND MITCHELL ........... 1-59
1.22.5 RECOVERY METHODS ........................................................................... 1-59
1.22.6 PRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 1-60
1.22.7 CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS............................................................ 1-60
1.22.8 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ........................................................................... 1-62
1.22.9 CONCLUSIONS ..................................................................................... 1-62
1.23 RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................................ 1-62
1.23.1 2016 PFS RECOMMENDATIONS........................................................... 1-62
1.23.2 PEA RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................................................... 1-63
2.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 TERMS OF REFERENCE........................................................................................... 2-1
2.2.1 2016 PREFEASIBILITY STUDY ................................................................. 2-1
2.2.2 PRELIMINARY ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT.................................................... 2-2
2.3 SOURCES OF INFORMATION .................................................................................... 2-2
2.4 EFFECTIVE DATES .................................................................................................. 2-2
2.5 QUALIFIED PERSONS .............................................................................................. 2-2
3.0 RELIANCE ON OTHER EXPERTS........................................................................ 3-1
3.1 PREFEASIBILITY STUDY ........................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 PRELIMINARY ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT ................................................................... 3-2
3.2.1 OWNERSHIP, MINERAL TENURE AND SURFACE RIGHTS .............................. 3-2
3.2.2 TAXES ................................................................................................... 3-2
4.0 PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION ....................................................... 4-1
5.0 ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, INFRASTRUCTURE, LOCAL RESOURCES AND
PHYSIOGRAPHY................................................................................................. 5-1
6.0 HISTORY ............................................................................................................ 6-1
6.1 EXPLORATION HISTORY .......................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 HISTORICAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES ......................................................................... 6-4
6.3 HISTORY OF PRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 6-4
7.0 GEOLOGICAL SETTING AND MINERALIZATION ................................................ 7-1
7.1 GEOLOGICAL SETTING ............................................................................................ 7-1
7.2 MINERALIZATION ................................................................................................... 7-4
7.2.1 KERR ZONE........................................................................................... 7-4
7.2.2 SULPHURETS ZONE .............................................................................. 7-12
7.2.3 MITCHELL ZONE .................................................................................. 7-16
7.2.4 IRON CAP ZONE ................................................................................... 7-24
vi 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
8.0 DEPOSIT TYPES ................................................................................................. 8-1
9.0 EXPLORATION ................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1 2012 KSM EXPLORATION PROGRAM ..................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1 RESULTS OF 2012 EXPLORATION PROGRAM ............................................ 9-1
9.1.2 INTERPRETATION OF 2012 EXPLORATION DATA ........................................ 9-5
9.2 2013 KSM EXPLORATION PROGRAM ..................................................................... 9-5
9.2.1 RESULTS OF 2013 EXPLORATION PROGRAM ............................................ 9-6
9.2.2 INTERPRETATION OF 2013 EXPLORATION DATA ...................................... 9-10
9.3 2014 KSM EXPLORATION PROGRAM ................................................................... 9-11
9.3.1 RESULTS OF 2014 EXPLORATION PROGRAM .......................................... 9-11
9.3.2 INTERPRETATION OF 2014 EXPLORATION DATA ...................................... 9-15
9.4 2015 KSM EXPLORATION PROGRAM ................................................................... 9-15
9.4.1 RESULTS OF 2015 EXPLORATION PROGRAM .......................................... 9-16
9.4.2 INTERPRETATION OF 2015 EXPLORATION DATA ...................................... 9-19
9.5 STATEMENT REGARDING NATURE OF INVESTIGATIONS ............................................. 9-20
10.0 DRILLING ......................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 2013 TO 2015 DRILLING CAMPAIGNS: TYPE AND EXTENT ..................................... 10-2
10.3 DRILLING PROCEDURES: 2013 TO 2015 CAMPAIGNS ........................................... 10-9
10.4 SUMMARY AND INTERPRETATION OF 2013 TO 2015 DRILLING CAMPAIGNS ........... 10-11
10.4.1 KERR DEPOSIT .................................................................................. 10-11
10.4.2 SULPHURETS DEPOSIT ....................................................................... 10-12
10.4.3 MITCHELL DEPOSIT ............................................................................ 10-13
10.4.4 IRON CAP DEPOSIT............................................................................. 10-14
10.5 QP COMMENTS REGARDING DRILLING AND SAMPLING FACTORS............................ 10-14
11.0 SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSIS AND SECURITY ....................................... 11-1
11.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 PRE-2012 SAMPLE PREPARATION METHODS AND PROCEDURES ............................. 11-1
11.2.1 PRE-2012 STATEMENT ON SAMPLE PREPARATION PERSONNEL............... 11-1
11.2.2 PRE-2012 SAMPLE PREPARATION AND DISPATCH .................................. 11-1
11.2.3 PRE-2012 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES ................................................... 11-2
11.2.4 PRE-2012 QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES ............................................. 11-3
11.2.5 PRE-2012 CORRECTIVE ACTION ......................................................... 11-21
11.2.6 2012 SAMPLING PROGRAMS – QUALIFIED PERSON’S OPINION ............. 11-21
11.3 2012-2013 SAMPLE PREPARATION METHODS AND PROCEDURES ....................... 11-21
11.3.1 2012-2013 STATEMENT ON SAMPLE PREPARATION PERSONNEL ......... 11-21
11.3.2 2012-2013 SAMPLE PREPARATION AND DISPATCH ............................. 11-21
11.3.3 2012-2013 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES .............................................. 11-22
11.3.4 2012-2013 QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES ........................................ 11-24
11.3.5 2012-2013 BLANK SAMPLE PERFORMANCE ...................................... 11-24
11.3.6 2012-2013 STANDARD REFERENCE SAMPLE PERFORMANCE .............. 11-27
11.3.7 2012-2013 DUPLICATE SAMPLE PERFORMANCE ................................ 11-34
11.3.8 2012-2013 CHECK ASSAY RESULTS ................................................. 11-37
11.3.9 2012-2013 CORRECTIVE ACTION ...................................................... 11-39
vii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
11.3.10 2012-2013 QUALIFIED PERSON'S OPINION ........................................ 11-40
11.4 2014-2015 SAMPLE PREPARATION METHODS AND PROCEDURES ....................... 11-40
11.4.1 2014-2015 STATEMENT ON SAMPLE PREPARATION PERSONNEL ......... 11-41
11.4.2 2014-2015 SAMPLE PREPARATION AND DISPATCH ............................. 11-41
11.4.3 2014-2015 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES .............................................. 11-41
11.4.4 2014-2015 QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES ........................................ 11-41
11.4.5 2014-2015 BLANK SAMPLE PERFORMANCE ...................................... 11-42
11.4.6 2014-2015 STANDARD REFERENCE SAMPLE PERFORMANCE .............. 11-43
11.4.7 2014-2015 DUPLICATE SAMPLE PERFORMANCE ................................ 11-50
11.4.8 2014-2015 CHECK ASSAY RESULTS ................................................. 11-50
11.4.9 2014-2015 CORRECTIVE ACTION ...................................................... 11-52
11.4.10 2014-2015 QUALIFIED PERSON'S OPINION ........................................ 11-53
12.0 DATA VERIFICATION ........................................................................................ 12-1
12.1.1 ASSAY VERIFICATION ............................................................................ 12-1
12.1.2 DRILL HOLE LOGS................................................................................ 12-2
12.1.3 DOWN-HOLE SURVEYS .......................................................................... 12-2
12.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL ............................................... 12-2
12.1.5 TOPOGRAPHIC DATA ............................................................................. 12-2
12.2.1 ASSAY VERIFICATION ............................................................................ 12-3
12.2.2 DRILL HOLE LOGS................................................................................ 12-3
12.2.3 DOWN-HOLE SURVEYS .......................................................................... 12-4
12.2.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL ............................................... 12-4
12.3.1 ASSAY VERIFICATION ............................................................................ 12-4
12.3.2 DRILL HOLE LOGS................................................................................ 12-5
12.3.3 DOWN-HOLE SURVEYS .......................................................................... 12-5
12.3.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL ............................................... 12-5
13.0 MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING .............................. 13-1
13.1.2 RECENT TEST WORK – 2007 TO 2016 ................................................ 13-6
13.2 METALLURGICAL PERFORMANCE PROJECTION ...................................................... 13-92
14.0 MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES .................................................................. 14-1
14.1 SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL DEPOSITS ................................................................. 14-1
14.1.1 GOLD GRADE DISTRIBUTION – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL .................... 14-1
14.1.2 COPPER GRADE DISTRIBUTION – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL ................. 14-2
14.1.3 ASSAY GRADE CAPPING – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL ........................... 14-7
14.1.4 DRILL HOLE COMPOSITES – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL ........................ 14-9
14.1.5 GEOLOGIC CONSTRAINTS - SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL ........................ 14-10
14.1.6 VARIOGRAPHY – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL ...................................... 14-11
14.1.7 GRADE ESTIMATION PARAMETERS – SULPHURETS-MITCHELL................. 14-15
14.1.8 GRADE MODEL VERIFICATION - SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL .................. 14-19
14.1.9 RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL ................... 14-31
14.2 KERR DEPOSIT .................................................................................................. 14-33
14.2.1 METAL DISTRIBUTION – KERR............................................................. 14-33
14.2.2 HIGH-GRADE OUTLIERS – KERR .......................................................... 14-36
14.2.3 DRILL HOLE COMPOSITING – KERR ..................................................... 14-38
14.2.4 VARIOGRAPHY – KERR ....................................................................... 14-39
14.2.5 GRADE ESTIMATION PARAMETERS – KERR ........................................... 14-41
viii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
14.2.6 MODEL VALIDATION – KERR ............................................................... 14-44
14.2.7 RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION – KERR .................................................... 14-49
14.3 IRON CAP DEPOSIT ............................................................................................ 14-49
14.3.1 METAL DISTRIBUTION – IRON CAP ....................................................... 14-50
14.3.2 HIGH-GRADE OUTLIERS – IRON CAP ..................................................... 14-53
14.3.3 DRILL HOLE COMPOSITING – IRON CAP ............................................... 14-55
14.3.4 VARIOGRAPHY – IRON CAP .................................................................. 14-55
14.3.5 GRADE ESTIMATION PARAMETERS – IRON CAP ..................................... 14-57
14.3.6 MODEL VALIDATION – IRON CAP.......................................................... 14-61
14.3.7 RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION – IRON CAP .............................................. 14-67
14.4 SUMMARY OF MINERAL RESOURCES ................................................................... 14-67
14.5 GENERAL DISCUSSION ....................................................................................... 14-69
15.0 MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES ..................................................................... 15-1
16.0 MINING METHODS .......................................................................................... 16-1
16.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 16-1
16.1.1 PRODUCTION RATE CONSIDERATION ...................................................... 16-1
16.2 OPEN PIT MINING OPERATIONS............................................................................. 16-1
16.2.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................... 16-1
16.2.2 MINING DATUM ................................................................................... 16-2
16.2.3 OPEN PIT PRODUCTION RATE CONSIDERATIONS ...................................... 16-2
16.2.4 OPEN PIT MINE PLANNING 3D BLOCK MODEL ....................................... 16-2
16.2.5 PIT SLOPE DESIGN ANGLES .................................................................. 16-5
16.2.6 ECONOMIC PIT LIMITS, PIT DESIGNS .................................................... 16-14
16.2.7 DETAILED PIT DESIGNS ...................................................................... 16-22
16.2.8 OPEN PIT MINE PLAN ......................................................................... 16-28
16.2.9 OPEN PIT MINE OPERATIONS .............................................................. 16-41
16.2.10 MINE CLOSURE AND RECLAMATION ..................................................... 16-46
16.2.11 OPEN PIT MINE EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 16-46
16.3 UNDERGROUND MINING OPERATIONS ................................................................. 16-50
16.3.1 UNDERGROUND MINE DESIGN INPUTS ................................................. 16-52
16.3.2 MITCHELL UNDERGROUND.................................................................. 16-53
16.3.3 IRON CAP UNDERGROUND .................................................................. 16-57
16.4 MINE PRODUCTION SCHEDULE ........................................................................... 16-61
17.0 RECOVERY METHODS ..................................................................................... 17-1
17.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 17-1
17.2 MAJOR PROCESS DESIGN CRITERIA ....................................................................... 17-5
17.3 PROCESS PLANT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 17-8
17.3.1 PRIMARY CRUSHING............................................................................. 17-8
17.3.2 COARSE ORE TRANSPORT FROM MITCHELL SITE TO TREATY SITE ............. 17-9
17.3.3 COARSE MATERIAL HANDLING ............................................................. 17-10
17.3.4 SECONDARY CRUSHING ...................................................................... 17-10
17.3.5 TERTIARY CRUSHING MATERIAL CONVEYANCE/STORAGE ....................... 17-10
17.3.6 TERTIARY CRUSHING .......................................................................... 17-11
17.3.7 PRIMARY GRINDING ........................................................................... 17-11
17.3.8 COPPER, GOLD AND MOLYBDENUM FLOTATION..................................... 17-11
ix 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
17.3.9 CONCENTRATE DEWATERING ............................................................... 17-13
17.3.10 GOLD RECOVERY FROM GOLD-BEARING PYRITE PRODUCTS.................... 17-14
17.3.11 TREATMENT OF LEACH RESIDUES ........................................................ 17-16
17.3.12 TAILING MANAGEMENT ....................................................................... 17-17
17.3.13 REAGENTS HANDLING ........................................................................ 17-17
17.3.14 WATER SUPPLY ................................................................................. 17-18
17.3.15 AIR SUPPLY ....................................................................................... 17-19
17.3.16 ASSAY AND METALLURGICAL LABORATORY............................................ 17-20
17.3.17 PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION ......................................... 17-20
17.4 YEARLY PRODUCTION PROJECTION ...................................................................... 17-21
18.0 PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................................................... 18-1
MINE SITE LAYOUT ............................................................................... 18-1
PROCESSING AND TAILING MANAGEMENT AREA LAYOUT .......................... 18-2
18.2 TAILING, MINE ROCK, AND WATER MANAGEMENT .................................................. 18-7
INTRODUCTION .................................................................................... 18-7
MINE SITE CHARACTERIZATION .............................................................. 18-8
TMF SITE CHARACTERIZATION............................................................. 18-12
KSM PROJECT AREA SEISMICITY ......................................................... 18-16
DESIGN CRITERIA............................................................................... 18-17
ROCK STORAGE FACILITIES ................................................................. 18-20
MINE SITE WATER MANAGEMENT........................................................ 18-21
WATER TREATMENT ........................................................................... 18-27
TAILING MANAGEMENT FACILITY DESIGN .............................................. 18-32
18.3 TUNNELS .......................................................................................................... 18-44
MITCHELL-TREATY TUNNELS ............................................................... 18-45
18.4 MINE TO MILL ORE TRANSPORT SYSTEM ............................................................. 18-56
MTT FREIGHT AND PERSONNEL TRANSPORT ........................................ 18-64
18.5 SITE ROADS ...................................................................................................... 18-67
18.6 PROCESS PLANT FACILITIES ................................................................................ 18-70
TREATY OPC ..................................................................................... 18-71
MINE SITE......................................................................................... 18-73
LANDFILLS ........................................................................................ 18-74
18.9 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ................................................................................ 18-75
18.10 FRESH AND POTABLE WATER SUPPLY .................................................................. 18-76
18.11 POWER SUPPLY AND PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION....................................................... 18-76
NORTHWEST TRANSMISSION LINE ....................................................... 18-77
TREATY CREEK SWITCHING STATION .................................................... 18-78
TRANSMISSION LINE EXTENSION TO KSM ............................................ 18-79
SYSTEM STUDIES ............................................................................... 18-79
ELECTRIC UTILITY REQUIREMENTS, TARIFFS, AND COST OF
ELECTRIC POWER .............................................................................. 18-80
TREATY PLANT MAIN SUBSTATION NO. 1 .............................................. 18-82
138 KV CABLE.................................................................................. 18-83
MITCHELL SUBSTATION NO. 2 ............................................................. 18-83
SITE POWER DISTRIBUTION ................................................................. 18-84
MINE POWER ................................................................................ 18-84
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDBY POWER ............................................ 18-84
x 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
ENERGY RECOVERY AND SELF GENERATION ..................................... 18-85
MINE AND PLANT POWER CONSUMPTION ............................................. 18-86
MAIN SUBSTATIONS ........................................................................... 18-87
POWER DISTRIBUTION – TREATY PLANT MAIN SUBSTATION NO. 1 .......... 18-87
MITCHELL SUBSTATION NO. 2............................................................. 18-88
ANCILLARY SYSTEMS .......................................................................... 18-89
BACKGROUND ................................................................................... 18-89
OBJECTIVES AND METHODOLOGY ......................................................... 18-90
ROUTE DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................................ 18-91
ROAD DESIGN REQUIREMENTS............................................................ 18-97
DESIGN UPDATES (2012-2016) ....................................................... 18-98
18.14 PROPOSED WINTER ACCESS ROAD ................................................................... 18-101
18.16 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION EXECUTION PLAN ................................................ 18-106
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................... 18-106
EARLY WORKS PLAN ....................................................................... 18-107
PROJECT SCOPE ............................................................................. 18-108
PROJECT SCHEDULE ........................................................................ 18-110
ENGINEERING AND PROCUREMENT ................................................... 18-113
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT ......................................................... 18-113
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION AND CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT.......... 18-113
CONTRACTING PACKAGING AND STRATEGY OVERVIEW ........................ 18-115
SITE ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE ...................................................... 18-116
CONSTRUCTION INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................ 18-117
FIELD ENGINEERING ................................................................... 18-118
QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEMS........................ 18-119
HEALTH, SAFETY & SECURITY ...................................................... 18-119
ENVIRONMENTAL AND COMMUNITY AFFAIRS .................................. 18-122
PRE-COMMISSIONING/COMMISSIONING ....................................... 18-123
18.17 OWNER’S IMPLEMENTATION PLAN .................................................................... 18-125
19.0 MARKET STUDIES AND CONTRACTS .............................................................. 19-1
19.1 COPPER CONCENTRATE ........................................................................................ 19-1
19.1.1 MARKETABILITY ................................................................................... 19-1
19.1.2 SMELTING TERMS ................................................................................ 19-1
19.1.3 COPPER CONCENTRATES CONTRACTS AND TERMS .................................. 19-2
19.2 MOLYBDENITE CONCENTRATE ............................................................................... 19-5
19.2.1 SMELTING CHARGE .............................................................................. 19-5
20.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING, AND SOCI OR COMMUNITY
IMPACT ............................................................................................................ 20-1
20.1 LICENSING AND PERMITTING................................................................................. 20-1
20.1.1 PROVINCIAL PROCESS .......................................................................... 20-1
20.1.2 FEDERAL PROCESS .............................................................................. 20-2
20.1.3 NISGA’A FINAL AGREEMENT .................................................................. 20-3
20.1.4 PROVINCIAL PERMITS ........................................................................... 20-4
20.1.5 FEDERAL PERMITS ............................................................................... 20-4
20.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS AND STUDIES .............................................................. 20-7
20.2.1 BIOPHYSICAL SETTING .......................................................................... 20-7
xi 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
20.2.2 ECONOMIC, SOCIAL, AND CULTURAL SETTING ....................................... 20-18
20.3 WATER MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................... 20-22
20.3.1 OVERVIEW OF WATER MANAGEMENT ................................................... 20-22
20.3.2 SUMMARY OF WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................... 20-25
20.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................... 20-27
20.4.1 TAILING MANAGEMENT FACILITY MANAGEMENT AND
MONITORING PLAN ............................................................................ 20-27
20.4.2 TAILINGS ALTERNATIVE ASSESSMENT ................................................... 20-32
20.4.3 BEST AVAILABLE TAILINGS TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT .......................... 20-38
20.4.4 WASTE ROCK MANAGEMENT............................................................... 20-38
20.4.5 DOMESTIC AND INDUSTRIAL WASTE MANAGEMENT ............................... 20-44
20.5 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT INCLUDING GREENHOUSE GASES ................................ 20-53
20.5.1 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................ 20-53
20.5.2 GREENHOUSE GAS MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................. 20-58
20.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ............................................................ 20-64
20.7 CLOSURE AND RECLAMATION .............................................................................. 20-66
20.7.1 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ................................................................. 20-66
20.7.2 CLOSURE AND RECLAMATION OBJECTIVES ............................................ 20-69
20.7.3 SOIL HANDLING PLAN ........................................................................ 20-71
20.7.4 CLOSURE AND RECLAMATION PLANNING .............................................. 20-72
21.0 CAPITAL AND OPERATING COST ESTIMATES ................................................. 21-1
21.1 INITIAL CAPITAL COSTS ......................................................................................... 21-1
21.1.1 EXCLUSIONS ........................................................................................ 21-4
21.1.2 LABOUR RATES .................................................................................... 21-5
21.1.3 CONCRETE AND STRUCTURAL STEEL ...................................................... 21-5
21.1.4 ASSUMPTIONS ..................................................................................... 21-7
21.1.5 DIRECT COSTS ..................................................................................... 21-7
21.1.6 INDIRECT COSTS ................................................................................ 21-16
21.1.7 OWNER’S COSTS ............................................................................... 21-20
21.1.8 CONTINGENCY ................................................................................... 21-20
21.2 SUSTAINING CAPITAL COSTS ............................................................................... 21-21
21.2.1 MINE SITE......................................................................................... 21-22
21.2.2 OPEN PIT MINING .............................................................................. 21-22
21.2.3 UNDERGROUND MINING (BLOCK CAVES) ............................................. 21-23
21.2.4 MINE SITE WATER TREATMENT ........................................................... 21-24
21.2.5 PROCESS .......................................................................................... 21-25
21.2.6 NORTHWEST TRANSMISSION LINE CONTRIBUTION ................................. 21-26
21.2.7 MCTAGG DIVERSION TUNNEL MINI HYDRO GENERATION STATION .......... 21-27
21.2.8 TAILING MANAGEMENT FACILITY .......................................................... 21-27
21.2.9 OTHER SUSTAINING CAPITAL COSTS..................................................... 21-28
21.3 OPERATING COSTS ............................................................................................ 21-28
21.3.1 OPEN PIT MINE OPERATING COSTS ..................................................... 21-31
21.3.2 UNDERGROUND MINING OPERATING COSTS ......................................... 21-34
21.3.3 PROCESS OPERATING COSTS .............................................................. 21-36
21.3.4 TMF DAM MANAGEMENT OPERATING COSTS ....................................... 21-46
21.3.5 MINE SITE WATER MANAGEMENT COSTS ............................................. 21-47
21.3.6 GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ........................................................... 21-48
xii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
21.3.7 SITE SERVICES .................................................................................. 21-49
22.0 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ..................................................................................... 22-1
22.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 22-1
22.2 PRE-TAX MODEL ................................................................................................. 22-2
22.2.1 FINANCIAL EVALUATIONS: NPV AND IRR ................................................ 22-2
22.3 METAL PRICE SCENARIOS..................................................................................... 22-3
22.4 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS .......................................................................................... 22-4
22.5 POST-TAX FINANCIAL EVALUATIONS ........................................................................ 22-6
22.5.1 CANADIAN FEDERAL AND BC PROVINCIAL INCOME TAX REGIME ................ 22-6
22.5.2 BC MINERAL TAX REGIME .................................................................... 22-7
22.5.3 TAXES AND POST-TAX FINANCIAL RESULTS .............................................. 22-8
22.6 ROYALTIES ........................................................................................................ 22-10
22.7 SMELTER TERMS ............................................................................................... 22-10
22.8 CONCENTRATE AND DORÉ TRANSPORT LOGISTICS................................................. 22-10
22.8.1 CONCENTRATE TRANSPORT INSURANCE ............................................... 22-11
22.8.2 MARKETING AND OWNERS REPRESENTATION ....................................... 22-11
22.8.3 CONCENTRATE LOSSES....................................................................... 22-11
23.0 ADJACENT PROPERTIES ................................................................................. 23-1
24.0 OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION ................................................ 24-1
24.16 MINING METHODS ............................................................................................... 24-1
24.16.1 OPEN PIT MINING METHOD .................................................................. 24-1
24.16.2 DEEP KERR MINING METHODS ........................................................... 24-13
24.16.3 IRON CAP MINING METHODS .............................................................. 24-24
24.16.4 MITCHELL MINING METHODS.............................................................. 24-32
24.17 RECOVERY METHODS......................................................................................... 24-42
24.17.1 PROCESS PLANT ................................................................................ 24-43
24.17.2 FLOWSHEET DESCRIPTION .................................................................. 24-43
24.17.3 MILL DESIGN CRITERIA....................................................................... 24-50
24.17.4 MAJOR EQUIPMENT SIZING CRITERIA ................................................... 24-50
24.17.5 INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................... 24-52
24.18 PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................................. 24-53
24.18.1 ONSITE ............................................................................................. 24-53
24.18.2 OFF-SITE INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................. 24-56
24.18.3 DEEP KERR PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE ............................................... 24-56
24.18.4 IRON CAP PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................. 24-59
24.18.5 MITCHELL PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE.................................................. 24-62
24.19 MARKET STUDIES AND CONTRACTS ..................................................................... 24-64
24.19.1 COPPER CONCENTRATE ...................................................................... 24-64
24.20 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING AND SOCIAL OR COMMUNITY IMPACT ......... 24-68
24.21 CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS ......................................................................... 24-70
24.21.1 CAPITAL COST ESTIMATES ................................................................... 24-71
24.21.2 OPERATING COST ESTIMATES .............................................................. 24-72
24.21.3 COMMENTS ON SECTION 21 ............................................................... 24-76
24.22 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ......................................................................................... 24-76
xiii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
24.22.1 METHODOLOGY USED ........................................................................ 24-77
24.22.2 FINANCIAL MODEL PARAMETERS ......................................................... 24-77
24.22.3 FINANCIAL RESULTS ........................................................................... 24-80
24.22.4 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS ........................................................................ 24-81
25.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ........................................................ 25-1
25.11.1 OPEN PIT ............................................................................................ 25-9
25.12.1 UNDERGROUND MINING RISKS ........................................................... 25-14
25.12.2 MARKETING RISKS ............................................................................ 25-15
26.0 RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................................................................... 26-1
26.2 PRE-FEASIBILITY STUDY RECOMMENDATIONS ......................................................... 26-1
26.2.1 MINING............................................................................................... 26-1
26.2.2 ROCK STORAGE FACILITIES ................................................................... 26-4
26.2.3 WATER ............................................................................................... 26-5
26.2.4 TMF AREA .......................................................................................... 26-8
26.2.5 TUNNELS ............................................................................................ 26-9
26.2.6 METALLURGICAL TESTING AND PROCESS ENGINEERING ......................... 26-10
26.2.7 MTT TRANSPORT SYSTEM .................................................................. 26-11
26.2.8 KSM EXPLORATION ........................................................................... 26-12
26.3 RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE PRELIMINARY ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT ................. 26-12
26.3.2 DEEP KERR EXPLORATION AND MINERAL RESOURCE DRILLING .............. 26-12
26.3.3 DEEP KERR GEOTECHNICAL STUDIES ................................................... 26-13
26.3.4 DEEP KERR METALLURGICAL TESTWORK ............................................. 26-13
27.0 REFERENCES .................................................................................................. 27-1
APPENDICES
xiv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
APPENDIX K ENVIRONMENTAL
APPENDIX L CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS
APPENDIX M ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
APPENDIX N KSM PROPERTY CLAIMS INFORMATION
LIST OF TABLES
xv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Table 9.11 Select 2014 Iron Cap Drill Hole Assay Results ......................................................... 9-13
Table 9.12 Select 2014 Drill Hole Assay Results ........................................................................ 9-15
Table 9.13 Select 2015 Kerr Drill Hole Assay Results ................................................................ 9-17
Table 9.14 Select 2015 Mitchell Composited Drill Hole Assays ................................................ 9-19
Table 10.1 End-of-year 2015 KSM Drill Hole Summary.............................................................. 10-1
Table 10.2 2013 to 2015 KSM Drill Hole Summary ................................................................... 10-3
Table 10.3 KSM Drill Hole Summary by Area and Company ...................................................... 10-4
Table 11.1 ICP Detection Limits – Pre-2012 Data ...................................................................... 11-3
Table 11.2 KSM Standard Reference Materials - Pre-2012 Data.............................................. 11-6
Table 11.3 Summary of Pre-2012 Quarter Core Assay Results .............................................. 11-15
Table 11.4 Summary of Pre-2012 Same Pulp Check Assay Results ...................................... 11-18
Table 11.5 ICP Detection Limits – 2012-2013 ........................................................................ 11-23
Table 11.6 Summary of Control Samples Submitted in 2012-2013 ...................................... 11-24
Table 11.7 Summary of SRM Samples Submitted in 2012-2013 .......................................... 11-28
Table 11.8 Summary of Duplicate Samples Submitted in 2012-2013 .................................. 11-34
Table 11.9 2012-2013 Check Assay Results - ALS vs. AcmeLabs.......................................... 11-37
Table 11.10 Summary of Control Samples Submitted in 2014-2015 ...................................... 11-42
Table 11.11 Summary of Control Samples Submitted in 2014-2015 ...................................... 11-44
Table 11.12 Summary of Duplicate Samples Submitted in 2014-2015 .................................. 11-50
Table 11.13 2014-2015 Check Assay Results – ALS vs. AcmeLabs ........................................ 11-51
Table 12.1 Pre-2012 Database Verification ................................................................................ 12-1
Table 12.2 2012-2013 Database Verification ............................................................................ 12-3
Table 12.3 2014-2015 Database Verification ............................................................................ 12-5
Table 13.1 Metallurgical Test Work Programs............................................................................. 13-1
Table 13.2 Test Samples – Coastech, 1989 ............................................................................... 13-2
Table 13.3 Test Samples – Placer Dome, 1990 ......................................................................... 13-3
Table 13.4 Test Samples – Placer Dome, 1991 ......................................................................... 13-3
Table 13.5 Mineralogical Characteristics – Placer Dome, 1990 ............................................... 13-3
Table 13.6 SG Determination Results.......................................................................................... 13-4
Table 13.7 Flotation Test Results – Placer Dome, 1991............................................................ 13-6
Table 13.8 Test Samples – Mitchell, 2007 (G&T) ....................................................................... 13-7
Table 13.9 Head Assay on Variability Test Samples – Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) ............................ 13-8
Table 13.10 Head Assay on Composites – Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) ................................................ 13-9
Table 13.11 Metal Contents of Composites – Mitchell, 2009 (G&T) ........................................ 13-10
Table 13.12 Metal Contents of Composites – Mitchell, 2010 (G&T) ........................................ 13-10
Table 13.13 Element Content Estimate and Percent of Mineralization Type Domain ............. 13-12
Table 13.14 Metal Contents of Composites – Mitchell, 2011/2012 (G&T) ............................. 13-13
Table 13.15 Mineral Composition Data – Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) ............................................... 13-13
Table 13.16 Bond Ball Mill Work Index Test Results – Mitchell, 2008 ..................................... 13-15
Table 13.17 SMC Test Results – Mitchell, 2008 ........................................................................ 13-17
Table 13.18 SMC Test Results – Mitchell, 2011/2012 ............................................................ 13-17
Table 13.19 JK SimMet Simulation Results (60,000 t/d SABC Circuit, 2008) ........................ 13-18
Table 13.20 HPGR Average Test Results – LCT, Mitchell, 2009/2010 .................................... 13-19
Table 13.21 Simulation Results – HPGR/Ball Circuit, SGS (2009/2010) ................................ 13-22
Table 13.22 Locked Cycle Test Results – Mitchell ..................................................................... 13-36
Table 13.23 Locked Cycle Test Results – Blended Samples ..................................................... 13-39
Table 13.24 Pilot Plant Test Results – Mitchell, 2009 (G&T) .................................................... 13-40
Table 13.25 Pilot Plant Test Results - Mitchell, 2010 (G&T) ..................................................... 13-41
Table 13.26 Bulk Concentrate Mineralogy – Mitchell, 2010 (G&T) .......................................... 13-43
Table 13.27 Cu-Mo Separation LCT Test Results, 2010 ............................................................ 13-45
Table 13.28 Cyanidation Test Results – Individual Samples, Mitchell, 2008 .......................... 13-46
Table 13.29 Cyanidation Test Results – Composites, Mitchell, 2008/2009 ........................... 13-47
xvi 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Table 13.30 Cyanidation Test Results on LCT Test Products – Mitchell ................................... 13-47
Table 13.31 Cyanidation Test Results on LCT Products – Mitchell/Other Zones..................... 13-48
Table 13.32 Cyanidation Test Results – LCT Products, 2009 (SGS)......................................... 13-49
Table 13.33 Gravity Separation Test Results – Mitchell ............................................................ 13-49
Table 13.34 Metal Contents of Composites – Sulphurets ......................................................... 13-51
Table 13.35 Bond Ball Mill Work Index Test Results – Sulphurets ........................................... 13-51
Table 13.36 SMC Test Results – Sulphurets, 2011/2012........................................................ 13-52
Table 13.37 Batch Flotation Tests –Sulphurets, 2009 (G&T) ................................................... 13-53
Table 13.38 Locked Cycle Test Results – Sulphurets ................................................................ 13-54
Table 13.39 Average Cyanidation Test Results – Sulphurets, 2009 (G&T) .............................. 13-55
Table 13.40 Cyanidation Test Results – Flotation LCT Products, Sulphurets, 2009–2011 ... 13-56
Table 13.41 Metal Contents of Composites – Upper Kerr, 2010 (G&T) ................................... 13-56
Table 13.42 Bond Ball Mill Work Index Test Results – Upper Kerr (G&T)................................. 13-57
Table 13.43 SMC Test Results – Upper Kerr, 2011/2012........................................................ 13-57
Table 13.44 Locked Cycle Test Results – Upper Kerr (G&T) ..................................................... 13-59
Table 13.45 Cyanidation Test Results on LCT Test Products – Upper Kerr (G&T) ......................... 60
Table 13.46 Metal Contents of Composites – Lower Kerr, 2013-2015 (ALS)................................ 61
Table 13.47 Flotation Locked Cycle Test Results – Lower Kerr ...................................................... 63
Table 13.48 Preliminary Cyanidation Test Results – Lower Kerr .............................................. 13-66
Table 13.49 Metal Contents of Composites – Iron Cap, 2010 (G&T) ....................................... 13-67
Table 13.50 Mineral Content – Sample IC-2014-MC4 - Iron Cap, 2014 (ALS) ........................ 13-69
Table 13.51 Locked Cycle Test Results – Iron Cap .................................................................... 13-74
Table 13.52 Cyanidation Test Results on LCT Test Products – Iron Cap .................................. 13-76
Table 13.53 Multi-Element Assay – Mitchell Concentrate* ....................................................... 13-77
Table 13.54 Multi-element Assay – Sulphurets/Upper Kerr/Blend Concentrate* ................... 13-79
Table 13.55 Multi-element Assay – Iron Cap/Blend Concentrate* .......................................... 13-81
Table 13.56 Multi-element Assay – Lower Kerr/Blend Concentrate* ....................................... 13-83
Table 13.57 Chemical Analysis of Cyanide Recovery Test Solution and Cyanide
Destruction Pulp ...................................................................................................... 13-86
Table 13.58 Cyanide Recovery Test Results – AVR .................................................................... 13-86
Table 13.59 Cyanide Destruction Test Results – 2009/2010 (SGS) ....................................... 13-88
Table 13.60 Recommended Conventional Thickener Operating Parameters –
2009 (Pocock) ......................................................................................................... 13-90
Table 13.61 Recommended High Rate Thickener Operating Parameters – 2009 (Pocock) ... 13-90
Table 13.62 Filtration Test Results – 2009 (Pocock) ................................................................ 13-91
Table 13.63 Cu-Au Concentrate – Cu Grade............................................................................... 13-92
Table 13.64 Cu-Au Concentrate – Metal Recovery Projections ................................................. 13-93
Table 13.65 Au-Ag Doré – Metal Recovery Projections .............................................................. 13-94
Table 13.66 Mo Concentrate Metal Recovery and Grade .......................................................... 13-95
Table 14.1 Distribution of Gold by AUZON – Sulphurets Zone ................................................... 14-3
Table 14.2 Distribution of Gold by AUZON – Mitchell ................................................................. 14-4
Table 14.3 Distribution of Copper by CUZON – Sulphurets Zone............................................... 14-5
Table 14.4 Distribution of Copper by CUZON – Mitchell Zone.................................................... 14-6
Table 14.5 Sulphurets and Mitchell Gold Grade Capping Limits ............................................... 14-9
Table 14.6 Sulphurets and Mitchell Copper Grade Capping Limits ........................................... 14-9
Table 14.7 Silver and Molybdenum Grade Capping Limits......................................................... 14-9
Table 14.8 Constraints Used to Estimate Block Grades – Sulphurets and Mitchell .............. 14-10
Table 14.9 AUZON Code Definitions.......................................................................................... 14-11
Table 14.10 CUZON Code Definitions ......................................................................................... 14-11
Table 14.11 KSM Block Model Dimensions ............................................................................... 14-15
Table 14.12 Sulphurets Zone Gold Estimation Parameters ...................................................... 14-16
Table 14.13 Mitchell Gold/Silver Estimation Parameters.......................................................... 14-17
xvii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Table 14.14 Sulphurets Copper/Molybdenum Estimation Parameters .................................... 14-18
Table 14.15 Mitchell Copper Estimation Parameters ................................................................ 14-19
Table 14.16 Mitchell Molybdenum Grade Estimation Parameters ........................................... 14-19
Table 14.17 Grade Model Bias Checks ....................................................................................... 14-29
Table 14.18 Indicated Resource Criteria .................................................................................... 14-32
Table 14.19 Inferred Resource Criteria ....................................................................................... 14-32
Table 14.20 Kerr Gold Assay Statistics ....................................................................................... 14-34
Table 14.21 Kerr Copper Assay Statistics ................................................................................... 14-35
Table 14.22 Kerr Grade Capping Limits ...................................................................................... 14-38
Table 14.23 Kerr Block Model Limits .......................................................................................... 14-41
Table 14.24 Kerr Block Model Domains ..................................................................................... 14-42
Table 14.25 Kerr Gold Grade Zones (AUZON)............................................................................. 14-42
Table 14.26 Kerr Copper Grade Zones (CUZON) ........................................................................ 14-43
Table 14.27 Kerr Global Bias Checks) ........................................................................................ 14-48
Table 14.28 Iron Cap Gold Assay Statistics ................................................................................ 14-51
Table 14.29 Iron Cap Copper Assay Statistics ............................................................................ 14-52
Table 14.30 Iron Cap Capping Limits .......................................................................................... 14-54
Table 14.31 Kerr Block Model Limits .......................................................................................... 14-57
Table 14.32 Iron Cap Grade Envelopes ...................................................................................... 14-58
Table 14.33 Iron Cap Gold Estimation Parameters .................................................................... 14-59
Table 14.34 Iron Cap Copper Estimation Parameters ............................................................... 14-59
Table 14.35 Iron Cap Silver Estimation Parameters .................................................................. 14-60
Table 14.36 Iron Cap Molybdenum Estimation Parameters ...................................................... 14-60
Table 14.37 Iron Cap Global Bias Grade Checks ....................................................................... 14-65
Table 14.38 Key Mineral Resource Parameters ......................................................................... 14-68
Table 14.39 KSM Mineral Resources.......................................................................................... 14-70
Table 15.1 Pit Mining Loss and Dilution ...................................................................................... 15-1
Table 15.2 Grade of Dilution Material by Pit Area ....................................................................... 15-1
Table 15.3 Underground Mining Dilution ..................................................................................... 15-2
Table 15.4 Site Operating Cost – Drawpoint Shut-off ................................................................. 15-3
Table 15.5 Proven and Probable Reserves ................................................................................. 15-3
Table 16.1 Major Smelter Terms used in the NSR Calculation .................................................. 16-3
Table 16.2 Metal Prices for Reserve NSR Calculation ................................................................ 16-3
Table 16.3 Estimated NSP by Mining Area .................................................................................. 16-4
Table 16.4 Mitchell Zone Pit Slope Design Parameters ............................................................. 16-8
Table 16.5 Sulphurets Zone Pit Slope Design Parameters...................................................... 16-10
Table 16.6 Kerr Zone Pit Slope Design Parameters................................................................. 16-12
Table 16.7 LG Pit Limit Primary Assumptions........................................................................... 16-15
Table 16.8 Production Schedule Assumptions......................................................................... 16-30
Table 16.9 Blasting Assumptions .............................................................................................. 16-44
Table 16.10 Major Equipment Requirements ............................................................................ 16-46
Table 16.11 Open Pit Production Drilling Assumptions ............................................................. 16-47
Table 16.12 Mine Support Equipment Fleet ............................................................................... 16-48
Table 16.13 Open Pit Ancillary Equipment Fleet ........................................................................ 16-49
Table 16.14 Mitchell Block Cave Mineral Reserves ($15 NSR Shut-off) .................................. 16-54
Table 16.15 Iron Cap Block Cave Reserves ($16 NSR Shut-off) ............................................... 16-58
Table 16.16 Summarized Production Schedule – Open Pit and Underground ........................ 16-62
Table 17.1 Major Design Criteria.................................................................................................. 17-5
Table 17.2 Projected Metallurgical Performance ..................................................................... 17-22
Table 17.3 Projected Copper Concentrate Quality ................................................................... 17-23
Table 18.1 Climate Data for the Mine Site (Sulphurets Creek Climate Station) .................... 18-11
Table 18.2 Climate Data for the TMF (Teigen Creek Climate Station)1................................... 18-15
xviii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Table 18.3 Calculated Design PGAs for TMF and RSF Sites .................................................... 18-16
Table 18.4 10,000-year Return Period Spectral Accelerations for the TMF Site ................... 18-16
Table 18.5 WSD and WSF Seepage Dam Safety and Flood Management Criteria ................ 18-17
Table 18.6 Geotechnical Stability Design Criteria for Key Areas of RSFs ............................... 18-18
Table 18.7 TMF Dam Safety and Flood Management ............................................................. 18-19
Table 18.8 Temporary Water Treatment Plant Locations ........................................................ 18-28
Table 18.9 Annual Reagent Consumption for the HDS WTP ................................................... 18-31
Table 18.10 Tailing Dam Summary ............................................................................................. 18-36
Table 18.11 KSM Pre-Production Tunnels Summary ................................................................. 18-44
Table 18.12 KSM Operational Phase Tunnels Summary ........................................................... 18-45
Table 18.13 Recommended Tunnel Support .............................................................................. 18-47
Table 18.14 Ground Support and Advance Rates ...................................................................... 18-47
Table 18.15 Estimated Freight, Fuel, and Personnel Transport Daily Requirements .............. 18-65
Table 18.16 Mine Road Cut and Fill Estimates .......................................................................... 18-69
Table 18.17 Mini Hydro and Energy Recovery Power Generation ............................................. 18-86
Table 18.18 Owner's Key Activities by Year .............................................................................. 18-128
Table 19.1 Benchmark Smelting Terms....................................................................................... 19-2
Table 20.1 KSM Project Tailing Management Facility Multiple Accounts
Analysis Results ....................................................................................................... 20-37
Table 21.1 KSM Capital Cost Estimate Structure Summary ...................................................... 21-1
Table 21.2 Capital Cost Summary ................................................................................................ 21-3
Table 21.3 Capital Cost Estimate Input Parameters ................................................................... 21-4
Table 21.4 Cost of Standard Concrete Placed ............................................................................ 21-6
Table 21.5 Cost of Structural Steel .............................................................................................. 21-6
Table 21.6 Mine Site Capital Costs .............................................................................................. 21-8
Table 21.7 Open Pit Mining Capital Costs ................................................................................... 21-8
Table 21.8 Open Pit Mine Mobile and Engineering Equipment Capital Costs ........................... 21-9
Table 21.9 Water Storage Facility Capital Costs ...................................................................... 21-10
Table 21.10 Surface Water Management Capital Cost Estimate .............................................. 21-10
Table 21.11 Water Treatment Capital Cost Estimate ................................................................. 21-11
Table 21.12 Process-Treaty OPC Capital Cost Estimate ............................................................ 21-12
Table 21.13 Ore Transport Capital Cost Estimate ...................................................................... 21-13
Table 21.14 Flotation, Concentration, and Leaching ................................................................. 21-14
Table 21.15 TMF Capital Costs .................................................................................................... 21-15
Table 21.16 Off-site Infrastructure .............................................................................................. 21-16
Table 21.17 Permanent Electrical Power Supply and Energy Recovery.................................... 21-16
Table 21.18 Indirect Capital Costs .............................................................................................. 21-17
Table 21.19 Contingency ............................................................................................................. 21-21
Table 21.20 Sustaining Capital Costs ......................................................................................... 21-22
Table 21.21 Mine Site Sustaining Capital Costs ........................................................................ 21-22
Table 21.22 Open Pit Pit Sustaining Capital Costs ..................................................................... 21-23
Table 21.23 Mitchell Block Caving Sustaining Capital Costs..................................................... 21-24
Table 21.24 Iron Cap Block Caving Sustaining Capital Costs .................................................... 21-24
Table 21.25 Mitchell Mine Site Water Treatment Sustaining Capital ....................................... 21-25
Table 21.26 Process Sustaining Capital ..................................................................................... 21-26
Table 21.27 TMF Sustaining Capital ........................................................................................... 21-27
Table 21.28 Other Sustaining Capital ......................................................................................... 21-28
Table 21.29 Operating Cost Summary ........................................................................................ 21-29
Table 21.30 Open Pit Mine Hourly Labour Rates ....................................................................... 21-32
Table 21.31 Open Pit Mining Costs per Tonne Mill Feed ........................................................... 21-33
Table 21.32 Open Pit Mining Costs per Tonne of Material Mined............................................. 21-33
Table 21.33 Summary of Mitchell Block Cave Mine Operating Cost by Activity ....................... 21-35
xix 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Table 21.34 Summary of Iron Cap Block Cave Mine Operating Cost by Activity....................... 21-36
Table 21.35 Summary of Process Operating Costs by Deposit ................................................. 21-38
Table 21.36 Operating Costs per Area of Operation by Deposit ................................................ 21-40
Table 21.37 Crushing, Grinding, and Copper/Pyrite Flotation Operating Costs by Deposit..... 21-42
Table 21.38 Molybdenum Flotation Operation Costs: Mitchell and Iron Cap* ........................ 21-43
Table 21.39 Gold Leach and Recovery Circuit Operating Costs ................................................ 21-44
Table 21.40 Cyanide Recovery and Destruction Operating Costs ............................................. 21-45
Table 21.41 Tunnel Transport Operating Costs .......................................................................... 21-46
Table 21.42 Tailing Delivery and Reclaimed Water Operating Costs ........................................ 21-46
Table 21.43 Water Treatment Plant Operating Costs ................................................................ 21-47
Table 21.44 Selenium Removal Water Treatment Plant Operating .......................................... 21-48
Table 21.45 G&A Operating Cost Estimate ................................................................................. 21-49
Table 21.46 Overall Site Service Cost Estimate ......................................................................... 21-50
Table 22.1 Metal Production from the KSM Project ................................................................... 22-2
Table 22.2 Summary of the Pre-tax Economic Evaluations ........................................................ 22-4
Table 22.3 Component of the Various Taxes for all Scenarios................................................... 22-8
Table 22.4 Summary of Post-tax Financial Results ..................................................................... 22-8
Table 22.5 KSM Project Annual Cash Flow for Pre-production Period,
Years 1 to 7 and LOM................................................................................................. 22-9
Table 23.1 Pretium Snowfield Mineral Resources Using a 0.30 g/t Cut-off.............................. 23-2
Table 24.1 Mineral Resources Included in the PEA Open Pit Mine Plan ................................... 24-2
Table 24.2 Optimization Inputs .................................................................................................... 24-3
Table 24.3 Peak Equipment Fleet ................................................................................................ 24-9
Table 24.4 Support Equipment ................................................................................................. 24-12
Table 24.5 Auxiliary Equipment ................................................................................................. 24-12
Table 24.6 Deep Kerr Diluted Mineral Resources in PEA Mine Plan ...................................... 24-22
Table 24.7 Mobile Equipment Requirements, Deep Kerr ........................................................ 24-23
Table 24.8 Iron Cap Diluted Mineral Resources in PEA Mine Plan ......................................... 24-30
Table 24.9 Mobile Equipment Requirements for Iron Cap ...................................................... 24-31
Table 24.10 Mitchell Diluted Mineral Resources in PEA Mine Plan .......................................... 24-40
Table 24.11 Mobile Equipment Requirements, Mitchell ........................................................... 24-41
Table 24.12 Major PEA Process Design Criteria ......................................................................... 24-50
Table 24.13 Comminution – Major Equipment Sizing ............................................................... 24-51
Table 24.14 Copper-Gold Flotation – Major Equipment List ..................................................... 24-51
Table 24.15 Pyrite Flotation and Cyanidation – Major Equipment List ..................................... 24-52
Table 24.16 Freight, Fuel, and Personnel Volume ..................................................................... 24-54
Table 24.17 Benchmark Smelting Terms.................................................................................... 24-66
Table 24.18 Capital Cost Estimate Responsibilities by Firm ..................................................... 24-70
Table 24.19 PEA Capital Cost Estimate Summary in US$M ...................................................... 24-71
Table 24.20 Operating Cost Estimate Responsibilities by Firm ................................................. 24-73
Table 24.21 Average Onsite Operating Costs for PEA ................................................................ 24-73
Table 24.22 Metal Price Assumptions in PEA ............................................................................. 24-78
Table 24.23 PEA Financial Analysis Summary ............................................................................ 24-81
Table 24.24 PEA Cashflow on an Annualized Basis ................................................................... 24-83
Table 24.25 Average Cost per Ounce of Gold Recovered .......................................................... 24-85
Table 25.1 Summary of Major Pre- and Post-tax Results by Metal Price Scenario ................... 25-7
xx 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
LIST OF FIGURES
xxi 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Figure 11.5 2011 Molybdenum Standard CM-4 Performance .................................................... 11-8
Figure 11.6 2011 Gold Standard CM-11A Performance.............................................................. 11-8
Figure 11.7 2011 Copper Standard CM-11A Performance ......................................................... 11-9
Figure 11.8 2011 Molybdenum Standard CM-11A Performance ............................................... 11-9
Figure 11.9 2011 Gold Standard CGS-19 Performance ........................................................... 11-10
Figure 11.10 2011 Copper Standard CGS-19 Performance ....................................................... 11-10
Figure 11.11 2011 Gold Standard CGS-22 Performance ........................................................... 11-11
Figure 11.12 2011 Copper Standard CGS-22 Performance ....................................................... 11-11
Figure 11.13 2011 Gold Standard CGS-27 Performance ........................................................... 11-12
Figure 11.14 2011 Copper Standard CGS-27 Performance ....................................................... 11-12
Figure 11.15 2011 Gold Standard SEA-CL2 Performance .......................................................... 11-13
Figure 11.16 2011 Gold Standard SEA-KSM Performance ........................................................ 11-13
Figure 11.17 2011 Copper Standard SEA-KSM Performance .................................................... 11-14
Figure 11.18 2011 Molybdenum Standard SEA-KSM Performance .......................................... 11-14
Figure 11.19 2011 Quarter Core Gold QQ Plot ............................................................................ 11-16
Figure 11.20 2011 Quarter Core Copper QQ Plot ........................................................................ 11-16
Figure 11.21 2011 Quarter Core Silver QQ Plot .......................................................................... 11-17
Figure 11.22 2011 Quarter Core Molybdenum QQ Plot .............................................................. 11-17
Figure 11.23 2011 Eco Tech vs. ALS Chemex Check Assays – Gold ......................................... 11-19
Figure 11.24 2011 Eco Tech vs. ALS Chemex Check Assays – Copper ..................................... 11-19
Figure 11.25 2011 Eco Tech vs. ALS Chemex Check Assays – Silver ........................................ 11-20
Figure 11.26 2011 Eco Tech vs. ALS Chemex Check Assays – Molybdenum ........................... 11-20
Figure 11.27 2012-2013 Blank Performance – Copper ............................................................. 11-25
Figure 11.28 2012-2013 Blank Performance – Gold ................................................................. 11-25
Figure 11.29 2012-2013 Blank Performance – Silver ............................................................... 11-26
Figure 11.30 2012-2013 Blank Performance – Molybdenum ................................................... 11-26
Figure 11.31 2012-2013 SEA-KSM SRM Performance – Copper .............................................. 11-29
Figure 11.32 2012-2013 CM-25 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-29
Figure 11.33 2012-2013 CM-23 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-30
Figure 11.34 2012-2013 CM-14 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-30
Figure 11.35 2012-2013 CM-17 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-31
Figure 11.36 2012-2013 SEA-KSM SRM Performance – Gold .................................................. 11-31
Figure 11.37 CM-25 SRM Performance – Gold ........................................................................... 11-32
Figure 11.38 CM-23 SRM Performance – Gold ........................................................................... 11-32
Figure 11.39 CM-14 SRM Performance – Gold ........................................................................... 11-33
Figure 11.40 CM-17 SRM Performance – Gold ........................................................................... 11-33
Figure 11.41 2012-2013 Duplicate vs. Original Sample QQ Plot – Copper .............................. 11-35
Figure 11.42 2012-2013 Duplicate vs. Original Sample QQ Plot – Gold ................................... 11-35
Figure 11.43 2012-2013 Duplicate vs. Original Sample QQ Plot – Silver ................................. 11-36
Figure 11.44 2012-2013 Duplicate vs. Original Sample QQ Plot – Molybdenum ..................... 11-36
Figure 11.45 2012-2013 Check Assay QQ Plot - Cu ................................................................... 11-37
Figure 11.46 2012-2013 Check Assay QQ Plot - Au.................................................................... 11-38
Figure 11.47 2012-2013 Check Assay QQ Plot - Ag .................................................................... 11-38
Figure 11.48 2012-2013 Check Assay QQ Plot - Mo................................................................... 11-39
Figure 11.49 2014-2015 Blank Performance – Gold ................................................................. 11-42
Figure 11.50 2014-2015 Blank Performance – Copper ............................................................. 11-43
Figure 11.51 2014-2015 SEA-KSM SRM Performance – Copper .............................................. 11-45
Figure 11.52 2014-2015 CM-27 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-45
Figure 11.53 2014-2015 CM-25 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-46
Figure 11.54 2014-2015 CM-23 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-46
Figure 11.55 2014-2015 CM-19 SRM Performance – Copper .................................................. 11-47
Figure 11.56 2014-2015 SEA-KSM SRM Performance – Gold .................................................. 11-47
xxii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Figure 11.57 2014-2015 CM-27 SRM Performance – Gold....................................................... 11-48
Figure 11.58 2014-2015 CM-25 SRM Performance – Gold....................................................... 11-48
Figure 11.59 2014-2015 CM-23 SRM Performance – Gold....................................................... 11-49
Figure 11.60 2014-2015 CM-19 SRM Performance – Gold....................................................... 11-49
Figure 11.61 2014-2015 Check Assay QQ Plot – Copper........................................................... 11-51
Figure 11.62 2014-2015 Check Assay QQ Plot – Gold ............................................................... 11-52
Figure 13.1 2008 and 2009 Mitchell Zone Metallurgical Samples – Plan View........................ 13-8
Figure 13.2 Drill Core Interval Plan for PP Composite 3 ........................................................... 13-11
Figure 13.3 Mineral Relationship – Master Composite, Mitchell ............................................. 13-14
Figure 13.4 Comparative Ball Mill Work Index – Variability Samples, 2008 ........................... 13-16
Figure 13.5 Comparative Ball Mill Work Index – Composite Samples (Mitchell, 2008) ......... 13-16
Figure 13.6 HPGR Net Specific Energy Consumption vs. Cycle Number, 2010 ...................... 13-20
Figure 13.7 Specific Throughput (ts/hm3) vs. Cycle Number, 2010 ........................................ 13-21
Figure 13.8 Metallurgical Performance vs. Primary Grind Size – QSP 0-30, 2008 (G&T) ...... 13-24
Figure 13.9 Metallurgical Performance vs. Primary Grind Size – Hi Qtz 0-30, 2008 (G&T) ... 13-24
Figure 13.10 Effect of Primary Grind Size on Metallurgical Performance, 2008 (G&T) ............ 13-25
Figure 13.11 Effect of Primary Grind Size on Metal Recovery – Mitchell, 2009 ....................... 13-26
Figure 13.12 Copper Recovery vs. Copper Feed Grade – Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) ....................... 13-27
Figure 13.13 Copper Recovery & Concentrate Grade – Individual Samples,
Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) ............................................................................................... 13-27
Figure 13.14 Gold Recovery & Feed Grade – Individual Samples, Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) ......... 13-27
Figure 13.15 Metallurgical Performance – Composites, Mitchell, 2008 (G&T)......................... 13-28
Figure 13.16 Metallurgical Performance – Open Circuit Tests, Mitchell, 2008 (G&T) .............. 13-29
Figure 13.17 Copper Recovery vs. Copper Feed – Open Circuit Tests, 2008 ............................ 13-30
Figure 13.18 Copper Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2009 (G&T) ................................. 13-31
Figure 13.19 Gold Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2009 (G&T)...................................... 13-31
Figure 13.20 Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2009/2010 (SGS) ................................... 13-32
Figure 13.21 Copper Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2011/2012 (G&T, KM 3080) .... 13-33
Figure 13.22 Gold Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2011/2012 (G&T, KM 3080) ........ 13-33
Figure 13.23 Copper Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2011/2012 (G&T, KM 3174) .... 13-34
Figure 13.24 Gold Metallurgical Performance – Mitchell, 2011/2012 (G&T, KM 3174) ........ 13-34
Figure 13.25 Pilot Plant Test Flowsheet, 2010 (G&T) ................................................................. 13-41
Figure 13.26 Cu-Mo Separation Open Circuit Flotation Tests, 2010 ......................................... 13-44
Figure 13.27 Cu-Mo Separation Open Circuit Flotation Tests, 2011 ......................................... 13-44
Figure 13.28 2008/2009 Sulphurets Zone Metallurgical Samples – Plan View ...................... 13-50
Figure 13.29 Batch Flotation Tests –Sulphurets, 2009 (SGS) ................................................... 13-53
Figure 13.30 Sample Locations – 2015 Test Work ..................................................................... 13-68
Figure 13.31 Copper Recovery vs Rougher Mass Recovery and Grind Size - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS)
13-70
Figure 13.32 Gold Recovery vs Rougher Mass Recovery and Grind Size -
Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS) ............................................................................................... 13-71
Figure 13.33 Copper Cleaner Flotation Performance - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS) ............................ 13-71
Figure 13.34 Gold Cleaner Flotation Performance - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS) ................................ 13-72
Figure 13.35 Variability Test Results - Copper - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS) ....................................... 13-72
Figure 13.36 Variability Test Results - Gold - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS) ........................................... 13-73
Figure 14.1 Sulphurets Zone Gold Assay Cumulative Probability Plot ........................................ 14-7
Figure 14.2 Mitchell Zone Gold Assay Cumulative Probability Plot ............................................. 14-7
Figure 14.3 Sulphurets Zone Copper Assay Cumulative Probability Plot .................................... 14-8
Figure 14.4 Mitchell Zone Copper Assay Cumulative Probability Plot ......................................... 14-8
Figure 14.5 Sulphurets Zone Gold Grade Correlogram ............................................................. 14-12
Figure 14.6 Mitchell Zone Gold Grade Correlogram .................................................................. 14-12
Figure 14.7 Sulphurets Zone Copper Grade Correlogram ........................................................ 14-13
xxiii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Figure 14.8 Mitchell Zone Copper Grade Correlogram ............................................................. 14-13
Figure 14.9 Sulphurets Zone 0.5 g/t AuEQ Correlogram .......................................................... 14-14
Figure 14.10 Mitchell Zone 0.5 g/t AuEQ Correlogram ............................................................... 14-14
Figure 14.11 Sulphurets Zone Gold Block Model Cross Section 23 .......................................... 14-21
Figure 14.12 Sulphurets Zone Copper Block Model Cross Section 23 ...................................... 14-22
Figure 14.13 Sulphurets Zone Gold Block Model – 1,275 m Level ........................................... 14-23
Figure 14.14 Sulphurets Zone Copper Block Model – 1,275 m Level ....................................... 14-24
Figure 14.15 Mitchell Zone Gold Block Model Cross Section 11 ............................................... 14-25
Figure 14.16 Mitchell Zone Copper Block Model Cross Section 11 ........................................... 14-26
Figure 14.17 Mitchell Zone Gold Block Model – 660 m Level.................................................... 14-27
Figure 14.18 Mitchell Zone Copper Block Model – 660 m Level ............................................... 14-28
Figure 14.19 Sulphurets Zone Gold-Copper Swath Plots by Elevation ....................................... 14-30
Figure 14.20 Mitchell Zone Gold-Copper Swath Plots by Elevation ............................................ 14-31
Figure 14.21 Kerr Gold Cumulative Probability Plot – Low-grade Domains ............................... 14-36
Figure 14.22 Kerr Gold Cumulative Probability Plot – High-grade Domains .............................. 14-37
Figure 14.23 Kerr Copper Cumulative Probability Plot – Low-grade Domains .......................... 14-37
Figure 14.24 Kerr Copper Cumulative Probability Plot – High-grade Domains ......................... 14-38
Figure 14.25 Kerr Down-hole Gold Correlogram .......................................................................... 14-39
Figure 14.26 Kerr Down-hole Copper Correlogram ..................................................................... 14-40
Figure 14.27 Kerr Omni-directional Gold Correlogram ................................................................ 14-40
Figure 14.28 Kerr Omni-directional Copper Correlogram............................................................ 14-41
Figure 14.29 Kerr Gold Model Section – 6,259,800 North ........................................................ 14-44
Figure 14.30 Kerr Copper Model Section – 6,259,800 North .................................................... 14-45
Figure 14.31 Kerr Gold Model – 800 m Level ............................................................................. 14-46
Figure 14.32 Kerr Copper Model – 800 m Level ......................................................................... 14-47
Figure 14.33 Kerr Gold Model Swath Plot – Elevations .............................................................. 14-48
Figure 14.34 Kerr Copper Model Swath Plot – Elevations .......................................................... 14-49
Figure 14.35 Iron Cap Gold Cumulative Probability Plot – All Samples ..................................... 14-53
Figure 14.36 Iron Cap Copper Cumulative Probability Plot – 0.3% and 0.4% Shells ................ 14-54
Figure 14.37 Iron Cap Down-hole Gold Correlogram ................................................................... 14-55
Figure 14.38 Iron Cap Down-hole Copper Correlogram............................................................... 14-56
Figure 14.39 Iron Cap Omni-directional Gold Correlogram ......................................................... 14-56
Figure 14.40 Iron Cap Omni-directional Copper Correlogram ..................................................... 14-57
Figure 14.41 Iron Cap Gold Model Cross Section ........................................................................ 14-62
Figure 14.42 Iron Cap Copper Model Cross Section.................................................................... 14-63
Figure 14.43 Iron Cap Gold Model – 1,200 m Level ................................................................... 14-64
Figure 14.44 Iron Cap Copper Model – 1,200 m Level ............................................................... 14-65
Figure 14.45 Iron Cap Gold Model Swath Plot – Elevations ....................................................... 14-66
Figure 14.46 Iron Cap Copper Model Swath Plot – Elevations ................................................... 14-66
Figure 16.1 Mitchell Sensitivity of Ore Tonnes to Pit Size ......................................................... 16-16
Figure 16.2 Sulphurets Sensitivity of Ore Tonnes to Pit Size .................................................... 16-17
Figure 16.3 Kerr Sensitivity of Ore Tonnes to Pit Slope and Pit Size ........................................ 16-18
Figure 16.4 Plan View of the KSM LG Pit Limits ........................................................................ 16-19
Figure 16.5 Mitchell Open/Underground Pit and Economic Pit Limit – North-South
Section at East 422950, Viewed from the East .................................................... 16-20
Figure 16.6 Sulphurets Economic Pit Limit – North-South Section at East 421725
Viewed from the East .............................................................................................. 16-21
Figure 16.7 Kerr Economic Pit Limit – East-West Section at North 6258800,
Viewed from the South ............................................................................................ 16-22
Figure 16.8 Plan View of Mitchell Pit Phases ............................................................................. 16-26
Figure 16.9 Plan View of Sulphurets Pit Phases ........................................................................ 16-27
Figure 16.10 Plan View of Kerr Pit Phases ................................................................................... 16-28
xxiv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Figure 16.11 End of Pre-production (Year -1) ............................................................................. 16-38
Figure 16.12 End of Year 5 ........................................................................................................... 16-39
Figure 16.13 Open Pit Life of Mine ............................................................................................... 16-40
Figure 16.14 Plan View of the Mitchell and Iron Cap Block Cave Mines .................................... 16-51
Figure 16.15 Section View of the Mitchell and Iron Cap Block Cave Mines (Looking North) .... 16-51
Figure 16.16 Section View of the Mitchell Block Cave Mine Design (Looking South) ............... 16-55
Figure 16.17 Mitchell Block Cave Mine Development and Production Schedules.................... 16-57
Figure 16.18 Section Looking East of the Iron Cap block Cave Mine Design ............................ 16-59
Figure 16.19 Iron Cap Block Cave Mine Development and Production Schedules ................... 16-61
Figure 16.20 KSM Mill Feed Production Schedule ...................................................................... 16-63
Figure 17.1 Simplified Process Flowsheet .................................................................................... 17-2
Figure 17.2 Treaty Process Plant Layout....................................................................................... 17-6
Figure 17.3 Treaty Process Plant Primary Grinding and Flotation Facility .................................. 17-7
Figure 17.4 Proposed Mill Feed Rates from Open Pit and Blockcaving Operations .................. 17-8
Figure 18.1 Mine Site Layout after Initial Construction................................................................ 18-4
Figure 18.2 Treaty Ore Preparation Complex Layout.................................................................... 18-5
Figure 18.3 Ultimate TMF Layout .................................................................................................. 18-6
Figure 18.4 Mine Site Mapped Geology ........................................................................................ 18-9
Figure 18.5 Mine Site Ultimate Water Management Facilities ................................................. 18-22
Figure 18.6 Mine Site Monthly Water Treatment Rate.............................................................. 18-24
Figure 18.7 Water Storage Dam Sections .................................................................................. 18-26
Figure 18.8 TMF Staging Plan ..................................................................................................... 18-34
Figure 18.9 North Tailing Dam .................................................................................................... 18-37
Figure 18.10 Saddle and Splitter Tailing Dams ........................................................................... 18-38
Figure 18.11 Southeast Tailing Dam ............................................................................................ 18-39
Figure 18.12 Schematic TMF Water Cycle ................................................................................... 18-41
Figure 18.13 Ultimate TMF with Catchments and Diversion Channels ...................................... 18-43
Figure 18.14 MTT Ventilation Circuit ............................................................................................ 18-52
Figure 18.15 Plan and Section Showing Refuge Stations Locations.......................................... 18-55
Figure 18.16 MTT Dual Track Plan View (Distances in Metres) .................................................. 18-57
Figure 18.17 MTT Train Transport Drift Section (Dimensions in Millimetres) ............................ 18-58
Figure 18.18 Ore Loading in MTT at Mitchell ............................................................................... 18-61
Figure 18.19 Ore Unloading in MTT at Treaty .............................................................................. 18-62
Figure 18.20 Train Consists for Ore, Personnel, and Freight Trains
(Dimensions in Millimetres) .................................................................................... 18-63
Figure 18.21 Treaty Personnel, Freight, and Fuel Staging and Marshalling .............................. 18-66
Figure 18.22 Treaty OPC Train Maintenance Shop...................................................................... 18-66
Figure 18.23 Mitchell Personnel, Freight, and Fuel Staging and Marshalling ........................... 18-67
Figure 18.24 Mine Site Roads ...................................................................................................... 18-68
Figure 18.25 NTL Project Map ...................................................................................................... 18-77
Figure 18.26 Proposed Access Roads Network ......................................................................... 18-100
Figure 18.27 Proposed Winter Glacier Access Route ................................................................ 18-102
Figure 18.28 Looking South up the Frank Mackie Glacier* ...................................................... 18-103
Figure 18.29 Looking South up the Ted Morris Creek Valley* .................................................. 18-103
Figure 18.30 Construction Schedule Summary (Level 1).......................................................... 18-112
Figure 18.31 KSM Project EPCM Organizational Chart ............................................................. 18-116
Figure 20.1 KSM Project Mine Site Water Management at Operations................................... 20-24
Figure 21.1 Operating Cost Distribution ..................................................................................... 21-30
Figure 21.2 Unit Operating Cost for Open Pit Mining (US$/t Material Mined)......................... 21-34
Figure 21.3 LOM Average Unit Operating Cost for Open Pit Mining (US$/t Material Mined) . 21-34
Figure 22.1 Pre-tax Undiscounted Annual and Cumulative Cash Flow ....................................... 22-3
Figure 22.2 Sensitivity Analysis of Pre-tax NPV at a 5% Discount Rate ...................................... 22-5
xxv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Figure 22.3 Sensitivity Analysis of Pre-tax IRR.............................................................................. 22-5
Figure 22.4 Sensitivity Analysis of Pre-tax Payback Period .......................................................... 22-6
Figure 24.1 Pit-by-pit Analysis Mitchell .......................................................................................... 24-4
Figure 24.2 Selected Pit Shell Mitchell ......................................................................................... 24-4
Figure 24.3 Mitchell Pit Design ...................................................................................................... 24-5
Figure 24.4 Sulphurets Pit Design ................................................................................................. 24-6
Figure 24.5 Waste Rock Facility and Stockpile Area Design........................................................ 24-7
Figure 24.6 Open Pit Production Schedule ................................................................................... 24-8
Figure 24.7 Primary Loading Fleet Requirements ..................................................................... 24-10
Figure 24.8 Annual Total Tonnes Hauled and Average Cycle Time .......................................... 24-11
Figure 24.9 Annual Total Tonnes Hauled and Truck Numbers ................................................. 24-11
Figure 24.10 GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint for Lift 1 at 625 m Elevation ........................................ 24-16
Figure 24.11 GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint for Lift 2 at 130 m Elevation ......................................... 24-17
Figure 24.12 GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint for Lift 3 at -290 m Elevation ........................................ 24-17
Figure 24.13 Deep Kerr Mine General Layout with Topo ............................................................ 24-19
Figure 24.14 Typical Level Arrangement for Deep Kerr .............................................................. 24-19
Figure 24.15 Ventilation Schematic ............................................................................................. 24-20
Figure 24.16 Mine Dewatering General Arrangement................................................................. 24-21
Figure 24.17 Deep Kerr Mine Production Plan ............................................................................ 24-22
Figure 24.18 GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint for Lift at 900 m Elevation ............................................ 24-26
Figure 24.19 Iron Cap Mine General Layout with Topo and NSR above Cdn$20/t NSR Shell . 24-27
Figure 24.20 Typical Level Arrangement for Iron Cap ................................................................. 24-28
Figure 24.21 Ventilation Schematic for Iron Cap Mine (Section Looking West) ........................ 24-28
Figure 24.22 Mine Dewatering Arrangement for Iron Cap (Plan View) ....................................... 24-29
Figure 24.23 Iron Cap Mine Production Plan ............................................................................... 24-30
Figure 24.24 Mitchell Exploration and Geotechnical Borehole Locations ................................. 24-33
Figure 24.25 GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint for Lift at 165 m Elevation ............................................ 24-35
Figure 24.26 Mitchell Mine General Layout with Topo and NSR above Cdn$20/t NSR Shell .. 24-36
Figure 24.27 Typical Level Arrangement for Mitchell .................................................................. 24-37
Figure 24.28 Ventilation Schematic for Mitchell Mine (Section Looking North) ........................ 24-38
Figure 24.29 Mine Dewatering Arrangement for Mitchell (Long Section Looking North).......... 24-39
Figure 24.30 Mitchell Mine Production Plan ................................................................................ 24-40
Figure 24.31 Production Schedule – LOM ................................................................................... 24-44
Figure 24.32 Overall PEA Process Flow Diagram ......................................................................... 24-48
Figure 24.33 PEA Process Building Layout .................................................................................. 24-49
Figure 24.34 PEA Sensitivity Analysis ........................................................................................... 24-82
xxvi 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
GLOSSARY
UNITS OF MEASURE
ampere .................................................................................................................................... A
annum (year) ........................................................................................................................... a
bank cubic metres .................................................................................................................. bcm
billion tonnes ........................................................................................................................... Bt
billion ....................................................................................................................................... B
centimetre ............................................................................................................................... cm
Coefficients of Variation ......................................................................................................... CVs
cubic centimetre ..................................................................................................................... cm3
cubic metre ............................................................................................................................. m3
day ........................................................................................................................................... d
days per week ......................................................................................................................... d/wk
days per year (annum) ............................................................................................................ d/a
dead weight tonnes ................................................................................................................ DWT
degree ...................................................................................................................................... °
degrees Celsius ....................................................................................................................... °C
diameter .................................................................................................................................. ø
dollar (American) ..................................................................................................................... US$
dollar (Canadian)..................................................................................................................... Cdn$
dry metric tonne ...................................................................................................................... dmt
foot ........................................................................................................................................... ft
gallon ....................................................................................................................................... gal
gallons per minute (US) .......................................................................................................... gpm
gigawatt hours ........................................................................................................................ Gwh
gigawatt ................................................................................................................................... GW
gram ......................................................................................................................................... g
grams per litre ......................................................................................................................... g/L
grams per tonne ...................................................................................................................... g/t
gravitational constant ............................................................................................................ g
greater than ............................................................................................................................. >
hectare..................................................................................................................................... ha
horsepower .............................................................................................................................. hp
hour.......................................................................................................................................... h
hours per day .......................................................................................................................... h/d
hours per week........................................................................................................................ h/wk
hours per year ......................................................................................................................... h/a
inch .......................................................................................................................................... in
kilo (thousand) ........................................................................................................................ k
kilogram ................................................................................................................................... kg
kilograms per cubic metre ...................................................................................................... kg/m3
xxvii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
kilograms per day ................................................................................................................... kg/d
kilograms per hour .................................................................................................................. kg/h
kilograms per square metre ................................................................................................... kg/m2
kilometre.................................................................................................................................. km
kilometres per hour ................................................................................................................ km/h
kilonewton ............................................................................................................................... kN
kilotonne .................................................................................................................................. kt
kilovolt ..................................................................................................................................... kV
kilowatt hour............................................................................................................................ kWh
kilowatt hours per tonne......................................................................................................... kWh/t
kilowatt hours per year ........................................................................................................... kWh/a
kilowatt .................................................................................................................................... kW
less than .................................................................................................................................. <
litre ........................................................................................................................................... L
litres per hour ......................................................................................................................... L/h
litres per second ..................................................................................................................... L/s
megavolt-ampere .................................................................................................................... MVA
megawatt ................................................................................................................................. MW
metre ....................................................................................................................................... m
metres above sea level .......................................................................................................... masl
metres per second .................................................................................................................. m/s
metres per year ...................................................................................................................... m/a
microns .................................................................................................................................... µm
milligram .................................................................................................................................. mg
milligrams per litre .................................................................................................................. mg/L
millilitre .................................................................................................................................... mL
millimetre................................................................................................................................. mm
million tonnes .......................................................................................................................... Mt
million ...................................................................................................................................... M
minute (plane angle) ............................................................................................................... '
minute (time) ........................................................................................................................... min
month ...................................................................................................................................... mo
ounce ....................................................................................................................................... oz
parts per billion ....................................................................................................................... ppb
parts per million ...................................................................................................................... ppm
percent .................................................................................................................................... %
pound(s) .................................................................................................................................. lb
revolutions per minute............................................................................................................ rpm
second (plane angle) .............................................................................................................. "
second (time) .......................................................................................................................... s
specific gravity......................................................................................................................... SG
square centimetre................................................................................................................... cm2
square kilometre ..................................................................................................................... km2
square metre ........................................................................................................................... m2
square millimetre ................................................................................................................... mm2
xxviii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
three-dimensional ................................................................................................................... 3D
tonne (1,000 kg) (metric ton) ................................................................................................. t
tonnes per day ........................................................................................................................ t/d
tonnes per hour....................................................................................................................... t/h
tonnes per year ....................................................................................................................... t/a
troy ounce ................................................................................................................................ troy oz
volt ........................................................................................................................................... V
week......................................................................................................................................... wk
weight/weight.......................................................................................................................... w/w
wet metric ton ......................................................................................................................... wmt
xxix 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
bulk mineral analysis ............................................................................................................... BMA
cadmium................................................................................................................................... Cd
calcium oxide ........................................................................................................................... CaO
California Air Resources Board ............................................................................................... CARB
Canadian Dam Association ..................................................................................................... CDA
Canadian Development Expense ............................................................................................ CDE
Canadian Environmental Assessment Act ............................................................................. CEAA
Canadian Environmental Assessment .................................................................................... CEA
Canadian Exploration Expense ............................................................................................... CEE
Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum ...................................................... CIM
Canadian National Railroad .................................................................................................... CNR
carbon-in-leach ........................................................................................................................ CIL
carboxymethyl cellulose .......................................................................................................... CMC
Caro’s acid................................................................................................................................ H2SO5
CDN Resource Laboratories Ltd. ............................................................................................ CDN Resource
chalcopyrite .............................................................................................................................. Cp
chlorine ..................................................................................................................................... Cl
closed-circuit television ........................................................................................................... CCTV
coarse ore stockpile ................................................................................................................ COS
cobalt ........................................................................................................................................ Co
comparative work index .......................................................................................................... CWi
Construction Diversion Tunnel ................................................................................................ CDT
conventional counter-current decantation ............................................................................. CCD
copper sulphate ....................................................................................................................... CuSO4
copper....................................................................................................................................... Cu
cost breakdown structure ....................................................................................................... CBS
Cost, Insurance and Freight – Free Out ................................................................................. CIF-FO
Coulter Creek Access Road ..................................................................................................... CCAR
counter current decantation ................................................................................................... CCD
cross-linked polyethylene ........................................................................................................ XLPE
Cumulative Tax Credit Account ............................................................................................... CTCA
Delegation of Authority Guideline ........................................................................................... DOAG
Demand Side Management .................................................................................................... DSM
direct current............................................................................................................................ DC
direct cyanide leaching ............................................................................................................ DCN
discounted cash flow ............................................................................................................... DCF
Distributed Control System ..................................................................................................... DCS
east ........................................................................................................................................... E
EBC Inc. .................................................................................................................................... EBC
economic, social, and cultural impact assessment ...................................................................... ESCIA
effective grinding length .......................................................................................................... EGL
Electricity Supply Agreement................................................................................................... ESA
emergency medical technician ............................................................................................... EMT
engineering, procurement, construction management ......................................................... EPCM
environmental assessment ..................................................................................................... EA
xxx 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Environmental Design Flood ................................................................................................... EDF
Environmental Effects Monitoring .......................................................................................... EEM
environmental impact statement ........................................................................................... EIS
Environmental Management System ..................................................................................... EMS
ERM Consultants Canada Inc. ................................................................................................ ERM
Esso Minerals Canada Ltd ...................................................................................................... Esso Minerals
Factor of Safety ........................................................................................................................ FOS
Fisheries and Oceans Canada ................................................................................................ DFO
fluorine ..................................................................................................................................... F
Free Carrier .............................................................................................................................. FCA
front-end loader ....................................................................................................................... FEL
G&T Metallurgical Services Ltd. .............................................................................................. G&T
galena ....................................................................................................................................... Gn
gas insulated ............................................................................................................................ GIS
general and administrative ..................................................................................................... G&A
general mine expense ............................................................................................................. GME
Global Climatic Models ............................................................................................................ GCMs
global positioning system ........................................................................................................ GPS
gold equivalent......................................................................................................................... AuEQ
gold ........................................................................................................................................... Au
Golder Associates Ltd. ............................................................................................................. Golder
Goods and Services Tax .......................................................................................................... GST
Granduc Mines Ltd. ................................................................................................................. Granduc
Granmac Services Ltd. ............................................................................................................ Granmac
greenhouse gas ....................................................................................................................... GHG
gross vehicle weight ................................................................................................................ GVW
Ground Penetrating Radar ...................................................................................................... GPR
Hazelton Volcanics................................................................................................................... HV
Hazen Research Inc. ................................................................................................................ Hazen
heating, ventilation, and air conditioning ............................................................................... HVAC
height of draw .......................................................................................................................... HOD
hematite ................................................................................................................................... He
high-density polyethylene ........................................................................................................ HDPE
high-density sludge .................................................................................................................. HDS
high-pressure grinding roll....................................................................................................... HPGR
hydrochloric acid ...................................................................................................................... HCl
hydrogen peroxide ................................................................................................................... H2O2
Independent Geotechnical Review Board .............................................................................. IGRB
Independent Power Producer ................................................................................................. IPP
inductively coupled plasma ..................................................................................................... ICP
Inflow Design Flood ................................................................................................................. IDF
Input Tax Credit ........................................................................................................................ ITC
internal rate of return .............................................................................................................. IRR
International Electrotechnical Commission ........................................................................... IEC
International Organization for Standardization...................................................................... ISO
xxxi 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
inter-ramp angle....................................................................................................................... IRA
inter-ramp height ..................................................................................................................... IRH
inverse distance weighting ...................................................................................................... IDW
Iron Cap Fault ........................................................................................................................... ICF
iron ............................................................................................................................................ Fe
Joint Health and Safety Committee ........................................................................................ JHSC
joint venture ............................................................................................................................. JV
Kambert Civil Consulting Ltd. .................................................................................................. KCC
Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell.......................................................................................................... KSM
Klohn Crippen Berger Ltd. ....................................................................................................... KCB
Köeppern Machinery Australia Pty Ltd. .................................................................................. Köeppern
Land Resource Management Plan ......................................................................................... LRMP
lead ........................................................................................................................................... Pb
Lerchs-Grossmann ................................................................................................................... LG
life-of-mine ............................................................................................................................... LOM
Light Detection and Ranging ................................................................................................... LIDAR
Lilburn & Associates LLC ......................................................................................................... Lilburn
linear low-density polyethylene ............................................................................................... LLDPE
liquefied natural gas ................................................................................................................ LNG
liquefied petroleum gas........................................................................................................... LPG
load factor ................................................................................................................................ LF
load-haul-dump ........................................................................................................................ LHD
local study area ........................................................................................................................ LSA
locked cycle tests..................................................................................................................... LCT
magnesium oxide..................................................................................................................... MgO
magnetite ................................................................................................................................. Ma
magneto telluric ....................................................................................................................... MT
maintenance and repair contracts ......................................................................................... MARC
manganese oxide..................................................................................................................... MnO
material take-off ...................................................................................................................... MTO
McElhanney Consulting Services Inc. ..................................................................................... McElhanney
McTagg Diversion Tunnels ...................................................................................................... MTDT
mercury..................................................................................................................................... Hg
metabisulphite ......................................................................................................................... MBS
metal leaching ......................................................................................................................... ML
Metal Mining Effluent Regulations ......................................................................................... MMER
Methyl isobutyl carbinol........................................................................................................... MIBC
Metso Minerals Industries Inc................................................................................................. Metso
Mining Rock Mass Rating ........................................................................................................ MRMR
Mining Rock Mass Rating ........................................................................................................ MRMR
Ministry of Energy and Mines .................................................................................................. MEM
Ministry of Energy, Mines and Natural Gas ............................................................................ MEMNG
Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources ............................................................ MEMPR
Ministry of Environment .......................................................................................................... MOE
Ministry of Forests ................................................................................................................... MOF
xxxii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations .............................................. MFLNRO
Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure ........................................................................ MOTI
Mitchell Diversion Tunnel ........................................................................................................ MDT
Mitchell Thrust Fault ................................................................................................................ MTF
Mitchell Valley Drainage Tunnel.............................................................................................. MVDT
Mitchell-Treaty Twinned Tunnels ............................................................................................ MTT
molybdenum ............................................................................................................................ Mo
Moose Mountain Technical Services ...................................................................................... MMTS
motor control centre ................................................................................................................ MCC
Multiple Accounts Analysis ...................................................................................................... MAA
Multiple Pulse in Air ................................................................................................................. MPiA
Municipal Wastewater Regulation .......................................................................................... MWR
Nass Timber Supply Area ........................................................................................................ Nass TSA
Nass Wildlife Area .................................................................................................................... NWA
National Ambient Air Quality Objectives ................................................................................. NAAQOs
National Instrument 43-101 ................................................................................................... NI 43-101
nearest neighbor...................................................................................................................... NN
Neil S. Seldon & Associates Ltd. ............................................................................................. NSA
net cash flow ............................................................................................................................ NCF
net present value ..................................................................................................................... NPV
Net Smelter Price ..................................................................................................................... NSP
net smelter return .................................................................................................................... NSR
Newhawk Gold Mines Ltd. ....................................................................................................... Newhawk
Newmont Exploration of Canada Ltd. ..................................................................................... Newmont
nickel ........................................................................................................................................ Ni
Nisga’a Final Agreement ......................................................................................................... NFA
Nisga’a Lisims Government .................................................................................................... NLG
no net loss ................................................................................................................................ NNL
non-potentially acid generating .............................................................................................. NPAG
Nordic Minesteel Technologies Inc. ........................................................................................ NMT
North American Datum ............................................................................................................ NAD
North Pit Wall Dewatering Adit ................................................................................................ NPWDA
North Treaty Access Road ....................................................................................................... NTAR
north ......................................................................................................................................... N
Northwest Fault........................................................................................................................ NWF
Northwest Transmission Line.................................................................................................. NTL
Operator Interface Stations ..................................................................................................... OIS
Ore Control System .................................................................................................................. OCS
Ore Preparation Complex ........................................................................................................ OPC
peak ground acceleration ....................................................................................................... PGA
Phelps Dodge Corp. ................................................................................................................. Phelps Dodge
phosphorus .............................................................................................................................. P
pit slope angle .......................................................................................................................... PSA
Pocock Industrial Inc. .............................................................................................................. Pocock
point of delivery........................................................................................................................ POD
xxxiii 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
potassium amyl xanthate ........................................................................................................ PAX
potentially acid generating ...................................................................................................... PAG
Prefeasibility Study .................................................................................................................. PFS
Preliminary Economic Assessment ......................................................................................... PEA
Pretium Resources Inc. ........................................................................................................... Pretium
PricewaterhouseCoopers ........................................................................................................ PwC
prilled ammonium .................................................................................................................... AN Prill
probable maximum flood ........................................................................................................ PMF
Probable Maximum Precipitation............................................................................................ PMP
Process Tailing and Management Area .................................................................................. PTMA
programmable logic controller ................................................................................................ PLC
Provincial Sales Tax ................................................................................................................. PST
pyrite ......................................................................................................................................... Py
Qualified Person....................................................................................................................... QP
quality assurance..................................................................................................................... QA
quality control .......................................................................................................................... QC
quantile-quantile ...................................................................................................................... QQ
Quantitative Evaluation of Minerals by Scanning .................................................................. QEMSCAN®
Raewyn Copper ........................................................................................................................ RC
Rate Design Application .......................................................................................................... RDA
real-time kinematic .................................................................................................................. RTK
regional study area .................................................................................................................. RSA
request for information ........................................................................................................... RFI
Resource Management Zone ....................................................................................................... RMZ
Resource Modelling Inc. .......................................................................................................... RMI
rhenium .................................................................................................................................... Re
rock quality designation .......................................................................................................... RQD
Rock Storage Facility ............................................................................................................... RSF
rotations per minute ................................................................................................................ RPM
run-of-mine ............................................................................................................................... ROM
Seabridge Gold Inc................................................................................................................... Seabridge
selenium ................................................................................................................................... Se
self-contained breathing apparatus ....................................................................................... SCBA
semi-autogenous grinding mill comminution ......................................................................... SMC
semi-autogenous grinding ....................................................................................................... SAG
SGS Minerals Services ............................................................................................................ SGS
silica.......................................................................................................................................... SiO2
silver ......................................................................................................................................... Ag
Snowfields Slide Dewatering Adit ........................................................................................... SSDA
Society for Mining, Metallurgy, and Exploration..................................................................... SME
sodium cyanide ........................................................................................................................ NaCN
sodium hydrosulphide ............................................................................................................. NaHS
sodium hydroxide ..................................................................................................................... NaOH
sodium silicate ......................................................................................................................... Na2SiO3
sodium sulphide ...................................................................................................................... Na2S
xxxiv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
solids liquid separation ........................................................................................................... SLS
south ......................................................................................................................................... S
Special Use Permit ................................................................................................................... SUP
Species at Risk Act............................................................................................................................ SARA
Standard Penetration .............................................................................................................. SPT
standard reference material ................................................................................................... SRM
sulphide .................................................................................................................................... S-2
sulphidization, acidification, recycling, and thickening of precipitate .................................. SART
sulphur ..................................................................................................................................... S
Sulphurets Thrust Fault ........................................................................................................... STF
Sulphurets-Mitchell Conveyor Tunnel ..................................................................................... SMCT
sulphuric acid ........................................................................................................................... H2SO4
Sustainable Resource Management Plan .............................................................................. SRMP
Tailing Management Facility ................................................................................................... TMF
Tariff Supplement .................................................................................................................... TS
temporary water treatment plants .......................................................................................... TWTP
tennantite ................................................................................................................................. Tn
Tetra Tech, Inc.......................................................................................................................... Tetra Tech
tetrahedrite .............................................................................................................................. Tt
The Claim Group Inc. ............................................................................................................... TCG
the Environmental Assessment Application/Environmental Impact Statement ................. the Application/EIS
total sulphur ............................................................................................................................. ST
total suspended sediments..................................................................................................... TSS
treatment charge/refining charge .......................................................................................... TC/RC
Treaty Creek Access Road ....................................................................................................... TCAR
tunnel support classes ............................................................................................................ TSC
ultra-high frequency ................................................................................................................. UHF
undercut ................................................................................................................................... UC
Uniform Hazard Response Spectra ........................................................................................ UHRS
Universal Transverse Mercator ............................................................................................... UTM
University of British Columbia ................................................................................................. UBC
valued component ............................................................................................................................ VC
Voice over Internet Protocol .................................................................................................... VoIP
waste rock facility .................................................................................................................... WRF
Water Storage Dam ................................................................................................................. WSD
Water Storage Facility .............................................................................................................. WSF
Water Treatment Plant ............................................................................................................ WTP
weak acid dissociable.............................................................................................................. WAD
west .......................................................................................................................................... W
WN Brazier Associates Inc. ...................................................................................................... Brazier
work breakdown structure ...................................................................................................... WBS
work index ............................................................................................................................... Wi
x-ray fluorescence .................................................................................................................... XRF
zinc............................................................................................................................................ Zn
xxxv 735-1552880100-REP-R0002-02
1.0 SUMMARY
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Seabridge Gold Inc.’s (Seabridge) Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM) Project (the Project)
involves the development of major gold-copper (Au-Cu) deposits located in northwest
British Columbia (BC) off Highway 37, approximately 65 km by air north-northwest of the
ice free Port of Stewart, BC. The Project is situated within the coastal mountains of BC,
approximately 30 km topographically upgradient of the Alaska-BC border. The Project is
one of the few undeveloped projects within the world that has received its environmental
approvals, these having been granted by both the Government of Canada and the
Government of BC. The Project includes four major mineralized zones, identified as the
Mitchell, Kerr, Sulphurets, and Iron Cap deposits. The deposits contain significant gold,
copper, silver (Ag), and molybdenum (Mo) mineralization. Figure 1.1 is a panoramic view
looking east towards the aforementioned deposits.
authority to construct and use roadways along Coulter Creek and Treaty Creek
rights-of-way for the proposed Mitchell-Treaty Twinned Tunnel (MTT) alignment
connecting Project facilities
permits for constructing and operating numerous camps required to support
constructions activities
permits authorizing early-stage construction activities at the Mine Site and
Tailing Management Facility (TMF).
Seabridge also received permits from the BC Government in October 2016, which allows
the construction of an exploration adit to explore mineralization associated with the Deep
Kerr deposit.
The 2016 PFS envisages a combined open pit/underground block caving mining
operation that is scheduled to operate for 53 years. During the initial 33 years of mine
life, the majority of ore would be derived from open pit mines, with the tail end of this
period supplemented by the initial development of underground block cave mines. Ore
delivery to the mill during Year 2 to Year 35 is designed to be maintained at an average
of 130,000 t/d. After depletion of the open pits, the mill processing rate would be
reduced to just over 95,000 t/d for 10 additional years before ramping down to just over
60,000 t/d for the remaining few years of stockpile reclaim at the end of the mine life.
Over the entire 53-year mine life, ore would be fed to a flotation and gold extraction mill.
The flotation plant would produce a gold/copper/silver concentrate for transport by truck
to the nearby sea port for shipment to Pacific Rim smelters. Extensive metallurgical
testing confirms that the Project can produce a clean concentrate with an average copper
grade of 25% with a high gold and silver content, making it readily saleable. A separate
molybdenum concentrate and gold-silver doré would also be produced at the KSM
processing facility.
The capital and operating costs for the 2016 PFS have been estimated to a +25%/-10%
level of accuracy. All dollar figures presented in this report are stated in US dollars,
unless otherwise specified. This 2016 PFS concludes:
Overall, the 2016 PFS update confirms that KSM is an economic project with an
unusually long life in a low-risk jurisdiction.
Golder
KCB
ERM.
The PEA has been prepared as an alternative option to the 2016 PFS for the
development of the Project. The PEA was undertaken to evaluate a different approach to
the Project by emphasizing low cost block cave mining and reducing the number and size
of the open pits, which significantly reduces the surface disturbances in the re-designed
Project. The PEA assesses the potential impacts of incorporating higher grade Inferred
Mineral Resources delineated at Deep Kerr and Iron Cap Lower Zone into the mine
design, and increasing the annual average maximum mill throughput from 130,000 t/d
envisioned in the 2016 PFS to 170,000 t/d in the PEA.
The results of the 2016 PFS remain valid and represent a viable option for developing the
Project, with the PEA assessing an alternative development option at a conceptual level.
The PEA is preliminary in nature and includes Inferred Mineral Resources that are
considered too speculative geologically to have the economic considerations applied to
them that would enable them to be categorized as Mineral Reserves, and there is no
certainty that the results of the PEA will be realized. Mineral Resources that are not
Mineral Reserves do not have demonstrated economic viability.
The results of the PEA were disclosed in Seabridge’s press releases entitled “New Study
Finds Significant Gains for Seabridge Gold’s KSM Project”, dated October 6th, 2016. This
report will be filed in support of the disclosure of the PEA results.
*The results of the economic analysis in the PEA represents forward-looking information
that is subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors
The KSM Property comprises three discontinuous claim blocks. The claim blocks are
referred to as:
The three claim blocks consist of 71 mineral claims, three placer claims, and two mineral
leases. The total area of the mineral claims and leases covers an area of approximately
38,929 ha. The Seabee/Tina claim block is located about 19 km northeast of the Kerr-
Sulphurets-Mitchell-Iron Cap mineralized zones. The Seabee/Tina claim block is currently
under consideration as the site for the proposed infrastructure. The claims are 100%
owned by Seabridge. Placer Dome (now Barrick Gold Corp. [Barrick]) retains a 1% net
smelter royalty on the Property that is capped at US$3.6 million. Figure 1.3 is a claim
map showing Seabridge’s mineral claims and leases.
Annual holding costs for all claims (lode and placer) over the next five years vary from
approximately Cdn$450,000 to Cdn$970,000. In 2007, assessment work was filed to
advance the year of expiry to 2018. Assessment work was completed on most of the
Seabee Property claims in 2010, with that work filed in February 2011, which advanced
expiry dates to 2017. The placer claims have been kept in good standing by paying fees
in lieu of completing assessment work. The Claim Group Inc. (TCG) is the land manager
and mineral tenure agent for Seabridge.
Source: ERM
Source: Seabridge
The Property is drained by the Sulphurets Creek and Mitchell Creek watersheds that
empty into the Unuk River, which flows westward to the Pacific Ocean through Alaska.
The Treaty Ore Preparation Complex (OPC) and the TMF drain into the Bell-Irving
watershed, which is a tributary to the Nass River. The tree line lies at about 1,240 masl,
below which a mature forest of mostly hemlock and balsam fir abruptly develops. Fish
are not known to inhabit the Sulphurets and Mitchell watersheds. Large wildlife, such as
deer and moose, are rare due to the rugged topography and restricted access; however,
bears and mountain goats are common.
The climate is generally typical of a temperate or northern coastal rainforest, with sub-
arctic conditions at high elevations. Precipitation at the Mine Site has an estimated
average of 1,652 mm (Sulphurets weather station, 2008 to 2011 data) and at the
Process Tailing and Management Area (PTMA) has an estimated average of 1,371 mm
(Teigan Creek weather station, 2009 to 2015 data). The length of the snow-free season
varies from about May through November at lower elevations, and from July through
September at higher elevations. The KSM Property can be accessed only via helicopter.
There are multiple deep-water loading facilities for shipping bulk mineral concentrates
located in the ice free Port of Stewart, BC. Port facilities are currently used by the Red
Chris Mine. The nearest railway is the Canadian National Railroad (CNR) Yellowhead
route, which is located approximately 220 km southeast of the Property. This line runs
east-west, and can deliver concentrate to deep water ports near Prince Rupert and
Vancouver, BC.
The Property and its access routes are on Crown land; therefore, surface and access
rights are granted under, and subject to compliance with, the Mineral Tenure Act or the
Land Act or, at the discretion of the Crown, under the Mining Right of Way Act. There are
no settlements or privately owned land in the area; there is limited commercial
recreational activity in the form of helicopter skiing, rafting tours, and guided fishing
adventures.
The closest power transmission lines, the Northwest Transmission Line (NTL), run along
the Highway 37 corridor up to the Red Chris Mine. The Red Chris Mine is approximately
120 km north of the Project site, whereas the NTL is less than 15 km east of the Project
or approximately 30 km away from the Treaty OPC by way of the proposed Treaty Creek
Access Road (TCAR).
Source: Seabridge
The Sulphurets deposit comprises two distinct zones referred to as the Raewyn Copper-
Gold Zone and the Breccia Gold Zone. The Raewyn Copper-Gold Zone hosts mostly
porphyry style disseminated chalcopyrite and associated gold mineralization in
moderately quartz stockworked, chlorite-biotite-sericite-magnetite altered volcanics. The
Raewyn Copper-Gold Zone strikes north-easterly and dips about 45° to the northwest.
The Breccia Gold Zone hosts mostly gold-bearing pyritic material mineralization with
minor chalcopyrite and sulfosalts in a potassium-feldspar-siliceous hydrothermal breccia
that apparently crosscuts the Raewyn Copper-Gold Zone. The Breccia Gold Zone strikes
northerly and dips westerly. Approximately 141 core holes totaling about 43,000 m were
used to construct the Sulphurets block model used for the 2016 PFS.
The Mitchell Zone (Figure 1.5) is underlain by foliated, schistose, intrusive, volcanic, and
clastic rocks that are exposed in an erosional window below the shallow north dipping
Mitchell Thrust Fault (MTF). These rocks tend to be intensely altered and characterized
by abundant sericite and pyrite with numerous quartz stockwork veins and sheeted
quartz veins (phyllic alteration) that are often deformed and flattened. Towards the west
end of the zone, the extent and intensity of phyllic alteration diminishes and chlorite-
magnetite alteration becomes more dominant along with lower contained metal grades.
In the core of the zone, pyrite content ranges between 1 to 20%, averages 5%, and
typically occurs as fine disseminations. Gold and copper tends to be relatively low-grade
but is dispersed over a very large area and related to hydrothermal activity associated
with Early Jurassic hypabyssal porphyritic intrusions. In general, within the currently
drilled limits of the Mitchell Zone, gold and copper grades are remarkably consistent
between drill holes, which is common with large, stable, and long-lived hydrothermal
systems. Approximately 191 core holes totaling about 68,000 m were used to construct
the Mitchell block model used for this 2016 PFS.
Source: Seabridge
Note: net smelter return (NSR)
The Iron Cap Zone, which is located about 2,300 m northeast of the Mitchell Zone, is well
exposed and consists of intensely altered intrusive, sedimentary, and volcanics. The Iron
Cap deposit is a separate, distinct mineralized zone within the KSM district. It is thought
to be related to the other mineralized zones, but differs in that much of the host rock is
1.8 HISTORY
The modern exploration history of the area began in the 1960s, with brief programs
conducted by Newmont Exploration of Canada Ltd. (Newmont), Granduc Mines Ltd.
(Granduc), Phelps Dodge Corp. (Phelps Dodge), the Meridian Syndicate, and others. Most
of these programs were focused on gold exploration. The various explorers were
attracted to this area due to the numerous large, prominent pyritic gossans that are
exposed in alpine areas. There is evidence that prospectors were active in the area prior
to 1935. The Sulphurets Zone was first drilled by Esso Minerals Canada Ltd. (Esso
Minerals) in 1969; Kerr was first drilled by Brinco in 1985, and Mitchell was first drilled
by Newhawk Gold Mines Ltd. (Newhawk) in 1991.
In 1989, Placer Dome acquired a 100% interest in the Kerr Zone from Western Canadian
Mines; in 1990, Placer Dome acquired the adjacent Sulphurets Property from Newhawk.
The Sulphurets Property also hosts the Mitchell Zone and other mineral occurrences. In
2000, Seabridge acquired a 100% interest from Placer Dome in both the Kerr and
Sulphurets properties, subject to capped royalties.
There is no recorded mineral production, nor evidence of it, from the KSM Property.
Immediately west of the Property, small-scale placer gold mining has occurred
downstream in Sulphurets Creek. On the Brucejack Property, immediately to the east,
limited underground development and test mining was undertaken in the 1990s on
narrow, gold-silver bearing quartz veins at the West Zone. The Brucejack Property is
currently owned by Pretium Resources Inc. (Pretium) who are building a high grade
underground gold mine targeting 2017 commercial production.
1.9 RESOURCES
RMI constructed three-dimensional (3D) block models (3DBM) for the Kerr, Sulphurets,
Mitchell, and Iron Cap zones after the 2011 drilling results were finalized. Those models
were used for the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012). No material drilling has been conducted
at the Sulphurets or Mitchell deposits since the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012); therefore,
those Mineral Resource grade models were used for the 2016 PFS. Significant drilling
was completed at both the Kerr and Iron Cap deposits since the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech
2012), which necessitated updating the geological interpretation and grade shell
Inverse distance estimation methods were used for all Mineral Resource models. In the
case of the Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits, a multi-pass interpolation strategy was
used, using a combination of grade shells or specific geological lithological/alteration
assemblages to constrain the estimate. 3D search ellipses oriented with the trend of
mineralization were used to find drill hole composites. Similar strategies were used for
the more recent models constructed for the Kerr and Iron Cap deposits. Deeper
exploration in those two areas has demonstrated that higher-grade mineralization is
associated with various structures. Instead of using conventional search ellipses to
collect drill hole composites for block grade estimation, a trend plane search was used
for the Kerr and Iron Cap models. That search method appears to do a better job of
honoring the currently recognized structural controls in those deposits.
The estimated block grades were classified into Measured (Mitchell only), Indicated, and
Inferred categories using mineralized continuity, proximity to drilling, and the number of
holes used to estimate the blocks. Mineral Resources for the Project were determined by
using a combination of conceptual open pit and underground mining methods. Lerchs-
Grossmann (LG) conceptual pits were generated for the Kerr, Sulphurets, and Mitchell
deposits using metal prices of US$1,300.00/oz of gold, US$3.00/lb of copper,
US$20.00/oz of silver, and US$9.70/lb of molybdenum. Mining, processing, general and
administrative (G&A), and metal recoveries were used to generate conceptual Mineral
Resource pits that demonstrate reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction.
Conceptual block cave shapes were generated by Golder using GEOVIA’s PCBC™ Footprint
Finder software.
Table 1.3 summarizes the estimated Measured, Indicated, and Inferred Mineral
Resources for each zone.
The underground block caving mine designs for both the Mitchell and Iron Cap deposits
are based on modeling using GEOVIA's PCBC™ and Footprint Finder software. The ramp-
up and maximum yearly mine production rates were established based on the rate at
which the drawpoints are constructed, and the initial and maximum production rates at
which individual drawpoints can be mucked. The values chosen for these inputs were
based on industry averages adjusted to suit the anticipated conditions.
Open pit Mineral Reserves have been calculated using the updated pit designs and the
2016 Mineral Resource models. These calculations include mining loss and dilution that
varies by pit ranging from 2.2 to 5.3% for loss, and 0.8 to 3.9% for dilution. A dynamic
cut-off grade strategy has been applied with a minimum NSR of Cdn$9.00/t.
The mining NSR shut-off is Cdn$15.00/t for the Mitchell underground mine and
Cdn$16.00/t for the Iron Cap underground mine. The Mitchell Mineral Reserves include
59 Mt of non-mineralized dilution at zero grade (13%) and 7 Mt of mineralized dilution
(2%). The Iron Cap Mineral Reserves include 20 Mt of dilution at zero grade (9%) and
25 Mt of mineralized dilution (11%).
Proven and Probable Mineral Reserves for the Project as of July 31, 2016 are stated in
Table 1.4.
The topographic relief in the areas of the open pits, block cave mines, and the Rock
Storage Facilities (RSFs) requires specific geotechnical consideration. Conservative
designs, alternative/mitigating scenarios, and extra data and analyses have been
included in the mine designs.
Potential geohazards have been identified in the area of the proposed open pits, block
cave mine, RSFs, roads, and other infrastructure; designs include the mitigation of
geohazards such as avalanche control, provision of avalanche run-out routes, barriers,
and avalanche area and slope hazard avoidance as appropriate.
Source: MMTS
All ore will be transported by train from the Mitchell OPC and through the MTT to the
Treaty OPC. The ore transport system will also include:
Figure 1.6 shows the Mine Site area and the various other pits, as well as other on-site
infrastructure such as the initial staging, construction and permanent camps, explosive
facilities, the Water Storage Facility (WSF), diversion tunnels, and hydro power plants.
Access and appropriate haul roads will be provided to all of these areas.
Figure 1.7 shows the main processing facilities at the Treaty OPC, plus other on-site
infrastructure such as rail yard and train maintenance building, tunnel muck piles,
permanent and construction camps, concrete batch plant, and waste management
facility.
Figure 1.10 shows the Mine Site area with the individual pits, RSFs, and major
infrastructure including the truck shop, camps, explosives facilities, WSF, water diversion
and infrastructure tunnels, the primary crusher and truck dump at Mitchell, and external
hauls roads.
Source: MMTS
The flotation and cyanidation metallurgical testing established the optimum process-
related parameters and investigated metallurgical variability responses and copper-
molybdenum separation techniques. Flotation locked-cycle tests were performed on the
composite samples from the Mitchell, Sulphurets, Kerr, and Iron Cap deposits,
particularly on a variety of samples from the Mitchell deposit. Cyanidation tests were
conducted to further recover gold and silver from the gold-bearing sulphide streams
(scavenger cleaner tailing from the copper-gold bulk flotation) and pyrite concentrate.
The test results indicate that the mineral samples from the four separate mineralized
deposits are amenable to the flotation-cyanidation combined process. The process
consists of:
The samples from the Mitchell deposit produced better metallurgical results with the
chosen flotation and cyanide leach extraction circuits when compared to the
metallurgical results from the samples taken from the Sulphurets, Iron Cap, and Kerr
(upper zone) deposits. The locked-cycle tests showed that, on average, approximately
85% of copper and 60% of gold in the Mitchell samples, which contain 0.21% copper and
0.72 g/t gold, were recovered into a concentrate containing 24.8% copper. The
cyanidation further recovered approximately 18% of the gold from the gold-bearing
products, consisting of the cleaner flotation tailing and the gold bearing pyrite flotation
concentrate.
For the Sulphurets, Iron Cap, and upper Kerr samples, the average head grades of the
tested samples fluctuated from 0.25 to 0.62% for copper and 0.23 to 0.60 g/t for gold.
The average recoveries reporting to flotation concentrates ranged from 78% to 85% for
copper and 41 to 60% for gold. The average copper grades of the concentrates varied
from 24 to 28%. The cyanidation further recovered approximately 15 to 29% of the gold
from the gold-bearing products.
Gyratory crushers in the comminution plants located at the Mitchell OPC will reduce the
mill feed from 80% passing 1,200 mm to 80% passing 150 mm. The crushed ore will be
conveyed to a 30,000 t surge bin (two pockets, each 15,000 t) located underground at a
train car loading area, prior to being transported by train cars to the Treaty OPC.
A 23 km MTT system has been designed to connect the Mine Site and the PTMA. The
crushed ore will be transported through the tunnels by train. This tunnel will also be used
for electrical power transmission sourced from the Northwest Transmission Line and for
the transport of personnel and supplies for mine operating and water management
activities.
The Process Plant at the Treaty OPC will consist of secondary and tertiary crushing,
primary grinding, flotation, concentrate regrinding, concentrate dewatering, cyanide
leaching, gold recovery, tailing delivery, and concentrate loadout systems. The crushed
ore transported from the Mitchell OPC will be sent to a 60,000 t coarse ore stockpile
(COS) adjacent to the tunnel portal. The ore will then be reclaimed and crushed by cone
crushers, followed by an HPGR comminution circuit. There is a 30,000 t fine ore
stockpile located ahead of the tertiary crushing circuit. The crushing systems will be
operated in closed circuits with screens.
The ore from the HPGR comminution circuits will be ground to a product size of 80%
passing 150 µm by four conventional ball mills in closed circuit with hydrocyclones. The
ground ore will then have copper/gold/molybdenum minerals concentrated by
conventional flotation to produce a copper-gold-molybdenum concentrate and gold-
bearing pyrite products for gold leaching. Depending on molybdenum content in the
copper-gold-molybdenum concentrate, the concentrate may be further treated to produce
a copper-gold concentrate and a molybdenum concentrate. The molybdenum
concentrate will be leached to reduce levels of copper and other impurities. The
concentrates will be dewatered and shipped to copper and molybdenum smelters.
The gold-bearing pyrite products which consist of the bulk cleaner flotation tailing from
the copper-gold-molybdenum cleaner flotation circuit and the gold-bearing pyrite
concentrate will be leached with cyanide using CIL treatment for additional gold and
silver recovery. Prior to storage in the lined pond within the TMF, the leach residues from
the cyanide leaching circuits will be washed, and subjected to cyanide recovery and
destruction. The water from the residue storage pond will be recycled back to the
cyanide leach circuit. Any excessive water will be further treated prior to being sent to the
flotation tailing storage pond.
De-pyritized flotation tailing will be stored in the North and South cells. The pyrite bearing
CIL residue tailing will be stored in the lined Central Cell. In total, the TMF will have a
capacity of 2.3 Bt.
The North and Central cells will be constructed and operated first; they will store tailing
produced in the first 25 years. The North Cell will then be reclaimed while the Central
and South cells are in operation.
The North, Splitter, and Saddle earth-fill starter dams will be constructed over a two-year
period, in advance of the start of milling, to form the North and Central cells and will
provide start-up tailing storage for two years. Cyclone sand dams will be progressively
raised above the starter dams over the operating LOM. The North Starter Dam will be
constructed with a low-permeability glacial till core and raised with compacted cyclone
sand shells, using the centerline geometry method. The Splitter and Saddle starter dams
will form the CIL pond. These dams will also subsequently be raised with cyclone sand
shells, but the CIL pond and the Splitter and Saddle dams will incorporate high-density
polyethylene (HDPE) and linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) liners in the core and
basin floor in order to surround the CIL tailing within a completely lined impoundment.
Cyclone sand dam raises will be constructed from April through October each year,
starting with the North Cell. To reach the capacity of 2.3 Bt, an ultimate dam crest
elevation of 1,068 m will be required for the North Cell dams and 1,068 m for the South
Cell. This will require a dam height of up to 240 m for the Southeast Dam, which is the
highest dam of the TMF.
Process water collected in the North and South tailing cells will be reclaimed by floating
pump barges and recycled separately to the Process Plant, either for use in the process,
for treatment, or to be discharged. Water from the Central Cell will only be directed to the
Process Plant for recycling purposes and will not be discharged directly to the receiving
environment. Diversions will be constructed to route non-contact runoff from the
surrounding valley slopes around the TMF. The diversion channels are sized to allow
passage of 200-year peak flows, and are large enough to allow space for passage of
snow removal machinery. Buried pipe sections paralleling the channels will be installed
During operation of the North Cell, flood waters will be routed south to Treaty Creek. As
operations switch to the South Cell, the East Catchment Tunnel will be constructed to the
north to route the entire East Catchment flow around the North Cell towards Teigen Creek
and away from the South Cell.
Seepage from the impoundment will be controlled with low-permeability zones in the
dams and foundation treatment. Residual seepage and runoff water from each tailing
dam will be collected at small downstream collection dams provided with grouted
foundations and low-permeability cores. Seepage collected will be pumped back to the
TMF. The seepage dam ponds will also be used to settle solids transported by runoff
from the dam and to collect cyclone sand drain-down water.
Based on site data taken between 2007 and 2011, combined with regional long-term
records, water balance calculations indicate that the TMF North and South flotation cells
will have average water surpluses of 0.14 m3/s to 0.20 m3/s during their operating
periods. During the five-year transition period between the North and South cells, the
total excess flow from the flotation cells is projected to be up to twice this amount, as
both the North and South cells will be active while the North Cell is being closed. During
the LOM, excess water from the Central Cell varies from 0.10 m3/s to 0.23 m3/s.
Management of surplus water during operations will use a combination of storage;
discharge to Treaty Creek during freshet, if water quality meets standards; or treatment
at the Treaty Process Plant (if required) and discharge.
Concerns with respect to the construction, operation, and long-term stability of large
scale TMFs within the Province of BC have been expressed by the general public,
Aboriginal groups, governments, and environmental non-governmental organizations
following the Mount Polley Tailings Facility breach that occurred in August 2014. To
specifically address these concerns, and to assure the public that the proposed KSM TMF
design is robust and safe, Seabridge undertook the following two actions:
The IGRB includes some of the leading world-class experts globally in their field. There
are four core members of the IGRB: Dr. Andrew Robertson; Dr. Gabriel Fernandez; Mr.
Terry Eldridge, P.Eng. FEC; and Mr. Anthony Rattue, P.Eng., as well as four support
members: Dr. Leslie Smith; Dr. Ian Hutchison; Mr. Jim Obermeyer, P.E.; and Dr. Jean
Pierre Tournier, whose expertise are called upon as needed. The IGRB provides over 300
years of combined dam design expertise to apply to best design practices for safe
construction and operation. Detailed summaries of their experience are included in their
first summary report dated April 2016 (IGRB 2016).
The IGRB review of Seabridge's TMF and WSD design was conducted between March 9
and 12, 2015 and was developed to answer five questions:
The IGRB concluded that it was satisfied with the Project's designs and responded
favourably to all five questions (IGRB 2016). Additionally, the IGRB presented a series of
recommendations for Seabridge to consider during the ongoing engineering design of
TMF and WSD as development continues, many of which have been addressed within
this PFS.
The BAT study confirmed that the existing TMF design, consisting of centerline dams
constructed with double cyclone sand and a till core in association with wet tailings
deposition, is the best available technology for tailings deposition, and the most
environmentally responsible design to minimize long-term risks associated with the
proposed TMF for the Project. This conclusion confirms the findings from KSM's IGRB
that the TMF's design is robust and appropriate for KSM's site-specific characteristics.
The BAT study also confirmed that the TMF design that was included in the Project
design, which received provincial and federal EA approval, is the best possible design for
eliminating risks associated with operation and closure. The study specifically
determined that filtered tailing options are impractical and would result in greater
environmental impacts and risks, contrary to the assertions of many environmental
groups who have advocated that only filtered tailing disposal technologies should be
implemented.
The open pit phase of the Mitchell Diversion Tunnel (MDT) and the twinned McTagg
Diversion Tunnels (MTDTs) are sized to convey flows from an average 200-year storm.
When the Mitchell block cave operation commences, an additional MDT paralleling the
open pit phase tunnel will be driven to protect the underground workings, which are more
sensitive to inflows than the open pits.
The provision of a second MDT during the underground phase provides redundancy
against blockage, as each individual tunnel can carry typical freshet flows. The provision
of twin tunnels also allows for switching base flows between adjacent tunnels if access
for maintenance is required. The single initial tunnel can be maintained during winter
low flow periods.
The open pit phase MDT will have a cross-sectional area of 22.8 m2 and an overall length
of 7.0 km. This tunnel will route water from Mitchell Creek/Mitchell Glacier to the
Sulphurets Valley, away from the open pit, primary crushing facility, open pit area, and
Mitchell RSF. The MDT will collect melt water from beneath the base and toe of the
Mitchell Glacier via separate surface and sub-glacial inlet structures, which improves
redundancy. Both surface and subglacial inlets are designed to protect the inlet of the
diversion from being blocked by snow avalanches. The Mitchell Diversion will generate
hydroelectric power as Sulphurets Valley is lower than Mitchell Valley. In Year 23, the
MDT will be augmented with a second (twin) tunnel to provide protection against the
1,000-year storm flow to the underground workings.
Each of the twinned MTDTs will have a cross sectional area of 13.4 m2, an initial length
of 4 km, and an ultimate length of approximately 7.5 km. The two inlet branches of the
ultimate tunnel will collect flows from east and west McTagg valleys and feed into the
main diversion tunnel route, around the west side of the McTagg RSF, and discharge into
Sulphurets Valley.
The Stage 1 inlet to the MTDT will initially be established in lower McTagg Creek,
upstream of the Mitchell RSF. As the mine life progresses, Stage 2 and Stage 3 inlets,
To facilitate construction in the Mitchell Valley and the staging of water management as
the Mitchell and McTagg RSFs rise and fill the valley areas, an approximately 5.4 km long
Mitchell Valley Drainage Tunnel (MVDT) will be constructed under Mitchell Valley to carry
the existing flows from Mitchell Creek, which are naturally affected by contact with
surface mineralization. When the mine is in operation the tunnel will convey contact
water from the Mitchell workings and the mineralized area upstream of the deposit (via
the North Pit Wall Dewatering Adit [NPWDA]), around the RSFs into the WSF. If the MVDT
was not provided, surface channels would have to be staged in multiple increments and
significant energy dissipation structures would have to be constructed in areas of deep
overburden. The tunnel is designed to convey the 200-year return period, 24-hour
duration storm peak flow (181 m3/s), which requires a cross section of 6.0 m wide by
6.2 m high.
During operations, secondary diversion ditches and pipelines will be implemented within
the Mine Site area to reduce contact water volumes. Open pit contact water and
discharge from pit dewatering wells will be routed from the pit rims, via ditches or direct
drainage, and via pipelines or the MVDT, to the WSF.
Water balance calculations, based on data taken between 2007 and 2011 combined
with regional long-term records, indicate that during the various stages of mine life the
HDS WTP will operate year-round at a variable rate, averaging 2.2 m3/s annually, with
lower rates during winter and reaching 7.5 m3/s during high streamflow periods.
During pre-production operation of the HDS WTP, sludge from the HDS WTP will be filter-
pressed and stored in a shed during winter and trucked to a nearby engineered landfill
during summer months.
During operations, sludge from the HDS WTP will be filter-pressed and trucked to the
MTT. The sludge will be added to the MTT ore trains and passed through the ore milling
process to add necessary alkalinity to the process and ultimately disposed of in the
tailing pond.
Additional hydropower will be generated in the Energy Recovery Power Plant from the flow
of treatment water from the WSF to the HDS WTP, which is located at a lower elevation in
the Sulphurets Valley.
During the initial construction period, to maintain existing water quality, temporary water
treatment plants (TWTPs) located in the Mine Site area will manage water discharge from
tunnel portals and from temporary stockpiles of tunnel muck near the portals, as well as
treating water from existing seeps and mineralized areas. These facilities will include
reactor tanks, agitators, semi-automated lime and polymer flocculent dosing systems,
mixing launders, and settling ponds. The treatment will reduce suspended solids and
dissolved metals. As well, across the entire KSM site, 16 automated flocculent treatment
systems, located below earthworks and at the portals of the tunnels, will be constructed
to treat total suspended sediments (TSS) during the construction period. These
treatment systems will include engineered sediment ponds. Any potentially acid
generating (PAG) tunnel muck will be stored on lined pads located at the TWTPs and will
be hauled to permanent disposal sites within the RSF or TMF once the diversion tunnels
and the HDS WTP are operational. The temporary water treatment plants at the Mine
Site were part of the early stage construction permits approved in September 2014.
The HDS WTP and the WSF will be operational before mill start-up to allow pre-production
activity in the Mitchell Valley and Mitchell pit area.
As of June 2016, the Project has successfully gone through the provincial and federal
processes, and the appropriate certificates/approvals have been obtained. Additionally,
permits for early stage constructions activities for the first two and half years of site
activity were obtained. These permits covered the following mine components:
KSM Project Mines Act and Environmental Management Act Permit Application
for Limited Site Construction – May 2013
Special Use Permits for the Coulter Creek Access Road (CCAR) and TCAR
KSM construction camps
KSM Project Treaty Transmission Line
MTT Permit Application.
The Project underwent a harmonized EA process with the provincial and federal
governments. The governments conducted the EA cooperatively in accordance with the
principles of the Canada-BC Agreement on Environmental Assessment Cooperation
(Cooperation Agreement 2004). The process included a working group comprised of
federal and provincial officials, the Nisga’a Lisims Government (NLG) and Aboriginal
groups, and local government agencies. Representatives of the US federal and Alaska
state agencies were extensively involved in the EA process, as a matter of courtesy, given
that the mineral deposits are located on a tributary of the Unuk River, a transboundary
river, 30 km upstream of the US/Canada border. Authorizations are not required from
any US federal or state regulatory agency for the Project to proceed into construction and
operation.
During the EA process, Seabridge received letters of support from the following
organizations:
Town of Smithers
Town of Terrance
Gitxsan Nation.
Seabridge has also secured a Benefits Agreement with the Nisga’a Nation in June 2014.
This Benefits Agreement focused on economic benefits; opportunities for jobs; and
contracting, ongoing engagement, and project certainty. Additionally, a “Sustainability
Agreement” was reached with the Gitanyow Wilps also in June 2014. In this agreement
Seabridge agreed to provide funding for certain programs relating to wildlife, fish, and
water quality monitoring to address some of the concerns raised by the Gitanyow Huwilp,
as well as for a committee to establish a means of maintaining communications about
project-related issues throughout the life of the Project. Discussions are underway with
the remaining Aboriginal peoples whom have an interest in the ensuring the Project is
developed responsibly.
Seabridge has also been active in the communities prior to and after receipt of the EA
approvals, focusing on community education and employment initiatives. To date,
Seabridge has donated an excess of Cdn$702,000.
Closure and reclamation planning for the Project will contribute to the success of closure
and reclamation during mining and at the end of mine life, which will reduce the need to
restructure Project components, limit the amount of material re-handling, and reduce the
environmental effects of the Project. Mine development and operation will incorporate
techniques to minimize surficial disturbance and, where possible, progressively reclaim
areas affected during construction and operation. Stabilizing and rehabilitating surfaces
will reduce the potential for degradation of the resources due to extended exposure to
climatic factors, reducing closure-related capital costs at the cessation of mining
activities.
Part 10 of the BC Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) focuses on
reclamation and closure. Section 10.7 of the code identifies reclamation standards.
Section 10.7.4 (Land Use) of the code indicates “The land surface shall be reclaimed to
an end land use approved by the chief inspector that considers previous and potential
uses.” Section 10.7.5 (Capability) of the code indicates “Excluding lands that are not to
be reclaimed, the average land capability to be achieved on the remaining lands shall not
be less than the average that existed prior to mining, unless the land capability is not
consistent with the approved end land use.” Section 10.7.6 (Long Term Stability) of the
code states “Land, watercourses and access roads shall be left in a manner that ensures
long-term stability.”
The Project closure and reclamation plan has three objectives that provide assurance to
the province that the site will be left in a condition that will limit any future liability to the
people of BC:
1.16 GEOHAZARDS
Geohazard and risk assessments were completed for the proposed facilities within the
Project area. As expected for a mountainous, high-relief project site, snow avalanche and
landslide hazards exist, with the potential to affect mine construction, operations, and
closure.
Geohazard scenarios were identified for the Project facilities considered. Using
unmitigated geohazard levels as a baseline, these scenarios were assessed in terms of
risk to human safety, economic loss, environmental loss, and reputation loss. Geohazard
risk levels were assigned to each scenario with ratings ranging from Very Low to Very
High.
Mitigation strategies have been identified to reduce the High and Very High risk scenarios
to a target residual risk not exceeding Moderate. Further risk reduction will be achieved
where practical and cost-efficient.
the TCAR from Highway 37 to the Saddle Area and the Treaty OPC
the CCAR from Eskay Creek to the Unuk River and on to the Mine Site
the Winter Access Road from Granduc to the Ted Morris Creek Valley.
On-site infrastructure consists of tunnels, ore transportation system, and electrical power
supply and distribution infrastructure. Off-site infrastructure comprises new concentrate
storage in the Port of Stewart.
The CCAR will be primarily a single-lane, radio-controlled road constructed for moving
large equipment and supplies to the Mine Site. An existing road starts at Highway 37,
south of Bob Quinn, and extends approximately 59 km southwest to the former Eskay
Creek Mine. The first 37 km of this road is classified as public road, but is subject to
controlled and shared access. The remaining 22 km of existing road length is private and
subject to a shared access agreement. Upgrades to sections of the existing road and
select bridges will be required.
The new 35 km long CCAR starts near the former Eskay Creek Mine and follows the west
side of the valley south for approximately 21 km before crossing the Unuk River. It then
turns east through a series of switchbacks and follows the north side of the Sulphurets
Creek Valley to the Mitchell Creek Valley and Mine Site. Consideration has been given to
passive snow avalanche control during alignment layout, but no active measures are
planned (e.g. snow sheds) since the road is intended to close during winter due to high
maintenance cost. During winter, access to the Mine Site will exclusively be through the
MTT.
The TCAR will consist of a two-lane road, constructed to provide permanent access from
Highway 37 to the Treaty OPC and east portal of the MTT. This road will leave
Highway 37 approximately 19 km south of Bell II, cross the Bell-Irving River, and follow
the north side of the Treaty Creek Valley for approximately 18 km. At this juncture, TCAR
continues toward the Saddle area as a single lane road, while the North Treaty Access
Road (NTAR) will follow the west side of the North Treaty Creek/Teigen Creek Valley for
approximately 12 km to the Treaty OPC, TMF, and east portal of the MTT. Initially the
lower NTAR will be built low in the valley to facilitate access for construction of the North
Dam, and provide reduced road grades and access road length during the first half of
mine life.
Additional roads will also be required at mine start-up to facilitate maintenance access
and construction of the proposed uphill cut-off drainage ditch. Later, once construction
of the South Dam starts, the remaining 5.7 km of the upper NTAR will need to be
constructed. These roads will be used to transport supplies, equipment, and crew
members to and from the Treaty OPC, and to transport concentrate to Highway 37 during
the life of the mine.
Multiple staging areas will be used in the Project, with the majority of equipment and
materials anticipated to be delivered to the Port of Stewart, supplemented by overland
freight delivered to Terrace or Stewart. As freight is received by the Project it will be
staged along transport routes at staging areas in the Stewart Port, Terrace, Smithers, and
ultimately at the marshalling/staging area at the Highway 37/TCAR intersection, prior to
shipping material and equipment to the point of installation by the Project Team.
Each ore train will consist of one, 140 t electric locomotive and 16, 42 m3 belly dump ore
cars that has the capacity to deliver 800 t/h from Mitchell to Treaty based on 90-minute
cycle times. On average, eight trains will deliver approximately 130,000 t/d
(approximately 5,400 t/h) of ore to meet the process plant requirements. An additional
four trains will be purchased to provide available train operating time for mechanical
availability and to handle an increase in plant feed of up to 10,000 t/h in order to
replenish coarse ore inventories as required.
The specialty personnel, freight, and fuel train cars will be shunted by 20 t battery
locomotives into the tunnel on the Treaty end, then picked up by the 140 t electric
locomotives and transported from Treaty to Mitchell.
Three separate, enclosed, underground staging areas near the Mitchell portal will be
used to offload passengers, freight, and fuel respectively. Personnel will exit the Mitchell
portal by bus. Freight and fuel staging areas will include gantry cranes to offload the train
payloads onto awaiting flatbed tractor-trailer units. Fuel train cars will be re-loaded with
an empty fuel tank for return to Treaty.
All freight hauls will be scheduled during stoppages in ore delivery. Train scheduling will
also occlude personnel transfer when freight or ore hauls are in the tunnels to increase
traffic safety and to ensure people will not be exposed to explosives, fuel, or hazardous
substances. Estimated freight, fuel, and personnel movement requirements through the
MTT will call for a daily average of five return train trips.
1.17.5 TUNNELING
A total of nine major tunnel projects will be excavated throughout the Project life, during
the pre-production and during operations. These tunnels will be classified as either
infrastructure tunnels or water tunnels. This does not include development work for the
block caves.
The infrastructure tunnels will provide for the transportation of ore, personnel, and
supplies between the Mine Site and the Treaty OPC. The principal infrastructure tunnel is
the MTT, which transports all the ore from the Mitchell OPC to the Treaty OPC and
personnel and supplies between the Treaty OPC and Mine Site, via the train system.
During operations a conveyor tunnel for the transfer of ore from Sulphurets pit, and later,
ore and waste from Kerr pit to the Mitchell Valley will be constructed.
The water tunnels include diversion tunnels named the MDT, the MTDT, and the MVDT;
and the slope drainage tunnels for the Mitchell high wall (NPWDA) and the Snowfields
landslide (Snowfields Slide Dewatering Adit [SSDA]).
Engineering for the major components of the MTT have been developed by two
experienced tunnel contactors and have been adapted to form the estimates for the
infrastructure and water tunnels.
MTT TUNNELING
Crushed ore from the open pits and underground operations will be transported through
the MTT to the COS at the Treaty OPC. The MTT have been revised from the designs for
the Application/EIS (Rescan 2013) from a conveyor to a train-based system; however, the
tunnel location and alignment have not changed. The MTT will comprise approximately
51.4 km of excavation, including the main tunnels, cross-cuts for ventilation/safety and
track cross-overs for maintenance during operations, as well as sidings for loading,
unloading, and freight, as well as excavations for the underground loading and unloading
infrastructure.
It is anticipated that four tunnel support classes (TSC) will be required for ground control
along the length of the MTT as described in Table 1.7.
Installation of these four types of tunnel support affects the daily advance rate of the
tunnel. Table 1.7 uses the distribution of TSC, along with associated advance rates as
determined by the contractors. These have been used to choose an appropriate rate to
use in the scheduling of the MTT as well as the other tunnels.
The tunnels will be driven in accordance with the BC Mines Act and Regulations using
mechanized drill and blast techniques and will follow the conditions contained within the
License of Occupation.
The MTT are on the critical path of the construction schedule and have therefore been
broken into two segments to allow for concurrent development workplaces resulting in a
shorter total tunnel construction period. This will be accomplished with headings at the
Treaty Valley, an adit as the saddle of a transecting valley, located 6.1 km from the Treaty
portals, and by headings in the Mitchell Valley thus creating six active headings. During
construction, rail will be installed in both the North and South tunnels for the future
operations rail haulage system; however, only the North Tunnel will be used for hauling
tunnel muck during construction.
During tunnel construction, installation of the infrastructure required for the operation of
the train haulage system will be scheduled where it doesn’t disrupt the tunnel advance
rate. This will include the ore train electrical system, the mine area electrical feed line,
loading and unloading facilities, and the tunnel ventilation system required for MTT
operations. Time is provided in the MTT construction schedule for mobilization at the
start and after final breakthrough, for completion of the tunnel infrastructure, and system
testing and commissioning.
Each pair of headings will rely upon a primary and a secondary ventilation circuit. The
primary circuit will provide fresh air under positive pressure through the South Tunnel.
Cross cuts near the advancing face will exhaust out the North Tunnel. Two secondary
circuits, made up of fans on flexible air ducts, will be established to intercept fresh air
from the primary circuits and ventilate the pair of advancing faces.
During the operations phase, air will be moved through the tunnel by the piston effect of
the trains. To allow for segments of the MTT to be isolated for maintenance, sets of
ventilation doors with axial vane fans will be installed at the portals and at the track
cross-overs for each tunnel.
In addition to the twin haulage tunnels, the MTT will include sidings at the Mine Site end
for freight, personnel, and fuel transportation, as well as twin underground loading
pockets with train ore loading systems connected to the Mitchell OPC primary crushers
via a tunnel and conveyor. Also at the Mine Site end of the MTT is a future tunnel access
During operations, the crosscuts between the twin tunnels will be bratticed off to provide
independent airways for egress for personnel. The brattices will have air sealed man-
doors and additionally, thirty-six, 12-person refuge stations will be set up in the cross-
cuts.
The new 344 km long, 287 kV, NTL runs from the Skeena Substation on the BC Hydro
500 kV grid near Terrace, BC, to Cranberry Junction, from which point it roughly parallels
BC Highway 37 to its terminus at Bob Quinn. The Project will construct a 30 km long,
287 kV transmission extension from the NTL, originating at the Treaty Creek Switching
Station (BC Hydro designation TCT) and terminating at the Treaty OPC No.1 Substation
(designation FLT1) that will be part of the Project infrastructure. This spur line will
parallel the TCAR in a common corridor. Land tenure for the right-of-way has been
obtained. The Treaty Creek Switching Station on the NTL will be approximately 20 km
south of Bell II. Figure 1.13 is a map from BC Hydro illustrating the routing of the NTL.
Source: BC Hydro
The Project will take electrical service from the new NTL as a Transmission Service
Customer under Schedule 1823 as published in the BC Hydro tariffs.
Seabridge commissioned BC Hydro to carry out a Facilities Study for the Project, following
the previously completed BC Hydro System Impact Study. The Facilities Study is the final
evaluation required by the utility to define connection costs and terms of electric service.
A draft version of the Facilities Study has been issued. Upon the final issue of the study,
the parties will be in a position to sign a Facilities Agreement that, in conjunction with the
Electricity Supply Agreement (ESA), forms the standard contract for the supply of electric
power for a large bulk Transmission Service Customer such as Seabridge. The Project,
Service to the Mine Site and PTMA will be provided from KSM Substation No. 1 via a
138 kV cable (24 km approximate length, including lead-in to the portals) through one of
the twin MTT connecting the Treaty OPC to the Mine Site. This supply will terminate at
the 138 kV to 69 kV to 25 kV step-down Substation No. 2 at the Mitchell OPC. This
substation will be of the gas insulated (GIS) type, which is very compact and allows for an
indoor installation in a concrete building, built into the mountainside to protect against
avalanches and will have protected access by being connected directly to the MTT tunnel
that carries the main power cables.
There will be 25 kV cables from Substation No. 2 feeding the primary crushing plant and
train loading facilities. In addition, 25 kV cables will also feed half of the rectifier stations
as located in the MTT tunnels for the main Mitchell to Treaty rail transport system.
Twenty-five kilovolt and 69 kV cables will also connect to overhead lines fed from the
substation as required to supply the Mitchell and future pits and other facilities including
the HDS WTP, WSF dam pumping installation, the Mitchell hydro plant, truck shop, camp,
explosives plant, and other installations in the Mine Site.
The plants will all be located within the mining lease area. The total annual energy
generation is estimated to be 49,205,060 kWh, excluding the proposed future McTagg
installation. All of the plants, similar to small Independent Power Producer (IPP)
hydroelectric plants, will operate unattended and automatically controlled by
programmable logic controller (PLC) systems. The generated power will be metered and
fed into the local mine distribution power lines. The generating plants will either displace
costly Tier 2 utility power (as per BC Hydro Tariff 1823), or will be sold back to BC Hydro
under their Standing Offer Program for small generating schemes. Thus, the per-kilowatt-
hour dollar value of the generated electricity will be relatively high, significantly more than
the average project overall purchase price of electricity.
This section provides a brief summary of the energy recovery generation plants.
The plant will consist of two Pelton turbines, and will feed power into the plant
distribution system at the HDS WTP. This facility will continue to operate in Phase 3 and
after mine closure.
It was assumed for the 2016 PFS that the Project will be constructed using the
engineering, procurement, and construction management (EPCM) approach with a
management team located at both the Mine Site and the Treaty OPC. The Owner will
supply all the temporary construction camps and service contractors to manage daily
activities on site.
Mine Site construction begins with the development of the site access roads to the HDS
WTP area, WSF, tunnel entrances, CCAR, and building locations. Early works material
and equipment will be mobilized via the Winter Access Road and the pioneering road
along the CCAR alignment. Major equipment, general construction materials, and heavy
earth moving equipment will be mobilized via the CCAR.
Construction material and equipment for the PTMA will be transported using the TCAR.
Helicopter support is planned to be used prior to TCAR pioneering road completion. The
construction schedule for both sites is coordinated around the development of the MTT.
This capital cost estimate includes only initial capital, which is defined as all capital
expenditures that are required to produce concentrate and doré. A summary of the
capital costs is shown in Table 1.8.
This 2016 PFS estimate is prepared with a base date of Q2 2016. The estimate does not
include any escalation past this date. Budget quotations were obtained for major
equipment. The vendors provided equipment prices, delivery lead times, freight costs to
a designated marshalling yard, and spares allowances. The quotations used in this
estimate were obtained in Q1/Q2 2016, and are budgetary and non-binding. Pricing for
all major equipment is based on budgetary quotations provided by vendors obtained in
Q1/Q2 2016. For non-major equipment, pricing is based on in-house data or recent
quotes from similar projects.
Sustaining capital costs were also estimated leveraging the same basis of information
applied to the initial capital estimate with respect to vendor quotations, labour, and
material costs. The sustaining capital costs total US$5.503 billion and consist of:
The estimates do not include energy recovery credit (approximately US$0.12/t milled
LOM) from mini hydropower stations and the cost (approximately US$0.15/t milled LOM)
related to Provincial Sales Tax (PST).
by LOM process tonnages; mining operating costs exclude mine pre-production costs. The annual
cost is the LOM average cost
Costs have been rounded to the nearest thousands of dollars.
The estimated electrical power costs are based on the 2016 BC Hydro Tariff 1823 –
Transmission Service Stepped Rate and Schedule 1901 – Deferred Account Rate Rider.
The electrical power costs also account for local system losses and include 7% PST,
which is not treated as an Input Tax Credit (ITC). The rates take advantage of the
implementation of BC Hydro-approved energy conservation measures in the plant design
phase, including the HPGR circuit, which will greatly reduce the costlier Tier 2 power in
the BC Hydro stepped-rate Schedule 1823. The 5% Goods and Services Tax (GST) is not
included in the power rates as it is an ITC.
The operating costs are defined as the direct operating costs including mining,
processing, tailing storage, water treatment, and G&A. The hydropower credit from
recovered hydro-energy during mining operations is not accounted for directly against
operating cost estimate, but is included in the economic financial analysis. Sustaining
capital costs including all capital expenditures after the process plant has first been put
into production are excluded from the operating cost estimate.
10.4% IRR
6.0-year payback on US$5.005 billion capital
US$3.263 billion NPV at a 5% discount rate.
The tax component of the financial model used for the post-tax economic evaluation was
prepared and reviewed by other consultants (see Section 22.0 for further details).
Based on the tax analysis and review, the following post-tax financial results were
calculated:
8.0% IRR
6.8-year payback on US$5.005 billion capital
US$1.539 billion NPV at a 5% discount rate.
The base case results incorporate historical three-year trailing averages for metal prices
as of July 31, 2016 as follows:
Metal revenues projected in the KSM cash flow models were based on the average metal
values indicated in Table 1.10.
In addition to the base case, three metal price/exchange rate scenarios were also
developed: the first uses the metal prices and exchange rate used in mine optimization
and design (2016 Design Case); the second uses the spot metal prices and closing
exchange rate on July 1, 2016 (Recent Spot Case); the third uses higher metal prices to
indicate upside potential (Alternate Case). The input parameters and pre- and post-tax
results of all scenarios can be found in Table 1.11.
The analyses are presented graphically as financial outcomes in terms of pre-tax NPV,
IRR, and payback period. The Project NPV is most sensitive to gold price and exchange
rate followed by operating costs, copper price and capital costs. The IRR is most
sensitive to exchange rate, capital costs and gold price followed by operating costs and
copper price. The payback period is most sensitive to gold price and exchange rate
followed by capital costs, copper price and operating costs. Since the majority of costs
are in Canadian dollars and the economic analysis is developed in American dollars, a
Figure 1.14 2016 PFS Sensitivity Analysis of Pre-tax NPV at a 5% Discount Rate
7,000
NPV@5% Discount Rate (US$M)
6,000
Gold price
5,000
Copper price
4,000
Silver price
3,000 Molybdenum price
2,000 Exchange rate
1,000 Capital costs
0 Operating costs
-1,000
-30% -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% 30%
% Change from Base Case
18%
16%
Internal Rate of Return (%)
Gold price
14%
Copper price
12%
10% Silver price
8% Molybdenum price
6% Exchange rate
4% Capital costs
2%
Operating costs
0%
-30% -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% 30%
% Change from Base Case
16.0
14.0
Gold price
Payback Period (years)
12.0
Copper price
10.0
Silver price
8.0
Molybdenum price
6.0
Exchange rate
4.0
Capital costs
2.0
Operating costs
0.0
-30% -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% 30%
% Change from Base Case
The PEA envisages a combined open pit/underground block cave mining operation that is
planned to operate for 51 years. Over the entire 51-year mine life, mineralized material
would be fed to a copper and gold extraction mill. The proposed plant for the PEA mine
design will have an average process rate of 170,000 t/d. The Mitchell open pit and Deep
Kerr underground mines will be the main source of mill feed, contributing approximately
83% of the total plant feed over the LOM, supplemented by the Sulphurets open pit and
Iron Cap underground mine production.
The flotation plant would produce a gold/copper/silver concentrate for transport by truck
to a nearby sea port at Stewart, BC for shipment to Pacific Rim smelters. Metallurgical
testing indicates that KSM can produce a clean concentrate with an average copper
grade of 25% with a high gold and silver content, making it readily saleable. Separate
gold-silver doré would be produced at the KSM processing facility.
The PEA is preliminary in nature and includes Inferred Mineral Resources that are
considered too speculative geologically to have the economic considerations applied to
The results of the 2016 PFS remain valid and represent a viable option for developing the
Project, with the PEA assessing an alternative development option at a conceptual level
of design.
LG pit shell optimizations were used to define open pit mine plans in the PEA. The pit
limits of the PEA are contained inside the pit limits of the 2016 PFS. The mine design for
the PEA focuses on reducing waste and selecting blocks with higher values. As a result,
the PEA mine plan contains 2.4 Bt less waste in the open pit mine plan.
The underground block caving mine designs for Mitchell, Iron Cap, and Kerr are based on
modeling using GEOVIA’s PCBC™ Footprint Finder software. The ramp up and maximum
yearly mine production rates were established based on the rate at which the drawpoints
are constructed, and the initial and maximum production rates at which individual
drawpoints can be mucked. The values chosen for these inputs were based on industry
averages adjusted to suit the anticipated conditions.
Mitchell is estimated to have a production ramp-up period of five years, steady state
production at 21.9 Mt/a for 28 years, and then ramp-down production for another
3 years. Iron Cap is estimated to have a production ramp-up period of three years,
steady state production at 14.6 Mt/a for 11 years, and then ramp-down production for
another 4 years. Kerr is estimated to have a production ramp-up period of six years,
steady state production at 25.5 Mt/a for 38 years with some variations during years
where the operation transitions from first to second lift and second to third lift. Ramp
down lasts 4 years.
The underground pre-production period is five years for Mitchell and Iron Cap and three
years for Kerr. The first underground mill feed production from Mitchell, Iron Cap and
Kerr comes in Years 9, 10, and 4, respectively. An elevated shut-off is used in the PEA
underground mine designs compared to what was used in the 2016 PFS. In the PEA, the
mining NSR shut-off is Cdn$20/t for the Mitchell underground mine, Cdn$23/t for the
Iron Cap underground mine and Cdn$22/t for Kerr.
The PEA mining study took a different approach to the 2016 PFS. The PEA mine plan was
carried out with the aim of reducing the amount of waste rock produced in the open pits
with the mill feed drawing more on the underground resources. The mine production
plan starts in lower-cost open pit areas using conventional large scale equipment before
transitioning into block cave underground bulk mining later in the mine life. Starter pits
have been selected in higher-grade areas and cut-off grade strategy optimizes revenues
to minimize the payback duration. Smaller pits were designed for the Mitchell and
Sulphurets deposits as well as mining the Kerr deposit solely by underground mining
methods. This approach substantially shrinks the Project’s footprint.
The Project is designed as a conventional truck-shovel operation. The pit design for the
Mitchell area includes three nested phases to balance stripping requirements while
satisfying the Process Plant requirements. In the case of the Sulphurets area the
The PEA production schedule results in an open pit LOM of eight years with stockpile
reclaim extending into Year 14. The mine will require three years of pre-production
before the start of the Process Plant operations. Five, 363 t haul trucks will be required
in Year -3, increasing to 19 by Year -1, and peaking at 39 in production Years 1 to 3.
Mitchell is estimated to have a production ramp-up period of five years, steady state
production at 21.9 Mt/a for 28 years, and then ramp-down production for another
3 years. Iron Cap is estimated to have a production ramp-up period of three years,
steady state production at 14.6 Mt/a for 11 years, and then ramp-down production for
another 4 years. Deep Kerr is estimated to have a production ramp-up period of six
years, steady state production at 25.5 Mt/a for 38 years with some variations during
years where the operation transitions from first to second lift and second to third lift.
Ramp down lasts four years. The underground pre-production period is five years for
Mitchell and Iron Cap and three years for Deep Kerr.
The first underground mill feed production from Deep Kerr, Iron Cap, and Mitchell comes
in Years 9, 10, and 4, respectively.
The overall process flow diagram developed for the 2016 PFS has been carried through
to the PEA, except for the molybdenum recovery circuit, which has been eliminated. For
the purpose of this PEA, the process circuit will incorporate three-stage crushing, milling,
conventional flotation and cyanidation processes for the recovery of copper, gold and
silver. With the use of the same flowsheet in the PEA as with the PFS, it was assumed
that the PFS testwork is representative and is used to support the PEA process design.
Characterization and metallurgical testwork on Mitchell, Sulphurets, Iron Cap, and Deep
Kerr samples is presented in Section 13.0. A small number of the minor element assays
of the final bulk concentrates from Deep Kerr indicate that concentrations of arsenic,
antimony and mercury may be near or above typical smelter penalty limits. The
The major design consideration in the Process Plant equipment sizing and layout for the
PEA was the use of the largest equipment sizing available in order to minimize pumping
and piping requirements, process building footprint, and capital costs. Redesign of the
facilities was limited to optimizing the layout provided by the use of the larger equipment
in the PEA relative to the 2016 PFS.
Recovery equations for each ore type produced by Tetra Tech were reviewed and
considered adequate for the purposes of the PEA by Amec Foster Wheeler. The
metallurgical performance projections of the four KSM ore types are summarized in
Section 13.2.
1.22.6 PRODUCTION
The mine production plan starts in lower-cost open pit areas using conventional large
scale equipment before transitioning into block cave underground bulk mining later in the
mine life. Starter pits have been selected in higher-grade areas and cut-off grade
strategy optimizes revenues to minimize the payback duration.
After initial ramp-up the throughput averages of 170,000 t/d for the first 20 years, after
the rate is reduced to 130,000 t/d for the following 15 years, and then is further reduced
to around 77,000 t/d for 12 years; during the remaining 3 years of production,
throughput averages 28,000 t/d. In the PEA, KSM’s mine life is estimated at
approximately 51 years. Production starts from open pits at Mitchell and Sulphurets and
lasts until Years 8 and 5 of production, respectively. During that period the Kerr block
cave is developed and first mill feed is produced in Year 4 of production. In Year 9 and
10 Mitchell and Iron Cap caves enter into production. Underground production ends first
at Iron Cap in Year 27, then at Mitchell in Year 44, and finally at Kerr in Year 51 of
production.
At Mitchell, a near-surface higher-grade gold zone outcrops allowing for gold production
in the first seven years that is substantially above the mine life average grade. The mine
plan is specifically designed for mining highest gold grade first to facilitate an early
capital investment payback.
Initial capital and sustaining capital estimates for the PEA are summarized in Table 1.13.
OPERATING COSTS
Average mine, process, and G&A operating costs over the PEA calculated mine life
(including waste mining and on-site power credits, excluding off-site shipping and
smelting costs) are estimated at US$11.61/t milled (before base metal credits).
Estimated unit operating costs are 6% lower than the 2016 PFS primarily due to
reduction in process and G&A cost associated with higher throughput. A breakdown of
estimated unit operating costs is shown in Table 1.14.
Cost
Area (US$/t milled)
Mining* 4.47
Process 5.19
G&A 0.86
Others 1.09
Total Operating Costs 11.61
Note: *excluding pre-production cost of both open pit and underground mining
Under the assumptions presented in this report, the PEA demonstrates positive
economics. The after-tax NPV at a 5% discount rate over the estimated mine life is
US$ 3.366 billion. The after-tax IRR is 10%. Payback of the initial capital investment is
estimated to occur in 6.4 years after the start of production or less than 12% of mine life.
A payback period representing less than 20% of mine life is considered highly favorable.
The Project is most sensitive to changes in metal prices and foreign exchange, less
sensitive to changes in capital costs, and least sensitive to operating cost and labour
costs changes.
1.22.9 CONCLUSIONS
The PEA offers a viable option for development of the Project and reduces a number of
the project risks. By including Deep Kerr, annual average maximum throughput of
130,000 t/d envisioned in the 2016 PFS could be increased to 170,000 t/d in the PEA
without significant redesign of facilities. Increased throughput increases the metal
production, reduces payback periods and improves estimated projected IRRs and NPVs.
The PEA mine plans in total would reduce the amount of waste rock by 81%
(approximately 2.4 Bt) compared to the PFS, substantially shrinking the Project’s foot
print and its environmental impact, and reducing water treatment costs.
1.23 RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the work carried out in the 2016 PFS and the PEA, and the resultant economic
evaluation, the 2016 PFS should be followed up by more advanced studies in order to
further assess the technical and economic viability of the Project. Specific
recommendations made by Qualified Persons (QPs) are detailed in Section 26.0 and are
briefly summarized in the following subsections.
The KSM Property lies within an area known as “Stikinia”, which is a terrain consisting of
Triassic and Jurassic volcanic arcs that were accreted onto the Paleozoic basement.
Early Jurassic sub-volcanic intrusive complexes are scattered through the Stikinia terrain
and are host to numerous precious and base metal rich hydrothermal systems. These
include several well-known copper-gold porphyry systems such as Galore Creek, Red
Chris, Kemess, and Mt. Milligan.
Tetra Tech
MMTS
Golder
McElhaney
BGC
RMI
KCB
Derek Kinakin (M.Sc., P.Geo., P.G.) of BGC visited the Property from August 19th
to 21st, 2013.
Hassan Ghaffari (P.Eng.) of Tetra Tech visited the Property on September 20th,
2014.
Mr. Neil Seldon of Neil S. Seldon & Associates Ltd. (NSA) for matters relating to
the smelting terms, refining terms, saleability, and sales terms for copper
concentrate and molybdenite concentrate. These terms are included in
Appendix B and summarized in Section 19.0 and Section 24.19.
Mr. John Brassard, Owner of TCG, for matters relating to mineral and placer
claims status and ownership. TCG provided a Title Review of the KSM Property
dated Augusts 16, 2016, signed by Mr. Brassard. Mr. Michael J. Lechner, who is
responsible for the information in Section 4.0, has relied entirely on the
information provided by Mr. Brassard regarding the claims which comprise the
KSM property, their ownership and their status in Section 4.0.
Mr. William Threlkeld, Senior Vice President of Seabridge, for matters relating to
claims acquisition, royalties, and related agreements detailed in Section 4.0.
A letter prepared by Mr. Rudi Fronk, Chairman and CEO of Seabridge Gold, Inc.
with the title “KSM Project – Surface Access and Property Payment Obligations
and dated October 6th, 2016.
A letter prepared by Mr. John L. Brassard, President of The Claim Group Inc.,
with the title “Seabridge Gold Inc., Title Review-KSM Property, Province of British
Columbia” and dated October 6th, 2016.
This information is used in Section 24.22 of the Report.
3.2.2 TAXES
The Amec Foster Wheeler QPs have not independently reviewed the taxation information.
The Amec Foster Wheeler QPs have fully relied upon, and disclaim responsibility for,
taxation information derived from experts retained by Seabridge contained in the
following document:
“NI 43-101 Technical Report Prepared for Seabridge Gold Inc. – Taxation Narrative”
dated November 1, 2016.
The KSM Property is located in northwest BC, at an approximate latitude of 56.50 N and
a longitude of 130.30 W. The Mineral Resources that are the subject of this report are
located relative to the North American Datum (NAD)83 Universal Transverse Mercator
(UTM) coordinate system. The Property is approximately 950 km northwest of Vancouver,
65 km north-northwest of Stewart, and 21 km south-southeast of the Eskay Creek Mine
(production ceased in 2009). Figure 4.1 is a general location map.
The KSM Property is comprised of three discontinuous claim blocks. These claim blocks
are referred to as:
The three KSM claim blocks include 71 mineral claims (cell and legacy), 2 mining leases
and 3 placer claims with a combined area of approximately 38,929 ha. The Claim Group
Inc. (TCG) acts as Agent of behalf of Seabridge with respect to maintaining all pertinent
records associated with the KSM claims. All claims and leases are in good standing
under the Mining Tenure Act of BC, and are recorded as owned 100% by Seabridge.
The KSM mineral claims were purchased by Seabridge from Placer Dome in 2000. The
mineral claims were converted from legacy claims to BC’s new Mineral Titles Online
(MTO) system in 2005. In the MTO system, claims are located digitally using a fixed grid
on lines of latitude and longitude with cells measuring 15 seconds north-south and
22.5 seconds east-west (approximately 460 by 380 m). The legacy claims were located
by previous owners by placing tagged posts along the boundaries; however, the survey
method employed in locating the legacy claims is not known. With the MTO system, no
markings are required on the ground and the potential for gaps and/or overlapping
claims inherent in the old system is eliminated.
There is no record or evidence of any historical mining on the Property. The BC Mineral
Inventory (Minfile) contains 25 mineral occurrences in this area (mostly copper and gold).
Also, within the claim group two non-compliant (pre-NI 43-101) Mineral Resources were
reported by Placer Dome for the Kerr and Sulphurets deposits.
The original KSM claim group consisted of two contiguous claim blocks known as the
Kerr and Sulphurets (or Sulphside) properties. The claims are 100% owned by
Since acquisition of the original KSM claim group, Seabridge has added to the Project’s
property holdings through staking and purchase of several claim groups. These groups
include the Seabee group, acquired by staking, the Tina and BJ groups purchased in
2009, and the New BJ group purchased in 2010. The Seabee and Tina groups are
together referred to as the Seabee Property, and the original KSM group, BJ and New BJ
groups are referred to as the KSM Property (Figure 4.2). The three KSM placer claims
are shown in Figure 4.3.
Annual holding costs for all leases and claims vary by year depending on whether the
fees are paid in cash or whether the value of work completed on developing the claims is
used in lieu of a cash payment. Over the next five years, the annual cash holding costs to
keep the claims and leases valid range between Cdn$450,000 to Cdn$970,000. Those
estimated costs can be reduced significantly if work expenditures are applied in lieu of
cash fees.
In 2007, assessment work was filed to advance the expiry of the KSM Property to 2018.
Assessment work was completed on most of the Seabee Property in 2010 with that work
filed in February 2011, which advanced expiry dates to 2017. The new BJ Group had
assessment work from 2011 applied to advance expiry dates to 2021. Seabridge is
provided with monthly 90-day forward reports of all land tenures (lode and placer)
requiring action within that period. TCG files any work done on the properties, based on
details provided by Seabridge, or files cash in lieu of work, for the company. RMI has
relied on information with respect to all mining claim matters as provided by TCG in a
letter titled “Title Review – KSM Property”, by John Brassard, dated October 6, 2016.
Table 4.1 shows Seabridge's mineral claim blocks including the KSM, Seabee, and Tina
groups. The location of the four mineralized zones (Kerr, Sulphurets, Mitchell, and Iron
Cap) is depicted in the southwestern portion of the figure. Table 4.2 shows Seabridge's
placer claims.
Source: ERM
The following section was taken from RMI’s April 6, 2007 NI 43-101 report entitled
“Mitchell Creek Technical Report, Northern British Columbia” (Lechner 2007), remains
largely unchanged, and has only been updated for consistency in abbreviations and
grammar.
The Property lies in the rugged Coastal Mountains of northwestern BC, with elevations
ranging from 520 m in Sulphurets Creek valley to over 2,300 m at the highest peaks.
Valley glaciers fill the upper portions of the larger valleys from just below the tree line and
upwards. The glaciers have been retreating for at least the last several decades. Aerial
photos indicate the Mitchell Glacier has retreated more than one kilometre laterally and
perhaps several hundred metres vertically since 1991.
The Property is drained by Sulphurets and Mitchell Creek watersheds that empty into the
Unuk River, which flows westward to the Pacific Ocean through Alaska. The tree line lies
at about 1,240 masl, below which a mature forest of mostly hemlock and balsam fir
abruptly develops. Fish are not known to inhabit the Sulphurets and Mitchell
watersheds. Large wildlife such as deer, moose, and caribou are rare due to the rugged
topography and restricted access; however, bears and mountain goats are common.
The climate is generally that of a temperate or northern coastal rainforest, with sub-arctic
conditions at high elevations. Precipitation is high with annual rainfall and snowfall totals
estimated to be somewhere between the historical averages for the Eskay Creek Mine
and Stewart, BC. These range from 801 to 1,295 mm of rain and 572 to 1,098 cm of
snow, respectively (data to 2005). The length of the snow-free season varies from about
May through November at lower elevations and from July through September at higher
elevations. Exploration activities have typically been carried out from late May into
November. It is envisioned that operations would be conducted throughout the year with
assets required for snow removal.
Access to the Property is via helicopter. Three staging areas for mobilizing crews and
equipment were used. These are:
1. An area located at kilometre 54 on the private Eskay Creek Mine Road, which is
about 25 km to the north-northwest of the Property.
2. Along the public Granduc Road, which is located about 35 km to the south-
southeast of the Property, which in turn is about 40 km north of the town of
Stewart, BC. A section of this road passes through Alaska and the town of Hyder.
This area has not been utilized since 2011.
Stewart, a town of approximately 500 inhabitants, is the closest population center to the
Property. It is connected to the provincial highway system via paved, all weather Highway
37A. The larger population centers of Prince Rupert, Terrace, Kitimat, and Smithers, with
a total population of about 36,000, are located approximately 270 km to the southeast.
Deep-water loading facilities for shipping bulk mineral concentrates exist in Stewart, and
are currently utilized by the Red Chris Mine. Historically they have been used by several
other mines in northern, BC. The nearest railway is the CNR Yellowhead route, which is
located approximately 220 km southeast of the Property. This line runs east-west, and
can deliver concentrate to deep-water ports near Prince Rupert and Vancouver, BC.
The Property lies on Crown land; therefore all surface and access rights are granted by
the Mineral Tenure Act, the Mining Right of Way Act and the Mining Rights Amendment
Act. There are no settlements or privately owned land in this area; there is limited
commercial recreational activity in the form of helicopter skiing and guided fishing
adventures. The closest power transmission lines run along the Highway 37, 40 km east
of the Project, and along the 37A corridor to Stewart, approximately 50 km southeast.
In 1989, Placer Dome acquired a 100% interest in the Kerr deposit from Western
Canadian Mines; in the following year, they acquired the adjacent Sulphurets Property
from Newhawk. The Sulphurets Property also hosts the Mitchell Creek deposit and other
mineral occurrences. In 2000, Seabridge acquired a 100% interest from Placer Dome in
both the Kerr and Sulphurets properties, subject to capped royalties.
There is no recorded mineral production, nor evidence of it, from the Property.
Immediately west of the Property, small-scale placer gold mining has occurred in the
Sulphurets and Mitchell creeks. On the Brucejack Property immediately to the east and
currently owned by Pretium, limited underground development and test mining was
undertaken in the 1990s on narrow, gold-silver bearing quartz veins at the West Zone.
Table 6.1 summarizes the more recent exploration history of the Project.
Table 6.2 summarizes the exploration history of the Sulphurets, Mitchell, and Iron Cap
zones.
Early Jurassic sub-volcanic intrusive complexes are common in the Stikinia terrane, and
several host well-known precious- and base-metal-rich hydrothermal systems. These
include copper-gold porphyry zones such as Galore Creek, Red Chris, Kemess, Mt.
Milligan, and Kerr-Sulphurets. In addition, there are a number of related polymetallic
zones including skarns at Premier, epithermal veins and subaqueous vein and
replacement sulphide zones at Eskay Creek, Snip, Brucejack, and Granduc.
At Kerr, dating of the intrusions indicates an age of approximately 190 million years,
much older than most known porphyry systems. Subsequent tectonic events have
modified the original geologic positioning so that mineral assemblages characteristic of
deeper parts of a porphyry system are now at higher levels. For example, at the southern
end of Kerr, potassic altered diorite with magnetite veins and high gold-copper grades,
typical of the roots of porphyry systems, are found near the surface at an elevation of
about 1,600 m. At the northern end, phyllic altered diorite cut by veins with advanced
argillic assemblages, which are characteristic of much shallower depths, have been
intersected at elevations less than 0 m. The modified geometry of the Kerr porphyry
system has significant modeling and exploration implications, as higher grade deep core
zones may occur at exploitable depths.
Various lithology and alteration types were modeled as 3D wireframes for the Kerr
deposit and are summarized in Table 7.1. Mineralization occurs mainly in the PAND1
intrusion and IBX breccia and wall rock complex; however it may extend into the adjacent
late PAND2 intrusion and wall rock sediments. The dominant copper mineral is
chalcopyrite, which typically occurs as isolated grains about 0.2 to 2 mm across,
disseminated and clustered in quartz veins, fractures, and surrounding haloes. Bornite is
present almost exclusively in the north half of the east leg, within a phase containing over
50% crackled quartz veins, accompanied by coarse grained chalcopyrite and minor
tennantite. Tennantite is rare, but widely distributed in late quartz-carbonate veins,
mostly in wall rocks, along with minor sphalerite, rare galena, and arsenopyrite. Dark,
arseniferous pyrite is associated with these minerals. Molybdenum is a minor
constituent, mostly contained within the PAND1 and IBX units and closely associated with
copper. This is distinct from the Mitchell zone, where molybdenum is distributed mainly
in a shell in wall rocks peripheral to the copper zone. Visible gold has not been observed
except under microscopic examinations, where it is observed as less than 100 µm
inclusions within sulphides, mainly chalcopyrite, and sulphide grain boundaries.
Recent glacial melt back has provided exceptional surface exposure of a relatively fresh
gold-copper porphyry system. A zone of intense quartz and sulphide veining (“High
Quartz”) forms resistant bluffs in Mitchell Valley. However, the higher grade core area is
mostly covered by talus and moraine west of the bluffs. Active oxidation and leaching of
sulphides has produced prominent gossans and extensive copper sulphate precipitates
at the surface.
The deposit is genetically related to multiple diorite intrusions that cut sedimentary and
volcanic rocks of the Stuhini Group (Upper Triassic) and sandstones, conglomerates, and
andesitic rocks of the Jack Formation (basal Hazelton Group; Lower Jurassic).
Mineralization and accompanying alteration and stockworks proceeded in four stages.
Hosted by Phase 1 plutons (196 ±2.9 Ma and 192.2 ±2.8 Ma), Stage 1 sheeted veins
and stockworks contain most of the copper-gold mineralization and potassic and
propylitic alteration. A Stage 2 disseminated and stockwork-hosted molybdenum halo
(190.3 ±0.8 Ma; rhenium-osmium) is peripheral and contiguous with the core copper-
gold system. It is associated with phyllic alteration and is temporally related to a Phase 2
pluton (189.9 ±2.8 Ma) that outcrops central to the halo. Stage 3 consists of poorly
mineralized massive pyrite veins associated with advanced argillic alteration and is
related to Phase 3 diorite, diatreme breccia emplacement and intrusion breccia dikes.
Stage 4 consists of high-level, gold-rich veins that are lateral to, and overprint, the main
deposit. The geochemistry of the intrusions, nature and extent of alteration
assemblages, high silica content of the ore zone and molybdenum mineralization,
indicate that the Mitchell porphyry is calc-alkalic. The deposit was deformed during
development of the Skeena fold and thrust belt (mid-Cretaceous), during which it was
severed along the MTF. This offset portion now lies approximately 1,200 to the east-
southeast in the hanging wall of the MTF (Snowfield Zone) (Febbo, et al., 2015).
The Mitchell Zone is considered to lie within the spectrum of the gold-enriched copper
porphyry environment. Metals, chiefly gold and copper (in terms of economic value), are
generally at low concentrations, finely disseminated, stockwork or sheeted veinlet
controlled, and pervasively dispersed over dimensions of hundreds of metres. Grades
diminish slowly over large distances; sub-economic grades are encountered at distances
of several hundreds of metres beyond the interpreted centre of the system. This is
distinct from the Sulphurets and Kerr zones, where there are more abrupt breaks in
grade due to higher structural complexity and juxtaposition of weak and moderate grade
The “Bornite Breccia” is found in the center of the Mitchell Zone towards the hanging wall
side. It was only intersected in three holes (including one interval of 86 m with 1.42%
copper and 0.23 g/t gold), and the interpreted dimensions are about 400 m long down
dip, 60 m thick, and 250 m along strike. Its geometry roughly aligns with the northwest
plunging trend of the Mitchell deposit. The breccia is composed of a chaotic, swirly mix of
crackled and milled light grey quartz, anhydrite and clay, with disseminated and
interstitial pyrite, chalcopyrite, bornite, and minor tennantite and molybdenite. In deeper
intersects the breccia transitions to a mostly quartz, anhydrite, pyrite, and chalcopyrite
hosting structure with only traces of bornite. The breccia body is interpreted to be related
to structurally controlled, late advance argillic fluids.
A small portion of the Mitchell Resource (less than 2%) is found in the hanging wall of the
MTF, where disseminated and veinlet chalcopyrite occur in magnetite skarn and hornfels
altered sediments and volcanics adjacent to a non-mineralized porphyritic monzonite.
This style is identical to the Main Copper Zone above the Sulphurets Zone.
As the Bornite Breccia and BSF may have structurally offset portions of the Mitchell Zone,
potential remains for additional mineralization to be discovered. Various geologic
wireframes that were constructed by Seabridge personnel are tabulated in Table 7.3.
Photographs of polished drill core samples representative of rock types from the Mitchell
Zone are shown in Figure 7.10. The width of the core samples (vertical axis) is
approximately 2.5 cm. A representative cross section and level plan are also shown in
Figure 7.11 to Figure 7.14.
Representative lithologic and alteration cross sections are shown in Figure 7.11 and
Figure 7.12, respectively.
Microscopic examinations of polished thin sections confirm that Iron Cap was also
subjected to a post-mineral deformational event evidenced by widespread mylonitic
textures. “Mylonite” and “Ultramylonite” are terms used as rock names in petrographic
descriptions of several Iron Cap mineralized samples, similar to the Mitchell deposit.
Generally intense silicification at the higher, eastern portions gives way to chloritization
with some preserved potassium-spar alteration at depth and towards the west, which
correlates with an increasing proportion of intrusive rock. Relative to Mitchell, stockwork
veining is much weaker. There is a distinct overprint of structurally controlled,
centimetre-scale quartz-carbonate veins with chalcopyrite, galena, sphalerite, and
tetrahedrite, but the distribution is not clear. It does not seem to effect the gold and
copper distribution on a large scale, but at the vein scale there is often correlation. High
silver values are generally associated with presence of galena and sphalerite.
The Iron Cap Zone terminates at the south along the north-dipping Iron Cap Fault (ICF).
South of the fault, hornfelsed sediments are mineralized with marginal gold and copper
grades similar to intervals above the MTF at Mitchell. A few holes through this area
contain higher than average molybdeum grades, including in interval of 133 m with
0.10% molybdenum; however, there are no Resources defined south of the ICF due to
insufficient drilling. Various lithologic and alteration wireframes used in developing
geologic models for the Iron Cap deposit are summarized in Table 7.4.
Photographs of polished drill core samples representative of rock types from the Iron Cap
deposit are shown in Figure 7.15. The width of the core samples (vertical axis) is
approximately 2.5 cm.
Representative lithologic and alteration cross sections are shown in Figure 7.16 and
Figure 7.17, respectively. Lithologic and alteration level plan maps are shown in Figure
7.18 and Figure 7.19, respectively.
The KSM intrusive complex demonstrates many features characteristic of giant diorite or
monzonite hosted gold-copper porphyry systems, such as Grasberg, Oyu Tolgoi, Bingham,
and Pebble. Porphyry deposits are the product of magma genesis at convergent plate
margins. Melting of lower crust by upwelling lithospheric and asthenospheric mantle is
the source of primitive and oxidized, metal- and volatile-rich magmas. These buoyant,
hydrated magmas are forced to shallow depths up deep penetrating faults. As they rise,
they become progressively enriched in soluble metals and other elements. Near the
surface, they experience drastic temperature, pressure, and chemical changes that force
the precipitation of metals and unique mineral assemblages in an upward and outwardly
zoned pattern that characterizes a porphyry system.
The intrusions display characteristics of both calc-alkalic than alkalic types. Although
they have relatively high magnetite and gold contents, the chemical composition
straddles the alkalic/calc-alkalic boundary. The high quartz vein, pyrite and molybdenum
contents, strong phyllic to advanced argillic overprinting, and large scale of the deposits
are considered characteristic of calc-alkaline magmatism.
The KSM complex is a cluster of deposits located in the Stikine arc terrane within the
Intermontane Belt of the Canadian Cordillera, geographically inboard of the Coast
Plutonic Complex, and accreted to the North American plate. Long-lived arc magmatism
during the Late Triassic to Early Jurassic generated paired belts of alkalic and calc-alkalic
porphyry deposits that extend along the axis of the Canadian Cordillera. The Stikine
terrane comprises three unconformity-bounded island arc volcanosedimentary
successions that span 200 Ma of geologic evolution.
The composite intrusive complex has demonstrated vertical continuity down to near-
magmatic bornite-bearing core zones and upward through voluminous mineralized stock
works into near surface epithermal vein deposits. This vertical zonation is typical of many
of the world's largest mining districts. The original architecture has been rearranged by
three phases of progressive deformation related to the mid-Cretaceous Skeena fold and
thrust. Phyllosilicate alteration assemblages and stockwork vein networks are commonly
mylonitized adjacent to thrust faults. Alteration and metal zoning confirms the adjacent
Snowfield deposit is the truncated cap of the Mitchell deposit, with an offset of
approximately one kilometer.
The KSM complex hosts an extensive alteration and mineralization system centered on a
cluster of hypabyssal, Early Jurassic “Mitchell” sub-porphyritic diorite to monzodiorite,
island arc tholeiite series intrusions. The Kerr, Mitchell and Iron Cap deposits are hosted
by multiphase stocks with dimensions of approximately 600 to 1,200 m in diameter and
up to 2,200 m vertical. The Kerr stock is elongated and bifurcated in a north-south trend
extending 2,400 m, whereas Mitchell and Iron Cap stocks trend north-northeast. All tend
Principal sulphides are pyrite and chalcopyrite, with minor molybdenite, and trace
amounts of tennantite, bornite, sphalerite, and galena. Magnetite and hematitized
magnetite are common, especially in deeper parts of the deposits, and anhydrite is
common in certain phases though unevenly distributed. Native gold is rarely observed,
and most occurs as microscopic clusters at sulphide grain boundaries or inclusions. All
mineralization is hypogene, except for a small remnant of preserved supergene
mineralization at the upper limits of the Kerr deposit where chalcocite coatings on pyrite
and chalcopyrite have been observed, and at the Main Copper (Sulphurets) occurrence
where a remnant of leached capping and partial oxide mineralization is preserved at the
highest elevations.
This section describes Seabridge’s 2012 through 2015 exploration programs at KSM.
Prior exploration activities have been described in various Technical Reports prepared by
RMI (Lechner 2007; 2008a; 2008b; 2009; 2010; 2011; and 2014). Since 2012, most
of the exploration activity at KSM has centered on drilling programs designed to test for
potential high-grade feeder zones that may be associated with the currently recognized
near surface mineralized areas. Much of the discussion in this section describes various
geological observations and results obtained by the focused deep drilling programs
conducted from 2012 through 2015.
The erosional level and structural displacement in the KSM district preserved the entire
vertical mineralized column of a porphyry gold/copper system. Analysis of translation
along thrust faults strongly supports the idea that a high-grade core zone is preserved on
Seabridge claims. Initially, four separate targets were identified as potential deep core
zones that were supported by the results of the magneto telluric (MT) geophysical survey
including:
SULPHURETS
A low-resistivity MT anomaly along the dip projection of the Sulphurets deposit was tested
with three drill holes, totaling 2,306 m. Significant drill hole intercepts are summarized
in Table 9.2. These holes encountered extensive thermally metamorphosed or
hornfelsed rock.
The lateral projection to the northeast of Sulphurets is known as the Ice Field target.
Several previous drill holes designed to extend the Sulphurets deposit encountered
intensive alteration with gold grades. A low-resistivity MT anomaly corresponded to this
target area. Two drill holes, totaling 1,410 m were completed to test this target with
select results summarized in Table 9.3.
The lateral projection to the southwest of the Sulphurets deposit is now known as the
Camp Zone. Drilling in the Camp Zone identified what is believe to be a preserved
portion of an epithermal gold-silver occurrence associated with the upper parts of the
KSM mineral system. Argillic alteration is dominant in this zone, which also contains high
gold, silver, lead, and zinc concentrations, particularly within veins and structures. This
newly discovered zone has similarities to Pretium Gold’s nearby high-grade Brucejack
deposit, representing the epithermal or upper portion of a very large gold-copper porphyry
system. However, the new Camp Zone appears to be part of the epithermal system
preserved in the bottom of Sulphurets Valley. Select Camp Zone drill hole assay results
are summarized in Table 9.4.
Table 9.4 Select 2012 Camp Zone Drill Hole Assay Results
Total Depth From To Thickness Au Grade Cu Grade
Hole ID (m) (m) (m) (m) (g/t) (%)
C-12-01 405.0 200.0 274.00 74.0 0.850 0.01
C-12-02 363.0 114.0 136.00 22.0 8.940 0.01
C-12-03 310.0 37.2 39.00 1.8 7.820 0.15
63.0 145.40 82.4 0.493 0.02
151.2 250.00 98.7 2.110 0.04
262.0 280.00 18.0 2.020 0.03
C-12-04 546.0 73.9 79.05 5.15 0.890 0.01
167.0 168.50 1.5 10.200 0.01
322.5 375.50 53.0 2.470 0.02
357.5 360.50 3.0 16.300 0.01
C-12-05 144.0 26.5 28.50 2.0 2.480 0.02
C-12-06 600.3 263.5 264.60 1.1 10.250 0.13
375.0 376.50 1.5 28.700 0.04
458.0 458.60 0.6 16.850 0.18
494.3 522.80 28.5 1.930 0.09
table continues…
MITCHELL
Two deep drill holes were completed to test a MT low-resistivity anomaly between
Mitchell and Iron Cap. The holes were collared above the STF and penetrated through
the MTF. In the panel between the STF and MTF intense hydrothermal alteration was
encountered indicative of the margins to a porphyry system. The results from the two
Mitchell holes are summarized in Table 9.5.
MCQUILLAN ZONE
Four drill holes were completed at the McQuillan Zone in 2012. These holes targeted a
discrete magnetic anomaly down dip of surface alteration and mineralization in the
SULPHURETS
Low-resistivity anomalies reflect hornfelsed and mineralized sediments, but no clear
vectors to a core zone were determined. At the peripheral Ice Field and Camp zones,
epithermal styles of gold mineralization, including high-grade veins and lower-grade
disseminated, were confirmed and additional drilling is warranted.
MITCHELL
Low-resistivity anomalies reflect hornfelsed and mineralized sediments or altered
intrusions, and as the intervals are above the MTF, and well beyond either Iron Cap or
Mitchell, they are interpreted to be associated with an undiscovered, blind porphyry
system, and additional exploration is warranted.
MCQUILLAN
Results are consistent with those expected in a deep core zone environment, and
additional exploration is warranted.
Second, an assessment was conducted on additional deep core targets within the
Property. The potential of this effort became obvious with the success at Kerr. The
targets were evaluated principally by drilling and detailed geology. Those preliminary
results provided a prioritization for subsequent geophysical surveys and more aggressive
drill testing.
The final goal for 2013 was an appraisal of the Camp Zone. Definition of the mineral
controls, geological limits of the system, and size potential of the target was required to
understand how this target will fit into the Project.
The first drill holes completed in 2013 immediately confirmed the concept and showed
that, sitting down dip and in part continuous from the Kerr deposit, the Deep Kerr
reported significant mineralized intervals containing total metal values per tonne that are
approximately two times KSM’s Proven and Probable Reserve average, with some
intervals exceeding 1.0% copper, and gold grades as high as 1.7 g/t. Five large core
drilling rigs were quickly moved on to the Project in order to expedite the drilling.
The drilling concentrated on about 1,000 m of strike of the projected Deep Kerr target.
During the 2013 program, 29 diamond drill holes were attempted, 25 holes were
completed through the Deep Kerr target, 2 were lost due to significant hole deviation,
and 2 were terminated due to weather and made ready for re-entry. Of the 25 holes
completed, 23 encountered significant gold and copper grades over extensive widths.
The weighted average of the drill intercepts from the Deep Kerr zone yields a grade of
0.46 g/t gold and 0.71% copper over a width of 220 m. A summary of significant drill
hole assay intersections from the 2013 Kerr drilling program are summarized in Table
9.7.
IRON CAP
Iron Cap was the first new target zone in 2013 to be evaluated for deep higher-grade
potential. Iron Cap had been explored since 1991 by previous owners, focusing on
surface showings and shallow drilling, they concluded it is the expression of a small
epithermal vein system. Ongoing exploration since 2010 by Seabridge determined that
the epithermal system was superimposed on the upper portion of a much larger gold-
copper porphyry deposit. With success at Kerr and a district-scale deposit theory, the
highest priority target for a second magmatic core discovery at KSM became Iron Cap.
During 2013, drill holes confirmed the existing resource model at Iron Cap, down to
about 200 m. Below that point, the holes entered volcanic and intrusive rocks as well as
chaotic breccia zones with variable intensity of veining and alteration. Discrete intervals
containing orthoclase and magnetite alteration, intense stockwork veining, and
concentrations of chalcopyrite with minor bornite characteristics of a core zone were
encountered. Significant 2013 Iron Cap drill hole assay results are summarized in Table
9.8.
MCQUILLAN ZONE
The McQuillan Zone targets the down dip projection of surface alteration and
mineralization in the Sulphurets and McQuillan prospect areas. Alteration intensity
generally increases down hole at McQuillan and is characterized by a progression from
chlorite and sericite to potassium feldspar, biotite, and magnetite with localized
chalcopyrite. Modeling of previous drill holes and downhole geophysical surveys was
employed to refine the target.
CAMP ZONE
Four additional drill holes were completed in the Camp Zone in 2013. These holes were
designed to evaluate alternative orientations to the structural controls on this target area.
Results indicated that structures are oriented northwest-southeast and control the
distribution of argillic alteration and gold concentrations. Significant 2013 Camp Zone
drill hole assay results are summarized in Table 9.9.
IRON CAP
Evidence strongly suggests that the Iron Cap deposit sits above and is displaced to the
south-southeast of a near-magmatic high-grade core zone. Additional work was
undertaken during the winter season to refine the target, with the plan to aggressively
drill the Iron Cap core zone in 2014.
MCQUILLAN ZONE
The hole completed in 2013 shows a homogenous alteration pattern down hole,
indicating it could be oblique to the copper-gold target zone.
Second, working off results in 2013, exploration drilling was expanded on the Lower Iron
Cap Zone to test continuity and extent of another potential core zone target. Historical
drilling on the Iron Cap deposit indicates plunge continuity to the northwest. Using the
understanding developed from Deep Kerr, a program was developed to extend the Iron
Cap deposit down plunge to the northwest where a core zone target was postulated.
The final goal for 2014 was to complete an appraisal of two additional core zone targets
(which subsequently became three). Integrating geophysical surveys across the Property
with the understanding from Deep Kerr, suggested additional untested higher-grade
target zones remained to be discovered. The aim in this program was to determine which
of these targets held the greatest potential for additional discoveries.
Two holes (K-14-25D and 28C) were drilled into the existing resource to evaluate the
performance of the model by determining how well the new data matched up against the
model’s predicted block grades. In order to expedite this work, daughter holes were
completed from two widely-spaced parent drill holes that were started in 2013. In each
case the results showed mineralized intervals consistent with those predicted by the
model; there was little difference in the bulk grade of the mineralized interval, with
individual copper grades ranging from -12% to +30%.
The north strike projection of the Deep Kerr deposit was a primary target at the end of
2013. The northernmost drill holes in the 2013 program intersected well mineralized
intrusive rocks. Three additional sections were drilled in 2014 at 140 m intervals,
stepping north from the 2013 data. Mineralized zones consistent with the Deep Kerr
deposit model were encountered in the first two cross sectional step-outs (holes K-14-39,
43, 44 and 48), 280 m north of previous drilling. On the northern most section (holes K-
Three drill holes (K-14-34A, 40 and 45) were targeted to provide mineralogical zoning
indicators and extend the depth projection of the Deep Kerr Zone. Holes K-14-34A and
45 were set up to drill down the interpreted Deep Kerr Zone, and encountered long
sections of the mineralized zone; however, this orientation was difficult to maintain and
technical limitations terminated the holes before reaching the limits of the deposit.
These two holes therefore bottomed in mineralization. Hole K-14-40 was drilled
perpendicular to the zone.
In 2013, the south limit of the Deep Kerr deposit was provisionally established at the
southernmost drill hole (K-13-26) in the zone at that time. As the 2014 program
progressed, it became clear the southern boundary was arbitrary. Two drill holes were
completed to confirm a southern extension—one hole (K-14-42) at the southern limit of
the 2013 Mineral Resource model and one hole (K-14-46) 550 m beyond the 2013
model. Significant 2014 drill hole assay results are summarized in Table 9.10.
The Lower Iron Cap Zone is a series of related, intermediate-composition intrusions, each
with extensive and intensive hydrothermal alteration including potassic, phyllic, and silicic
alteration, all of which contain copper, gold and silver. Drill holes that targeted the
southwestern strike projections of the target zone penetrated numerous intrusive events
with variable grade distribution enhanced in the contact zones between these intrusions.
The holes drilled along the northern strike projection encountered more consistent
intrusive rock with much less grade variability, like hole IC-14-59 with 592.7 m of
1.14 g/t gold and 0.37% copper. Hydrothermal alteration in these holes to the north
exhibit vertical continuity over 1,000 m tested so far, indicating significant potential at
depth, particularly down the apparent north-northwest plunge.
Drill hole IC-14-61 approaches to within 1,000 m of the proposed trace of the MTT
alignment, potentially making the Iron Cap Lower Zone an attractive early development
option with lower capital and operating costs than other deposits at KSM that are further
from key infrastructure. Significant 2014 Iron Cap drill hole assay results are
summarized in Table 9.11.
Table 9.11 Select 2014 Iron Cap Drill Hole Assay Results
Total Depth From To Thickness Au Grade Cu Grade
Hole ID (m) (m) (m) (m) (g/t) (%)
IC-14-53 1,329.4 488.4 1,002.4 514.0 0.68 0.30
IC-14-054 1,107.0 322.4 832.5 510.1 0.41 0.28
IC-14-054A 1,050.0 320.0 542.4 222.2 0.33 0.19
604.4 872.0 267.6 0.39 0.23
917.4 1,021.0 103.5 0.24 0.25
IC-14-055 624.3 4.2 140.5 136.3 0.33 0.19
193.6 253.2 58.6 0.37 0.29
257.5 624.3 366.8 0.59 0.17
IC-14-056 1,095.8 39.0 163.1 124.1 0.38 0.17
163.1 324.0 160.9 0.21 0.35
396.4 556.4 160.0 0.45 0.30
582.4 853.4 271.0 0.25 0.24
879.4 1,095.8 216.4 0.46 0.16
IC-14-057 927.4 186.0 459.4 273.4 0.46 0.15
459.4 589.4 130.0 0.31 0.35
table continues…
OTHER TARGETS
Three additional deep target concepts were drill tested during 2014. Initial results were
inconsistent. Along the east side of the Kerr deposit, drilling revealed a thick package of
thermally metamorphosed sedimentary rocks with numerous pyrite veins. This package
of rocks contains alteration and chemical characteristics interpreted to represent the
margin of the intrusive mineral system at Kerr. Drill holes collared to the northwest of the
Sulphurets deposit, designed to test for an intrusive source, encountered intensely
metamorphosed sedimentary and volcanic rocks with extensive fracture and vein
controlled phyllic and potassic alteration. Long intervals of highly anomalous gold
concentrations are reported in these drill holes, indicating proximity to the dip projection
of the Sulphurets deposit. The interval from 312.5 m to 526.9 m passed through the
Raewyn copper-gold zone of the Sulphurets deposit, with grades as expected. One drill
hole was also completed into the east side of the McQuillan target. These holes
encountered intrusive rocks similar to other mineralized intrusion at KSM; however, the
alteration style and intensity is indicative of a post- or inter-mineral rock. Select drill hole
assay results from 2014 drilling campaign are summarized in Table 9.12.
OTHER TARGETS
These tests did not confirm any new significant zones. The intervals of anomalous gold
mineralization down dip of and beneath Sulphurets suggest possible continuity between
here and similar mineralization in the Camp Zone.
The holes in the 2015 Deep Kerr program were collared well outside the mineral deposit
in order to achieve the deep intersections that test the dip extension. Drill holes were
designed to intercept the mineralized target at right angles to the strike of the zone and
downhole directional drilling tools were used to steer the holes to target areas. These
locations better defined the western limits of the mineralized system, and demonstrate
that a north-south trending normal fault places unaltered fine-grained sedimentary rock
against the outer weakly mineralized parts of the mineral system. As the drill holes
advance to the east, alteration and mineralization increase as a series of potassically-
altered intrusions are encountered. Drill hole K-15-49 passed out of the intensely
altered and mineralized zone into younger intrusions with lower concentrations of gold
and copper. The drill hole was not extended into the eastern high-grade zone
encountered in previous shallower drilling because projected depths would have been
prohibitive. This eastern zone remains a high-potential target.
Holes K-15-50 and K-15-50A tested the west limb 200 m on strike to the south of K-15-
49 and K-15-49A. Continuity of the mineralized PAND1 intrusion was confirmed,
however on this section gold and copper grades are lower. This is attributed to a higher
proportion of lower grade PAND2 intrusion, as well as weaker overprinting phyllic
alteration. Hole K-15-49B tested the west limb 200 m north of K-15-49, and lower
grades were also found to be due to a lower proportion of the PAND1 intrusion.
Significant drill hole assay results are summarized in Table 9.13.
Below the MTF, where the Mitchell Mineral Reserves and Resources are located, the
holes encountered identical sections of altered intrusive rocks that are recognized as
host to parts of the Mitchell deposit. The intrusion is pervasively hydrothermally altered
and contains abundant stock work quartz veins. Alteration increases systematically
down hole, progressing through intense quartz-sericite-pyrite and into chlorite-magnetite-
orthoclase alteration. The intervals encountered in holes M-15-130 and 131 pass
through several phases of the Mitchell intrusive system, some of which contain gold and
copper grades above the Mitchell deposit average. Variable but mostly lower grades
were encountered in a brecciated zone with abundant anhydrite, similar to the “Bornite
Breccia” intersected several hundred meters higher, but without bornite. This was
intersected from 1,232.3 to 1,510 m in M-15-130, 1,357.5 to 1,453.4 m in M-15-131,
and 1,214.5 to 1,353.6 m in M-15-131A. The geometry is consistent with the
moderately northwest dipping orientation of the bornite breccia, however copper and gold
grades tend to be higher along the up-dip contact of the zone. This structure is
interpreted as a late feature that controlled flow of hydrothermal fluids with an advanced
argillic chemistry characteristic of the late stages of porphyry evolution. Bornite was
confined mostly to shallower portions of the structure where cooler conditions favoured
precipitation.
All three holes confirmed the presence of a roughly 50 m thick, banded, mylonitic shear
zone referred to as the BSF that may offset the base of the Mitchell deposit. Prior to the
2015 drilling program, only one drill hole (M-08-962) intersected the BSF. The zone dips
to the northwest and appears to be oriented parallel with the MTF.
Table 9.14 summarizes the composited assay results for significant drill hole
intersections from Mitchell Zone drilling in 2015. In drill hole M-15-130, the MTF is
OTHER EXPLORATION
A high-resolution aeromagnetic survey was contracted to Precision Geosurveys Inc. East-
west oriented lines spaced at 100 m were flown to cover the majority of the Project area.
The objective was to provide guidance for geological interpretation of the sub-surface for
exploration modeling and targeting, as well as geological modeling under infrastructure
areas. This was supported by selective geological mapping.
MITCHELL ZONE
Extension of the Mitchell deposit down dip by an additional 400 m was confirmed on two
sections, 200 m apart; however, insufficient drilling was completed to define significant
additional resources in this area. The system may be narrowing and grades slowly
diminishing, at least in the area tested. Displacement of portions of the deposit has
likely occurred along structures such as the bornite breccia and Basal Shear Zone.
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Drilling methods, procedures, extent of drilling, and relevant results for the Project have
been described in various NI 43-101 Technical Reports prepared by the Qualified Person
responsible for this section of this Technical Report (Lechner 2007; 2008a; 2008b;
2009; 2010; 2011; 2012; and 2014).
The majority of KSM drilling information stored in the end-of-year 2015 KSM database
was collected by Seabridge (83%). Seabridge has conducted annual drilling campaigns
at KSM beginning in 2006. The remaining 17% of the drilling data were collected by
Placer Dome (about 9%) and Falconbridge/Noranda (about 2%), with the remainder
collected by six other companies (6%). The 2005 Falconbridge drill campaign was
conducted as a joint venture with Seabridge. A summary of KSM drill hole data in the
end-of-year 2015 database, organized by company, is shown in Table 10.1. The majority
of the 647 core holes shown in Table 10.1 were used to estimate Mineral Resources
disclosed in this Technical Report, but some of the data tested several non-resource
targets in the KSM Property. The companies listed in Table 10.1 have been arranged in
approximate chronological order starting with Esso Minerals in the 1960s. Minor core
drilling was completed at KSM by several companies in the early 1980s, but ramped up
significantly in the late 1980s and early 1990s by Placer Dome. Seabridge
systematically added to the KSM drill hole data after their entry into the district in 2000,
with annual drill campaigns beginning in 2006.
Percentage
No. Drilled of Total
Company Holes Meters (%) Au Cu Ag Mo
Esso 20 3,536 1.4 3,331 2,286 1,408 1,363
Granduc 6 1,016 0.4 319 563 0 437
Brinco 3 190 0.1 182 40 182 0
Western Canadian 36 5,325 2.1 4,739 4,739 4,739 0
Newhawk 13 2,069 0.8 1,913 1,789 119 0
Sulphurets Gold 18 4,197 1.6 3,811 3,811 1,566 0
Placer Dome 105 21,982 8.6 20,930 20,930 1,337 0
Falconbridge 16 4,092 1.6 4,015 4,015 4,015 4,015
Seabridge 430 212,009 83.3 190,360 190,310 190,512 190,360
Grand Total 647 254,416 100.0 229,600 228,481 203,879 196,175
A description of drilling methods completed at KSM since the last Technical Report
(Lechner 2014) will be discussed in this section, along with various summaries of the
current drill hole data associated with each mineralized area.
The 2013 program primarily focused on intersecting deep mineralization at the Kerr
deposit (29 holes) and the Iron Cap deposit (6 holes). Additional drilling was completed
at the Camp and McQuillan targets.
The 2014 program focused on exploring the down-dip extension of mineralization below
the Kerr Zone (16 holes) and Iron Cap Zone (10 holes). Additional drilling was completed
at the Sulphurets Zone (9 holes) and McQuillan Zone (2 holes).
In 2015, Seabridge drilled nine core holes totaling nearly 14,000 m. The majority of that
meterage was designed to extend the known limits of mineralization beneath the Kerr
deposit (6 holes). Three holes (about 5,000 m) were drilled to test the down-dip
projection of mineralization at the Mitchell deposit. Table 10.2 summarizes the core
drilling programs completed at KSM in 2014 and 2015. Table 10.3 summarizes the drill
hole database by Mineral Resource area and by company collecting data for Kerr,
Sulphurets, Mitchell, and Iron Cap. The data in Table 10.3 show that Seabridge has
collected 72%, 74%, 97%, and 93% of the drilled meterage for the Kerr, Sulphurets,
Mitchell, and Iron Cap deposits, respectively.
Figure 10.1 is a drill hole location map for the entire KSM district, showing pre-2013 and
post-2013 drill holes for the four recognized Mineral Resource areas. Detailed drill hole
location maps are presented in Figure 10.2 through Figure 10.5 for the Kerr, Sulphurets,
Mitchell, and Iron Cap deposits, respectively. Figure 10.2 to Figure 10.5 also show the
outline of conceptual resource pits and resource block cave that define the Mineral
Resources for the Project.
Iron Cap
Mitchell
Sulphurets
Conceptual
resource cave
N
Scale (m)
0
1000
Kerr Area
Pre-2013 Drill hole
2013-2015 Drill hole
Conceptual
resource pit
Conceptual
resource cave
N
Scale (m)
0 250
Drilling at the Kerr deposit has identified a mineralized area measuring roughly 1,800 m
north-south by 800 m east-west, and 2,000 m vertically. The drill hole spacing in the
upper open pit resource area is approximately 50 to 75 m. Drill hole spacing through the
block cave resource, which has been classified as nearly all Inferred material, ranges
between 100 to 200 m.
Sulphurets Area
Conceptual
resource pit
N
Scale (m)
0 250
Drilling at the Sulphurets deposit has identified a mineralized area measuring roughly
2,000 m northeast-southwest by 600 m northwest-southeast, and 500 m vertically. The
drill hole spacing in the open pit resource area ranges between 50 to 75 m.
Mitchell Area
Pre-2013 Drill hole
2013-2015 Drill hole
Conceptual
resource pit
Conceptual
resource cave
N
Scale (m)
0 250
Drilling at the Mitchell deposit has identified a mineralized area measuring roughly
1,600 m east-west by 1,000 m north-south, and 1,000 m vertically. The drill hole
spacing in the upper open pit resource area is approximately 75 to 100 m. Drill hole
spacing through the block cave resource, which has been classified predominantly as
Inferred material, ranges between 100 to 200 m.
Conceptual
resource cave
Scale (m) N
0 250
Drilling at the Iron Cap deposit has identified a mineralized area measuring roughly
700 m northeast-southwest, by 600 m northwest-southeast, and 1,000 m vertically. The
drill hole spacing in the upper block cave resource shapes ranges between 70 to 75 m.
Drill hole spacing through the lower block cave resource, which has been classified
predominantly as Inferred material, ranges between 100 to 200 m.
Seabridge used directional drilling methods for a portion of their program. Tech
Directional Services Inc. from Ontario, Canada were contracted to provide directional
drilling services using DeviDrill equipment. DeviDrill is a steerable wireline core barrel
that allows a “daughter” hole to be wedged off of a “mother” hole and vectored towards a
target zone with reasonable accuracy. Small diameter core (AQ) was retrieved during the
crucial turn away from the mother hole so minimal data was lost. Bearing and inclination
data were collected using a miniature electronic single-shot survey tool (DeviTool
PeeWee) that is designed to pass through the DeviDrill bit. Information regarding this
drilling method can be found at http://www.techdirectional.com/. Drill holes with a letter
designation after the hole number represent wedged drill holes that utilized the
directional drilling method. Of the 29 drill holes completed in 2013, 15 were wedged off
from mother holes at depths ranging from 180 to 750 m. Total “saved” drilling was
7,907 m had every wedged hole been started from surface. Total metres drilled in
wedged holes was 10,598.
Drill core was placed into wooden core boxes by the drill contractor at the rig and
delivered twice daily by helicopter from the rigs to Seabridge's Sulphurets Creek camp.
An inventory of the core was completed by Seabridge geologists, which included a review
of core condition, a check of run block depths, and generation of a quick down-hole
lithologic log.
The drill core was typically scanned for various base metal quantities using a Niton hand
held x-ray fluorescence (XRF) analyzer prior to cleaning the core. Seabridge has
determined that a factor of 2.0 to 2.2 times the Niton copper reading closely
approximates the assayed copper content percentage. The Niton readings are primarily
used to alert/train the logging geologist about apparent mineralized intersections. That
data was written on the core with wax markers and are visible on core photos. Magnetic
susceptibility was also recorded for each drill hole using a hand held device. The mag
readings were exported out of the device as .csv files, but the data is not currently being
used.
After cleaning, the core was logged for lithology, alteration, structure, and oxidation state
onto paper logs by Seabridge geologists. That information was later entered into
Microsoft Excel® spreadsheets by each logger. Separate paper logs were used to capture
geotechnical information like core recovery, rock quality designation (RQD), and fracture
count. The geotechnical logs are based on data between core run blocks.
Assay samples were laid out by the logging geologist. Samples were primarily laid out in
2-m lengths, but were broken at distinct lithologic, alteration, or mineralization contacts.
Likewise, samples were broken at core diameter changes. The sample data were hand
recorded onto paper logs with hole name, from depth, to depth, and various sulpide
mineral estimates.
Pieces of drill core (14 to 20 cm long) were marked for bulk density determination about
every 100 m down-the-hole by the logging geologist by labeling the wooden core box with
Prior to sawing the drill core it was photographed. Two close-up photographs were taken
for each core box and the two photos were “stitched” together to create a detailed
photograph. After all logging procedures were complete the core boxes were moved to
the core cutting facilities located adjacent to the core logging tents.
The first drill holes in 2013 immediately confirmed that there was a strong possibility of
having continuously mineralized material from the surface to a depth of more than
1,000 m. Assays from the 2013 drill holes showed significant mineralized intervals
containing total metal values per tonne that were approximately two times higher than
KSM’s Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve grade, with some intervals exceeding 1.0%
copper, and gold grades as high as 1.7 g/t.
The 2013 drilling concentrated on about 1,000 m of strike of the projected Deep Kerr
target. During the 2013 program, 29 diamond drill holes were attempted, 25 holes were
completed through the Deep Kerr target, 2 were lost due to significant hole deviation,
and 2 were terminated due to weather and made ready for re-entry. Of the 25 holes
completed, 23 encountered significant gold and copper grades over extensive widths.
The weighted average of the drill intercepts from the Deep Kerr Zone yields a grade of
0.46 g/t gold and 0.71% copper, over a width of 220 m.
Several intervals from the 2013 drilling program contained bornite-bearing (Cu5FeS4)
material indicating higher temperature ore forming processes were present. The 2013
drilling results demonstrated several characteristics about the Deep Kerr mineralization:
Depth extension tests associated with the 2014 drilling program confirmed that the Deep
Kerr Zone plunges west-northwest and continues to at least 1,350 m below the
topographic surface. South limit testing confirmed significant strike potential but
additional drilling would be required to expand the Mineral Resource.
The 2015 Deep Kerr drilling program was designed to improve the understanding of
potential block cave targets and to begin addressing various engineering and
environmental aspects associated with possible development scenarios. Six drill holes
were completed in 2015 in an effort to expand the recognized strike length and width of
mineralization that might be exploited by block cave mining methods.
After integrating results from the 2015 drilling program with all prior data, the following
observations have been made:
In order to drill test the deep projection of the central zone and maintain orientations as
close as possible at right angles to the interpreted mineralization trend, the holes were
started well above and outside of the 2012 Mitchell reserve volume. Directional drilling
techniques were used down-the-hole to steer the holes to the target areas. The first two
holes in the 2015 program confirmed continuity of mineralization in a panel above the
MTF that hosts disseminated and veinlet chalcopyrite in magnetite skarn-style altered
sediments and volcanics, which is believed to represent a distal component of the
Mitchell porphyry system. Drill hole intersections up to 192 m wide graded 0.34% copper
and 0.14 g/t gold.
Below the MTF, where the majority of the Mitchell Mineral Reserves and Resources are
located, the holes encountered identical sections of altered intrusive rocks that are
recognized as important host rocks for parts of the Mitchell deposit. The intrusion was
found to be pervasively hydrothermally altered and containing abundant stockwork
quartz veins. Alteration increased systematically down-hole, progressing through intense
quartz-sericite-pyrite and into chlorite-magnetite-orthoclase alteration. The intervals
encountered in holes M-15-130 and M-15-131 passed through several phases of the
Mitchell intrusive system, some of which contain gold and copper grades above the
Mitchell deposit average. Variable but mostly lower grades were encountered in a
brecciated zone with abundant anhydrite, similar to the “bornite breccia” intersected
several hundred meters higher in older drilling, but no bornite was intersected in the
2015 holes. The geometry of the breccia zone in the 2015 holes is consistent with the
northwest dipping orientation of the recognized bornite breccia; however, copper and
gold grades tend to be higher along the up-dip contact of the zone. This structure is
interpreted as a late feature that controlled flow of hydrothermal fluids with an advanced
argillic chemistry characteristic of the late stages of porphyry evolution. It is believed that
bornite was confined mostly to shallower portions of the structure where cooler
conditions favoured precipitation.
All three holes confirmed the presence of a roughly 50 m thick, banded, mylonitic shear
zone that may offset the base of the Mitchell deposit (BSF), seen previously only in hole
M-08-062. The zone dips to the northwest and appears to parallel the MTF.
During 2013 Seabridge drilled six core holes totaling about 5,800 m. These holes
confirmed the 2012 Iron Cap grade models to a depth of about 200 m. Below that
elevation, the 2013 drill holes intersected volcanic and intrusive rocks as well as chaotic
breccia zones with variable intensity of veining and alteration. Mineralization was
characterized by discrete intervals containing orthoclase and magnetite alteration,
intense stockwork veining and concentrations of chalcopyrite with minor bornite,
characteristic of a core zone. Evidence from the 2013 drilling program strongly
suggested that the Iron Cap deposit sits above and is displaced to the south-southeast of
a near magmatic high-grade core zone.
In 2014, ten core holes totaling about 10,429 m were completed at Iron Cap. The 2014
program was designed to test the continuity and extent of a potential northwest plunging
core zone located below the Iron Cap deposit (Iron Cap Lower Zone).
Based on drill hole results after the 2014 drilling program, the Iron Cap Lower Zone is
interpreted as a northwest plunging, northeast-southwest striking tabular body located
immediately below the existing reserves. Drill holes testing the down plunge extent of the
deposit intercepted higher copper and gold grades, which is consistent with a core zone.
Drill hole IC-14-61 approached to within 1,000 m of the proposed trace of the MTT
alignment, potentially making the Iron Cap Lower Zone an attractive early development
option with lower capital and operating costs than other deposits at KSM which are
further from key infrastructure.
No material drilling, sampling, or recovery issues were encountered for other deposits
within the KSM Property that were drill tested during the 2013 to 2015 campaigns.
In the opinion of the Qualified Person responsible for this section of this Technical
Report, there are no drilling or sampling factors that could materially impact the accuracy
and reliability of the assay results associated with the 2013 to 2015 KSM drilling.
Furthermore, the Qualified Person responsible for this section of this Technical Report
believes that the assays associated with the 2013 to 2015 drilling campaigns are
suitable to be used to estimate Mineral Resources.
11.1 INTRODUCTION
This section contains information that was disclosed in previous Technical Reports (pre-
2013 and 2012-2013 data), along with a discussion of methods, measures, and results
associated with the 2014-2015 drilling data. The discussions are organized into pre-
2012 data disclosed in the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012), 2012-2013 data disclosed in
the March 2014 Technical Report (Lechner 2014), and an update of methods,
procedures, and results associated with the 2014-2015 drilling campaigns.
The bags were placed sequentially in rows on pallets or on the floor. Upon completion of
a batch of 33, the samples were placed into large polyweave (rice) shipping bags, six per
The sample shipment was placed inside the Project-chartered helicopter, flown directly to
the Granduc Road staging area, and unloaded by the pilot. At the staging area, the
shipment was either stored and locked inside a metal bulk shipping container or
transferred directly to a waiting truck. Trucking was contracted to Granmac Services Ltd.
(Granmac) of Stewart, BC. The shipment was transported by truck to Stewart, where Eco
Tech personnel unloaded the samples at the sample preparation facilities. The samples
were occasionally taken directly to Stewart via helicopter, and then transferred to the
preparation laboratory by truck contracted by Granmac. The preparation laboratory took
an inventory of the shipment and confirmed that the numbered tie strap had not been
broken or tampered with. Eco Tech then sent notification of the receipt of shipment with
tie strap and sample numbers to Seabridge personnel at camp, who confirmed the
sample shipment.
At the Eco Tech’s laboratory in Kamloops, a 30 g sample size was split out from the pulp
envelope and then fire assayed using appropriate fluxes. The resultant doré bead was
parted and then digested with aqua regia followed by an atomic absorption (AA) finish
using a Perkin Elmer AA instrument. The lower limit of detection for gold is 0.03 g/t or
0.001 oz/t. For other metals, a multi-element inductively coupled plasma (ICP) analysis
was completed. For this procedure, a 0.5 g sample was digested with 3 mL mixture of
hydrogen chloride, nitric acid, and water at a ratio of 3:1:2 that contained beryllium,
which acts as an internal standard, for 90 minutes in a water bath at 95°C. The sample
was then diluted with 10 mL of water and analyzed on a Jarrell Ash ICP unit. Eco Tech’s
ICP detection limits (lower and upper) are summarized in Table 11.1.
Assay results were then collated by computer and were printed along with accompanying
internal quality control data (repeats and standards). Results were printed on a laser
printer and were faxed and/or mailed to appropriate Seabridge personnel. Appropriate
standards and repeat samples were included on the data sheet.
Two different blanks were used in 2011. Blank 5 and 6 were purchased in 20 kg bags
from a home and garden retailer located in Terrace, BC. Blanks were submitted into the
2011 sample stream at a frequency of about one blank for every 32 samples.
Approximately 310 barren samples or "blanks" were submitted to Eco Tech. Figure 11.1
and Figure 11.2 chart the performance of the gold and copper blanks for the 2011
drilling campaign.
A total of 302 SRMs were inserted into the 2011 sample stream, or a frequency of about
one SRM for every 33 samples or 3% of the total assay samples. Table 11.2 summarizes
the SRMs that were used by Seabridge for their 2011 drilling campaign. Table 11.2
shows the number of SRMs that were submitted, their expected values, along with ±2
standard deviation units.
The performance of the various gold, copper, and molybdenum standards are graphed as
a function of time (certificate number) in Figure 11.3 through Figure 11.18.
In addition to the insertion of control samples with each batch, Seabridge also submitted
duplicate core samples in every second batch by sawing one half of the drill core into two,
quarter core splits that were submitted as individual samples to Eco Tech. In 2011, 152
core duplicates, or about 1.5% of the total samples, were submitted to Eco Tech. Table
11.3 summarizes the basic descriptive statistic for the “original” and “duplicate” quarter
core samples for gold, silver, copper, and molybdenum.
As can be seen in Table 11.3, there is a relatively close comparison in the distribution of
original and duplicate quarter core grades. RMI notes that the duplicate gold sample
grades are about 5% higher than the original quarter core sample. The copper duplicate
is about 1% lower than the original. The quarter core original (x-axis) and duplicate (y-
axis) sample grades are compared as quantile-quantile (QQ) plots in Figure 11.19
through Figure 11.22 for gold, copper, silver, and molybdenum, respectively.
About 6% of the 2011 samples (600 samples) that were prepared and assayed by Eco
Tech were re-assayed as same pulp “cross-checks” by ALS Chemex of North Vancouver,
BC . Table 11.4 summarizes basic descriptive statistics comparing ALS Chemex (ALS in
Table 11.4) and Eco Tech results by metal and analytical method. The data in Table 11.4
shows that the mean gold and copper grades as assayed by ALS Chemex were about 5%
ALS ALS ICP ALS ICP Eco Tech ALS Eco Tech
Parameter Cu (%) Cu (%) Cu (ppm) ICP Cu (ppm) Cu (%) ICP Cu (%)
Count 595 593 593 597 595 597
Minimum 0.001 0.001 8 6 0.001 0.001
Maximum 1.920 0.984 9,840 19,600 1.920 1.960
Mean 0.161 0.153 1,532 1,609 0.161 0.161
Median 0.125 0.122 1,220 1,232 0.125 0.123
1st Quartile 0.043 0.042 424 422 0.043 0.042
3rd Quartile 0.216 0.216 2,160 2,134 0.216 0.213
Std Dev 0.176 0.150 1,502 1,795 0.176 0.179
CV 1.10 0.98 0.98 1.12 1.10 1.12
Mean Difference 5% -5% 0%
Figure 11.24 2011 Eco Tech vs. ALS Chemex Check Assays – Copper
Figure 11.26 2011 Eco Tech vs. ALS Chemex Check Assays – Molybdenum
The polythene sample bags were inventoried and then approximately three polythene
sample bags containing HQ diameter core (or six bags with NQ core) were placed into
large polyweave (rice) shipping bags. Approximately 30 rice bags were placed into
wooden crates (“totes”) for shipment. The totes were flown by helicopter to a landing pad
near km 54 on the Eskay Creek Mine Road located behind a locked gate. The totes were
then placed into a locked steel sea-going container that can hold approximately eight
totes. Once or twice a week, Granmac Services from Stewart, BC picked up the totes and
delivered them to an ALS receiving facility located in Stewart, BC where the samples were
logged into ALS's system. From Stewart, the samples were delivered by either ALS or
Banstra Transportation Systems, Ltd. to an ALS preparation laboratory located in Terrace,
BC.
At the ALS preparation facility located in Terrace, BC, samples were sorted and dried (if
necessary), crushed through a jaw crusher and cone or roll crusher to 70% –2 mm using
ALS protocol CRU-31. The crushed sample was then split using ALS protocol SPL-21
using a riffle splitter. A portion of the crushed sample was replaced into the polythene
bag (coarse reject) and stored temporarily at the ALS facility. A portion of the crushed
sample was then pulverized using ALS protocol PUL-31 using a ring and puck pulverizer,
until approximately a 250 g sub-sample (pulp) was achieved with 85% passing 75 µm or
better. The resulting pulp sample was placed in a numbered paper envelope and
securely packed in cardboard boxes. These boxes were shipped by ALS to their assay
facility located in North Vancouver, BC.
For other metals, a multi-element ICP-atomic emission spectroscopy (AES) analysis was
completed using ALS protocol ME-ICP41. For this procedure, an approximately 0.5 g
sample was digested with aqua regia in a graphite heating block. After cooling, the
resulting solution was diluted to 12.5 mL with de-ionized water, mixed and analyzed by
ICP-AES using an Agilent ICP 720/730-ES Series instrument. The analytical results were
corrected for inter-element spectral interferences. ALS's ME-ICP41 lower and upper
detection limits are summarized in Table 11.5 for the elements that Seabridge
requested.
During most of the 2012 and 2013 Deep Kerr drilling campaigns, ICP copper assays in
excess of 5,000 ppm (0.50%) were re-assayed using ALS's “ore grade” protocol ME-OG46
(Cu-OG46). Additionally, in 2013 most of the samples that returned values greater than
2,500 ppm copper (0.25%) were also done by method ME-OG46. The sample pulp was
digested in 75% hot aqua regia for 120 minutes. After cooling, the resulting solution was
diluted with de-ionized water, mixed and then analyzed by ICP-AES or AAS.
Gold was routinely assayed by ALS using their Au-AA23 protocol. All over limit gold assays
(i.e. greater than 10 ppm) where then Au-GRA21, which consisted of a conventional 30-g
ALS assay results were distributed to key Seabridge personnel via signed paper
certificates and also as digital .csv files. Likewise, check assay results were distributed
to Seabridge personnel in both hard copy and digital formats.
the submission of barren or blank material at a frequency of one blank for about
every 33 samples
the submission of one SRM for about every 33 samples
the collection and submission of duplicate quarter core samples at a frequency
of one duplicate sample for about every 50 samples
the submission of approximately 10% of the ALS pulps to AcmeLabs for check
assay purposes.
Table 11.6 shows the type and number of control samples that were submitted to either
ALS or AcmeLabs for the 2012-2013 Deep Kerr drilling campaign.
Figure 11.27 through Figure 11.30 compare the analyzed blank values for copper, gold,
silver, and molybdenum, respectively against various detection limit thresholds.
0.010
0.005
0.000
Sample Number
0.100
0.080
0.060
Au (g/t)
0.040
0.020
0.000
Sample Number
5.0
4.0
3.0
Ag (g/t)
2.0
1.0
0.0
Sample Number
0.0020
0.0016
0.0012
Mo (%)
0.0008
0.0004
0.0000
Sample Number
Ten and twenty times detection limit for copper are shown on the blank performance
graph (Figure 11.27) for both ICP and ALS’s “ore grade” assay protocols. The two blank
materials used by Seabridge appear to be somewhat “dirty” with respect to copper as
seen in Figure 11.27. Approximately 60% of the copper blanks returned values greater
than 10 times the ALS ICP detection limit of 1 ppm for copper and about 29% came back
20 times detection (2 ppm). Only three blank samples returned values greater than 10
The apparent poor performance of the copper blank material may be a result of several
factors including “dirty” blank material, potential contamination of crushing/pulverizing
equipment, or contamination of the ICP apparatus. Based on these results, the QP for
this report recommends that Seabridge obtain another source of barren or blank
material. The performance of the blank material for other metals appears to be well
within industry standards.
Most of the gold blanks came back below detection limits (0.005 g/t) although one blank
came back slightly above 10 times detection. All of the silver blanks came back well
below 10 times the detection limit. All of the molybdenum blanks came back well below
10 times the detection limit.
In general, the ALS SRM results for molybdenum were lower than the expected value.
This is attributed to the molybdenum not being completely liberated due to the aqua
regia digestion method used in their ICP analytical method. Silver SRM results generally
tended to be close to the expected value for all SRM's. Since molybdenum and silver
values are generally low for the Deep Kerr deposit, graphs for those SRMs are not
deemed to be material.
SRM performance graphs are shown for five SRMs (SEA-KSM, CM-25, CM-23, CM-14,
and CM-17) for copper and gold only. These five standards represent 70% of the
standards submitted and all have over 30 determinations. Figure 11.31 through Figure
11.40 show the performance for copper and gold for the five SRMs.
0.199
0.187
0.175
Sample Number
0.191
0.183
0.175
Sample Number
0.460
0.430
0.400
Sample Number
1.020
0.960
0.900
Sample Number
0.780
0.740
0.700
Sample Number
0.780
0.720
0.660
0.600
Sample Number
0.240
0.210
0.180
0.150
Sample Number
0.580
0.520
0.460
0.400
Sample Number
0.800
0.700
0.600
0.500
Sample Number
1.450
1.300
1.150
1.000
Sample Number
The mean grade of the original quarter core sample was lower than the duplicate quarter
core for gold, copper, and silver. The correlation coefficient was above 90% for all but
gold which was about 67%. QQ plots were generated for each the original-duplicate
samples for each metal to examine the distribution of grades for each population. Figure
11.41 through Figure 11.44 show QQ plots for copper, gold, silver, and molybdenum,
respectively.
2.0
1.6
1.2
Duplicate Cu (%)
0.8
0.4
0.0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0
Original Cu (%)
2.0
1.6
1.2
Duplicate Au (g/t)
0.8
0.4
0.0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0
Original Au (g/t)
15.0
9.0
6.0
3.0
0.0
0.0 3.0 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0
Original Ag (g/t)
0.020
0.016
Duplicate Mo (%)
0.012
0.008
0.004
0.000
0.000 0.004 0.008 0.012 0.016 0.020
Original Mo (%)
2.0
1.6
Cu - Acme (%)
1.2
0.8
0.4
0.0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0
Cu - ALS (%)
1.0
0.8
0.6
Au - Acme (g/t)
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Au - ALS (g/t)
11.0
8.8
Ag - Acme (g/t)
6.6
4.4
2.2
0.0
0.0 2.2 4.4 6.6 8.8 11.0
Ag - ALS (g/t)
150
90
60
30
0
0 30 60 90 120 150
Mo - ALS (ppm)
In general there is a very good correlation between ALS and AcmeLabs in assaying the
same pulp. The average gold assays were less than 1% of one another while copper and
silver showed more variance. Copper, as assayed by ALS, shows a slight high bias with
respect to AcmeLabs results above a 0.5% cut-off. Most of the ALS copper assays were
completed using ICP methods (ME-ICP41). Higher grade samples were re-assayed using
the ALS “ore grade” protocol ME-OG46. Both methods used varying concentrations of
aqua regia for digesting the sample. AcmeLabs also used 1:1:1 aqua regia for sample
digestion for their ICP protocol (1D01). However, AcmeLabs used a four acid digestion
for their “ore grade” copper protocol (8TD). The four acid digestion method should
liberate more copper metal than aqua regia, so intuitively the AcmeLabs copper values
should be higher than ALS, but that is not the case. Eight of the 13 commercial certified
standard reference materials utilized by Seabridge had two certified copper values for the
standard. One certified copper value was based on aqua regia digestion and the other
certified value was based on a four acid digestion. The eight standards with two certified
copper values were subjected to round robin assaying by various commercial labs. The
expected copper values for two of the standards based on the different digestion
methods yielded identical values. For two of the standards the four acid digestion gave a
slightly higher expected value and four cases the aqua regia digestion method gave a
slightly higher value. RMI recommends that Seabridge investigate these apparent
differences and perhaps adjust their copper assaying methods for the 2014 drilling
season.
If a single standard was deemed outside of limits within a batch containing more than
two additional standards, where the remaining standards passed and there were no
mineralized intercepts within that batch, the entire batch was deemed to have passed.
This occurred in three batches. If a single standard or blank was deemed outside of
limits and the batch contained mineralized intervals, the control sample plus three to five
samples above and below the control sample in question were re-analyzed. In a case
where two consecutive standards in a batch failed, then 10 samples above and below
the two standards were re-run along with all of the samples between the standards.
When the results of the re-analysis were received from the lab the new values were
compared to the original values and to the expected values for the standards. If the
standard came back within tolerance and there was no bias noted in the surrounding
samples, the laboratory was requested to reissue the certificate with the revised values
for all samples. If there was any indication of bias in the results for the samples, then the
entire sequence was re-analyzed and a new certificate issued. If the standard and
associated samples returned similar values to the original run, then it was deemed that
the standard was out of tolerance but consistent and the batch passed. In those cases
the certificate that contained the lowest recorded value for the standard and the sample
results that went along with that result were considered final for the database. This
occurred five times out of the 110 batches.
There were several instances where blanks returned higher than expected values,
especially for copper. In those cases the samples were sent back to the lab for re-
analysis under similar conditions to the standards as described above, with the criteria
being that the blank was reporting more than 20 times minimum detection limit. In most
cases it was determined that there was minor residual cross contamination from the
previous high-grade samples (less than 0.002%). While in a few cases there was found
to be minor copper (less than 0.001%) in the blank material.
the submission of barren or blank material at a frequency of one blank for about
every 32 samples
the submission of one SRM for about every 33 samples
the collection and submission of duplicate quarter core samples at a frequency
of one duplicate sample for about every 37 samples
the submission of approximately 9% of the ALS pulps to AcmeLabs for check
assay purposes.
Table 11.10 shows the type and number of control samples that were submitted to either
ALS or AcmeLabs for the 2014-2015 KSM drilling campaigns.
Figure 11.49 and Figure 11.50 show the analyzed blank values for gold and copper,
respectively.
0.025
Blank 10 Au Results
0.020
0.015
Au (g/t)
0.010
0.005
0.000
Sample Number
50
Blank 10 Cu Results
40
30
Cu (ppm)
20
10
Sample Number
SRM performance graphs are shown for five SRMs (SEA-KSM, CM-27, CM-25, CM-23,
and CM-19) for copper and gold only. These five standards represent 70% of the
standards that were submitted and all have over 50 determinations. Figure 11.51
through Figure 11.59 show the performance for copper and gold for the five SRMs
mentioned above.
0.199
0.187
0.175
Sample Number
0.560
0.530
0.500
Sample Number
0.191
0.183
0.175
Sample Number
0.460
0.430
0.400
Sample Number
1.950
1.850
1.750
Sample Number
0.780
0.720
0.660
0.600
Sample Number
0.690
0.610
0.530
0.450
Sample Number
0.240
0.210
0.180
0.150
Sample Number
0.580
0.520
0.460
0.400
Sample Number
2.200
2.000
1.800
1.600
Sample Number
The data in Table 11.12 show that mean grades of the original quarter core samples
were slightly lower than the duplicate quarter but they are remarkably close for gold,
copper, and silver. The correlation coefficient was above 90% for all metals. QQ plots
were generated for each of the original-duplicate samples showed that there was a close
comparison between the original and duplicate assay across the full grade ranges that
were sampled.
The data in Table 11.13 show that there is a very good correlation between the original
sample assays (ALS Chemex) and the check assay (AcmeLabs). QQ plots show that there
is a close comparison between the original and check assays across the full grade ranges
that were sampled as illustrated by Figure 11.61 and Figure 11.62, which show the
relationship between copper (Figure 11.61) and gold (Figure 11.62).
1.0
0.8
Cu Acme (%)
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Cu ALS (%)
3.0
1.8
1.2
0.6
0.0
0.0 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.0
Au ALS (g/t)
For a standard, a failure designation was assigned to the control sample if either the
assayed gold or copper value was more than three standard deviations from its expected
value. If a single standard was deemed outside of limits within a batch containing more
than two additional standards, where the remaining standards passed and there were no
mineralized intercepts within that batch, the entire batch was deemed to have passed. If
a single standard or blank was deemed outside of limits, and the batch contained
mineralized intervals the control sample plus three to five samples above and below, the
control sample in question was re-analyzed. In a case where two consecutive standards
in a batch failed, then 10 samples above and below the two standards were re-run along
with all of the samples between the standards.
When the results of the re-analysis were received from the lab the new values were
compared to the original values and to the expected values for the standards. If the
standard came back within tolerance and there was no bias noted in the surrounding
samples the laboratory was requested to reissue the certificate with the revised values
for all samples. If there was any indication of bias in the results for the samples, then the
entire sequence was re-analyzed and a new certificate issued. If the standard and
Previous NI 43-101 Technical Reports prepared by the QP responsible for this section
discussed various data verification measures that were undertaken for the Kerr,
Sulphurets, Mitchell, and Iron Cap mineralized zones. This section summarizes previous
(pre-2012 and 2012-2013) and current (2014-2015) data reviews that were completed
by the QP responsible for this section of this Technical Report. Most of the pre-2012 and
2012-2013 sections (12.1 and 12.2) were taken nearly verbatim from previously filed
Technical Reports.
The QP performed an audit of the 2011 KSM drill hole database by comparing Eco Tech’s
certified gold and copper assay results with values stored in Seabridge’s electronic
database. The QP manually checked gold, silver, copper, and molybdenum assays from
four of Seabridge’s 2011 drill holes for verification. The data that were verified are
summarized in Table 12.1 by drill hole and mineral zone. The data shown in Table 12.1
represent about 10% of the 2011 Seabridge assay data.
The QP notes that the errors which were discovered turned out to be over limit analyses
that were re-run and the electronic database was not updated. The five errors discovered
out of 4,051 analyses results in an error rate of about 0.1%, which is well within accepted
industry standards. Those errors were corrected in the drill hole database.
The new topographic map of the district was provided to Seabridge in the UTM NAD83
coordinate system, which is the standard system for all Government of BC and industry
mapping applications. Seabridge contracted Aero Geometrics of Vancouver to translate
the KSM drill hole collar locations from NAD27 to NAD83 datum. Aero Geometrics used
Sierra Systems Groups Inc. MAPS 3D software to perform the transformation of all collar
coordinates. MAPS 3D uses the Canadian National Transformation Versions 1.1 and 2.0
for the transformation.
RMI and Seabridge noted some discrepancies in the GPS surveyed collar locations and
the new LiDAR topographic surface. These differences are believed to be based on:
the fact that no transform of the Z-coordinate was considered by the Canadian
National Transformation software
Number Meters Au Cu Ag Mo
Drill Hole Checked Checked Errors Errors Errors Errors
K-12-19 150 292.77 0 0 0 0
K-13-23A 420 820.80 0 0 0 0
K-13-28 565 1,075.80 0 0 0 0
K-13-28C 182 342.60 0 0 0 0
K-13-32A 250 489.60 0 0 0 0
Total 1,567 3,021.57 0 0 0 0
The QP notes that no errors were discovered with the four grade items that were
checked. It is the QP’s opinion that the 2012-2013 Deep Kerr electronic assay database
is accurate and suitable to use for estimating Mineral Resources.
The QP randomly selected fifteen core run intervals from three drill holes (K-12-23, K-13-
25, and K-13-29). Recovered core was measured and compared against the
geotechnical logs. No material differences were noted and those differences which were
noted were attributed to the QP measuring sawn core while the original recovered core
measurements was made from un-sawn core. It is the opinion of the QP that the
Several minor discrepancies were noted regarding the drill hole collar and first down-hole
survey azimuth for 11 drill holes. Those discrepancies were researched and corrected by
Seabridge and the QP.
The QP verified that nearly 20,000 gold, copper, silver, and molybdenum assays from the
2013-2014 Seabridge database matched certified assay records from their primary lab
(ALS Chemex).
The QP performed core recovery checks for 25 intervals for each of the three core holes
that were examined. No discrepancies were noted by the QP.
Several metallurgical test programs have been carried out to assess the metallurgical
response of the mineral materials from the various deposits. The latest test programs
were performed from 2007 through 2016, including an ongoing test program. The
metallurgical testing programs, including historical testing programs, are listed in Table
13.1. The following sections summarize the testwork.
Two additional Kerr composites, received from the previous Coastech 1989 program,
were also included in the test program. These two composites were labelled as LG-01 for
low grade and HG-01 for high grade samples, respectively.
Grindability
In 1989, using a comparative method, Brenda Mines determined the work index (Wi) of
Sample 106 to be 13.52 kWh/t.
In 1990, Placer Dome determined comparative ball mill work indices on Composites K-1
to K-4 and Composites LG-01 and HG-01. The comparative work index (CWi) increased
with finer grinding. The resulting work indices ranged from 7.4 kWh/t at a coarse product
of 80% passing 205 µm (Composite K-4) to 12.8 kWh/t at a fine product particle size of
80% passing 45 µm (Composite K-3).
Similar grindability tests were conducted on the 1991 samples by Placer Dome. The
comparative grinding work index of the Rubble Zone composite was similar to the data
obtained from the 1990s samples. However, the comparative grinding index from the
Crackle Breccia composite was much lower, ranging from 6.4 to 8.0 kWh/t, indicating a
softer material.
Specific Gravity
The results of bulk and dry SG measurements conducted by Placer Dome in 1990 and
1991 on the Kerr samples are summarized in Table 13.6. The average SG and the bulk
SG are 2.89 and 2.82, respectively.
HISTORICAL FLOTATION
Brenda Mines Metallurgical Laboratory – 1989
The test program studied the responses of Kerr Sample 106 to conventional copper and
gold flotation. Open circuit cleaning tests failed to produce a marketable grade copper
concentrate due to the coarse primary grind.
In the tests, lime and sodium cyanide were added to depress iron sulphides. Sodium
ethyl xanthate (R325) and Aerofloat 208 were added as copper and gold collectors.
Methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC) was added as frother. Rougher flotation was performed
at pH 10.5.
The rougher concentrate was reground and the slurry pH was adjusted to 11 with lime.
The rougher concentrate was upgraded using three stages of open circuit cleaning.
Saleable copper concentrates were produced from four of the six composites tested.
Approximately half of the gold and silver reported to the final copper concentrate.
The samples showed differing metallurgical upgrading responses to the test conditions.
Although regrinding and cleaning of the rougher concentrate at pH 11 rejected a
significant amount of pyrite, composites K-1 and K-2 produced inferior results. The
report indicated that the poorer response was possibly due to the presence of sericite
and mica slimes. It was recommended that sodium silicate or glue be added to the
rougher flotation to suppress these minerals.
Four grind and flotation tests were performed on each of the two samples. The test
results are summarized in Table 13.7.
The results indicated that copper and gold recoveries improved as primary grind fineness
increased. The finest primary grind size produced the best overall copper and gold
recoveries. The copper grades in the final concentrate grades ranged from 28 to 32% for
the Rubble Zone sample and from 26 to 33% for the Crackle Breccia sample.
Gold and silver assays conducted on the solutions from the rougher/scavenger tailing
showed that the use of minor quantities of sodium cyanide in the flotation circuit for
pyrite depression did not dissolve significant amounts of precious metals.
In general, the mineralization from the four different deposits responded similarly to a
flotation concentration and sulphide concentrate cyanidation process with respect to
copper, gold, silver, and molybdenum metallurgical performance, although there are
some variations among the samples from the different deposits. The Mitchell samples
gave the most consistent results throughout the testing programs.
The 2007 testing program used three composite samples. Table 13.8 shows the
chemical assays and key mineral distribution of the composite samples.
The later test work used the samples collected from 2008 and 2009 drilling programs.
The 2008 testing program used a total of approximately 5,720 kg of drill core samples
for the testing. Most of the samples were collected from the Mitchell Zone. The 2008
and 2009 drill hole distributions for the Mitchell Zone are shown in Figure 13.1. The
variability testing samples are listed in Table 13.9.
Table 13.9 Head Assay on Variability Test Samples – Mitchell, 2008 (G&T)
Metal Content (% or g/t)* Metal Content (% or g/t)*
Sample Sample
ID Cu Au Ag Mo As ID Cu Au Ag Mo As
MET 2 0.25 0.82 4 0.003 0.003 MET 19 0.30 0.67 4 0.002 0.001
MET 3 0.24 0.65 8 0.004 0.020 MET 20 0.17 0.54 4 0.005 0.004
MET 4 0.26 0.83 3 0.004 0.001 MET 21 0.21 0.83 2 0.004 0.003
MET 5 0.20 0.66 2 0.004 0.001 MET 22 0.20 0.85 3 0.011 0.002
MET 6 0.21 0.74 2 0.010 0.001 MET 23 0.11 0.32 3 0.025 0.010
MET 7 0.28 1.49 3 0.001 0.002 MET 24 0.24 0.86 3 0.001 0.053
MET 8 0.21 0.57 2 0.003 0.002 MET 25 0.14 0.43 2 0.007 0.005
MET 9 0.13 0.48 2 0.002 0.002 MET 26 0.13 0.68 2 0.002 0.004
MET 10 0.07 0.39 3 0.010 0.004 MET 27 0.15 0.82 2 0.003 0.002
MET 11 0.19 0.64 3 0.003 0.003 MET 28 0.16 0.86 3 0.012 0.001
MET 12 0.20 0.79 3 0.002 0.001 MET 29 0.19 0.79 5 0.018 0.006
MET 13 0.30 1.24 4 0.002 0.003 MET 30 0.14 0.22 3 0.003 0.005
MET 14 0.31 1.31 18 0.001 0.004 MET 32 0.22 1.18 2 0.002 0.006
MET 15 0.28 0.87 3 0.003 0.003 MET 33 0.33 0.96 7 0.002 0.008
MET 16 0.44 1.24 5 0.001 0.001 MET 34 0.28 0.85 3 0.004 0.002
MET 17 0.27 0.74 3 0.003 0.003 MET 35** 0.12 0.30 1 0.003 0.008
MET 18 0.28 1.34 5 0.001 0.004 MET 36** 0.52 0.81 1 0.023 0.005
Note: *g/tfor Au and Ag **from Sulphurets deposit
arsenic (As)
The 2009/2010 testing programs used a total of 12.1 t of core samples from
3,218 different drill core intervals from the Mitchell and Sulphurets deposits. Eleven
composites were generated from the Mitchell deposit according to mineralization types.
The metal contents in the composite samples from the Mitchell deposit are shown in
Table 13.11.
The assay data indicated that the copper mineral oxidation level was low; only 3% or less
of the copper was present in oxide forms.
The Composite PP1 sample was constructed from CL-PR, QSP, and Hi Qtz mineralization,
the three dominant mineralization types of the Mitchell deposit. Composite PP2 was
selectively prepared with higher molybdenum core intervals.
In 2010, three additional Mitchell Zone composites were generated using the drill core
interval samples from the 2009/2010 drilling program. The sample details are shown
below and in Table 13.12:
In the 2011 and 2012 test programs, 10 composites were generated from the Mitchell
deposit drill core interval samples.
Mitchell Year 0 to 5 (KM3080): proposed average mill feed from the Mitchell pit
during Years 0 to 5 based on the 2011 mine plan
Mitchell Year 0 to 10 (KM3080 and KM3081): proposed average mill feed from
the Mitchell pit during Years 0 to 10 based on the 2011 mine plan
Mitchell Year 0 to 20 (KM3080 and KM3081): proposed average mill feed from
the Mitchell pit during Years 0 to 20 based on the 2011 mine plan
Composite 1 (KM3174): proposed average mill feed from the Mitchell pit during
Years 0 to 5 based on the 2011 mine plan
Composite 2 (KM3174): proposed average mill feed from the Mitchell pit during
Years 0 to 10 based on the 2011 mine plan
Composite 3 (KM3174): proposed average mill feed from the Mitchell pit after
Year 10 based on the 2011 mine plan
Composite 4 (KM3174): Mitchell QSP mineralization
Composite 5 (KM3174): Mitchell QSP mineralization
Composite 6 (KM3174): Mitchell CL PR mineralization
Composite 7 (KM3174): Mitchell IAGG mineralization.
Mineralogy
The mineralogical composition study of the 2008 testing program shows that the
sulphide minerals in all three samples (QSP 0-30, Hi Qtz 0-30, and Master Composite 1)
are dominated by pyrite, which is present as approximately 6 to 8% of the sample weight.
The study also indicated that the copper was present in the form of chalcopyrite.
Detailed analysis results are provided in Table 13.15.
The pyrite-to-chalcopyrite ratios are high in the three composite samples. The average
ratio is 12:1 while the highest ratio reaches 15:1. There does not appear to be close
pyrite-chalcopyrite interlocking. Figure 13.3 illustrates the primary relationship among
the main minerals in the samples.
The degree of chalcopyrite liberation ranged from 46% to 56% across the samples tested
at a primary grind size of 80% passing 116 µm to 136 µm. The Hi Qtz sample showed a
higher two-dimensional chalcopyrite liberation than the QSP sample. A primary grind size
of 80% passing 125 µm was recommended for the Mitchell Zone.
Mineralization Hardness
Various grindability tests have been conducted in a number of test programs including
SMC grindability testing, crushing characteristics to HPGR, and standard Bond ball mill
work index determination.
Both G&T and SGS carried out standard Bond ball mill work index tests on the Mitchell
mineralization. As summarized in Table 13.16, the Bond work indices determined from
different testing programs range from 12.5 kWh/t to 15.5 kWh/t, averaging 14.4 kWh/t.
The data suggests that the Mitchell samples are of moderate hardness. The Bond
abrasion index (Ai) of Composite PP1 was measured at 0.293 g by SGS.
G&T also compared the hardness variation of various variability test samples and main
mineralization type composites by the CWi method in the 2008 testing program. The CWi
was calculated from grind calibration data and the standard Bond ball mill work index.
The data is compared in Figure 13.4 for the composite samples. The average CWi values
are 16.7 kWh/t for the individual samples and 15.5 kWh/t for the composite samples.
Figure 13.4 Comparative Ball Mill Work Index – Variability Samples, 2008
Figure 13.5 Comparative Ball Mill Work Index – Composite Samples (Mitchell, 2008)
The SMC grindability tests were conducted by Hazen in 2008. The samples used for the
grindability tests were identified as QSP, IARG, CL-RICH, QSP STW/QTVN, and H FELDS.
The SMC test results are shown in Table 13.17.
In 2011, G&T conducted additional SMC tests to investigate the grindability of the
Mitchell samples to SAG mills. The test results are summarized in Table 13.18.
The DWi and Axb data indicate that, on average, the materials are moderately resistant to
SAG mill grinding in comparison to the JK Tech database. The 2008 test results showed
that Axb ranged from 30.0 to 50.2, while the data of the 2011/2012 tests indicated that
the mineral samples are slightly less resistant to SAG milling.
The simulation input conditions were based on 120,000 t/d (two streams of 60,000 t/d
each), 92% availability, a feed particle size of 80% passing 150 mm and one of the
following conditions:
Simulation results for each primary grinding stream (two circuits required) are
summarized in Table 13.19. The simulations are based on phantom cyclone assumption
and with primary cyclones for SAG mill discharges.
Table 13.19 JK SimMet Simulation Results (60,000 t/d SABC Circuit, 2008)
Simulation 1a 1b 2a 2b 3a 3b
SAG Size, D x L (EGL) 40 x 24 37.7 x 21 40 x 24 37.7 x 21 40 x 24 37.7 x 21
Mill (ft x ft)
Circulation Load 19.5 18.4 19.5 18.4 19.5 18.4
(% of Feed)
Gross Power Draw 18,843 15,570 18,843 15,570 18,843 15,570
(kW)
Transfer Particle Size, mm 2,500 3,035 2,500 3,035 2,500 3,035
Ball Size, D x L (EGL) 22 x 36 22 x 36 22 x 36 22 x 36 22 x 36 24 x 38
Mills (ft x ft)
Mill Number 2 2 2 2 2 2
Gross Power Draw* 15,644 17,293 16,912 18,695 19,283 21,017
(kW)
Total Power Draw (kW) 34,487 32,863 35,755 34,265 38,126 36,587
Cyclone Diameter (inches) 26 26 26 26 26 26
Note: *with phantom cyclones.
effective grinding length (EGL)
The simulation results also show that, with a primary grind size of 80% passing 120 µm,
either of the following options will meet the primary grinding requirements for a
60,000 t/d processing rate:
The simulation indicated that less energy consumption would be expected if SAG mill
discharges are classified by primary cyclones prior to ball mill grinding.
In 2012, Contract Support Services conducted a few of the similar SABC simulations on
the average data obtained. The simulations produced similar results to those produced
in 2008 (Table 13.1).
In 2009 and 2010, two separate HPGR comminution characteristic testing programs
were performed—bench scale testing at SGS and pilot plant scale tests at Köeppern’s
HPGR pilot plant at UBC.
The bench scale LABWAL tests by SGS were conducted on the Mitchell and Sulphurets
composite samples. The tests included batch tests and locked cycle tests (LCT). The test
results indicate that the Sulphurets mineralization is harder with respect to HPGR
crushing than the Mitchell mineralization. On average, the net specific energy
requirement is 2.33 kWh/t for the Mitchell sample and 3.08 kWh/t for the Sulphurets
sample. The LCT results, including specific grinding force (N/mm2) and specific
throughput rate (ts/hm3-(mc)), are summarized in Table 13.20.
Based on the test results, SGS also conducted related simulations to size the HPGR.
Köeppern conducted a pilot plant test at its HPGR pilot plant at UBC using approximately
5.5 t drill core samples collected from the Mitchell deposit. The pilot plant HPGR rollers
are 0.75 m in diameter and 0.22 m in width. The test report made the following main
observations:
The typical LCT data are provided in Figure 13.6 and Figure 13.7.
Figure 13.6 HPGR Net Specific Energy Consumption vs. Cycle Number, 2010
The HPGR test work program showed that the Mitchell material is amenable to the HPGR
crushing process. Köeppern’s test work report indicates that the results from the
program are sufficient for sizing HPGR units and their motors.
SGS performed a preliminary HPGR/ball mill circuit design based on a total production
rate of 120,000 t/d and the test results from the bench scale LABWAL test results. The
configurations of the crushing and grinding circuit for the Mitchell and Sulphurets ores
are summarized in Table 13.21. It appears that processing of Mitchell ore would require
four 7.9 ft diameter x 5.4 ft long HPGR crushers, while processing the harder Sulphurets
ore on its own, would require five of the same size HPGR crushers.
As a part of the 2009 testing program, Metso Minerals Industries Inc. (Metso)
investigated the specific energy consumption for secondary grinding using tower mills.
The mill feed particle size was 80% passing 173 µm and the product particle size was
125 µm. The test results indicate that the specific energy requirement for the grinding by
a jar mill was 1.36 kWh/t for the Mitchell composite sample. As projected by Metso, the
specific energy requirement by a stirred tower mill would be approximately 0.88 kWh/t
for a similar particle size reduction.
SGS used the IsaMill™ procedure to determine the specific energy requirement for
regrinding the gold-bearing pyrite rougher concentrate that was produced from the
Mitchell samples. The tests indicated that the specific energy requirement to regrind the
concentrate from 80% passing 66 µm to 80% passing 16 µm was 24.2 kWh/t. The
grinding media consumption, 2 mm Keramax MT1 grind beads, was 6 g/kWh.
The development of the flotation and cyanidation test conditions is summarized in the
following sections.
Flotation Tests
The open circuit batch tests showed that the mineralization responded well to these
flotation conditions.
The effect of primary grind size and regrind size on the metallurgical performance was
evaluated using the QSP 0-30 and Hi Qtz 0-30 composites generated from the 2008
testing samples. The test results, as summarized in Figure 13.8 and Figure 13.9 show
that copper and gold metallurgical performance in the rougher flotation stage improved
with an increase in primary grind fineness, although far less significantly when the grind
size was finer than 80% passing 120 µm.
Figure 13.9 Metallurgical Performance vs. Primary Grind Size – Hi Qtz 0-30, 2008 (G&T)
100
90
Recovery, % Cu or Au
80
70
60
50
P80 135 um - Cu
40 P80 102 um - Cu
30 P80 72 um - Cu
P80 135 um - Au
20 P80 102 um - Au
10 P80 72 um - Au
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Rougher Concentrate Copper Grade,
Copper Grade, % Cu % Cu
For QSP 0-30 composite, the copper recovery to a rougher concentrate, grading 4%
copper, improved from 81 to 89% when the primary grind size was decreased from 80%
passing 161 µm to 80% passing 85 µm. Gold recovery increased significantly with the
increase in the grind fineness; however, there was no significant increase in gold
recovery when the grind size was finer than 80% passing 120 µm.
Apart from QSP 0-30 and Hi Qtz 0-30 composites, G&T performed two sets of comparison
tests to investigate the effect of primary grind size on copper and gold recovery from all
the other composite samples generated for the 2008 testing program. The average
primary grind sizes tested were 80% passing 143 µm and 119 µm. The effect of the
grind size on the metal recovery to copper rougher concentrates is shown in Figure
13.10.
Figure 13.10 Effect of Primary Grind Size on Metallurgical Performance, 2008 (G&T)
100
90
Rougher Recovery, %
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
10
10
10
0
10
-3
-3
-3
0-
0-
0-
0-
10
10
10
SP
G
LG
tz
SP
tz
op
R
iQ
iQ
IA
SP
Pr
H
H
Q
Sample ID
Cu Rec - Fine PG Cu Rec - Coarse PG Au Rec - Fine PG Au Rec - Coarse PG
On average, the copper recovery reporting to copper rougher concentrate was 90.6% at
the fine grind size, compared to 86.6% at the coarse grind size. The average gold
recovery to the concentrate increased from 72.3 to 77.3%. However, QSP 0-10 and QSP
LG 0-10 composites appeared to show different gold metallurgical responses with the
change in primary grind sizes.
At the fine grind size, the total average gold recovery from both the copper rougher circuit
and pyrite circuit improved to 89%.
In the 2009 testing program, two sets of primary grind size confirmation tests were
conducted on Composite 42 (QSP) and Composite 44 (Hi Qtz). The test results appear to
indicate that the copper and gold metallurgical response of Composite 42 was not
sensitive to primary grinding size changes within the range of 80% passing 100 µm and
141 µm. Test results are provided in Figure 13.11. For Composite 44, the copper and
gold recoveries to the rougher/scavenger concentrate at the grind size of 80% passing
100 µm were slightly higher than that at the grind sizes of 80% passing 125 and 165 µm.
Further tests on the pilot plant feed composites showed that the copper and gold
recoveries were not very sensitive to the primary grind size between 80% passing
100 and 150 µm. However, metal recoveries reduced at primary grind sizes coarser than
the 150 µm.
VARIABILITY TESTS
In the 2008 testing program, a total of 34 samples were used for variability tests,
including two samples (Met 35 and Met 36) from the Sulphurets Zone. Primary grind
sizes ranged from 80% passing 115 to 171 µm, averaging 149 µm. The rougher
concentrate from the copper circuit was reground to approximately 80% passing 18 µm
prior to cleaner flotation.
It appeared that the copper recoveries reporting to the third cleaner concentrates in the
open circuit tests increased with copper feed grade. As shown in Figure 13.12, G&T
established the relationship between copper recovery and copper feed grade at a fixed
concentrate grade of 25% copper. The variation in the copper metallurgical performance
of various mineral samples is shown in Figure 13.13.
Figure 13.13 Copper Recovery & Concentrate Grade – Individual Samples, Mitchell, 2008
(G&T)
The gold recovery to the copper concentrate fluctuated from 30 to 70%. The tests
seemed to show that gold recovery to copper concentrate increased as a function of
head gold content; however, the correlation was not strong. The gold metallurgical
performance is plotted in Figure 13.14.
Figure 13.14 Gold Recovery & Feed Grade – Individual Samples, Mitchell, 2008 (G&T)
Further tests were conducted on seven composites representing the major Mitchell Zone
mineralization types projected to be mined during various operating periods. The test
results are shown in Figure 13.15. At primary grind sizes ranging from 130 to 168 µm,
the third cleaner concentrates from the open batch flotation tests produced between 69
and 86% copper recovery and between 47 and 64% gold recovery.
100 0.5
90
Recovery / Grade, %
10
10
0
10
0
-3
-3
-3
0-
0-
0-
0-
10
10
10
SP
G
LG
tz
SP
tz
op
R
iQ
iQ
IA
SP
Pr
H
H
Q
Sample ID
C u R ec o v ery A u R ec o v ery C u C o nc Grade C u H ead Grade
Similar to the MET sample variability tests, the total average gold recovery from the
copper-gold rougher and scavenger flotation was approximately 86% from the composite
samples.
Open circuit tests with two stages of cleaner flotation at a pH of 11.5 were also
performed on the nine composite samples. Primary grind sizes ranged from 80% passing
87 µm to 137 µm, averaging 119 µm. Regrind sizes varied from 80% passing 12 µm to
22 µm, averaging 18 µm. The results are shown in Figure 13.16.
100 1.0
AuAu
90 0.9
Recovery or Grade, %
g/tg/t
80 0.8
% or or
70 0.7
Grade,%Cu
60 0.6
50 0.5
HeadGrade,
40 0.4
30 0.3
Head
20 0.2
10 0.1
0 0.0
0
10
10
10
30
0
10
30
-3
-3
-3
0-
0-
0-
0-
0-
0-
10
10
10
SP
SP
G
LG
tz
tz
SP
tz
op
R
iQ
iQ
Q
iQ
IA
SP
Pr
H
H
Q
Sample ID
Cu Rec Au Rec Cu Conc Grade Cu Head Au Head
The second cleaner concentrate recovered between 79 to 91% of the copper and 54 to
71% of the gold from all the nine composites. On average, the metal recovery was 84.6%
for copper and 61.2% for gold.
The results appeared to indicate that copper recovery increased with an increase in
copper head grade. The test results also showed that gold recovery to the copper
concentrate did not appear to correlate with gold head grade or copper head grade.
Seven composites produced a concentrate of higher than 25% copper, excluding 16.2%
copper from the IARG 0-10 composite and 24.0% copper from the QSP LG 0-10
composite.
After adjusting the copper recovery to reflect a concentrate grade of 25% copper, a
relationship between the adjusted copper recovery and copper feed grade is plotted in
Figure 13.17. The graph indicates that increasing copper recovery is related to
increasing copper head grade. The test work produced a similar relationship as shown in
Figure 13.12, which are plotted using 2008 test results.
100
90
Copper Recovery, % 80
70
60 y = 97.832x + 61.252
R2 = 0.8354
50
40
30 Cu Feed Grade Versus Recovery
10
0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
Copper Head, %
The 2009/2010 flotation test work continued with further bench open circuit tests on the
composite samples. The reagents used included 3418A and A208 for copper-gold
flotation, fuel oil for molybdenum flotation, and the combination of PAX and A208 for
gold-bearing pyrite flotation. Lime was used to regulate the slurry pH to approximately
10.0 at the copper-gold rougher flotation stage and pH 11.5 for the copper-gold cleaner
flotation. The gold-bearing pyrite flotation was performed at an unadjusted pH value of
approximately 9.5.
The results from the testing program are summarized in Figure 13.18 and Figure 13.19.
The results indicate some significant variation in the metallurgical performance between
the different ore samples. The BBRX mineralization (Composite 41) showed the best
metallurgical response to the flowsheet. This could be due to the much higher feed
grade of this composite. Compared to the 2008 Hi Qtz mineralization test results, the Hi
Qtz mineralization (Composite 44) produced a slightly lower level of metallurgical
performance.
In the 2009/2010 testing program, SGS also conducted batch open cycle tests on
Composite PP1 and used a flotation flowsheet similar to the one developed by G&T. In
the test, SGS added carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) into cleaner flotation to suppress clay
minerals and diesel fuel was added as a molybdenum collector. The SGS data in Figure
13.20 indicates that the effect of primary grind size on the copper and gold metallurgical
performance is not significant.
The test results from the 2011/2012 testing programs confirmed the findings obtained
from the previous metallurgical performance test programs. The test results are
summarized in Figure 13.21 to Figure 13.24.
Fifteen LCTs have been conducted on the various composite samples generated from the
various testing programs since 2007, including the locked cycle test results achieved in
2015 on the Mitchell Year 0-5 composite which was constructed and tested in the
previous program KM3080. The test results are summarized in Table 13.22 for the
Mitchell mineralization and in Table 13.23 for Mitchell mineralization samples blended
with the other mineralization.
The test results showed a substantial variation in the concentrate grade, ranging from 20
to 30% copper. On average, the final copper concentrate contained approximately 25.0%
copper. The average recoveries to the concentrate were 84.7% for copper, 61% for gold,
50% for silver, and 56% for molybdenum. Approximately 26% of the gold and 28% of the
silver in the feed reported to other gold-bearing products, which were further extracted by
cyanide leaching. The test results showed that better metallurgical performances were
achieved in the more recent testing programs.
Table 13.23 shows the effect of blending the Mitchell sample with the samples from the
other mineralized zones. Metallurgical performance of the blended samples appears
comparable to that produced when treating the Mitchell material on its own.
In the 2009 testing program, G&T carried out pilot plant tests using approximately 5 t of
coarsely crushed drill core. Compared to the bench LCTs, the pilot plant tests produced
lower metal recoveries and concentrate grades.
Copper recovery on the PP1 sample averaged 72% into an 18% copper final concentrate.
Test P2 produced a 23.9% copper concentrate. G&T indicated that the low copper
recovery might have resulted from pilot plant control or circuit stability issues. This in
turn caused copper losses into the pyrite circuit and the first cleaner tailing. These pilot
plant results are summarized in Table 13.24.
In the 2010 testing program, G&T conducted two additional pilot plant runs on the PP
Composite 3 and the PP Hi-Mo Composite samples. Compared to the 2009 pilot plant
tests, the 2010 testing program produced much better metallurgical performances. The
flowsheet used for the pilot plant tests is shown in Figure 13.25. The pilot test results
are provided in Table 13.25.
For the PP Composite 3, the pilot plant test showed variable results throughout the run
period and, on average, did not achieve results as good as from an LCT on the same
sample. Copper recoveries were calculated at various intervals during the operating
period and ranged from 61 to 84%. The concentrate produced from the pilot plant run
averaged 25.6% copper. It was noted that the metallurgical performance observed from
the best pilot plant results was close to the results achieved in the locked cycle testing.
For the PP Hi-Mo Composite, the copper recovery reporting to the final bulk concentrate
ranged from 72 to 82% during the test. The copper concentrate produced ranged from
18.2 to 25.1% copper. The metallurgical performance of the pilot plant was very similar
to the performance obtained from a LCT on the same sample.
On average, approximately 50% of the silver in feed was recovered to the copper
concentrate for both composites. The average silver concentration in the concentrate
was approximately 250 g/t.
The molybdenum recovery into the final bulk concentrate was 52% for Hi-Mo Composite
and 33% for Composite PP3.
G&T conducted bulk mineral analysis (BMA) using QEMSCAN® on the blended bulk
concentrates produced in pilot runs P2, P3, and P5. The results of the BMA analyses are
shown in Table 13.26.
The flotation separation tests were performed on the bulk concentrate produced from
pilot plant tests and from bench scale open circuit tests.
The 2009 testing showed that molybdenum concentrates produced from the bulk
flotation concentrate from the 2009 pilot plant tests were less than 30% molybdenum.
G&T indicated that aging of the bulk concentrates prior to the molybdenum flotation
testing was one of the potential reasons for producing the low grade molybdenum
concentrates. A follow-up 20-kg bench scale test on the freshly ground Composite PP2
sample produced a 48% molybdenum concentrate containing 1.8% copper.
G&T also conducted preliminary leaching tests on the molybdenum concentrates using
both the Brenda-Leach procedure and hydrochloric acid leaching. The Brenda-Leach test
results indicated that the copper and lead contents of the molybdenum concentrate were
reduced respectively from 2.06% to 0.26% copper and from 0.14% to 0.03% lead. The
hydrochloric acid leaching alone on a molybdenum concentrate only reduced copper
content from 1.5 to 0.81%.
The assay on the final molybdenum concentrates indicated that the concentrates
contained approximately 2,200 g/t rhenium (Re).
Because a portion of the gold is associated with pyrite, the first cleaner tailing and the
gold-pyrite concentrate from the flotation circuit were subjected to cyanide leaching to
recover additional gold and silver. Most of the testing programs conducted cyanide leach
tests on the first cleaner tailing and gold-bearing pyrite concentrate respectively or on the
blend of the two flotation products.
In the 2008 testing program, a total of 30 cyanide leach tests were carried out on the
gold-bearing products generated from the flotation variability tests. Prior to the leaching,
the combined first cleaner tailing and the gold-pyrite concentrate was reground to a
particle size of 80% passing 9 µm to 16 µm and aerated with air for 16 hours.
The test results are summarized in Table 13.28. The average gold extraction was
approximately 79%. Increasing leach retention time from 24 to 48 hours did not appear
to improve gold extraction.
Similar tests were conducted on the products generated from the open circuit flotation
tests of various composite samples. The leach feeds were subjected to regrinding to
80% passing approximately 20 µm or finer. The leach retention time was 24 hours. As
shown in Table 13.29, the gold extractions from the leach feeds ranged from 65 to 89%
for the samples from the 2008 testing program and from 69 to 89% for the 2009 testing
program. The average gold extraction was approximately 78% from the 2008 test work
and 81% from the 2009 test work.
The 2009 test results also indicated that cyanide leaching kinetics was rapid.
Approximately 69% of the gold was extracted within a 6-hour leach retention time.
The first cleaner tailing and the gold-pyrite concentrate from the various LCTs were
cyanide leached to investigate the responses of the gold-bearing products to the leaching
process. The test results are summarized in Table 13.30. On average, the leach feed
samples contained approximately 1.6 g/t gold and 9.6 g/t silver. The leaching tests
showed that 66% of the gold and 56% of the silver were extracted from the gold-bearing
products. Average cyanide consumption was 2.8 kg/t.
G&T also tested the gold extraction on the first cleaner tailing and the gold-bearing pyrite
concentrate produced from the samples blended from the Mitchell Zone and the other
zones. The test results are provided in Table 13.31.
The first cleaner tailing and gold-bearing pyrite concentrate from the 2009 pilot plant
runs (P3 and P5) were CIL tested for 24 hours. The gold extractions were 72.5% for the
Test P3 product and 77.8% for the Test P5 product.
The CIL bottle roll cyanidation tests were also carried out on selected cleaner scavenger
tailing and pyrite concentrate streams from the 2010 pilot plant testing. The tests were
conducted at variable regrind sizes and sodium cyanide concentrations. The results
obtained at 1,000 mg/L sodium cyanide dosage are summarized as follows:
At an average regrind size of 80% passing 24 µm, the average gold extraction
from the 1.6 g/t gold cleaner scavenger tailing was approximately 70%.
At an average regrind size of 80% passing 20 µm, the average gold extraction
from the gold-bearing pyrite concentrate containing 1.9 g/t gold was
approximately 77%.
SGS also conducted cyanide leach tests on the gold-bearing products produced by the
2009 G&T pilot plant tests. Two tests (bench bottle-on-roll test and bulk leach test) were
conducted on the pilot plant test samples. The bulk leach test by agitation was to
In the 2008 testing program, ten of the drill interval samples were tested for free-gold
recovery by gravity separation using centrifugal concentration (Knelson Concentrator)
followed by panning. The test results are shown in Table 13.33.
On average, approximately 19% of the gold in the samples was recovered to the Knelson
concentrate with an average grade of 23 g/t gold.
Most of the pan concentrates contained less than 50 g/t gold with a gold recovery of less
than 17%, except for the MET 4 sample. Panning produced a 231 g/t gold concentrate
and recovered 55% of the gold from the MET 4 sample. The results suggest that gravity
concentration may not be applicable for most of the mineralization.
G&T also carried out centrifugal gravity concentration tests to recover gold-bearing
minerals from flotation tailing. The test results show that the concentration was able to
recover some of the gold from the tailing. However, a poor match between the calculated
gold and measured gold in the feeds was reported.
SULPHURETS MINERALIZATION
Test Samples
Three composite samples were compiled from crushed drill cores to investigate the
metallurgical responses of Sulphurets mineralization. The drill hole locations are shown
in Figure 13.28. The chemical assay of these composites is provided in Table 13.34.
In 2011/2012 G&T conducted metallurgical tests (G&T, KM3174) on the two samples,
representing Raewyn CV mineralization and Lower Hazelton mineralization. The key
element assay data are shown in Table 13.34.
Mineralization Hardness
The test results, as provided in Table 13.35, indicate that the Sulphurets samples are
more resistant to ball mill grinding compared to the Mitchell samples. The average Bond
ball work index is 18.5 kWh/t for the Sulphurets samples; the Bond Ai of the overall
Sulphurets composite is 0.233 g.
Table 13.35 Bond Ball Mill Work Index Test Results – Sulphurets
Wi Ai
Samples (kWh/t) (g)
2011/2012 G&T
Composite 8 18.7 -
Composite 9 16.7 -
Sub-average 17.7 -
2009 G&T
Composite 49 15.8 -
Composite 50 20.8 -
Composite 51 19.8 -
Sub-average 18.8 -
2009/2010 SGS
Composite 19.1 0.233
Total Average 18.5 -
In 2009, SGS conducted bench scale HPGR tests on the Sulphurets composite samples.
The tests included batch open circuit tests and LCTs. The test results indicate that the
Sulphurets mineralization is more resistant to HPGR crushing than the Mitchell
mineralization. On average, the net specific energy requirement is 3.08 kWh/t for the
Sulphurets sample compared to 2.33 kWh/t for the Mitchell sample. The LCT results,
including specific grinding force (N/mm2) and specific throughput rate (ts/hm3-(mc)) are
summarized in Table 13.20. The preliminary HPGR/ball mill circuit simulation results by
SGS are provided in Table 13.21. The simulations suggested that the unit power
requirement for the HPGR/ball mill circuit would be approximately 14.8 kWh/t for the
Sulphurets mineralization, compared to 10.4 kWh/t for the Mitchell mineralization.
Flotation Tests
In the 2009 testing program, G&T performed preliminary flotation tests to investigate the
responses of the Sulphurets ores to the flotation conditions established for the Mitchell
samples. As indicated in Table 13.37, the Sulphurets ore samples may produce higher
grade copper concentrates than the Mitchell samples. Composite 49 (Hazelton Volcanics
[HV]) has a lower level copper metallurgical performance compared to the other
composites (Raewyn Copper (RC)). This may result from the lower copper head grade in
the sample. The test results also showed that Composite 51 produced much lower gold
recoveries in the cleaning stage, compared to the other two samples.
The 2009/2010 SGS testing program involved bench open circuit tests and a LCT on a
composite generated from the Sulphurets deposit. The tested flowsheet is similar to that
used by G&T except for the addition of CMC, which is used to suppress clay minerals. It
appeared that fine primary grind size may improve metal recovery and that the addition
of CMC may also improve final concentrate grade.
Both G&T and SGS conducted LCTs on the composites generated from the Sulphurets
samples. Table 13.38 summarizes the flotation LCT results.
As shown in Table 13.23 for the locked cycle flotation test results, the metallurgical
performances of the Mitchell-Sulphurets blend sample (60% Mitchell and 40%
Sulphurets) were very similar to those achieved with the Mitchell mineralization alone.
Both G&T and SGS conducted cyanidation tests on the products produced from the
locked cycle flotation tests.
The test results are provided in Table 13.40. In general, the Sulphurets samples
produced lower gold and silver extractions, in comparison with the Mitchell samples. The
best gold extraction obtained was 70.5% by SGS using the CIL leach procedure. The
direct cyanide leach test produced inferior results.
KERR MINERALIZATION
There are two mineralization zones in the Kerr deposit. The lower Kerr Zone
mineralization may be mined by underground block caving, while the upper Kerr Zone
material is anticipated to be mined by open pit methods. Early testwork focused on the
samples from the surface Kerr Zone. Since 2013, three test programs—KM3735,
KM4514, and KM4029—have been completed to investigate the metallurgical
performances of the mineralization from the lower Kerr, excluding an ongoing testwork
program.
The samples from the upper Kerr Zone are more amenable to ball mill grinding when
compared to the Mitchell and Sulphurets mineralization. As shown in Table 13.42, the
average Bond ball mill work index is 13.9 kWh/t. These results agree with the historical
test results summarized in 13.1.1.
Table 13.42 Bond Ball Mill Work Index Test Results – Upper Kerr (G&T)
Wi
Samples (kWh/t)
Composite 52 - 2010 13.8
Composite 53 - 2010 13.0
Composite 10 – 2011/2012 14.8
Composite 11 – 2011/2012 14.1
Average 13.9
The 2011/2012 testing program determined the grindability of the upper Kerr samples
to SAG mills. The test results revealed that the grindabilty of the upper Kerr samples to
SAG mill grinding is very similar to the samples from the Mitchell deposit. The results are
shown in Table 13.43.
Flotation Tests
The test conditions used for the Mitchell and Sulphurets samples were also used for the
composite samples collected from the Kerr deposit. The open circuit batch flotation tests
showed that the upper Kerr samples produced better concentrate grades than the
Mitchell or Sulphurets samples. Copper recovery produced was slightly lower than the
Mitchell or Sulphurets samples at equivalent copper concentrate tenor. Gold recovery for
the upper Kerr samples was lower because the gold head grades were considerably lower
than the samples from the other two ore deposits.
On average, the upper Kerr samples produced a 27.8% copper concentrate. The copper
and gold reporting to the concentrate were 83% and 41%, respectively. Approximately
51% of the gold reported to the gold-bearing pyrite products (first cleaner tailing and gold-
bearing pyrite concentrate). The 2011/2012 test program produced better metallurgical
performances from the samples tested, than what was achieved previously.
As shown in Table 13.23 for the locked cycle flotation test results, the metallurgical
performances of the Mitchell-Kerr blend sample (80% Mitchell and 20% upper Kerr) were
very similar to those achieved with the Mitchell mineralization alone.
G&T conducted the cyanidation tests on the first cleaner tailing and the gold-bearing
pyrite concentrate produced from the LCTs. The leaching procedure used was the same
as that used previously on the Mitchell samples. Test results are provided in Table
13.45.
Table 13.45 Cyanidation Test Results on LCT Test Products – Upper Kerr (G&T)
Regrind
Test Size Feed Extraction Feed Extraction
Program Sample (P80 µm) (Au g/t) (Au %) (Ag g/t) (Ag %)
G&T-2535 Comp 52 17 1.1 76.0 5.5 45.8
G&T 2535 Comp 53 15 0.6 59.7 3.2 18.7
G&T 3174 Composite 10 20 0.6 47.2
G&T 3174 Composite 11 20 0.6 45.6
Average – Upper Kerr 18 0.7 57.1 4.4 32.3
On average, gold extraction from both the gold-bearing products was approximately 57%,
slightly lower than the results obtained from the Mitchell samples. The average gold feed
grade to the cyanide leach circuit was lower in comparison with the cyanide leach feeds
of the Mitchell samples. The test results also indicated that the first cleaner tailing
produced slightly lower gold and silver recoveries compared to the gold-bearing pyrite
concentrate. The average silver extraction was 32%, which was lower than the average
extraction of 56% obtained from the Mitchell samples.
Increased drilling campaigns over the last couple of years will allow Seabridge to plan
and complete a metallurgical testing program (KM5063) on samples representative of
the planned lower Kerr underground mining blocks. This metallurgical work is currently
underway and is expected to be advanced in 2017. A total of 22 samples, including five
composites, are currently being tested at ALS Metallurgy Kamloops.
The preliminary testwork from these completed test programs showed that these widely
spaced lower Kerr exploration samples responded well to the flotation flowsheet
developed previously for the Project. The preliminary testwork from the ongoing testwork
being conducted shows some variations in metallurgical response were noted. It appears
that the samples from the proposed upper cave areas may have a similar metallurgical
performance as the samples collected from the proposed Kerr open pit area, while the
lower caves samples may behave more similarly to the samples of the lower Kerr Zone
tested by the previous three test programs.
Three of the testing programs used open batch floatation test procedure to investigate
the metallurgical responses of the lower Kerr samples to the flowsheet developed for the
Mitchell and the other deposits, including some preliminary variability tests. The flow
sheet and test conditions used for these tests are similar to those used for the other
deposits or zones of the Project, including conventional flotation to produce a copper-
gold-molybdenum bulk concentrate, with cyanide leach testing to further recover gold and
silver from the cleaner flotation tailings and the gold-bearing pyrite concentrate. A copper
scavenging flotation was added to float copper minerals from the gold bearing pyrite
concentrate prior to cyanidation. The KM4029-B and KM4514 test programs also
conducted locked-cycle flotation tests to further evaluate the metallurgical performance
of the composite samples constructed. The LCT results are shown in Table 13.47.
The LCT results show that these lower Kerr mineralization responds well to the flow sheet
proposed for the Project. Copper recovery ranged from 86 to 97% and gold recovery
varied from 55 to 77%. The flotation concentrate grades were in a range of between 22
and 29% copper.
ALS conducted the cyanidation tests on the first cleaner tailing and the gold-bearing
pyrite concentrate produced from the LCTs. The leaching procedure used was similar to
that used in the previous test programs. Test results are provided in Table 13.48
The gold extractions by cyanide leaching (CIL procedure) fluctuated from 56 to 73% for
the bulk cleaner scavenger tailings and from 63 to 78% for the gold bearing pyrite
concentrates.
The assay results indicate that arsenic and antimony contents range from 21 to 234 ppm
for arsenic and from 1 to 201 ppm for antimony. Samples IC-2014-01 and IC-2014-12
show elevated arsenic content of 170 and 234 ppm and antimony content of 201 and
87 ppm.
The drill hole distribution and sample locations for these 2015 test samples are shown in
Figure 13.30.
Mineralogy
In 2010 the mineral content, in each of the two master composites, was determined
using the Bulk Mineral Analysis with Liberation (BMAL) function within Quantitative
Table 13.50 Mineral Content – Sample IC-2014-MC4 - Iron Cap, 2014 (ALS)
Mineral Content
Minerals (Wt %)
Chalcopyrite 0.9
Bornite <0.1
Chalcocite/Covellite <0.1
Tennantite/Enargite <0.1
Pyrite 5.4
Iron Oxides 0.1
Quartz 18.3
Micas 25.6
Chlorite 1.8
Feldspars 44.7
Titanium Minerals 0.3
Carbonates 0.7
Kaolinite (clay) 0.2
Apatite 0.8
Calcium-sulphate <0.1
Others 1.1
Notes: Iron oxides includes limonite, goethite, hematite and magnetite.
Micas include muscovite and biotite/phlogopite.
Feldspars includes K-feldspar, feldspar albite, alkali feldspar and plagioclase feldspar.
Titanium minerals includes rutile/anatase and minor amounts of sphene.
Carbonates includes calcite, ankerite and dolomite.
Others includes trace amounts of barite, sphalerite, and unresolved mineral species.
Mineralization Hardness
The 2010 grindability determination tests on the two composite samples from the Iron
Cap deposit showed that the mineralization is of moderate hardness to ball mill grinding.
The Bond ball mill work indices of both the samples are 14.9 kWh/t.
Flotation Tests
The test conditions used for the Mitchell samples were tested for the two composite
samples from the Iron Cap deposit. The open circuit batch flotation tests conducted in
2010 showed that the Iron Cap mineralization was not sensitive to the primary grind
sizes ranging from 80% passing 120 µm to 170 µm. In 2015, rougher flotation tests were
performed on Composite IC-2014-MC4 to investigate the effect of primary grind size on
copper and gold recovery. The grind size ranged from 80% passing between 89 and
171 µm. It appears that copper and gold recoveries improved when the grind size got
finer. The test results are depicted in Figure 13.31 and Figure 13.32.
Figure 13.31 Copper Recovery vs Rougher Mass Recovery and Grind Size - Iron Cap, 2015
(ALS)
Cleaner flotation tests on four master composite samples showed a very similar copper
metallurgical performance although there were some variations in gold performance.
The test results are summarized in Figure 13.33 and Figure 13.34. Copper grades in the
bulk concentrates produced from the four Iron Cap master composites averaged
approximately 27.7%. Copper and gold recovery to the bulk cleaner concentrates
averaged approximately 77% and 61%, respectively.
Figure 13.33 Copper Cleaner Flotation Performance - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS)
As shown in Figure 13.35 and Figure 13.36, copper recoveries to the bulk concentrates
for the fifteen Iron Cap variability samples ranged from 74 to 85% and averaged
approximately 81%. The bulk concentrate grades ranged from approximately 25 to 30%
copper, averaging approximately 27% copper. Variation in gold recovery was observed.
On average, approximately 57% of the gold was recovered to the final cleaner
concentrates.
Figure 13.35 Variability Test Results - Copper - Iron Cap, 2015 (ALS)
The flotation LCT results are provided in Table 13.51. On average, the samples tested in
2010 produced a 25.7% copper concentrate. The copper and the gold reporting to the
concentrate were 85% and 51%, respectively. On average, approximately 39% of the
gold reported to the gold-bearing pyrite products (first cleaner tailing and gold-bearing
pyrite concentrate).
The 2014/2015 locked cycle flotation tests on the master composite samples produced
fairly consistent results. Between 81 to 88% of the copper in the feed was recovered to a
bulk concentrate grading between approximately 22 to 27% copper. On average,
approximately 85.2% of the copper and 64.4% of the gold in the feed were recovered into
the bulk concentrates. The gold reporting to the gold-bearing pyrite products (first
cleaner tailing and gold-bearing pyrite concentrate) was approximately 29% of the gold.
The averaged silver recovery to the flotation concentrate was 56.6%.
The results indicate that the copper recoveries from the Iron Cap samples were
comparable to the Mitchell mineralization. It was concluded that the gold recoveries to
the concentrates from the 2012 samples were lower than these achieved with the
Mitchell mineralization; however, the 2014/2015 test work produced better gold
recoveries to the flotation concentrates and the results are in line with the Mitchell
mineralization. The averaged silver recovery to the flotation concentrate is slightly higher
than the recovery achieved from the Mitchell mineralization. On average, approximately
61% of the molybdenum from the Iron Cap’s samples reported to the final bulk
concentrate.
As shown in Table 13.23, the Mitchell and Iron Cap blended samples did not show
detrimental effects of the blending on the metallurgical responses.
Table 13.52 Cyanidation Test Results on LCT Test Products – Iron Cap
Regrind
Testing Size Feed Extraction Feed Extraction
Program Sample (P80 µm) (Au g/t) (Au %) (Ag g/t) (Ag %)
G&T-2748 Iron Cap Comp1 14 1.9 49.7 9.4 62.8
G&T-2748 Iron Cap Comp2 15 1.1 40.4 6.9 56.8
G&T-2748 50% Comp1/50% Comp2 16 1.5 48.6 - -
ALS-4029 IC-2013-01/02/03 Cl.Sc.Tls 16 0.8 45.8 4.4 70.7
ALS-4029 IC-2013-01/02/03 Py Conc 10 0.2 54.7 1.6 87.4
ALS-4672 IC-2014-MC1 Cl.Sc.Tls 14 1.1 46.7 6 68.0
ALS-4672 IC-2014-MC2 Cl.Sc.Tls 14 1.2 29.2 7 69.7
ALS-4672 IC-2014-MC4 Cl.Sc.Tls 14 1.1 40.1 6 60.5
ALS-4672 IC-2014-MC1 Py Conc 14 0.4 50.6 3 57.2
ALS-4672 IC-2014-MC2 Py Conc 16 0.3 36.3 2 72.0
ALS-4672 IC-2014-MC4 Py Conc 15 0.1 74.9 5 73.2
Average – Iron Cap 15 1.0 46.8 5.6 66.5
On average, the gold extraction from both the gold-bearing products was approximately
47%. The test results also indicated that both the first cleaner tailing and the gold-
bearing pyrite concentrate produced lower gold recoveries compared to the other
mineralization, especially the first cleaner tailing. The average gold feed grade to the
cyanide leach circuit was lower in comparison with the cyanide leach feeds of the
Mitchell samples. The average silver extraction was high, averaging 67%, which is higher
than the average extraction of 56% obtained the Mitchell samples.
The mineralogical study by Surface Science Western on the leaching residues found that
the residual gold is present in colloidal type sub-microscopic gold, mainly in pyrite, which
occurs in coarse and porous types. Surface Science Western pointed out that the pre-
treatment by pressure or bio-oxidation would be required to release this locked gold.
ANCILLARY TESTS
During testing programs various environment-related tests were conducted and
determined engineering-related parameters. The key tests are as follows:
A large-scale, agitated bulk cyanide leach test was conducted by SGS on a 20-kg
combined sample of first cleaner tailing and pyrite rougher concentrate. The sample was
sourced from material generated from the flotation pilot plant testing at G&T.
The leach pulp of the bulk cyanidation test was allowed to settle and 16.7 L of solution
were decanted (pregnant solution). The thickened pulp was diluted with 33.3 L of de-
ionized water to simulate washing. The diluted pulp was well agitated then allowed to
settle. A 26.7-L portion of the supernatant solution was collected (wash solution). The
pregnant solution and washed residue pulp were further treated by contacting with
cyanide-treated carbon. The resulting barren solution and the washed residue pulp were
used for cyanide recovery and destruction testing, respectively.
The cyanide accountability for bulk leaching was close to 100%. The estimated amount
of sodium cyanide consumed by the formation of thiocyanate was 1 kg/t feed, while
0.5 kg/t feed equivalent sodium cyanide was oxidized to cyanate. The amount of
The cyanide complexed with copper and the free cyanide should be recoverable by the
AVR or the SART process. The AVR process is able to recover the cyanide into a higher
cyanide concentration solution than the SART process. A significant drawback of the AVR
process, compared with the SART process, is that the cyanide associated with the copper
cyanide complex is unrecoverable.
The key chemical analysis of the solution for cyanide recovery and the washed leach pulp
for the cyanide destruction are shown in Table 13.57.
Table 13.57 Chemical Analysis of Cyanide Recovery Test Solution and Cyanide Destruction
Pulp
CNT CNWAD CNF Cu Fe CNS
Sample (mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L) (mg/L)
Leach Solution 853 850 280 562 1.6 700
Washed Pulp 94 90 - 90.4 1.08 220
Note: CNT = total cyanide; CNWAD = weak acid dissociable cyanide; CNF = free cyanide; CNS = thiocyanate
Exploratory AVR tests were conducted to investigate the effect of pH on the recovery of
cyanide from the barren leach solution. The scrubbing retention time was 4 h; the
collected cyanide, acid consumption, and lime consumption are summarized in Table
13.58.
Exploratory SART tests were also conducted on the barren leach solution to investigate
the effects of pH and sodium hydrosulphide (NaHS) dosage on recovering cyanide and
copper from CNWAD and copper cyanide complexes. The test results are as follows:
Further optimization of the SART conditions could improve upon these results, should
SART be considered for recovery of cyanide into low-concentration cyanide solutions.
These SART-generated cyanide solutions might also be considered for feed to further AVR
processing to generate higher grade cyanide solutions for recycle to the leaching circuits.
Three different cyanide destruction methods, including sulphur dioxide/air, Caro’s acid,
and hydrogen peroxide were tested for oxidation of cyanide and detoxification of the
washed pulp. The objective of the test work was to produce treated effluent containing
less than 2 mg/L CNWAD. The results of the cyanide destruction test results are
summarized in Table 13.59.
An exploratory test indicated that the residual CNWAD in the solution phase of the washed
pulp was reduced to less than 2 mg/L level by using Caro’s acid treatment. The reagent
consumption was 0.74 g H2SO5 (250% of the stoichiometric amount) and 0.6 g/L
hydrated lime of the feed to the cyanide destruction.
The tests also indicated that the hydrogen peroxide process was not very efficient for
cyanide destruction. The residue CNWAD was only reduced from 90 mg/L to 11 mg/L after
adding 500% of the stoichiometrically required hydrogen peroxide.
The polishing test using Caro’s acid was unsuccessful. The final product still
contained 3.2 mg/CNWAD after the addition of 500% of the stoichiometric Caro’s
acid.
The hydrogen peroxide polishing treatment produced less than 2 mg/L residual
CNWAD. The hydrogen peroxide dosage was 10 times of the stoichiometric
requirement and the copper addition was 0.011 g/L pulp.
The solution phase (filtrate) of the sulphur dioxide/air partially treated pulp
responded well to the hydrogen peroxide polishing treatment. The solution
contained less than 1 mg/L residual CNWAD after being treated with five times
the stoichiometric hydrogen peroxide requirement (0.065 g/L solution). Copper
sulphate was not used in the treatment of this solution.
Settling Tests
Thickening
Preliminary settling tests were conducted on pyrite rougher flotation tailing in the 2008
testing program. As reported by G&T, the tests on the tailing slurry failed to generate
normal settling curves. The tests were subsequently carried out on the re-pulped sample
from dried tailing.
The test data reveal that the settling area required for pyrite rougher flotation tailing was
0.73 m2/t/d without adding flocculent and 0.30 m2/t/d with the addition of 10 g/t of
flocculent.
In 2009, Pocock conducted solids liquid separation (SLS) tests on five flotation products
generated by G&T from the bench scale tests and pilot plant tests. The materials tested
included flotation feed, copper concentrate, first cleaner tails + gold-bearing pyrite
The key test results are summarized in Table 13.60 and Table 13.61.
Table 13.61 Recommended High Rate Thickener Operating Parameters – 2009 (Pocock)
Feed Flocculent Underflow Net Feed Loading
Material Tested (% Solids) (g/t) (% Solids) (m3/m2h)
Flotation Feed Comp 15-20 15-20 60-65 4.8-6.1
Coarse Grind Flotation Feed 20-25 10-15 70-74 4.8-6.1
Rougher Flotation Tailing 15-20 ~20 57-62 3.7-4.8
The 2009 Pocock testing program also determined the filtration rates of the copper
concentrates produced from G&T pilot plant tests. Both vacuum filtration and pressure
filtration methods were tested. The test results are summarized in Table 13.62.
CONCLUSIONS
The substantial test results indicate that the mineral samples from the four separate
mineralization deposits are amenable to the flotation-cyanidation combined process. The
process consists of:
The samples from the Mitchell and Sulphurets deposits produced better metallurgical
results with the chosen flotation circuit and cyanide leach extraction when compared to
the metallurgical results from the samples taken from the Iron Cap deposit and the upper
zone of the Kerr deposit.
Mineral Resources were estimated for the Project by Mr. Michael J. Lechner, President of
RMI. Mr. Lechner is a P.Geo. (BC), a Registered Professional Geologist in the State of
Arizona, a Certified Professional Geologist with the American Institute of Professional
Geologists (AIPG), and a registered member of the Society for Mining, Metallurgy, and
Exploration (SME). These professional registrations together with Mr. Lechner’s
professional background and work experience allow him to be the QP for this report as
per the requirements set out by NI 43-101. Neither Mr. Lechner nor RMI have any vested
interest in Seabridge securities or the Property that is the subject of this Technical
Report. Mr. Lechner and RMI have worked as an independent consultant for Seabridge
since 2001.
This section outlines the various methods that were used to estimate Mineral Resources
for the Project, which currently consists of four known mineralized areas for which
Mineral Resources have been estimated. Block model grades for two of those areas
(Sulphurets and Mitchell) are based on grade models that were developed for the 2012
PFS (Tetra Tech 2012). Various statistical and modeling parameters associated with the
Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits were taken from Tetra Tech (2012), although the
Mineral Resource tabulations for those two areas have been updated to account for
different metal prices and conceptual pit and block cave constraints that were used to
better demonstrate “that there are reasonable prospects for eventual economic
extraction”.
Mineral Resources for the Kerr and Iron Cap deposits have been updated since the last
public disclosures for those areas. Statistics, modeling parameters, and Mineral
Resource tabulations for the Kerr and Iron Cap deposits are discussed in Sections 14.2
and 14.3.
14.1 SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL DEPOSITS
No material drilling has been completed within the Sulphurets or Mitchell Mineral
Resource areas since Tetra Tech (2012) was filed. The following Sections (14.1.1
through 14.1.9) were taken nearly verbatim from Tetra Tech (2012). Descriptions for the
Kerr and Iron Cap zones have been removed and are updated in Sections 14.2 and 14.3
of this Technical Report, respectively.
14.1.1 GOLD GRADE DISTRIBUTION – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
Block gold grades were estimated by assay grades that were composited into 15 m long
drill hole composites, after high-grade outlier values were capped. Section 14.1.3
discusses grade capping. Various geologic wireframes were used to constrain the
estimate of block grades for each zone. These geologic wireframes represent a
The distribution of gold based on raw uncomposited data is summarized at four different
cut-off grades by the geologic constraint that was used in the estimation process in Table
14.1 and Table 14.2 for the Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits, respectively.
As shown in Table 14.1 and Table 14.2, the average gold grade increases in going from
the Sulphurets to the Mitchell deposit Another important statistical parameter is that the
CV is relatively low for the Sulphurets and Mitchell mineralized zones. The CV for
uncapped Mitchell gold grade assays is 1.01. That CV is reduced to 0.86 after high-grade
outliers are capped (Section 14.1.3).
In general, it has not been possible to identify any particular lithologic unit or alteration
type that adequately defines a mineralized gold population for any of the KSM
mineralized zones except for the Kerr deposit. Quartz-sericite-pyrite alteration tends to
be one of the key mineralized units but gold grades are seen to cross cut the various
logged alteration types. Given these observations, RMI elected to use grade envelopes to
constrain the estimate of block gold grades (AUZON). Mineral zones and constraints
used to estimate block grades are discussed in Section 14.1.5.
14.1.2 COPPER GRADE DISTRIBUTION – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
The distribution of copper grades based on the original drill hole intervals is summarized
at four different cut-off grades by the geologic constraints that were used to estimate
block copper grades in Table 14.3 and Table 14.4 for the Sulphurets and Mitchell
deposits, respectively.
Like gold, copper is seen to be distributed in a number of logged lithologic and alteration
types in the four mineralized zones. In general, it has not been possible to identify any
particular lithologic unit or alteration type that adequately defines a mineralized copper
population for any of the KSM deposits except for Kerr where alteration was used to
constrain the estimate of block grades. Copper grades tend to be somewhat lower in
chlorite-propylitic alteration than quartz-sericite-pyrite alteration, but this relationship is
not well developed. Given these observations, RMI elected to use grade envelopes for
Sulphurets, Mitchell, and Iron Cap to constrain the estimate of block copper grades
(CUZON) (Section 14.1.5).
Figure 14.1 Sulphurets Zone Gold Assay Cumulative Probability Plot
100.00
10.00
Gold (g/t)
1.00
0.10
0.01
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Figure 14.2 Mitchell Zone Gold Assay Cumulative Probability Plot
100.000
10.000
1.000
Gold (g/t)
0.010
0.001
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
1.000
Copper (%)
0.010
0.001
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Figure 14.4 Mitchell Zone Copper Assay Cumulative Probability Plot
10.000
1.000
Copper (%)
0.010
0.001
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
Based on the information shown in Figure 14.1 through Figure 14.4 and other cumulative
probability plots not shown, RMI capped raw gold and copper assays at the area
highlighted by the black circle where the distribution of grades becomes erratic.
Table 14.5 through Table 14.7 summarize the capping limits that were established for
gold, copper, and silver/molybdenum for the Sulphurets and Mitchell mineral zones.
Table 14.6 Sulphurets and Mitchell Copper Grade Capping Limits
Cap Grade
Zone Attribute (%)
Sulphurets Main Cu Hazelton 0.70
Main Cu Monzonite 0.20
Main Au Zone 0.50
Leach Au Zone 0.20
Raewyn Copper 2.00
Lower Au Zone 1.00
FW Hazelton 0.30
Mitchell Upper Plate 0.90
Lower Plate 0.90
Bornite Breccia 1.50
Bornite Leach Breccia 0.35
Table 14.7 Silver and Molybdenum Grade Capping Limits
Ag Mo
Zone Attribute (g/t) (ppm)
Sulphurets Main Cu Hazelton 20 500
Main Cu Monzonite 20 500
All Others 30 1,250
Mitchell All 180 1,200
14.1.4 DRILL HOLE COMPOSITES – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
The raw drill hole data were composited into 15 m long composites starting from the drill
hole collar. Most of the original assay data were in the range of 1.5 to 3.0 m long, with
the majority being 2 m long. Based on the scale of the deposit, 15 m long composites
were deemed to be an appropriate length for estimating Mineral Resources.
14.1.5 GEOLOGIC CONSTRAINTS ‐ SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
Various lithologic, alteration, structural domains, and metal grade envelopes were
constructed for the Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits by RMI and Seabridge personnel.
Most of these 3D wireframes were initially interpreted onto cross sections, which were
then reconciled in bench plan prior to building the final wireframe.
As previously mentioned, gold and copper grades within the deposits are not necessarily
confined to distinct geologic units (e.g. lithology, alteration, etc.). For this reason, hybrid
gold and copper envelopes were used to constrain the estimate of block grades for the
Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits. Constraints used to estimate gold, silver, copper, and
molybdenum are summarized in Table 14.8 for the Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits.
Table 14.8 Constraints Used to Estimate Block Grades – Sulphurets and Mitchell
Mineral Zone Au Ag Cu Mo
Sulphurets AUZON AUZON CUZON CUZON
Mitchell AUZON AUZON CUZON CUZON
The AUZON and CUZON wireframes for the Sulphurets and Mitchell zones are a
combination of lithology/alteration and grade. In the case of the Mitchell Zone, the
AUZON’s and CUZON’s were more heavily weighted towards grade. A series of gold and
copper grade envelopes were designed as 3D wireframes for the Mitchell and Sulphurets
zones. In the Sulphurets Zone, the STF was used to define upper and lower plates. In
the Mitchell Zone, the MTF was used to define upper and lower plates. Table 14.9 and
Table 14.10 summarize definitions for AUZON and CUZON, respectively.
Table 14.10 CUZON Code Definitions
CUZON Description
1 Sulphurets Main Gold Zone
2 Sulphurets Leach Gold Zone
3 Sulphurets Raewyn Copper Zone
4 Sulphurets Lower Gold Zone
5 Sulphurets FW Hazelton
6 Sulphurets HW Hazelton
7 Sulphurets Main Copper Monzonite
8 Mitchell Leach Breccia Zone
9 Mitchell Bornite Breccia
10 Mitchell 0.30% Copper Envelope
11 Mitchell 0.20% Copper Envelope
12 Mitchell 0.10% Copper Envelope
13 Mitchell 0.05% Copper Envelope
29 Default Code
14.1.6 VARIOGRAPHY – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
RMI generated a number of gold and copper correlograms and variograms using both drill
hole assays and 15 m long drill hole composites. Figure 14.5 and Figure 14.6 show gold
grade correlograms for the Sulphurets and Mitchell zones, respectively. Figure 14.7 and
Figure 14.8 show copper grade correlograms for the Sulphuretsand Mitchell, zones,
respectively. Figure 14.9 and Figure 14.10 show 0.5 g/t gold equivalent (AuEQ)
correlograms for the Sulphurets and Mitchell zones, respectively.
2.0
NUGGET= 0.29401
SILL = 0.36166
RANGE = 251.4
SILL = 0.34433
1.5 RANGE = 413.8
GA MMA (H)
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.0
167 200 221 400 600 800 1000
Range (m)
Sulphurets AUCAP Correlogram
Figure 14.6 Mitchell Zone Gold Grade Correlogram
2.0
NUGGET= 0.09342
SILL = 1.00000
RANGE = 555.1
1.5
Gamma (H)
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.0
200 400 600 800 1000
325 396
Range (m)
Mitchell AUCAP Correlogram
2.0
NUGGET= 0.10132
SILL = 0.57213
RANGE = 172.0
SILL = 0.32654
1.5
RANGE = 444.2
GA MMA (H)
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.0
142 200 222 400 600 800 1000
Range (m)
Sulphurets CUCAP Correlogram
Figure 14.8 Mitchell Zone Copper Grade Correlogram
2.0
NUGGET= 0.10551
SILL = 0.12695
RANGE = 141.5
SILL = 0.22367
1.5 RANGE = 543.1
0.54388
RANGE = 712.0
Gamma (H)
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.0
200 362 400 600 800 1000
459
Range (m)
Mitchell CUCAP Correlogram
2.0
NUGGET= 0.34144
SILL = 0.25198
RANGE = 131.1
SILL = 0.40658
1.5 RANGE = 312.2
GA MMA (H)
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.0
115 200 400 600 800 1000
176
Range (m)
Sulphurets 0.5 g/t AUEQV Correlogram
Figure 14.10 Mitchell Zone 0.5 g/t AuEQ Correlogram
2.0
NUGGET= 0.17200
SILL = 1.00000
RANGE = 454.0
1.5
Gamma (H)
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.0
200 256 400 600 800 1000
317
Range (m)
Mitchell 0.5 g/t AUEQV Correlogram
Sulphurets: 414 m
Mitchell: 555 m.
At 80% of the total sill, gold ranges were interpreted for each zone as follows:
Sulphurets: 167 m
Mitchell: 325 m.
Sulphurets: 444 m
Mitchell: 712 m.
At 80% of the total sill, copper ranges were interpreted for each zone as follows:
Sulphurets: 142 m
Mitchell: 362 m.
Total ranges for AuEQ grades for each zone are as follows:
Sulphurets: 312 m
Mitchell: 454 m.
At 80% of the total sill, AuEQ ranges were interpreted for each zone as follows:
Sulphurets: 115 m
Mitchell: 256 m.
14.1.7 GRADE ESTIMATION PARAMETERS – SULPHURETS‐MITCHELL
RMI constructed a 3DBM using MineSight®, a widely recognized commercial mine
engineering software package. Table 14.11 summarizes various block parameters for
this non-rotated model which uses NAD83 UTM coordinates.
Table 14.11 KSM Block Model Dimensions
NAD83 Coordinates Block Areal
Size No. of Extent
Parameter Minimum Maximum (m) Blocks (m)
Easting 420,500 425,900 25 216 5,400
Northing 6,257,800 6,269,000 25 448 11,200
Elevation -210 2,145 15 157 2,355
A multi-pass estimation strategy was used for gold, silver, copper, and molybdenum. The
first and second estimation passes required two or more drill holes to estimate block
grades while the final pass acted as “cleanup” run that filled un-estimated blocks by
using a larger search ellipse and requiring fewer drill holes. The IDW estimation plans
used strict block/composite matching.
Table 14.12 summarizes the parameters used to estimate block gold and silver grades
for the Sulphurets Zone. Once a block was estimated, it was flagged so it would not be
re-estimated in subsequent runs. The estimate of Sulphurets gold and silver block grades
was constrained (controlled) by matching block and drill hole AUZON composite codes
(Table 14.9) shows the definition of AUZON codes). The last two interpolation runs shown
in Table 14.12 estimated block grades above the STF, while all of the prior runs
estimated blocks below the STF. The number of composites and drill holes used to
estimate block gold and silver grades were stored along with the distance to the closet
composite.
Table 14.12 Sulphurets Zone Gold Estimation Parameters
Ellipse Search Number of Search Ellipse
Ranges (m) Composites Used Rotations (LRL)
Estimation AUZON ID Max
Pass Codes Power X Y Z Min Max Hole ROTN DIPN DIPE
1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3 75 75 15 3 6 2 50 15 35
2 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3 125 125 25 3 6 2 50 15 35
3 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 3 200 200 25 1 3 1 50 15 35
1 29 3 75 75 15 3 6 2 50 15 35
2 29 3 125 125 25 1 3 1 50 15 35
1 6, 7, 29 3 75 75 15 3 6 2 50 15 35
2 6, 7, 29 3 125 125 25 1 3 1 50 15 35
Notes: ROTN = Rotation about Z axis - new north axis
DIPN = Rotation about X axis - dip of new north axis
DIPE = Rotation about Y axis - dip of new east-west axis
LRL = “Left-hand-right hand-left hand” rotation rule
Table 14.13 summarizes the parameters used to estimate block gold and silver grades
for the Mitchell Zone. Similar to Sulphurets, AUZON codes were used to constrain the
estimate of block gold/silver grades for the Mitchell Zone. In addition to AUZON codes,
block/composite position relative to the MTF was also used to limit or constrain the
estimate of block grades. The field “FLTAR” (fault block) shown in Table 14.13 shows
two codes where five means above the MTF and six means below the MTF. Similar to the
Table 14.13 Mitchell Gold/Silver Estimation Parameters
Ellipse Search Number of Search Ellipse
Ranges (m) Composites Used Rotations (LRL)
Estimation ID Max/
Pass AUZON Power FLTAR X Y Z Min Max Hole ROTN DIPN DIPE
1 8 2 6 250 250 60 3 8 2 320 -55 0
2 8 2 6 375 375 90 1 3 1 320 -55 0
1 9 2 6 250 250 60 3 8 2 320 -55 0
2 9 2 6 500 500 120 1 3 1 320 -55 0
1 10,11,12 2 5 125 125 30 3 8 2 60 0 40
2 10,11,12 2 5 250 250 60 3 8 2 60 0 40
3 10,11,12 2 5 375 375 90 3 8 2 60 0 40
4 10,11,12 2 5 500 500 120 1 3 1 60 0 40
1 10,11,12 2 6 125 125 30 3 8 2 60 0 40
2 10,11,12 2 6 250 250 60 3 8 2 60 0 40
3 10,11,12 2 6 375 375 90 3 8 2 60 0 40
4 10,11,12 2 6 500 500 120 1 3 1 60 0 40
1 13,14 2 5 125 125 30 3 8 2 60 0 40
2 13,14 2 5 250 250 60 3 8 2 60 0 40
3 13,14 2 5 375 375 90 3 8 2 60 0 40
4 13,14 2 5 500 500 120 1 3 1 60 0 40
1 13,14 2 6 125 125 30 3 8 2 60 0 40
2 13,14 2 6 250 250 60 3 8 2 60 0 40
3 13,14 2 6 375 375 90 3 8 2 60 0 40
4 13,14 2 6 500 500 120 1 3 1 60 0 40
1 29 2 5 150 150 45 3 8 2 60 0 40
2 29 2 5 300 300 100 1 3 1 60 0 40
1 29 2 6 150 150 45 3 8 2 60 0 40
2 29 2 6 300 300 100 1 3 1 60 0 40
Table 14.14 summarizes the key estimation parameters that were used to estimate
block copper and molybdenum grades using IDW methods for the Sulphurets Zone. The
plan used CUZON and FLTAR codes to constrain the estimate of block grades. CUZON
codes are described in Table 14.14. FLTAR codes 1 and 2 refer to blocks/drill holes
below and above the STF, respectively. Like the previously described estimation plans,
the number of composites and drill holes were stored along with the distance to the
closest composite.
Table 14.15 summarizes the key estimation parameters that were used to estimate
block copper grades using IDW methods for the Mitchell Zone. The plan used CUZON
and FLTAR codes to constrain the estimate of block grades. CUZON codes are described
in Table 14.15. FLTAR codes 5 and 6 refer to blocks/drill holes above and below the
MTF, respectively. Like the previously described estimation plans, the number of
composites and drill holes were stored along with the distance to the closest composite.
Table 14.16 summarizes the key estimation parameters that were used to estimate
block molybdenum grades using IDW squared methods for the Mitchell Zone. The
estimate of block molybdenum grades were constrained by a 3D molybdenum grade shell
wireframe that was constructed using a 50 ppm cut-off grade. Blocks located inside and
outside of that wireframe could only be estimated by drill hole composites located inside
or outside of the wireframe, respectively.
Table 14.16 Mitchell Molybdenum Grade Estimation Parameters
Ellipse Search Number of Search Ellipse
Ranges (m) Composites Used Rotations (LRL)
Estimation IDW Max
Pass Power X Y Z Min Max Hole ROTN DIPN DIPE
1 2 300 300 300 1 3 1 20 0 45
2 2 250 250 60 3 8 2 20 0 45
14.1.8 GRADE MODEL VERIFICATION ‐ SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
Estimated block grades were verified by visual and statistical methods. RMI visually
compared estimated block grades (gold, silver, copper, and molybdenum) with drill hole
composite grades. In RMI’s opinion there is a reasonable comparison between the drill
hole composite grades and the estimated block grades. Figure 14.11 and Figure 14.12
are northwest-southeast cross sections through the Sulphurets block model drawn at
Cross Section 23. For reference, Cross Section 23 is shown in Figure 10.3, a drill hole
plan map for the Sulphurets deposit. These figures show estimated block/composite
gold grades (Figure 14.11) and block/composite copper grades (Figure 14.12). Figure
14.13 and Figure 14.14 are block model level maps drawn at the 1,275 m elevation
through the Sulphurets model showing estimated block/composite gold and copper
The dashed black line shown on the block model cross sections and level plans shown in
Figure 14.11 through Figure 14.18 represent a conceptual pit generated by RMI using
gold and copper prices of US$1,300/oz and US$3.00/lb, respectively.
The results show that the IDW models compare very well with the NN grades for the
Measured + Indicated (MI) category (only the Mitchell Zone has Measured Resources).
There are wider differences in mean grades for Inferred material, which is based on less
drilling, hence lower confidence levels in those estimates.
Possible local biases in the estimate of block grades were examined by preparing a set of
“swath plots” for gold and copper. These plots compare mean estimated IDW gold and
copper grades (AUIDW and CUIDW) with NN gold and copper (AUNN and CUNN) estimates
by block model columns (eastings), rows (northings), and levels (elevation). Gold and
copper swath plots by elevation are shown in Figure 14.19 and Figure 14.20 for the
Sulphurets and Mitchell zones, respectively. These plots were drawn for Measured
(Mitchell only) and Indicated Resources. The number of blocks by elevation is shown by
the heavy black line and the units are read from the Y-axis on the right side of the plots.
In RMI’s opinion, the swath plots shown in Figure 14.19 and Figure 14.20 show a close
comparison between the IDW and NN estimates. There do not appear to be any severe
local biases in the estimate of gold and copper. Based on visual and statistical checks, it
is the opinion of RMI that the Sulphurets and Mitchell grade models are globally unbiased
and represent reasonable estimates of in situ block grades.
Table 14.17 Grade Model Bias Checks
Sulphurets Zone
Indicated Inferred
Metal IDW Grade NN Grade % Diff IDW Grade NN Grade % Diff
Gold (g/t) 0.5562 0.5583 -0.4% 0.3198 0.3182 0.5%
Copper (%) 0.1985 0.1982 0.2% 0.0936 0.0928 0.9%
Silver (g/t) 0.9258 0.9315 -0.6% 1.2817 1.2796 0.2%
Molybdenum (ppm) 53.2 52.9 0.6% 21.4 21.0 1.9%
Mitchell Zone
Measured+Indicated Inferred
Metal IDW Grade NN Grade % Diff IDW Grade NN Grade % Diff
Gold (g/t) 0.5778 0.5806 -0.5% 0.3877 0.3801 2.0%
Copper (%) 0.1609 0.1606 0.2% 0.1246 0.1216 2.5%
Silver (g/t) 3.0758 3.1265 -1.6% 3.1082 3.0823 0.8%
Molybdenum (ppm) 59.4 60.0 -1.0% 52.9 56.1 -5.7%
0.85 500
0.75 400
Number of Blocks
Mean Au (g/t)
0.65 300
0.55 200
0.45 100
0.35 0
Elevation
0.40 500
0.32 400
Number of Blocks
Mean Cu (%)
0.24 300
0.16 200
0.08 100
0.00 0
Elevation
0.65 2500
0.60 2000
Number of Blocks
Mean Au (g/t)
0.55 1500
0.50 1000
0.45 500
0.40 0
Elevation
0.22 2500
0.20 2000
Number of Blocks
Mean Cu (%)
0.18 1500
0.16 1000
0.14 500
0.12 0
Elevation
14.1.9 RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION – SULPHURETS AND MITCHELL
RMI classified Sulphurets and Mitchell estimated block grades into Measured (Mitchell
only), Indicated, and Inferred Mineral Resources using a combination of distance to data,
a required number of drill holes, and manually constructed shapes that represent
“mineralized continuity”.
To define mineralized continuity, RMI created probabilistic (indicator) AuEQ models for
each mineralized zone using a 0.5 g/t AuEQ cut-off. Blocks with an estimated probability
in excess of 50% of being above a 0.50 g/t AuEQ cut-off were used as a guide in drawing
mid-bench polygons that defined mineralized continuity. The indicator probability model
required that at least three drill holes were used to estimate block probabilities using a
150 m spherical search strategy.
Table 14.18 Indicated Resource Criteria
Distance
to Closest
Mineralized Minimum Composite
Zone Block Location No. Holes (m)
Sulphurets Inside mineralized continuity shape ≥2 ≤75
Mitchell Inside mineralized continuity shape and ≥2 ≤125
below MTF
Measured Mineral Resources (code = 1) were only assigned to the Mitchell Zone if:
Inferred Mineral Resources were assigned to any unclassified blocks (i.e. code = 5) if the
distance to drilling data and the minimum number of holes used to estimate block grades
were met. Table 14.19 summarizes the criteria used to establish Inferred Resources.
Table 14.19 Inferred Resource Criteria
Distance
Minimum to Closest
Mineralized No. Composite
Zone Block Location Holes (m)
Sulphurets Above STF ≥2 ≤37.5
Above STF ≥1 ≤25
Below STF, inside mineralized continuity shape ≥1 ≤50
Below STF, outside mineralized continuity shape ≥2 ≤50
Below STF, outside mineralized continuity shape ≥1 ≤25
Mitchell Above MTF, inside mineralized continuity shape ≥1 ≤75
Above MTF, outside mineralized continuity shape ≥1 ≤50
Below MTF, inside mineralized continuity shape ≥2 ≤175
Below MTF, outside mineralized continuity shape ≥2 ≤75
Below MTF, outside mineralized continuity shape ≥1 ≤50
With substantially deeper drill hole data and an updated geologic interpretation, a new
block model was constructed for the Kerr deposit. The remainder of Section 14.2 deals
with the new Kerr model which replaces the 2012 PFS Kerr Mineral Resource.
14.2.1 METAL DISTRIBUTION – KERR
The distribution of gold grades based on raw uncomposited data is summarized at four
different cut-off grades by the gold grade envelopes that were used in the block grade
estimation process in Table 14.20. The data in Table 14.20 shows statistics for
uncapped (left portion of table) and statistics for capped assays (right portion of table).
Grade capping of high-grade outliers is discussed in Section 14.2.2. Copper assay
statistics for both uncapped and capped data are summarized in Table 14.21 where the
grades are broken out by copper grade envelopes that were used in the estimate of block
grades.
Au
Cut- Total Mean Grd- Mean Grd-
off Meters Inc. Au Thk Inc. Std. Au Thk Inc. Std.
AUZON (g/t) (m) (%) (g/t) (g/t-m) (%) Dev. CV (g/t) (g/t-m) (%) Dev. CV
All Data 0.00 78,136 40 0.22 17,474 6.8 0.69 3.08 0.21 16,706 7.1 0.41 1.94
0.10 47,263 27 0.34 16,283 17.0 0.86 2.50 0.33 15,515 17.8 0.50 1.52
0.20 26,440 22 0.50 13,307 27.0 1.13 2.24 0.47 12,539 28.2 0.63 1.33
0.40 9,402 12 0.91 8,588 49.1 1.82 1.99 0.83 7,820 46.8 0.96 1.15
<0.10 g/t 0.00 14,897 88 0.06 880 36.5 0.25 4.15 0.05 783 41.0 0.11 2.09
0.10 1,758 7 0.32 559 15.4 0.66 2.06 0.26 462 17.4 0.22 0.83
0.20 762 3 0.56 423 15.2 0.94 1.70 0.43 326 17.1 0.25 0.57
0.40 278 2 1.04 289 32.9 1.44 1.38 0.69 192 24.6 0.22 0.32
Diorite 0.00 981 40 0.25 246 6.7 0.73 2.89 0.19 187 8.8 0.22 1.15
0.10 589 31 0.39 230 17.3 0.91 2.33 0.29 171 22.8 0.24 0.81
0.20 287 17 0.65 187 18.2 1.25 1.92 0.45 128 24.0 0.26 0.57
0.40 122 12 1.17 142 57.8 1.80 1.54 0.68 83 44.4 0.23 0.33
PFMP 0.00 791 60 0.14 109 8.5 0.24 1.75 0.13 101 9.1 0.18 1.43
Dyke 0.10 318 16 0.31 99 17.3 0.30 0.97 0.29 92 18.6 0.20 0.68
0.20 191 17 0.42 81 34.4 0.35 0.83 0.38 73 36.9 0.21 0.54
0.40 56 7 0.77 43 39.7 0.49 0.63 0.64 36 35.4 0.21 0.33
0.10 g/t 0.00 17,280 51 0.13 2,241 19.0 0.50 3.86 0.12 2,006 21.2 0.12 1.03
Shell 0.10 8,445 37 0.21 1,815 39.1 0.71 3.28 0.19 1,579 43.7 0.14 0.73
0.20 2,004 9 0.47 940 18.2 1.42 3.02 0.35 704 20.3 0.20 0.58
0.40 448 3 1.19 532 23.8 2.88 2.42 0.66 297 14.8 0.22 0.33
0.20 g/t 0.00 33,304 22 0.23 7,525 5.0 0.60 2.63 0.22 7,403 5.1 0.33 1.49
Shell 0.10 26,135 36 0.27 7,149 23.2 0.66 2.43 0.27 7,026 23.6 0.36 1.34
0.20 14,251 34 0.38 5,404 41.2 0.88 2.33 0.37 5,282 41.9 0.46 1.25
0.40 2,828 8 0.81 2,302 30.6 1.92 2.36 0.77 2,180 29.4 0.93 1.21
0.40 g/t 0.00 10,834 8 0.58 6,243 0.7 0.96 1.67 0.57 6,125 0.7 0.78 1.38
Shell 0.10 9,979 10 0.62 6,202 2.5 0.99 1.59 0.61 6,084 2.6 0.80 1.31
0.20 8,913 30 0.68 6,044 15.9 1.03 1.52 0.66 5,926 16.2 0.83 1.25
0.40 5,644 52 0.90 5,053 80.9 1.25 1.39 0.87 4,935 80.6 0.98 1.12
4.00 g/t 0.00 49 19 4.67 229 0.2 11.48 2.46 2.06 101 0.4 3.33 1.61
Shell 0.10 40 15 5.75 229 0.5 12.50 2.18 2.53 101 1.1 3.53 1.40
0.20 33 12 7.01 228 0.8 13.52 1.93 3.07 100 1.9 3.70 1.21
0.40 27 54 8.45 226 98.5 14.51 1.72 3.66 98 96.6 3.84 1.05
14.2.2 HIGH‐GRADE OUTLIERS – KERR
Cumulative probability plots were used to identify high-grade outliers for gold, copper,
silver, and molybdenum using the original assay samples. The assays were examined
with respect to logged lithology, alteration, and modeled grade envelopes. The assays
were combined into low and high-grade domains for determining grade capping limits.
Figure 14.21 is a cumulative probability plot that shows the distribution of raw gold
assays representing low-grade gold domains (less than 0.2 g/t) including diorite and
PFMP samples. Figure 14.22 is a cumulative probability plot that shows the distribution
of gold grades within combined higher grade domains (greater than or equal to 0.2 g/t).
Capping limits for the two domains are highlighted by the circle where the distribution of
values deviates from an approximated log normal line.
Figure 14.21 Kerr Gold Cumulative Probability Plot – Low‐grade Domains
100.00
10.00
Au (g/t)
1.00
0.01
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
10.00
Au (g/t)
1.00
0.01
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
Figure 14.23 is a cumulative probability plot that shows the distribution of raw copper
assays representing low-grade copper domains (less than 0.25%) including diorite and
PFMP samples. Figure 14.24 is a cumulative probability plot that shows the distribution
of copper assay grades within combined higher grade domains (greater than or equal to
0.25%).
Figure 14.23 Kerr Copper Cumulative Probability Plot – Low‐grade Domains
10.000
1.000
Cu (%)
0.100
Low-grade Cu domains
0.010
0.001
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
1.000
Cu (%)
0.100
Higher-grade Cu domains
0.010
0.001
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
Similar plots were constructed for silver and molybdenum. Table 14.22 summarizes the
capping limits that were applied for Kerr gold, copper, silver, and molybdenum assays
along with the number of assays that were capped.
Table 14.22 Kerr Grade Capping Limits
Gold Assays Silver Assays
14.2.3 DRILL HOLE COMPOSITING – KERR
Drill hole assay data (both uncapped and capped intervals) were composited into 15 m
long composites starting from the drill hole collar. Most of the original assay data were in
the range of 1.5 to 3.0 m long, with the majority being 2 m long. Based on the scale of
the deposit, 15 m long composites were deemed to be an appropriate length for
estimating Mineral Resources. Two sets of composites were generated, one set used for
estimating precious metal grades (gold and silver) and the other for estimating base
metals (copper and molybdenum). Prior to creating the drill hole composites, the drill
14.2.4 VARIOGRAPHY – KERR
A variety of grade and indicator variograms were generated for the Kerr deposit using
MineSight® software. Figure 14.25 and Figure 14.26 are down-hole correlograms for
gold and copper, respectively. The down-hole gold correlogram was modeled with a
nugget effect of approximately 0.59 and a range of about 22 m. The down-hole copper
correlogram shows a much lower nugget effect and appreciably longer range than the
gold correlogram.
Figure 14.27 and Figure 14.28 are omni-directional correlograms for gold and copper,
respectively. Nested spherical models were used in modeling the Kerr gold and copper
correlograms shown in Figure 14.27 and Figure 14.28. Ranges of approximately 135 m
and 475 m were modeled for the nested structures (Figure 14.27). The nested Kerr
copper correlogram structures were modeled with ranges of approximately 160 m and
495 m reflecting the more robust nature of copper mineralization at the Kerr deposit.
Figure 14.25 Kerr Down‐hole Gold Correlogram
Figure 14.27 Kerr Omni‐directional Gold Correlogram
14.2.5 GRADE ESTIMATION PARAMETERS – KERR
After the discovery of deeper mineralization located below the Kerr deposit, a new block
model was established for estimating block grades over a larger vertical extent than was
previously modeled. Table 14.23 summarizes block model dimensions and limits for the
Kerr deposit.
Table 14.23 Kerr Block Model Limits
NAD83 Coordinates
Block Size Number of Areal Extent
Parameter Minimum Maximum (m) Blocks (m)
Easting 420,350 422,435 15 139 2,085
Northing 6,257,750 6,260,450 15 180 2,700
Elevation -335 1,915 15 150 2,250
Block grades were estimated for the Kerr deposit using a two pass inverse distance
cubed method. Instead of using traditional search ellipses for selecting eligible drill hole
composites, a trend plane strategy was used. The trend plane method involves
identifying the strike and dip of a “domain” and the allowable search distances along
strike, down-dip, and perpendicular to the plane. The QP responsible for this section
believes that this method of selecting samples minimizes grade smearing often
associated with search ellipses and does a better job of ensuring that the distribution of
the estimated block grades reflect the underlying structural controls associated with
Table 14.24 Kerr Block Model Domains
Strike Azimuth Dip Angle
Domain (°) (°)
1 165 -62
2 190 -65
3 170 -80
4 182 -80
Gold and silver block grades were estimated using the same parameters and constraints.
Gold grade envelopes and the aforementioned structural domains were the primary
constraint used in the estimate of precious metal block grades. Table 14.25 summarizes
the gold grade envelopes (AUZON) that were used to control the estimate of block gold
and silver grades.
Table 14.25 Kerr Gold Grade Zones (AUZON)
AUZON
Code Description
1 <0.10 g/t Au
2 Diorite
3 PFMF dyke
10 0.10 to 0.20 g/t Au
20 0.20 to 0.40 g/t Au
40 0.40 to 4.00 g/t Au
50 >4.00 g/t Au
As previously mentioned, a two pass estimation strategy was used to estimate block
precious metal grades which was constrained by four structural domains and seven gold
grade zones. A total of 56 separate interpolation runs were used to estimate Kerr gold
and silver block grades (2 * 4 * 7). The first estimation pass for each domain used
search distances of 400 m by 400 m by 20 m (along strike, down-dip, and perpendicular
to strike). A minimum of three composites were required to estimate block grades with a
maximum of six composites and no more than two composites per drill hole allowed for
both the first and second estimation passes. Blocks estimated by the first pass were
flagged as estimated and not eligible to be estimated by the second pass. The along
In order to minimize potential boundary effects during the estimation process, the gold
grade envelopes were treated as “soft” contacts. For example, blocks located in the
0.20 g/t gold domain could be estimated by composites from that grade domain and if
available, composites from the next lower gold grade envelope (i.e. 0.10 to 0.20 g/t
domain). This strategy was used for all of the gold grade zones.
The number of composites used to estimate each block, the number of drill holes used,
the distance to the closest composite and the average distance of all composites used
were stored during the estimation process.
The same estimation strategy that was used to estimate precious metal grades was used
to estimate copper and molybdenum block grades (along with arsenic, selenium, sulphur,
calcium, and iron). A two pass inverse distance cubed estimator using a trend plane
sample selection strategy constrained by four structural domains and eight copper grade
domains required 64 separate runs (2 * 4 * 8). Table 14.26 summarizes the eight
copper zones that were used to constrain the estimate of base metals.
Table 14.26 Kerr Copper Grade Zones (CUZON)
CUZON
Code Description
1 <0.10% Cu
2 Diorite
3 PFMF dyke
10 0.10 to 0.25% Cu
25 0.25 to 0.50% Cu
50 0.50 to 0.75% Cu
75 0.75 to 1.00% Cu
100 >1.00% Cu
Similar to the soft boundaries used in the gold grade estimation plan, all but the highest
grade copper domain (100) were treated as soft domains. For example, blocks in the
0.75 to 1.00% copper domain could be estimated by composites from that domain or if
required, composites from the adjacent lower grade copper domain (0.50 to 0.75%
copper domain). Blocks inside of the 1.0% copper domain were only estimated by
composites from that domain. This decision was made based on observations of high-
grade drill core that distinctly show a sharp contact with lower grade material.
The number of composites, drill holes, and distances to composite data were stored
during the estimation process. These data were used in conjunction with other criteria in
classifying the estimated blocks into various resource categories.
Figure 14.29 Kerr Gold Model Section – 6,259,800 North
The grade models were also validated by comparing the IDW block grades against NN
models that were generated for gold, copper, silver, and molybdenum. Two NN models
were constructed for each metal. Global NN models with no geologic constraints
generated grades that were approximately 10% higher than the IDW grades. Conditional
NN models that used the same geologic selection criteria as the IDW model compared
more closely with the IDW models. The QP responsible for this section of this Technical
Report believes that the projection of grades from the global (unrestricted) NN models
tended to bias the mean grade and that the conditional NN model represents a more
realistic bench mark.
Table 14.27 compares the IDW grades against the conditional NN models.
The data in Table 14.27 show that most of the IDW grades are slightly lower than the NN
grades. The lone exception is for Indicated molybdenum where the IDW grade is
approximately 5% lower than the NN grade.
Grade swath plots were generated for rows (east-west), columns (north-south) and levels
(elevations) through the block model comparing the IDW and conditional NN models at a
zero cut-off grade. Figure 14.33 and Figure 14.34 show swath plots for gold and copper,
respectively by elevation. These swath plots show Indicated and Inferred Resource
grades.
Figure 14.33 Kerr Gold Model Swath Plot – Elevations
0.35 5,000
0.28 4,000
Number of Blocks
Mean Au (g/t)
0.21 3,000
0.14 2,000
0.07 1,000
0.00 0
Elevation
0.50 5,000
0.40 4,000
Number of Blocks
Mean Cu (%)
0.30 3,000
0.20 2,000
0.10 1,000
0.00 0
Elevation
In the opinion of the QP responsible for this section, the estimated Kerr block grades are
reasonable and unbiased based on visual and statistical reviews.
14.2.7 RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION – KERR
Mineral Resources were assigned to the estimated blocks by constructing 3D solids for
Indicated and Inferred Resources. These shapes were based on mineralized continuity
as defined by exploration drill hole results. The Indicated Mineral Resource shape was
locally extended 25 to 100 m deeper than the shape used for the 2012 PFS Mineral
Resource based on drilling results obtained in 2013 through 2015 with an average drill
hole spacing of approximately 50 m. The Inferred Mineral Resource 3D solid was
significantly increased from the 2012 shape by virtue of deeper, relatively wide spaced
drilling that defines two mineralized zones that coalesce near the upper portions of the
Kerr deposit. The average drill hole spacing for Inferred blocks is approximately 125 m.
14.3 IRON CAP DEPOSIT
Since the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012) was published coupled with their success at
exploring below the Kerr deposit, Seabridge conducted deeper drilling activities below the
Iron Cap deposit in an effort to locate potentially higher grade copper and gold
mineralization. A drill campaign in 2014 provided more insight into the geometry and
extent of mineralization at Iron Cap.
With substantially more deeper drill hole data and an updated geologic interpretation, a
new block model was constructed for the Iron Cap deposit. The remainder of Section
14.3 deals with the new Iron Cap model which replaces the 2012 PFS Iron Cap Mineral
Resource.
The data shown in Table 14.28 show that the average uncapped gold grade for all Iron
Cap drill hole samples is 0.39 g/t with about 21% of the samples above a 0.5 g/t cut-off.
The CV after capping the high-grade outliers is approximately 1.0 for samples inside of
the 0.25 and 0.50 g/t grade envelopes.
Copper assay statistics for both uncapped and capped data are summarized in Table
14.29 where the grades are broken out by copper grade envelopes that were used in the
estimate of block grades.
The data shown in Table 14.29 show that the average uncapped copper grade for all Iron
Cap drill hole samples is 0.21% with about 28% of the samples above a 0.25% cut-off.
The CV even without capping high-grade outliers is significantly less than 1.0 for all
samples.
Au
Cut- Total Mean Grd- Mean Grd-
off Meters Inc. Au Thk Inc. Std. Au Thk Inc. Std.
AUZON (g/t) (m) (%) (g/t) (g/t-m) (%) Dev. CV (g/t) (g/t-m) (%) Dev. CV
All Data 0.00 33,937 51 0.39 13,372 17.3 0.61 1.55 0.39 13,083 17.7 0.50 1.30
0.25 16,765 28 0.66 11,059 25.2 0.78 1.18 0.64 10,770 25.8 0.61 0.95
0.50 7,186 15 1.07 7,686 25.5 1.06 0.99 1.03 7,397 26.0 0.77 0.75
1.00 2,202 6 1.94 4,280 32.0 1.59 0.82 1.81 3,991 30.5 1.01 0.56
<0.25 g/t 0.00 13,694 80 0.20 2,747 45.8 0.33 1.67 0.20 2,684 46.8 0.26 1.34
0.25 2,803 15 0.53 1,490 25.0 0.63 1.18 0.51 1,427 25.6 0.45 0.88
0.50 756 4 1.06 802 13.3 1.03 0.97 0.98 739 13.6 0.65 0.67
1.00 203 1 2.15 437 15.9 1.51 0.70 1.84 374 13.9 0.72 0.39
0.25 g/t 0.00 13,491 41 0.40 5,360 17.2 0.59 1.48 0.38 5,184 17.7 0.39 1.01
Shell 0.25 7,986 40 0.56 4,440 35.2 0.72 1.30 0.53 4,264 36.4 0.44 0.83
0.50 2,602 15 0.98 2,555 25.3 1.15 1.17 0.91 2,379 26.1 0.62 0.67
1.00 584 4 2.06 1,201 22.4 2.08 1.01 1.76 1,025 19.8 0.84 0.48
0.50 g/t 0.00 6,752 11 0.78 5,265 2.6 0.85 1.09 0.77 5,215 2.6 0.77 1.00
Shell 0.25 5,976 32 0.86 5,129 15.2 0.88 1.02 0.85 5,078 15.3 0.79 0.93
0.50 3,828 36 1.13 4,330 32.0 1.00 0.88 1.12 4,280 32.4 0.87 0.78
1.00 1,416 21 1.87 2,643 50.2 1.34 0.72 1.83 2,592 49.7 1.11 0.60
Cu
Cut- Total Mean Grd- Mean Grd-
off Meters Inc. Cu Thk Inc. Std. Cu Thk Inc. Std.
CUZON (%) (m) (%) (%) (%-m) (%) Dev. CV (%) (%-m) (%) Dev. CV
All Data 0.00 33,482 26 0.21 6,886 7.0 0.16 0.79 0.21 6,872 7.0 0.16 0.78
0.10 24,721 46 0.26 6,402 37.7 0.16 0.61 0.26 6,388 37.7 0.15 0.60
0.25 9,433 23 0.40 3,808 37.6 0.17 0.42 0.40 3,794 37.6 0.16 0.40
0.50 1,814 5 0.67 1,222 17.7 0.20 0.29 0.67 1,208 17.6 0.17 0.25
<0.10% 0.00 11,270 48 0.13 1,459 18.0 0.12 0.92 0.13 1,448 18.1 0.11 0.85
0.10 5,837 41 0.21 1,197 50.6 0.12 0.59 0.20 1,186 50.9 0.10 0.51
0.25 1,248 10 0.37 459 23.8 0.17 0.47 0.36 448 24.0 0.12 0.32
0.50 164 1 0.68 111 7.6 0.30 0.45 0.61 100 6.9 0.08 0.14
0.10% 0.00 5,083 36 0.15 757 14.8 0.11 0.71 0.15 757 14.8 0.11 0.71
Shell 0.10 3,246 51 0.20 645 55.5 0.10 0.51 0.20 645 55.5 0.10 0.51
0.25 631 11 0.36 225 23.3 0.13 0.35 0.36 225 23.3 0.12 0.35
0.50 76 2 0.63 48 6.4 0.14 0.22 0.63 48 6.4 0.14 0.22
0.20% 0.00 5,265 14 0.20 1,071 4.9 0.11 0.56 0.20 1,070 4.9 0.11 0.56
Shell 0.10 4,538 61 0.22 1,018 52.0 0.11 0.48 0.22 1,018 52.0 0.11 0.48
0.25 1,309 23 0.35 461 36.4 0.12 0.33 0.35 461 36.4 0.11 0.33
0.50 112 2 0.64 72 6.7 0.15 0.24 0.64 71 6.7 0.14 0.22
0.30% 0.00 9,709 8 0.28 2,674 2.0 0.16 0.59 0.28 2,673 2.0 0.16 0.59
Shell 0.10 8,979 45 0.29 2,620 29.6 0.16 0.54 0.29 2,620 29.6 0.16 0.54
0.25 4,574 39 0.40 1,827 48.1 0.15 0.38 0.40 1,827 48.1 0.15 0.38
0.50 819 8 0.66 541 20.2 0.17 0.25 0.66 541 20.2 0.17 0.25
0.40% 0.00 2,156 2 0.43 924 0.3 0.23 0.53 0.43 922 0.3 0.22 0.52
Shell 0.10 2,122 21 0.43 922 9.3 0.23 0.52 0.43 920 9.4 0.22 0.51
0.25 1,671 48 0.50 835 41.8 0.21 0.42 0.50 833 41.9 0.20 0.41
0.50 642 30 0.70 449 48.6 0.20 0.29 0.70 447 48.5 0.19 0.27
Figure 14.35 Iron Cap Gold Cumulative Probability Plot – All Samples
100.000
10.000
Au (g/t)
1.000
0.010
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
As can be seen in Figure 14.35, gold grades deviate from the approximated log normal
line shown in red above 3 g/t. Outlier samples were capped at 3 g/t, 4 g/t, and 7 g/t for
less than 0.25 g/t, 0.25 to 50 g/t, and greater than 0.50 g/t, respectively, based on
cumulative probability plots.
Figure 14.36 is a cumulative probability plot that shows the distribution of copper grades
within combined 0.30% and 0.40% wireframes.
1.000
Cu (%)
0.100
0.010
0.001
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cumulative Normal Distribution Function
Iron Cap assay capping limits for high-grade outliers are summarized in Table 14.30.
Table 14.30 Iron Cap Capping Limits
Gold Assays
14.3.4 VARIOGRAPHY – IRON CAP
A variety of grade and indicator variograms were generated for the Iron Cap deposit using
MineSight® software. Figure 14.37 and Figure 14.38 are down-hole correlograms for
gold and copper, respectively. The down-hole gold correlogram was modeled with a
nugget effect of about 0.30 and a range of about 24 m. The down-hole copper
correlogram shows a slightly lower nugget effect and an appreciably longer down-hole
range than the gold correlogram.
Figure 14.39 and Figure 14.40 are omni-directional correlograms for gold and copper,
respectively based on 15 m drill hole composites. Nested spherical models were used in
modeling the Iron Cap gold and copper correlograms shown in Figure 14.39 and Figure
14.40. Ranges of approximately 40 m, 125 m, and 165 m were modeled for the nested
gold model structures (Figure 14.39). The nested Iron Cap copper correlogram structures
were modeled with ranges of approximately 55 m, 135 m, and 215 m reflecting the more
continuous nature of copper mineralization at the Iron Cap deposit (Figure 14.40).
Figure 14.37 Iron Cap Down‐hole Gold Correlogram
Figure 14.39 Iron Cap Omni‐directional Gold Correlogram
14.3.5 GRADE ESTIMATION PARAMETERS – IRON CAP
Following their success at intersecting deep mineralization located below the Kerr
deposit, Seabridge drilled a series of holes below the Iron Cap deposit in 2013 and 2014.
A new block model was constructed in early 2015 for the Iron Cap deposit. Table 14.31
summarizes block model dimensions and limits for the Iron Cap deposit.
Table 14.31 Kerr Block Model Limits
NAD83 Coordinates
Block Size Number of Areal Extent
Parameter Minimum Maximum (m) Blocks (m)
Easting 423,000 425,070 15 138 2,070
Northing 6,266,400 6,268,380 15 132 1,980
Elevation 540 2,100 15 104 1,560
Block grades were estimated for the Iron Cap deposit using a three pass IDW method.
Instead of using traditional search ellipses for selecting eligible drill hole composites, a
trend plane strategy was used. The trend plane method involves identifying the strike
and dip of a “domain” and providing for allowable search distances along the strike,
down-dip, and perpendicular to the plane directions. The QP responsible for this section
believes that this method of selecting samples minimizes grade smearing often
associated with search ellipses and does a better job of ensuring that the distribution of
the estimated block grades reflect the underlying structural controls associated with
mineralization.
Table 14.32 Iron Cap Grade Envelopes
AUZON
Code Description
1 <0.25 g/t Au
5 <0.25 g/t Au – internal low-grade
25 0.25 to 0.50 g/t Au
50 >0.50 g/t Au
CUZON
Code Description
1 <0.10% Cu
5 <0.10% Cu – internal low-grade
10 0.10 to 0.20% Cu
20 0.20 to 0.30% Cu
30 0.30 to 0.40% Cu
40 >0.40% Cu
AGZON
Code Description
1 <3 g/t Ag
3 >3 g/t Ag
MOZON
Code Description
1 <25 ppm Mo
25 25 to 50 ppm Mo
50 >50 ppm Mo
Table 14.33 through Table 14.36 summarize the key parameters that were used to
estimate gold, copper, silver, and molybdenum, respectively.
Table 14.34 Iron Cap Copper Estimation Parameters
Trend Plane Number of Trend Plane
Search Ranges (m) Composites Used Orientation
Max. Proj. Eligble
Dist. Strike Dip CUZON
Estimation CUZON ID Perp. Max/ 1 Comp Azm Angle DH
Pass Code Power Strike Dip Stk Min Max Hole (m) (°) (°) Comps
1 1 2 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 1 7.5 28 65 1
2 1 2 15 15 7.5 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 1
3 1 2 30 30 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 1
1 5 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 1&5
2 5 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 1&5
3 5 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 1&5
1 10 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 1, 5 & 10
2 10 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 1, 5 & 10
3 10 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 1, 5 & 10
1 20 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 10 & 20
2 20 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 10 & 20
3 20 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 10 & 20
1 30 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 20 & 30
2 30 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 25 & 50
3 30 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 10 & 20
1 40 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 30 & 40
2 40 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 30 & 40
3 40 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 30 & 40
Table 14.36 Iron Cap Molybdenum Estimation Parameters
Trend Plane Number of Trend Plane
Search Ranges (m) Composites Used Orientation
Max. Proj. Eligble
Dist. 1 Strike Dip MOZON
Estimation MOZON ID Perp. Max/ Comp Azm Angle DH
Pass Codes Power Strike Dip Stk Min Max Hole (m) (°) (°) Comps
1 1 2 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 1 7.5 28 65 1
2 1 2 15 15 7.5 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 1
3 1 2 30 30 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 1
1 25 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 1 & 25
2 25 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 1 & 25
3 25 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 1 & 25
1 50 2 75 75 15 1 3 1 30 28 65 25 & 50
2 50 2 150 150 30 3 8 2 n/a 28 65 25 & 50
3 50 2 250 250 50 1 3 1 125 28 65 25 & 50
The number of composites used to estimate each block, the number of drill holes used,
the distance to the closest composite and the average distance of all composites used
were stored during the estimation process.
14.3.6 MODEL VALIDATION – IRON CAP
Estimated block grades (gold, silver, copper, and molybdenum) were compared to drill
hole composite grades in cross section and level plan views. Figure 14.41 and Figure
14.42 are northwest-southeast cross sections drawn through the Iron Cap block model.
These figures show estimated block/composite gold grades (Figure 14.41) and
block/composite copper grades (Figure 14.42). Figure 14.43 and Figure 14.44 are block
model level maps drawn at the 1,200 m elevation through the Iron Cap block model
showing estimated block grades and drill hole composite for gold and copper,
respectively. The constraining Mineral Resource block cave shapes are shown on the
block model cross sections and level plans as thick purple lines.
The grade models were also validated by comparing the IDW block grades against NN
models that were generated for gold, copper, silver, and molybdenum. Table 14.37
compares the IDW grades against the conditional NN models.
Table 14.37 Iron Cap Global Bias Grade Checks
Indicated Inferred
Metal IDW Grade NN Grade % Diff IDW Grade NN Grade % Diff
Gold (g/t) 0.4704 0.4767 -1.3% 0.3850 0.3961 -2.8%
Copper (%) 0.2126 0.2176 -2.3% 0.2078 0.2110 -1.5%
Silver (g/t) 5.5613 5.5398 0.4% 4.6708 4.6250 1.0%
Molybdenum (ppm) 39.6292 41.0213 -3.4% 67.8675 68.9775 -1.6%
Grade swath plots were generated for rows (east-west), columns (north-south) and levels
(elevations) through the block model comparing the IDW and NN models at a zero cut-off
grade. Figure 14.45 and Figure 14.46 show swath plots for gold and copper, respectively
by elevation. These swath plots show results from Indicated and Inferred Resource
blocks.
Figure 14.45 Iron Cap Gold Model Swath Plot – Elevations
0.65 3000
0.57 2400
Number of Blocks
Mean Au (g/t)
0.49 1800
0.41 1200
0.33 600
0.25 0
Elevation
Figure 14.46 Iron Cap Copper Model Swath Plot – Elevations
0.30 3000
0.26 2400
Number of Blocks
Mean Cu (%)
0.22 1800
0.18 1200
0.14 600
0.10 0
Elevation
14.3.7 RESOURCE CLASSIFICATION – IRON CAP
Mineral Resources were assigned to the estimated blocks by constructing 3D solids for
Indicated and Inferred Resources. These shapes were based on mineralized continuity
as defined by exploration drill hole results. The 2012 Iron Cap Indicated Mineral
Resource shape was locally deepened based on post-2012 drilling result. The Inferred
Mineral Resource 3D solid was increased from the 2012 shape by virtue of deeper,
relatively wide spaced drilling that confirmed the plunge of the recognized Iron Cap
mineralized system. The average drill hole spacing for Indicated and Inferred blocks is
approximately 45 m and 75 m, respectively.
14.4 SUMMARY OF MINERAL RESOURCES
A strategy for tabulating Mineral Resources for the Kerr, Sulphurets, Mitchell, and Iron
Cap deposits was established by the QP responsible for this section after conferring with
open pit and underground mining consultants that have examined potential mining
methods that might be suitable for the various KSM deposits. Those engineers examined
a number is “modifying factors” in their consideration of converting Mineral Resources to
Mineral Reserves. (Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallugy and Petroleum [CIM] 2014).
The Kerr and Mitchell deposits are currently being planned to be mined by both open pit
and underground methods. Because of that, the QP responsible for this section used a
combination of conceptual put (LG) algorithms and underground draw point elevations
that were provided by Golder (generated using GEOVIA’s PCBC™ Footprint Finder
software) to define open pit and underground Mineral Resources for the Kerr and
Mitchell deposits.
The Sulphurets Mineral Resources is defined soley by a conceptual pit, while the Iron Cap
Mineral Resource is based on three conceptual block cave draw point elevations
provided by Golder.
The Mineral Resources for all four deposits (Table 14.39) are based on applying similar
mining constraints that were used to define Mineral Reserves (Section 15.0). Trade-off
studies between open pit and underground mining (Kerr and Mitchell) optimized the
location of the ultimate pit and block cave outlines for Mineral Reserve declaration. No
such optimization was undertaken for defining open pit and underground Mineral
Resources. However, a mining restriction surface was used to limit the depth of the
conceptual Mineral Resource pits (Kerr and Mitchell) in order to leave a reasonable
quantity of potential underground material for possible Mineral Resource declaration.
Because a non-optimized boundary was used to limit the depth of the Mineral Resource
pits in lieu of actual economic trade-off studies, the amount of underground Mineral
The Mineral Resource pit is significantly larger than the Mineral Reserve pit, which left
less material to be included in the underground Mineral Resource category. The QP
responsible for this section of this Technical Report notes that the entire open pit and
underground Mineral Reserve volumes fit wholly within the open pit and underground
Mineral Resource volumes despite the apparent differences in quantities by mining
methods.
Block revenue for determining the limits of the conceptual pit and block cave shapes was
based on a NSR value that was calculated and stored in the block models. The
calculated NSR value represents recoverable value in Canadian dollars less various off
site transportation and smelting charges. Metal prices and other key criteria that were
used in generating the conceptual pits and block caves are summarized in Table 14.38.
Table 14.38 Key Mineral Resource Parameters
Parameter Units Value
Au Price US$/oz 1,300.00
Cu Price US$/lb 3.00
Ag Price US$/oz 20.00
Mo Price US$/lb 9.70
Conceptual Pit Mining Cost Cdn$/t 1.80
Conceptual Pit Processing + G&A Cost Cdn$/t 9.00
Conceptual Pit Slope Angle degrees 45
Conceptual Block Cave Mining Cost Cdn$/t 6.00-7.00
Conceptual Block Cave Processing + G&A Cost Cdn$/t 9.00
Conceptual Pit Cut-off Grade Cdn$/t 9.00
Conceptual Block Cave Cut-off Grade Cdn$/t 16.00
Metal recovery was based on metallurgical test work that has been completed by Tetra
Tech on various KSM samples. Recovery is variable by mineralized area and specific
grade ranges (recovery curves); for more detailed discussions regarding metal recovery
refer to Sections 13.0 and 15.0 of this Technical Report. Mr. Tracey Meintjes, P.Eng.,
from MMTS wrote the MineSight® NSR calculation scripts that were used by the QP
responsible for this section.
The QP responsible for this section of this Technical Report generated conceptual
resource pits for the Kerr, Sulphurets, and Mitchell deposits using a Lerchs-Grossmann
algorithm within the MSOP module within MineSight®. A mining restriction surface was
used to limit deep conceptual pit mining for the Kerr and Michell deposits.
The conceptual block cave shapes that define resources for the Kerr, Michell, and Iron
Cap deposits are based on work completed by Golder under the direction of Mr. Ross
Hammett, P. Eng. Golder used GEOVIA’s PCBC™ Footprint finder in generating optimized
For the Kerr model, Golder established three conceptual resource block cave extraction
levels at the 775 m, 280 m, and -215 m levels. A single conceptual resource block cave
extraction level was established at the 60 m level for the Mitchell deposit. Three
conceptual resource extraction levels were established for the Iron Cap model (1,335 m,
1,020 m, and 645 m levels). The extraction level polygons generated by Golder were
extruded vertically approximately 500 m, representing a maximum height of draw. The
upper Kerr conceptual block cave was clipped against RMI’s conceptual resource pit.
The single conceptual Mitchell block cave was also clipped against RMI's resource pit.
The 2012 PFS block model was used for tabulating constrained Mineral Resources for
the Sulphurets and Mitchell deposits (both conceptual pit and block cave quantities).
The end-of-year 2014 and end-of-year 2015 models were used to tabulate constrained
Mineral Resources (both conceptual pit and block cave) for the Iron Cap and Kerr
deposits, respectively.
Table 14.39 summarizes Mineral Resources by resource category and further broken
down by mineralized zone.
14.5 GENERAL DISCUSSION
The QP responsible for this section of this Technical Report is not aware of any specific
environmental, permitting, legal, taxation, socio-economic, marketing, political or other
relevant factors that could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimates that are the
subject of this section.
15.1 INTRODUCTION
Mineral Reserves are based on Measured and Indicated Resources, and use PFS-level
engineering designs.
The dilution tonnes are added as a percentage of ore tonnes from Table 15.1 at the
average grade of mineralized material within the pits that is below cut-off as presented in
Table 15.2.
The open pit minimum NSR cut-off grade is based on an estimated process operating
cost of Cdn$9.00/t. Process operating costs include plant processing (including
crushing/conveying costs where applicable), G&A, surface service, tailing construction,
and water treatment costs. The NSR grade used for mine planning is described in
Section 16.0. A variable cut-off grade strategy has been used; a higher cut-off grade of
Cdn$20.00/t is used until the end of Year 5 to maximize the NPV. During this time
The second part of the analysis determined a production and grade schedule based on
mineralized rock mucked at the drawpoints that had a net positive value. If the net value
during the mucking process is negative at any stage of the mining process, it is “shut-off”.
Both the first and second parts of the analysis incorporate rock that is mucked as diluted,
and the shutting-off of uneconomic drawpoints results in losses of resources. Dilution
includes Mineral Resources that have grade but are sub-economic (less than drawpoint
shut-off). Inferred Mineral Resources and non-mineralized rock are assumed to have
zero grade. Underground mining dilution estimates from the PCBC™ assessments for the
Mitchell and Iron Cap deposits are shown in Table 15.3.
Drawpoint shut-offs (where the material being mucked becomes uneconomic) use the
site operating cost (mining and process) shown in Table 15.4.
Process operating costs presented in Table 15.4 include plant processing (including
crushing/conveying costs where applicable), G&A, surface service, tailing construction,
and water treatment costs.
15.4 RESERVES
Proven and Probable Mineral Reserves are summarized in Table 15.5 and match the
production plan described in Section 16.0.
16.1 INTRODUCTION
A PFS-level production schedule, based on an annualized average 130,000 t/d mill feed
rate, has been developed for the Project based on a combined open pit and underground
mine plan. Pit phases at Mitchell, Kerr, and Sulphurets deposits are engineered based
on the results of an updated economic pit limit analysis. Underground mining has been
adopted at Iron Cap and below the Mitchell open pit to reduce the volume of waste
generated from the mine.
This 2016 PFS is still based on open pit and underground mine plans, to combine to an
annual throughput of 130,000 t/d. The throughput that was assessed and approved
during the recently completed EA review process. Alternative studies indicate the Project
NPV may be improved by increasing the mill throughput above 130,000 t/d early in the
mine life.
The entire open pit and underground mining operation results in a Project mine life of
approximately 53 years.
In addition to the geological information used for the block model, other data used for
mine planning include the base economic parameters (metal prices, etc.), mining cost
data derived from supplier estimates and data from other projects in the local area,
recommended prefeasibility pit slope angles (PSAs), projected project metallurgical
recoveries, plant costs, and throughput rates.
After Year 35 the underground production becomes the base production plan with
reduced mill throughput to conform to the release of ore from the block caves. The open
pit mine plan is further adjusted to provide a uniform feed tonnage at the reduced rates.
The block heights represent a suitable bench height for large scale mining shovels, and
the block dimension are suitably sized for long-range planning.
NSR is estimated using net smelter price (NSP) and process recovery as shown in the
equation below. The NSP is based on base case metal prices; US dollar exchange rate;
and off-site losses, transportation, smelting, and refining charges. The terms of a project
smelter schedule will be negotiated during the course of the Project’s development. The
major smelter terms used to estimate NSP are specified in Table 16.1, not including
minor terms for deductions/losses, payables, price participation, etc.
Where:
Copper to gold ratio in mill feed and estimated concentrate grades vary by KSM mining
area. Off-site costs and NSPs are therefore different for each mining area. The metal
prices and resultant NSPs used at this early stage of the study, are shown by pit area in
Table 16.2 and Table 16.3.
Metallurgical recoveries used for the NSR calculation are based on test work conducted
by G&T and evaluated by Tetra Tech, and are described in Section 13.0.
The interpolation of the metal grades to the 3DBM averages the drill hole composites to a
single value in the block for each metal. This smoothing is, in effect, a numeric dilution
where higher composite values are averaged down; conversely, lower values are
averaged up. Because of the continuous/smooth nature of the mineralization, it is
assumed this smoothing down and up leads to an average close to the cut-off grade
within blocks that are on the fringe of being ore or waste.
During operations, an Ore Control System (OCS) from blasthole sampling will be
conducted on an approximate 8.5 m spacing to determine cut-off boundaries for shovel
dig limits. These smaller ore/waste blocks will be too small to separate with the large
shovels, especially after the material has been displaced by blasting. Therefore, the
dilution from isolated blasthole blocks will be handled as whole block dilution in the
3DBM. The OCS will define smaller ore/waste zones, but these will be smoothed into
larger units that the shovels can also selectively mine. These larger units from the OCS
are better represented by the 3DBM size blocks and will define contacts between ore and
waste. These contact boundaries are approximated by the 3DBM as the smallest sized
units the shovels can selectively mine. The 3DBM blocks can therefore be used to define
contact dilution factors.
Blasting will create displacement along waste/ore boundaries; as the material is loaded
onto the trucks, some ore will be lost to waste (mining loss) and some waste will be
added to the ore (dilution). During some seasons, material will stick or freeze to the
inside of the truck boxes and create carry-back, which can contribute to mining loss and
dilution. Also, misdirected loads can send ore to the waste dump (mining loss), or waste
to the crusher or, more likely, to a low-grade stockpile (dilution). In order to properly
calculate the reserve files for scheduling purposes, mining losses and dilution must be
taken into account.
dilution of waste into ore where separate ore and waste blasts are not possible
loss of ore into waste where separate ore and waste blasts are not possible
general mining losses and dilution due to handling (haul back in truck boxes,
stockpile floor losses, etc.).
In addition to the whole block dilution and the general mining losses and dilution,
allowance is made for the contacts between ore and waste on the mining bench as
defined by the NSR cut-off. This is affected by the size of the ore areas on the bench and
the relative amount of edges. On a block-by-block basis, this is determined by the
number of waste neighbours an ore block has or vice versa for waste. For this Project,
the Mitchell area has more massive ore zones on a bench than the other areas;
therefore, contact dilution for this area is less. For this 2016 PFS, MMTS has estimated
a mining loss and dilution factor that varies by pit area. Mining loss and dilution
assumptions by pit area are provided in Section 15.0.
Since the dilution material on the contact edge of the blocks described above is
mineralized, it will have some grade value. The dilution grades are estimated by
determining the grades of the envelope of waste in contact with ore blocks inside the pit
delineated area. These dilution grades are estimated by statistical analysis of grades in
blocks with NSR less than the cut-off NSR. The dilution grades are shown in Section
15.0.
BGC has identified geotechnical rock mass units associated with the primary rock and
alteration types, based on the results of the site investigation and geological
interpretations by Seabridge. Major geological structures (faults and foliation) have been
included in the geotechnical slope stability analyses for each pit. Slope stability analyses
were conducted using industry standard limit-equilibrium software, finite element
analysis software, and in-house proprietary BGC tools.
BGC reviewed the proposed pit areas and surrounding terrain for potential geohazards,
including the identification of snow avalanche paths and potential landslides, utilizing
aerial photographs and satellite imagery. BGC completed ground-truthing of potential
geohazards; the preliminary design of mitigation structures were completed by those
responsible for the various Project facilities at risk from the identified geohazards.
A multi-component site investigation program was completed to provide data for the
Mitchell pit design work. Approximately 4,100 m of geotechnical drilling was completed,
distributed over 10 core holes. BGC geotechnically logged the holes. Optical and
acoustic televiewer surveys were completed in each hole to provide geological
discontinuity orientations for rock slope design. Packer testing was undertaken in each
hole, and vibrating wire piezometers were installed. Photogrammetric mapping of
sections of the north and south valley walls was completed to provide additional data on
the rock mass fabric of the study area.
An appropriate quantity of quality data was collected to characterize the geological units
of the study area and support PFS-level slope designs.
Recommended inter-ramp slope angles vary from 34° to 54° based on wall orientation,
overall wall height, geotechnical domain, and controls on slope stability. Inter-ramp slope
heights are limited to 150 m, after which a geotechnical berm (or ramp) with a minimum
width of 20 m is required. The inter-ramp height limits and geotechnical berms provide:
flexibility in the mine plan to mitigate potential slope instability; access for slope
monitoring installations; and working space for in-pit wells, drains, and other water
management infrastructure. All final pit slopes are assumed to be excavated using
controlled blasting. Depressurization of the proposed pit slopes requires a combination
of vertical wells, horizontal drains, and a dewatering adit with drainage galleries. The
east and west overall slopes of the proposed Mitchell pit are within the range of slope
heights that have been achieved in other porphyry metal mines in the world.
The Mitchell open pit slope designs are outlined in Table 16.4.
Laboratory testing of core samples from the completed geotechnical drilling included:
The rocks of the Sulphurets Zone are typically moderately strong when weathered, and
strong when fresh. The RQD of the rocks of the Sulphurets Zone varies from fair to good,
generally increasing in quality with depth below surface or distance from the STF.
The slope designs assume final walls will be excavated using controlled blasting,
consistent with the approach proposed for the Mitchell pit. The recommended inter-ramp
slope angles vary from 36° to 50° based on wall orientation, overall wall height, rock
mass quality, and structural controls on slope stability. Inter-ramp slope heights are
limited to 150 m after which a geotechnical berm (or ramp) with a minimum width of
20 m is required. Depressurization of the pit slopes is required and should be achievable
with a combination of vertical wells and horizontal drains.
The rocks of the altered zone are typically medium-strong, but are highly fractured with
poor RQD values. The rocks of the unaltered zone are strong to very strong, with good to
excellent RQD values.
The slope designs assume that final walls will be excavated using controlled blasting.
The recommended inter-ramp slope angles vary from 34° to 50°; based on overall wall
height, wall azimuth, rock mass quality, and geological structures. Inter-ramp slope
heights are limited to 150 m after which a geotechnical berm (or ramp) with a minimum
width of 20 m is required. Depressurization of the pit slopes is required and should be
achievable with a combination of vertical wells and horizontal drains.
The average annual groundwater extraction rate for the Kerr pit depressurization
measures is estimated to be approximately 1,300 m3/d. Approximately 36 vertical wells
with a total drilling length of 7,200 m will be required throughout the life of the pit. In
addition, it is estimated that approximately 110 km of horizontal drains will be required
to aid in depressurization of the pit slopes over the life of the pit.
The average annual groundwater extraction rate for the Sulphurets pit depressurization
measures is estimated to be 1,100 m3/d. Approximately 34 vertical wells with a total
drilling length of 6,800 m will be required throughout the life of the pit. In addition, it is
estimated that approximately 187 km of horizontal drains will be required to aid in
depressurization of the pit slopes over the life of the pit.
The efficiency of the proposed pit depressurization system is sensitive to the hydraulic
properties of the bedrock. It is important to continue to characterize the hydraulic
properties of the bedrock as the Project advances. Current rock mass hydraulic
conductivity estimates in the vicinity of the open pits are limited to point-scale
measurements (e.g. slug tests and constant rate packer injection tests during drilling).
Larger-scale estimates of rock mass hydraulic conductivity and storage properties (i.e.
airlifting tests and pumping tests) to confirm the feasibility of the proposed
depressurization system, should be obtained at the FS-stage of the Project. Dewatering
and depressurization response must be monitored throughout mining operations to
determine if targets are being met. An extensive monitoring network of piezometers
(standpipe and vibrating wire) should be in place and integrated with the open pit slope
monitoring system.
Monitoring of pit slope displacements at various scales will be required. Inter-ramp and
overall scale slopes should be monitored for deformations. The slope deformation
monitoring system designed for the Mitchell pit will meet or exceed the size and
complexity of those systems currently in operation at other large open pits elsewhere.
The monitoring system should include multiple robotic-theodolites and survey prisms,
mobile slope stability radar units, slope inclinometers, piezometers, and extensometers.
The system would be computerized and use radio telemetry or a similar technology to
provide real-time data to on-site geotechnical and mining staff. Similar monitoring
Nine large landslides in the study area will require management during construction and
operations. Conceptual management plans detailing monitoring and mitigation
measures were prepared as part of this study (Appendix F10). Of particular note with
respect to the open pits are: the Snowfield Landslide situated on the south slope of the
Mitchell Valley and east of the Mitchell open pit, and the Kerr landslide situated on the
south slope of the Sulphurets Valley and below the elevation of the proposed Kerr open
pit.
The overall landslide management plan for the Project uses a risk based approach to
determine the level of monitoring required for each landslide. The management plan for
the Snowfield Landslide is comprehensive due to its proximity to the Mitchell open pit.
The plan includes surface and subsurface deformation monitoring, surface water
management, pumping wells, and a depressurization adit.
The LG assessment is carried out by generating sets of LG pit shells by varying revenue
assumptions to test the deposit’s geometric/topographic and pit slope sensitivity.
The ultimate pit limit is typically determined by estimating the pit size where an
incremental increase in pit size does not significantly increase the pit resource. The
selected pit limit is chosen where the economic return starts to significantly drop off.
Economics of the selected pit limits are also tested to determine that they are
economically viable.
LG Pit Assumptions
Inputs to the updated LG pit limit assessment shown in Table 16.7 are based on the
2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012).
LG pits are generated by varying prices in the range from 30% to 150% of the base NSP.
Potential economic pit limits in Figure 16.1 to Figure 16.3 are shown where inflection
points occur as an incremental increase in pit size does not significantly increase the pit
resource, or an incremental increase in the pit resource results in only marginal
economic return.
In the Sulphurets pit area the inflection points represent potential economic pit limits and
are selected for each pit area.
The selected economic pit limits for Mitchell and Kerr are smaller than the potential pit
limit.
Seabridge’s objective to reduce waste mined has been achieved by selecting a pit limit
with 40% less mill feed than the potential economic pit limit. Waste mined in the
selected pit limit is 3.0 Bt less than the potential economic pit limit.
The Kerr pit limit has been selected for a pit size similar to the one from the 2012 PSF
(Tetra Tech 2012) to ensure that waste placement in the backfilled Sulphurets pit does
not exceed the volumes as described in Rescan (2013).
A plan view and north-south section views of the LG pits for the open pit mining areas are
shown in Figure 16.4 through Figure 16.7.
Block Cave
Footprint
For dual-lane traffic, a travel width of not less than three times the width of the
widest haulage vehicle used on the road is required.
Where single-lane traffic exists, a travel width of not less than two times the
width of the widest haulage vehicle used on the road is required.
Shoulder barriers should be at least three-quarters of the height of the largest
tire on any vehicle hauling on the road along the edge of the haulage road
wherever a drop-off greater than 3 m exists. The shoulder barriers are designed
Ditches are included within the travel width allowance. For crowned haul roads, the
width of this ditch allowance is 4.5 m. Ditches are not added to the in-pit high wall roads;
there is adequate water drainage at the edge of the road between the crowned surface
and lateral embankments, such as high walls or lateral impact berms.
DESIGN STANDARDS
Detailed design parameters for pits and RSFs are provided by BGC and KCBL,
respectively, according to their geotechnical testing and evaluations (Sections 16.2.5 and
18.1.6).
In areas where the minimum shovel mining width is not achieved, such as initial outcrop
benches, drill and blast ramps will be cut on original side slopes. Crawler-dozers, shovel
casting, or loader tramming will be utilized to move material over the crest to ravel down
slope. Where bench width is sufficient, this material will be truck/shovel excavated as
rehandle from lower benches. This technique has been used at other mountaintop
mines; it allows for higher efficiencies with large open pit mine equipment, and reduces
costs in the capitalization period. The rehandle on the slope helps with the development
of the outside edge of lower benches, and the impact of the extra cost of the rehandle is
time-deferred.
Access Considerations
As stated in the design criteria summary, haul road widths are dictated by equipment
size. One-way haul roads must have a travel surface more than twice the width of the
widest haul vehicle. Two-way roads require a running surface more than three times the
width of the widest vehicle planned to use the road. One-way roads are not normally
employed for main long term haul routes because they limit the safe by-passing of trucks
and consequently lead to reduced productivity. One-way roads are, however, an
Road grades are designed at a maximum grade of 8% due to traction concerns during
snow season particularly with downhill hauls. Switchbacks are designed flat, with ramps
entering and exiting at design grade. In practice however, grades will be transitioned so
that visibility and haul speeds are optimized going around the switchback. Where
possible, switchbacks are located such that they tie into future phase access
development.
In the final pit wall, access up from the lowest pit benches requires a spiral ramp
designed to exit at the lowest point on the pit rim or joining with infrastructure features
(such as the crusher location or previously designed haul road junctions). In the
mountainous terrain at KSM, benches above the lowest point of the pit rims can be
accessed by external roads built on the original hill side slopes, reducing the need for
internal ramps in the final wall, which in turn increases the overall strip ratio.
Switchbacks and flat grade segments should be minimized. Whether the decline ramp is
built inside or outside the LG ultimate pit shell, the amount of ore lost under the ramp or
extra waste mined above the ramp is minimized if the ramp is not located on the higher
strip ratio wall.
Bench Height
The KSM pit designs are based on the digging reach of the large shovels (15 m operating
bench) with double benching between high wall berms; therefore, the berms are
separated vertically by 30 m. Single benching will be employed, if required, to maximize
ore recovery and maintain the safety berm sequence as warranted.
LG PHASE SELECTION
The LG pits discussed previously are used to evaluate alternatives for determining the
economic pit limit and the optimal push-backs or phases before commencing detailed
design work. LG pits provide a geometrical guide to detailed pit designs. Among the
details to be added are roads and bench access, the removal of impractical mining areas
with a width less than the minimum, and to ensure the pit slopes meet the detailed
geotechnical recommendations.
The LG pit cases selected as the pit limits for the KSM mine areas are discussed above.
Waste from the starter pits is pre-stripped to expose ore grade material for plant start-up.
This material can be used for some construction fills; however for some requirements, it
may be more cost effective to use borrow material from other areas, which will reduce
costs if hauls are too long from the starter pit area. A second cost effective alternative
for construction material is to borrow the material from the upper benches of future pit
phases. Some construction materials are sourced from quarries outside of the economic
pit areas to ensure that construction rocks meet the required geochemical and
mechanical properties.
The description of the detailed pit designs and phases in this section uses the following
naming conventions:
Mitchell Pits
Where possible, phase sequencing should start at one side of the ultimate pit and
expand in one direction. This sequencing is more efficient for operations where blasts
from the subsequent phase only bury access to lower benches on one side at a time. It
also allows the final ramp to be established on one side of the ultimate pit. However, the
Mitchell pit phases are designed to alternate from the north and south sides of the
Mitchell Valley (a two-sided expansion) because the upper benches of the Mitchell pit are
mostly waste on the north and south walls. Breaking the push-back designs into north-
and south-side phases enables a smoother waste mining schedule and reduces the
maximum truck fleet size. Each phase maintains sufficient bench width to promote
efficient shovel operation.
Where possible, in order to balance the waste hauls and keep upper elevation waste
going to upper elevation RSF platforms, the high wall waste is brought out of the pit using
external side hill roads directly off the south benches.
The Mitchell pit phases have been designed to mine vertically through the Snowfield
Landslide on the southeast side of the pit and not undermine it.
Mitchell pit has five incremental phases. Pit phase M1 enables the mine to have
sufficient exposed ore with a six month pre-strip period. Phases M2i and M3i mine south
and north respectively to provide low strip ratio ore to the mill during pay-back period.
A plan view of the Mitchell pit phases are shown in Figure 16.8.
Sulphurets Pits
The mine plan for the Sulphurets area includes four mining phases, which are designed
using the LG economic pit limit as the ultimate pit limit guide.
A plan view of the Sulphurets pit phases are shown in Figure 16.9.
Kerr Pit
The Kerr deposit is mined with two pit phases: a starter pit K1 and an ultimate pit K2. All
ore and waste is hauled to a primary crusher on the east side of the pit and conveyed to
the Mitchell Valley using a rope conveyor, a tunnel conveyor (through the SMCT) to the
OPC.
Initial access to the Kerr pit is established with a service road built from the bottom of
Sulphurets Valley to the east side of the Kerr pit (where the crusher will be located) at the
1,460 m elevation. Access to the highest benches of Kerr will be established with a
small service road, and the upper benches will be dozed down to approximately 1,800 m
where haul truck access can be established to the crusher. A plan view of the Kerr
ultimate pit is shown in Figure 16.10.
tonnes and grade mined by period, broken down by ore and waste material type,
bench, and mining phase
truck and shovel requirements by period in number of units and operating hours
tonnes transported by period to different destinations (mill, stockpiles, and
waste dumps).
The open pit sequence is scheduled to optimize revenues and development costs and is
then adjusted to include the block caves (see Section 16.3). The underground mining
production schedule discussed in Section 16.3 is generated based on the development
requirements for each mining area, the size, and capacity of the individual Mitchell and
Iron Cap block caves and then integrated into the total property production schedule.
The ore production from each of the open pit and underground mining is inserted where
At start-up, all production comes from open pit sources, producing higher grades from
lower cost areas (both operating and capital). In the later years of the schedule, the base
ore production is from the underground, from Mitchell first and then Iron Cap is phased
in. After Year 35 the mill throughput rate is reduced to match the switch to continuous
underground production, and the open pits are mined to supplement the ore tonnes
produced from the block caves to meet the mill requirements and to improve overall
head grades. In the final years of the production schedule, the stockpile accumulated
during the open pit operations is used to augment the underground production. The
combined LOM schedule including open pit, underground, and stockpile reclaim, is
presented in Section 16.4. The following describes the open pit sequencing to match the
combined open pit underground mine plan.
In the open pit mine schedule, "Time 0" refers to the mill start date; full mill feed
production capacity is expected in Year 2. The production schedule specifies:
Productivities of the selected equipment include shovel loading times and truck haul
cycle estimates for multiple pit-to-destination combinations.
Schedule Criteria
In order to optimize the Project NPV, grade bins have been specified (based on NSR block
values); the MS-SP optimizer develops a cut-off grade strategy to increase the Project
NPV. This increases mill head grades and therefore revenues early in the production
schedule. Seven grade bins have been used for the schedule optimization software to
optimize the cut-off grade strategy. To achieve this in mine operations, it is planned to
Mining precedence is required to specify the mining order of the pit phases in the
production schedule based on the relative location of the phases. For example, if the
phases represent progressive expansions in a single direction, then the first expansion
must stay ahead (vertically below) of the next expansion and so on. Even though some of
the Mitchell phases alternate from the south to north sides of the valley, they are
dependant at the pit bottoms. Other pit/phase precedencies are determined by the
timing of water diversions, bench access issues, and RSF phase sequencing. Early
Sulphurets waste production is initially based on WSD construction requirements and
later based on RSF rock drain requirements. Kerr pit is mined after Sulphurets pit is
mined out so that Kerr waste can be backfilled to the Sulphurets pit.
Because of these complexities, each pit area is scheduled in MS-SP independently and
then combined in a master LOM schedule
The primary program objective in each period is to maximize the NPV. The MS-SP NPV
calculation is guided by estimated operating and capital costs, process recoveries, and
metal prices. Key production schedule assumptions are shown in Table 16.8.
Allowance has been made for days where the cumulative effect of severe snow storms or
poor visibility requires the mine to completely shut down.
Construction Methods
Several different construction methods will be used for waste placement: top-down,
bottom-up, and wraparounds. Top-down platform heights are restricted to approximately
300 m. Bottom-up lifts are 30 to 50 m high, or less if geotechnically required.
Wraparounds are smaller top-down-type RSFs that are built onto the face of an existing
RSF, creating a series of terraces used to facilitate intermediate haul roads and lower the
overall slope angle of high dumps, which may be required for final closure and, if re-
sloping is necessary, it will reduce the re-sloping costs.
Foundation Preparation
Design work for RSF foundation preparation will be performed as required at the
feasibility-level design stage. Prior to mine development, soil will be salvaged from the
footprint area where soil is suitable for reclamation purposes. Soils will generally not be
salvaged on slopes steeper than 26° due to practical limitations on equipment access
and operator safety. Soils salvaged from the RSF footprints will be stockpiled in the Ted
Morris Valley.
The waste in the valley bottoms is planned to initially be placed in low height lifts across
the narrow valley floors to confine and consolidate weaker foundation material before
higher lifts are placed. To establish these lifts, suitable valley crossings will be located in
narrow and suitable rock foundations, and a bridge of rock fill will be placed progressing
from one side of the valley to the other. If required, loose tills and clays at the toe of the
bridge are removed with a backhoe and placed on the upstream side of the bridge. Once
the bridge is keyed in all the way across the valley, lifts of mine rock can be placed on the
upstream side and the loose tills and clays under the small lift will be constrained on the
downstream side by the bridge. Once the foundation is prepared, the basal drain is
placed on top at the required lift height.
As indicated previously, rock placement during the initial mining stages will be achieved
with low lifts and using the bottom-up construction method in areas that are critical, in
order to establish consolidated foundations for future high relief dumps. As experience is
gained and stable foundations are established, placement can proceed with higher lifts,
as required, and utilize the more efficient top-down construction method.
The monitoring and safe operating practices referred to above, require all RSFs to be
fitted with wireline extensometers and automated radar or other scanning equipment in
areas where a significant downslope risk exists (i.e. above the Mitchell OPC, WSF, etc.).
These measurements and techniques establish the safe operating limits for each dump
face on the active RSF platforms and warn of any unsafe conditions that may arise. By
moving dumping operations to alternative dump sites, any unstable conditions can be
given time to consolidate and return to safe operating limits.
As described earlier, the terraced RSFs on the south side of the Mitchell Valley provide
level access to the south Mitchell Valley RSF platforms.
This section describes the development and pre-production activities that will be
accomplished by the mine personnel and open pit mine fleet equipment, and are
included as capitalized mining costs. Other development and construction activities are
covered by other disciplines.
Much of the mine area is devoid of trees due to the recent retreat of the local glaciers.
Clearing and grubbing of trees and brush is required, mainly in the lower elevation site
works and waste dump areas, over an estimated area of 825 ha, and includes:
pit area
waste dumps
ore stockpile
mine haul roads
crushing and slurry facilities area
Mine Drainage
Mine drainage is broken into two separate ditch networks: the diversion network and
collection network. The primary purpose of the diversion ditch network is to prevent non-
impacted surface water (clean water system) from entering areas where it could become
impacted. These diversion ditches are primarily located around the perimeter of the pit,
the waste dumps, and the ore stockpiles.
The purpose of the collection ditch network is to collect and route water that comes into
contact with the mining operation. This water is transported to the water storage dam, as
necessary, where it will then be treated in the WTP prior to release to the environment.
The collection ditches are primarily located within the pit area, at the toes of the waste
dumps, at the toe of the ore stockpiles, and within the footprint of all mine haul roads.
Details on mine drainage are available in Section 18.2.7 (Mine Area Water Management).
A haul road is constructed from the first mining phase in the Mitchell and Sulpurets pits
to the primary crusher during pre-production using mine waste rock.
Mine power is required for electric drills, shovels, and pit pumping. Some lighting and
electrical service is also required to the mine ancillary facilities including mine offices,
mine maintenance facilities, and explosive manufacturing and storage facilities. Details
on power supply and distribution, including the initial capital requirements for start-up
and ongoing electrification of the mining operations, are provided in Sections 18.12 and
21.1. These details will form the basis for future procurement activities. The mine
operating costs include the labour required for ongoing pit electrical service and
maintenance work, as well as the expenses for a field line truck and service vehicles.
Facilities for the offices, maintenance shops, and fuel tanks will be available at the mine
site before mining commences (as listed in the Project schedule). These facilities are
described further in Section 18.0 (Project Infrastructure).
Pioneering roads will be required for initial access to the upper start benches of each pit
(and subsequent phases). These roads will be cut into the topography both within the pit
limits and outside of the pit limits. The primary equipment used for this stage of
development are track dozers and small diameter percussive diesel drills. Service
equipment and explosives supplies will also need to use these early roads, which are
built at a 15% grade in a balanced cut and fill method wherever possible.
Once the pioneering roads are in place, the larger open pit mine equipment will have
access to the working areas. Mining preproduction begins with the Sulphurets Quarry to
provide construction rock for the construction of the WSD. Mining pre-production of the
Mitchell and Sulphurets pits will only commence after the WSD, WTP and MDT are
operational. The upper benches are typically small in area and do not offer enough room
for the shovel-truck fleet to operate. These small upper benches will be drilled with the
smaller size diesel drill. Track dozers will push the waste material down slope, or a
shovel or loader will side cast over the bench crest to a lower bench elevation where the
larger drill fleet and shovel-truck fleet can operate. The pioneering operations will create
haul roads for the first production fleet to begin pre-stripping operations (drills, trucks,
and shovels).
Pioneering roadwork starts in Year -6 when the Frank Mackie Winter Access Road is
available. Other pioneering tasks continue into Year -3, including assembly pad
preparations. After initial pioneering equipment is assembled, access is developed to
laydown areas, camps, and tunnel portals. Tunnel portal access roads are critical path
tasks and will receive the highest priority.
Mining of quarry rock in the Sulphurets Quarry starts in Year -4 to produce construction
rock for the WSD.
Waste pre-stripping pre-production at the Mitchell pit starts in Year -1 when the water
storage and water treatment facilities are operational. Process start-up is scheduled for
the beginning of Year 1.
Initial tree-clearing and grubbing activities for pioneering road development must be
started in Year -6 in order to prepare the sites for mining activities. Clearing and
grubbing work for pre-stripping will take place in Year -2.
The site for mine equipment assembly must be constructed during the pioneering phase
and be completed before the CCAR is completed. Equipment delivery and assembly for
the large mining equipment (shovels, trucks, and drills) begins as soon as the CCAR is
completed.
The open pit mine power distribution network must be completed before Year 1. The
entire pre-production fleet is diesel-powered; electric equipment will only begin operation
after the MTT tunnel is completed.
Before pre-production begins the large mining fleet will excavate colluvium from a borrow
source in the Mitchell Valley to provide construction fill for the Mitchell OPC. During pre-
production, Mitchell pit phase M1 is mined to 885 m and M2 is mined to 1290 m in the
Mitchell Valley; Sulphurets pit phase S3 is mined to an elevation of 1485 m. This will
expose the necessary ore required to achieve the full mill production rate of 130,000 t/d
of mill feed. This development must be completed by the end of Year -1 when the mill is
scheduled to receive the first ore.
Kerr open pit is mined out by Year 30. Waste from Kerr pit is conveyed to Sulphurets and
backfilled into the mined out Sulphurets pit. Ore from Kerr is conveyed to the OPC.
Direct mining from the open pits is completed by the end of Year 30.
Once the stockpile is removed, a closure channel is established around the Mitchell RSF
by placing moraine material and NPAG riprap on berms along the north and west toes of
the Mitchell RSF. The open pit mine layout at LOM is shown in Figure 16.13.
KSM mining operations will be typical of open pit operations in mountainous terrain in
western Canada, and will employ accepted bulk mining methods and equipment. There
is considerable operating experience and technical expertise for the proposed operation
in western Canada. Services and support in BC and in the local area are well-established
as well.
ORGANIZATION
Mine operations is organized into three areas: direct mining, mine maintenance, and
general mine expense (GME).
The direct mining area accounts for the drilling, blasting, loading, hauling, and pit
maintenance activities in the mine. Costs collected for this area include the mine
operating labour, mine operating supplies, equipment operating hours and supplies, and
distributed mine maintenance costs. The distributed mine maintenance costs include
items such as maintenance labour, repair parts, and energy (fuel or electricity), which
contribute to the hourly operating cost of the equipment and are distributed as an hourly
operating cost. These are in turn applied to the scheduled equipment operating hours.
The mine maintenance area accounts for the overhead of supervision, planning, and
implementation of all activities within the mine maintenance function. Costs collected for
this area include salaried personnel (supervisors, technical planners, and clerical),
operating supplies for the various services provided by this area, and general shop costs.
The cost in these items are not included in the distributed mine maintenance costs.
The GME area accounts for the supervision, safety, and training of all personnel required
for the direct mining activities as well as technical support from mine engineering and
geology functions. Costs collected for this area include the salaries of personnel and
operating supplies for the various services provided by this function.
In this study, direct mining and mine maintenance are planned as an owner-operated
fleet with the equipment ownership and labour being directly under operations. It may be
possible to contract out some of the direct mining activities under typical mine stripping
Drilling
Areas will be prepared on the bench floor blast patterns in the in situ rock. Dozers will be
used to establish initial benches for the upper portions of each pit phase. Drill ramps will
be cut on original mountain side surfaces, between benches where the outside holes on
established benches do not meet the burden and spacing requirement of the pattern for
the next bench below.
Blasthole drills will be fitted with GPS navigation and drill control systems to optimize
drilling. The GPS navigation will enable stakeless drilling, which is recommended for
efficiency in locating hole locations and accuracy of set-up, particularly since this is a high
snow fall area. Drills will be fitted with automatic samplers to provide ore grade control
samples from drill cuttings in the ore zones. These samples will be used in the OCS for
blast hole grade interpolation to define the ore/waste boundaries on the bench as well as
stockpile grade bins for the grade control system to the mill.
Diesel hydraulic and electric rotary drills (311 mm bit size) will be used for production
drilling, both in ore and waste.
Diesel hydraulic percussive drills with a hole size of 6.5 inches (165 mm) will operate
production benches for controlled blasting techniques on high wall rows, pioneering
drilling during pre-production, and development of initial upper benches. Drilling for
controlled blasting requirements have been estimated based on an estimate of the
length of pit wall exposed on a bench in any given year.
Blasting
Powder Factor
An appropriate powder factor has been used to provide adequate fragmentation and
digging conditions for the shovels. Similar large open pit projects in the KSM area use a
powder factor of 0.32 kg/t for competent rock. A blasting study carried out by Orica
suggests that a power factor of 0.35 kg/t is suitable in this area. Future Feasibility Study
planning can investigate further mine to mill performance with respect to blasting.
A contract explosives supplier will provide blasting materials and technology. Due to the
remote nature of the operation, an explosives manufacturing plant will be built on site
when emulsion is required. For this study, the owner provides a serviced site and all
facilities to the explosives contractor who manufactures and delivers the prescribed
explosives to the blast holes and supplies all blasting accessories.
It is anticipated that Production up to and including Year 1 will not require emulsion.
After Year 1 it is assumed that half of the holes will use a 70/30 emulsion/ammonium
nitrate-fuel oil (ANFO) mix explosive (“wet” product) and half of the holes will use a 35/65
emulsion/ANFO mix (“dry” product). Higher use of ANFO, and possible use of borehole
liners to keep the ANFO dry to prevent incomplete detonations, can be investigated in
future studies to reduce blasting costs.
Specifications for blasting plant and explosives storage magazines and the locations of
these facilities must adhere to the Explosives Act of Canada regulations as published by
the Explosives Regulatory Division of Natural Resources Canada, and regulations as
published by the BC MEMPR (in particular, the Health, Safety and Reclamation Codes for
Mines in BC). The location of the blasting plant and the explosives magazines are
located in the PFS as determined by the table of distances that govern the manufacturing
and storage of explosives and blasting agents.
Explosives Loading
Loading of the explosives will be done with bulk explosives loading trucks provided by the
explosives supplier. The trucks should be equipped with GPS guidance and should be
able to receive automatic loading instructions for each hole from the engineering office.
The GPS guidance will be a necessity to be compatible with stakeless drilling.
A smaller “goat” truck is needed for development areas with small access roads and
narrow bench working conditions, as well as for squaring-off blast patterns when the
mine roads have been closed due to excessive snow fall. This is a specific adaptation for
open pit operations in mountainous and high snow fall areas. “Goat” trucks are similar to
a logging skidder and are named because of their high manoeuvrability.
Blast holes will be stemmed to avoid fly-rock and excessive air blasts. Crushed rock will
be provided for stemming material and will be dumped adjacent to the blast pattern. A
loader with a side dump bucket is included in the mine fleet to tram and dump the crush
into the hole.
Blasting Operations
The blasting crew will be comprised of mine employees and will be on day shift only. The
blasting crew will coordinate drilling and blasting activities to ensure a minimum of two
weeks of broken material inventory is maintained for each shovel. Blasting activities will
Blasting assumptions are summarized in Table 16.9. These parameters are typical for
other mines in the Western Canada and will be re-evaluated in the future with a detailed
blasting study, using site-specific rock strength parameters.
Loading
Ore and waste will be defined in the blasted muck pile by the OCS. A fleet management
system will assist in optimizing deployment and utilization of the mine fleet
The design basis assumes a single model of each shovel type to simplify the
maintenance function and reduce capital equipment and maintenance spares. Three 85-
t dipper diesel hydraulic shovels and three 100-t dipper electric cable shovels have been
selected as the primary digging units. The diesel hydraulic shovels are selected for
flexibility and mobility in accessing the thin top pit benches.
Bench widths are designed to ensure operating room is suitable for efficient double-sided
loading of trucks at the shovels. There are areas where single-sided loading will be
necessary and reduced productivity for the shovel will be encountered, such as the upper
benches of the pit phases where the end of the bench meets topography. Ancillary
equipment will be deployed to prepare the digging areas for higher shovel productivity.
This can entail dozing small benches down slope to the next bench, trap dozing, and
other dozing activities.
Pit Maintenance
Pit maintenance services include haul road maintenance, open pit mine dewatering,
transporting operating supplies, relocating equipment, and snow removal.
Haul road maintenance is paramount to low haulage costs; dozer and grader hours have
been allocated to maintain the haul road network throughout the LOM production
schedule.
A fleet of ancillary service vehicles are allocated to install and service the in-pit sump
pumps and the high wall horizontal drains. This includes connecting these pumps to the
pit dewatering pipeline system. This crew will also service and supply mobile light plants.
A fleet of service equipment is allocated for summer season construction and will be
used in winter for snow clearing. This includes scrapers and loaders. The snow fleet will
be manned by mine operations staff in normal winter conditions with operators taken
from reduced activities such as dust control and summer field programs. During severe
storms, personnel to operate the standby snow fleet will be drawn from truck and shovel
operations as the fleets shut down. This will ensure priority fleets remain operating.
A mine general foreman will assume responsibility for overall supervision for the mining
operation and will be responsible for overall open pit supervision and equipment
coordination. Supervision will also be required for drilling and blasting, training, and
dewatering. A mine shift foreman is required on each 12-hour shift, with overall
responsibility for the shift operation.
Initial training and equipment operation will be provided by experienced operators as full
time trainers. As performance reaches adequate levels, the number of trainers can be
decreased to a sustaining level.
A chief mine engineer will direct the mine engineering department. The senior mining
engineer will coordinate the mining engineers, drilling and blasting engineers, the mine
planning group, surveyors, and geotechnical monitoring. A senior surveyor will assume
responsibility for surveying for the entire property and will supervise the surveyors.
The geotechnical engineer will assume responsibility for all mine geotechnical issues
including pit slope stability, RSF stability and hydro-geological studies. The geotechnical
engineers will also have oversight for the whole property for any geo-hazard monitoring
and assessment programs being carried out by safety personnel or third party
consultants.
GME costs also include engineering consulting on an ongoing basis for specialty items
such as geotechnical, and geo-hydrology expertise and third-party reviews in the open pit
mine area.
MAJOR EQUIPMENT
The production requirements for the major mining equipment over the LOM are
summarized in Table 16.10. The current production schedule requires a maximum
haulage fleet of 60 trucks over the LOM.
A 150 mm diesel percussive drill is also specified for drilling, which is required to operate
in all pit phases for controlled blasting techniques on high wall rows, pioneering drilling
during pre-production, and development of initial upper benches.
A detailed drill study is recommended for more advanced project studies. This will help
determine the penetration rate that can be expected for the selected drills and the
specific rock types that exist within the pit area.
A blast hole stemming unit will be required to load cuttings into the hole and stem the
unloaded portion of the hole. This unit will be provided by the KSM operation.
Snow Fleet
All of the following snow fleet equipment is chosen to start operating during pre-
production and continue to the end of mine life, unless otherwise noted.
Five Scrapers with the ability to haul 37 t are included in fleet. The scrapers are
required to haul and spread crushed rock for traction control and remove snow
from the haul roads and mine working areas as necessary. The scrapers are
also used on occasion for small earthmoving jobs and reclamation projects.
One wheel loader with an approximately 14 t bucket to clear snow from the
plant area and truck shop, as well as ancillary routes within the mine. The wheel
loader is also used to load the cone crusher at the crushing and screening plant.
Six snowcats to transport operators to equipment in a location that is
inaccessible to the crew bus or vans because of heavy snowfall.
a welding bay
an electrical shop
an ambulance
a first aid room
a first aid office
a machine shop area
a mine dry
a warehouse
offices for administration, mine supervision, and engineering/geology staff
a lunch room and foreman’s office.
The recommended shop sizing for the open pit operations includes eight service bays,
one welding bay, and three wash bays. This will accommodate the fleet for the LOM PFS
production plan. The mine maintenance facility will also include a machine shop area,
tool storage area, mine muster area, warehouse, and office complex. A separate tire bay
facility will be required with an exterior heated pad to accommodate at least two trucks
and a tire manipulator.
Figure 16.15 Section View of the Mitchell and Iron Cap Block Cave Mines (Looking North)
The quality of the rock mass at the Mitchell deposit is rated as good. No major structural
features are identified that might influence the caving mechanism and the progression of
the cave in any significant manner.
The Iron Cap deposit appears to be composed of strong, moderately fractured rock. Rock
quality variations are most commonly attributed to variations in fracture frequency, as the
strength of the rock mass does not vary significantly within the deposit. The fracture
frequency is higher for Iron Cap than for the Mitchell deposit, resulting in a corresponding
lower predicted median in situ block size of 2.5 m3, as compared to the Mitchell deposit.
There are several gaps in data that are identified in the Iron Cap geotechnical and
hydrogeological studies. These gaps will need to be addressed as part of future
feasibility-level studies.
Caveability assessments for both the Iron Cap and Mitchell deposits have been
completed using Laubscher’s and Mathews’ methods, which involve assessing
caveability based on experience at other mining operations with similar rock quality.
These methods indicate that the size (area) of a footprint required to initiate and
propagate caving is between approximately 110 m and 220 m for both deposits. These
dimensions are significantly smaller than the size of the deposit footprints that can
potentially be mined economically by caving. This fact, together with the general large 3D
shape of the deposits, suggests that both the Iron Cap and Mitchell deposits are
amenable to block cave mining.
In situ stresses have been estimated at the Mitchell deposit using hydraulic fracturing
tests. Based on high-induced stresses in the cave back, as predicted by numerical
modelling, it is expected that stress-induced fracturing of the rock mass will contribute to
caving. More sophisticated numerical analyses to confirm and quantify stress-related
impacts are recommended as part of future studies.
A significant proportion of the rock at the Mitchell deposit is predicted to have block sizes
greater than 6 m3. At Iron Cap, block sizes are predicted to be 2.5 m3. Without adopting
some remediation measure, such large blocks will require significant secondary blasting,
and a significant adverse impact on production and damage to the drawpoints that will
require ongoing rehabilitation is likely. The cost estimates for the designs presented
herein have considered remediation measures to accommodate large fragmentation.
It is very difficult to quantify the effect of attrition as the rock is brought down within the
cave except that experience has indicated that in caving mines operating under similar
rock conditions to those at Iron Cap and Mitchell, fragmentation of rock drawn down
more than approximately 100 m is generally good. For this study, it is assumed that
fragmentation of the initial 100 m of draw height is approximately equal to the estimated
in situ block size and, above this, only limited secondary blasting will be required.
The expected coarse fragmentation at Mitchell and Iron Cap will result in relatively large
isolated drawcone diameters of 13 m or more, for a loading width of 5 m. The present
experience in other operating mines is that a 15 m by 15 m drawpoint spacing performs
well under these coarse fragmentation conditions. Some caving mines operating in good
quality rock have successfully expanded the layout to 17 m by 17 m or 18 m by 15 m,
but it was considered prudent at this stage of study to adopt the slightly more
conservative 15 m by 15 m spacing.
Table 16.14 Mitchell Block Cave Mineral Reserves ($15 NSR Shut-off)
Tonnes Au Cu Ag Mo
Category
(million) (g/t) (%) (g/t) (ppm)
Probable1 454 0.53 0.17 3.5 33.6
Notes: 1Includes 10 Mt of mineralized dilution (the portion of Measured and Indicated material that is
$0 < NSR < $16) and 59 Mt of non-mineralized dilution (material at zero NSR including the Inferred
material set to zero grade).
The Mineral Reserves contain dilution that include Mineral Resources that have grade,
but are sub-economic (less than drawpoint shut-off), Inferred Mineral Resources that are
set to zero grade, and non-mineralized material that is zero grade rock. Dilution
estimates for the Mitchell block cave are 2% of sub-economic material (10 Mt) and 13%
of zero grade dilution (59 Mt), for a total of 15% (69 Mt).
The mine design comprises six main of levels: preconditioning, undercutting, extraction,
secondary breakage, haulage, and conveying (Figure 16.16). In addition, the design
includes a service ramp to surface to provide access for personnel, equipment and
materials, and a conveyor ramp to the MTT ore bin for excavated material to be loaded on
the MTT train to the mill. The floors of the extraction drifts and drawpoints are designed
to be concreted, which will increase the speed and productivity of the load-haul-dump
(LHD) vehicles, as well as reduce equipment maintenance. The six levels of the mine
design will be accessed through internal ramps beginning on the extraction level. These
ramps will be strategically positioned to maintain access to the levels during caving and
to meet ventilation requirements.
There are 34 extraction drifts on the extraction level, and each drift is designed with
three ore passes. This will reduce the average LHD haul distance to approximately
100 m and improve productivity. The ore passes from neighbouring extraction drifts will
feed a stationary rockbreaker on the secondary breaking level, which will reduce the size
of the material further, and feed it to the haulage level via passes with chutes. A train on
the haulage level will haul the material to centrally located gyratory crushers, where it will
be crushed and conveyed to the surface.
In 2012, BGC evaluated the surface disturbance and ground deformation caused by
block caving the Mitchell deposit (BGC 2012), and the analysis is still applicable to this
study. It was found that the MTT and Mitchell OPC are outside the zone of disturbance
resulting from caving mining.
The mine workforce includes both staff and labour positions and the size varies
according to the stage of the mine life, with a peak quantity of 379 personnel in Year 30
(in Project years). Groundwater inflows are very small compared to surface runoff and
will be readily handled by the proposed dewatering system.
The majority of the main ventilation infrastructure will be located on the extraction level.
It will consist of two fresh air raises, two fresh air drifts, a fresh air ring drift, multiple
internal ventilation raises, a return air drift, and two exhaust raises. An airflow of
860 m3/s is required for the Mitchell mine to achieve a production rate of 55,000 t/d,
The mine dewatering system will require an average of 3.9 MWh, with a maximum of
29 MWh during a peak storm event, which is greater than that required to operate the
entire mine under normal conditions. The strategy will be to shut down or reduce
operations in the underground mine, along with other site facilities, during flooding
events when the high-powered pumps are required. This will allow power to be diverted
from normal operations to power the pumps.
The hydrological characterization of the site indicates that a 200-year runoff event could
lead to a maximum one day inflow of approximately 773,000 m3 of water, even with the
construction of diversion ditches beyond the crest of the pit. To accommodate this
inflow, the dewatering plan includes significant pumping and storage capacity
underground. Two, 6.0 km long, 7.5 m x 7.5 m dewatering tunnels have been designed
to convey water from the mining area to beneath the water treatment plant where eight
multi-stage centrifugal pumps will lift the water and transport it to the WSD. The system
is designed to handle flows at variable combined rates up to 4 m3/s.
The mine production schedule was developed using GEOVIA PCBC™ software. It is
assumed that sloughing of peripheral waste rock will occur into the crater above the cave
and cover the upper surface of the material being drawn down. This was modelled in
PCBC by adding an infinite supply of waste material on top of the mineralized material.
As material is drawn from the drawpoints, the waste will mix with mineralized material as
dilution with zero grade, and the combined material will report to the drawpoint. Due to
the large fragmentation that is estimated to report to the drawpoints at Mitchell,
particularly during the early stages of mining, a draw rate of 200 mm/d was chosen as a
maximum draw rate in the PCBC analysis. However, an average draw rate of only
108 mm/d is required to achieve production targets (the maximum draw rate modeled
never exceeds 165 mm/d, so there are roughly twice as many drawpoints available as
are required to meet production targets). Initially, it is assumed that a drawpoint can
Figure 16.17 Mitchell Block Cave Mine Development and Production Schedules
The Mineral Reserves contain dilution that includes Mineral Resources that have grade,
but are sub-economic (less than drawpoint shut-off), Inferred Mineral Resources that are
set to zero grade, and non-mineralized material that is zero grade rock. Dilution
estimates for the Iron Cap block cave are 11% of sub-economic material (25 Mt) and 9%
of zero grade dilution (20.2 Mt), for a total of 20% (45.2 Mt).
The Iron Cap mine design includes four main levels: preconditioning, undercutting,
extraction, and conveying (Figure 16.18). The design also includes a return air drift
located between the conveying and extraction levels. The floors of the extraction drifts
and drawpoints are designed to be concreted, which will increase the speed and
productivity of the LHD vehicles as well as reduce equipment maintenance.
Personnel, material, and supplies will access the Iron Cap mine through a drift driven
from the Mitchell underground access ramp. Two fresh air portals and one exhaust
portal are planned on the north slope of the Mitchell valley. These tunnels may act as an
emergency egress. The fresh air tunnels will connect to surface and a perimeter drift will
be constructed around the mine footprint to provide fresh air to the mine workings.
Excavated material will be hauled directly from the drawpoints to one of four gyratory
crushers installed on the extraction level perimeter drift. The crushed material will be
transported by one of two conveyor belts, which both feed a third conveyor that will
transport the production material to a surge bin located above the Iron Cap MTT train
tunnel.
The Iron Cap mine workforce includes both staff and labour positions and the size varies
according to the stage of the mine life with a peak quantity of 350 personnel in Year 38
(KSM production years).
The required airflow for the Iron Cap mine is 548 m3/s based upon the total diesel
equipment used on each mining level, including a 20% design allowance for items such
air loss around regulators, poorly installed or ripped ducting, and ventilating unused
The hydrological characterization of the Iron Cap site indicates that a 200-year runoff
event could lead to a maximum one-day inflow of approximately 292,000 m3 of water.
The underground water management system at Iron Cap is currently designed to handle
4 m3/s. This caters for the estimated groundwater inflow and ice melt. The surface
inflows will report to the drawpoints and will be managed in a similar manner to the
groundwater inflows. To provide for drainage, the underground drifts will be graded so
that water will naturally drain towards the MTT. Any flood water will be directed through
the return airway drift and into the Mitchell NPWDA by a series of raises connecting the
two tunnels. Pumps are not required to dewater Iron Cap.
The mine production schedule was developed using GEOVIA’s PCBC™ software. It is
assumed that sloughing of peripheral waste rock will occur into the crater and cover the
upper surface of the material being drawn down. This was modeled in PCBC by assuming
that an infinite supply of waste material is present on top of the mineralized material. As
material is drawn from the drawpoints, the waste rock will mix with mineralized material
as dilution with zero grade, and the combined material will report to the drawpoint.
The draw rates used in the PCBC modelling of Iron Cap are similar to those used at
Mitchell, for similar reasons. During the early stages of mining, a draw rate of 200 mm/d
was chosen as a maximum draw rate in the PCBC analysis. However, an average draw
rate of only 110 mm/d is required to achieve production targets, so there are roughly
twice as many drawpoints available as are required to meet production targets (the
maximum draw rate modeled never exceeds 180 mm/d). Iron Cap is estimated to have a
production ramp-up period of four years, steady state production at 15 Mt/a for 10 years,
and then ramp-down production for another 9 years. Figure 16.19 presents the lateral
development and production schedules in Project years.
Note: 1Waste mined in the production schedule in Figure 16.20 includes re-handled waste and waste mined from borrow pit sources for construction purposes.
2The mill feed specified in Table 16.16 only includes ore from the Proven and Probable open pit and underground Mineral Reserves and does not include any Inferred
Mineral Resources.
17.1 INTRODUCTION
The proposed KSM plant will have an average process rate of 130,000 t/d. The process
plant will receive ore from the Mitchell, Kerr, Sulphurets, and Iron Cap deposits. The
planned mill life is approximately 53 years, excluding the production development stage
and closure stage. The Mitchell deposit will be the dominant resource of mill feed for the
process plant and will supply mill feed throughout the projected LOM. The ore from the
Sulphurets deposit will be fed to the plant together with the ore from the Mitchell pit from
Years 1 to 17, excluding Years 4, 5, 12 and 13, and with the ores from the other deposits
during the last four years. The ore from the Kerr deposit, together with the ores from the
other deposits, will be introduced to the plant during Years 24 to 34 and 53, while Iron
Cap ore will be fed to the process plant from Year 32 to the end of mine life.
A combination of conventional flotation and cyanidation processes are proposed for the
Project. The process plant will consist of three separate facilities:
an ore primary crushing and handling facility at the Mitchell mine site
an ore transportation system by trains through the MTT
a main process facility at the plant site at the Treaty OPC area, including
secondary/tertiary crushing, primary grinding, flotation, regrinding,
leaching/recovery, and concentrates dewatering.
These processes are shown in the simplified flowsheet in Figure 17.1 and are detailed in
the following sections.
Detailed process flowsheets, and general site and plant layouts are available in
Appendices C1 and C2, respectively.
The mill feed produced from the Mitchell crushing facility or from the block caving sites
will be transported via the MTT train system to the coarse ore stockpile at the Treaty OPC
site. The stockpile will be located at the exit portal of the MTT tunnel and will have a live
capacity of 60,000 t. The coarse ore will be reclaimed and be further crushed by five
cone crushers (four in operation and one on standby) and then four HPGRs in closed
circuit with vibrating screens.
The products from the primary grinding circuits will be fed into copper-gold/molybdenum
rougher/scavenger flotation circuits, consisting of two operation two parallel circuits. The
copper rougher flotation concentrates from the flotation circuits will be reground to a
particle size of 80% passing approximately 20 µm in tower mills.
The reground rougher concentrate will then be upgraded in a cleaner flotation circuit with
three stages of copper cleaner flotation producing a copper-gold or copper-
gold/molybdenum concentrate with an average grade of 25% copper. Depending on the
molybdenum content in the copper-gold/molybdenum concentrate, the bulk concentrate
may be treated by flotation to produce a molybdenum concentrate and a copper-gold
concentrate. The molybdenum concentrate will be leached using the Brenda Mines
procedure to reduce copper and lead contents.
The reground gold-pyrite concentrate and the first copper cleaner tailing from the copper-
gold/molybdenum cleaner flotation circuit will be separately leached in a CIL cyanidation
plant to recover the contained gold. The sulphide pulp will be pre-oxidized by aeration
prior to cyanidation. Dissolved gold will be adsorbed onto activated carbon in the CIL
circuit.
The loaded carbon from the two streams will be combined and gold stripped from the
carbon by a conventional Zadra pressure stripping process, and the gold in the pregnant
solution will be recovered in the subsequent electrowinning process. The barren solution
from the elution circuit will be circulated back to the leach circuit. The gold sludge
produced from the electrowinning circuit will be smelted using a conventional
pyrometallurgical technique to produce gold-silver doré bullion.
The residues from the leach circuit will be pumped to a conventional counter-current
decantation (CCD) washing circuit. The solution from the circuit will be sent to a cyanide
recovery circuit using a combination of a SART process, and an AVR process. The AVR
process will recover the free cyanide from the solution by acidifying and stripping the
solution and then absorping the stripped hydrogen cyanide gas by a sodium hydroxide
solution to recover the cyanide for reuse.
The treated residues will then be transported by pipeline to the lined CIL pond of the TMF.
The sulphide leach residues will be stored under water at all times to prevent the
oxidation of sulphides.
The Treaty Process Plant layout and the primary grinding and flotation facility are
depicted in Figure 17.2 and Figure 17.3
At the Mitchell OPC site, primary crushing will mainly consist of two 60 inch by 89 inch
gyratory crushers, two apron feeders, and one train load surge bin feed conveyor. The
ROM material feeding to the gyratory crushers will be from the Mitchell pit and the first
year Sulphurets pit, and will be approximately 80% passing 1,200 mm. The oversize
materials will be broken by a rock breaker. The gyratory crushers will reduce the ROM to
a particle size of 80% passing 150 mm or less. The products from each gyratory crusher
will be fed to one 1.83 m wide by 37 m long conveyor via one 2.13 m wide by 10 m long
apron feeder. The crushed ore from the two conveyors will be fed to a 2.13 m wide by
450 m long train load surge bin feed conveyor, which will be located inside of the Mitchell
surge bin feed conveyor tunnel. The surge bin is designed to have a live capacity of
30,000 t (there are two pockets, each 15,000 t). The ore from the Mitchell open pit will
feed to the mill during Years 1 to 22, 34, 35, 48, and 49.
Figure 17.4 Proposed Mill Feed Rates from Open Pit and Blockcaving Operations
For the underground block cave operation, the ore from the lower Mitchell zone will be
mined by block caving and crushed on site to 80% passing 150 mm or finer. The
crushed ore will be conveyed to the 30,000-t surge bin where the crushed ore will be
blended with the materials from the Mitchell and Sulphurets pits and then loaded from
the surge bin into the train cars and transported to the end of the MTT at the Treaty site.
The ore will be fed to the mill during Years 19 to 49.
The ore from the Kerr deposit, together with the ores from the other deposits, will be
introduced to the plant during Years 24 to 34 and 53, the ROM ore and waste rock from
the Kerr pit will be crushed by two 60 inch by 89 inch gyratory crushers at the Kerr mine
site. The crushed ore will then be conveyed to Mitchell through a 2,480 m cross valley
rope conveyor to the Sulphurets site, followed by the 3.0 km overland conveyor through
the SMCT to the Sulphurets/Kerr coarse ore stockpile at the Mitchell site. The ore from
the stockpile will be trucked to the Mitchell crushing facility or to the 10-Mt surge
stockpile for later reclaiming and delivery to the Mitchell crushing facility. Similarly, the
reclaimed ore will be trucked to the Mitchell crusher dumping pockets, where the ore will
pass through the crushers and be sent to the 30,000-t surge bin together with the
crushed Mitchell ore.
Waste rock from the Kerr mine will be conveyed from the Kerr to the Sulphurets pit via
the rope conveyor. The waste rock will then be backfilled into the mined Sulphurets pit
for storage.
The Iron Cap ore will be mined by block caving and crushed on site to 80% passing
150 mm or finer. The crushed ore will be conveyed to a surge bin located at the end of
the Iron Cap and MTT connection tunnel. The ore will supplement the mill feed from
Year 32 to to the end of mine life.
At the bottom of the surge bin, the ore will be reclaimed by two apron feeders and then
onto a conveyor belt that will transport the ore to the surface and feed the Treaty coarse
ore stockpile with a live capacity of 60,000 t at the Treaty OPC site. Apart from the
conveyor tunnel, a vertical escape tunnel that joins up the unloading station and the
surface will be constructed for any emergencies.
The ore will be reclaimed from the stockpile by six, 1.8 m wide by 8.5 m long apron
feeders and conveyed in two lines to the secondary crushing circuit. A dust collecting
system will be installed at each of the transfer points to collect fugitive dust. The reclaim
tunnel will be heated to prevent potential freezing during operation in winter.
five cone crushers, each with an approximately 2.4 m diameter mantle and
driven by a 750-kW motor or equivalent
five 3.7 m wide by 7.3 m long double deck vibrating screens (one on standby).
The primary grinding circuit will include four milling circuits, which are made up of the
following equipment:
four 7.6 m diameter by 11.9 m long (25 ft by 39 ft) ball mills, each mill driven by
two 7.0 MW synchronous motors
six 700 mm by 650 mm centrifugal slurry pumps (4 in operation and 2 on
standby), each equipped with a 1,650 kW variable speed drive
four hydrocyclone clusters, each with twelve 710 mm diameter hydrocyclones.
Each ball mill will be in closed-circuit with a cluster of twelve 710 mm diameter
hydrocyclones. The hydrocyclone underflow will gravity-flow to the ball mill feed chute,
while the overflow of each hydrocyclone cluster with a solid density of 37% weight/weight
(w/w) will gravity-flow to one of four copper-gold-molybdenum rougher flotation trains.
Lime will be added to each mill as required. Flotation collectors will be added to the
hydrocyclone feed sumps or to the hydrocyclone overflow collecting sumps.
The same reagents used in the rougher flotation circuit will be employed in the cleaner
flotation circuits.
The final cleaner flotation concentrate will be leached to reduce copper content if copper
content is higher than 0.2%. The leached product will be dewatered in a molybdenum
concentrate dewatering facility.
The molybdenum concentrate will be dewatered using a similar process to the copper-
gold concentrate. The filtered concentrate will be further dewatered by a dryer to 5%
moisture content, before being bagged and transported to processors. The key
equipment used in the dewatering processes will include:
Tailing from the pyrite rougher flotation will gravity flow, or be pumped to the TMF located
southeast of the main process plant.
GOLD LEACH
The reground gold-bearing pyrite product and the first cleaner scavenger tailing from the
copper-gold/molybdenum bulk flotation circuit will be separately thickened to a solids
density of 65% in two 35 m-diameter high rate thickeners.
The underflow of each thickener will be pumped to two separate cyanide leaching lines.
Each line will consist of two pre-treatment tanks and five cyanide leaching tanks. In the
pre-treatment tanks, the thickener underflow will be diluted with barren solution to
approximately 45% w/w and aerated. Lime will be added to increase the slurry pH to
approximately 11.
The pre-treated slurry will be leached by sodium cyanide to recover gold in a conventional
CIL circuit. The leach circuit will consist of five agitated tanks, which are 15 m diameter
by 15 m high. The tanks will be equipped with in-tank carbon transferring pumps and
screens to advance the loaded carbon to the preceding leach tank.
The loaded carbon leaving the first CIL tanks of the two leaching lines will be transferred
to the carbon stripping circuit while the leach residue will be blended and sent to
subsequent processes including residue washing, cyanide recovery, and cyanide
destruction circuits.
The loaded carbon will be acid washed prior to being transferred to two elution vessels.
The stripping process will include the circulation of the barren solution through a heat
recovery heat exchanger and a solution heater. The heated solution will then flow up
through the bed of the loaded carbon and overflow near the top of the stripping vessels.
The pregnant solution will flow through a back pressure control valve and then be cooled
by exchanging heat with the barren solution prior to reporting to the pregnant solution
holding tank for subsequent gold recovery by electrowinning. The barren solution from
the electrowinning circuit will then return to the barren solution tank for recycling.
The stripping process will include barren and pregnant solution tanks, two 3-t acid wash
vessels, two 3-t stripping vessels, four heat exchangers, and two solution heaters and
associated pumps.
Prior to reactivation, the stripped carbon will be screened and dewatered. The
reactivation will be carried out in an electrically heated rotary kiln at a temperature of
700°C. The activated carbon will be circulated back into the CIL circuit after abrasion
treatment and screen washing.
The carbon reactivation process will include one reactivation kiln, one carbon quench
tank, and a carbon abrasion tank equipped with an attrition agitator, reactivated carbon
sizing screen, carbon storage bin, and fine carbon handling associated equipment.
Periodically, the stainless steel cathodes will need to be cleaned to remove precious
metal values by pressure washing. The cell mud will fall into the bottom of the
electrowinning cells and pumped through a pressure filter for dewatering on a batch
basis. The filter cake will be transferred to the gold room for drying and smelting after it
is mixed with melting flux. A 125-kW induction furnace will be used for gold-silver
refining. The area will be monitored by a security surveillance system.
CYANIDE RECOVERY
The overflow of the first leach residues washing thickener will be sent to a cyanide
recovery circuit where the copper will be removed and the cyanide will be recovered from
the solution by a SART/AVR process.
The SART/AVR cyanide recovery process will be carried out in a negative pressure system
generated by a vacuum system.
The CCD overflow will be acidified by sulphuric acid. Sodium hydrosulfide will be added
to precipitate the heavy metals in the solution, especially the copper. The precipitates
will be blended with the copper-gold concentrate for sale. The solution will then be
pumped to two volatilization towers in series. The solution together with pressurized air
will be sprayed in the towers to provide a high liquid surface area to promote
volatilization.
The gas phase will be directed through an absorption tank, in which a caustic solution is
circulated counter-current to the gas to absorb hydrogen cyanide. The regenerated
cyanide solution will be returned to the leach circuit.
CYANIDE DESTRUCTION
The remaining cyanide in the washed leach residues from the second washing thickener
will be decomposed by a sulphur dioxide (SO2)/air oxidation cyanide destruction process.
Sodium metabisulphite will be used as the sulphur dioxide source. The equipment used
will include one 6 m diameter by 6 m high pre-aeration agitation tank, three 11 m
diameter by 12 m high sulphur dioxide oxidation tanks, and a wet alkaline scrubbing
system. Compressed air will be provided for the oxidation process. The treated residues
will be sent to copper removal treatment circuit.
COPPER REMOVAL
A copper removal circuit is proposed to removal the dissolved copper from the treated
residues if the copper level from the sulphur dioxide-air cyanide destruction circuit is
higher than the requirement. Activated carbon will be added into the residue slurry after
The CIL residue will be deposited in a lined CIL residue storage pond. The residue will be
covered with the supernatant to prevent sulphide minerals oxidation. The residue will be
eventually covered by the flotation tailing . The supernatant from the CIL residue pond
will be reclaimed by pumping to the CIL circuit for reuse. The excess water will be sent to
a hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) water treatment plant to further to remove impurities before
it is sent to the north or south tailing ponds.
There will be two flotation tailing pipelines directing the flotation tailing to the TMF. The
flotation tailing from one of the tailing pipelines will be classified to produce coarse tailing
sands by two stages of hydrocyclone classification. The coarse fraction will be used to
construct the tailing dam and the fines will directly report to the TMF together with the
tailing from the other line. The supernatant from the tailing impoundment area will be
reclaimed by a reclaim water barge to the process water tank by two stages of pumping.
The water will be used as process water for flotation circuits.
One energy recovery system will be installed on one of the rougher flotation tailing lines,
which will deliver the tailing to the north dam, to generate electrical energy.
A separate barge equipped with reclaim water pumps will be installed in the flotation
tailing storage pond to reclaim the water for the tailing classification operations (to
provide dilution water for hydrocycloning) and for the excess water discharge via the
Treaty Creek diffuser. Discharge will occur during a five month window beginning during
spring runoff when the creek flows are highest. A floating skimmer will be installed. If
required, flocculant will be added from the floating skimmer to improve the settlement of
any suspended solids before the excess water is discharged.
Flotation: PAX, 3418A, A208, fuel oil, MIBC, lime (CaO), NaHS, and sodium
silicate (Na2SiO3)
CIL and Gold Recovery: lime, sodium cyanide (NaCN), activated carbon, sodium
hydroxide (NaOH), hydrochloric acid (HCl)
The liquid reagents (including fuel oil, A208, 3418A, MIBC, HCl, H2SO4, H2O2 and
antiscalant) will be added in the undiluted form to various process circuits via individual
metering pumps.
All the solid type reagents (including PAX, NaHS, Na2SiO3 if required, NaOH, NaCN,
CuSO4, and MBS) will be mixed with fresh water to 10 to 25% solution strength in the
respective mixing tank, and stored in separate holding tanks before being added to
various addition points by metering pumps.
Lime will be slaked, diluted into 15% solid milk of lime, and then distributed to various
addition points through a closed pressure loop.
Flocculent will be dissolved, diluted to less than 0.5% strength, and then added to
various thickener feed wells by metering pumps.
The potable water from the fresh water source will be treated (chlorination and filtration)
and stored in a covered tank prior to delivery to various service points.
Water for Grinding/Flotation Circuits: reclaimed water from the flotation tailing
pond, copper-gold/molybdenum concentrate thickener overflow and the CIL
feed thickener overflow, as well as fresh water. The dominant process water will
be the supernatant fluid from the flotation tailing impoundment area.
Water for CIL Leaching/Gold Recovery Circuits: reclaimed water from the CIL
storage pond, barren solution and fresh water. As required, the water reclaimed
from the flotation tailing pond may also be used in these circuits.
The water reclaimed from the flotation tailing impoundment area will be sent to a 25 m
diameter by 15 m high process water surge tank by two stages of pumping systems,
while the bulk concentrate thickener overflow will be directed to the primary grinding
circuits. The process water tank will be located approximately 25 m higher than the
process plant base elevation. The water will flow to the various service points by gravity.
A booster pump station is provided at the plant site to pump water to the various
distribution points where high pressure water is required.
The water from the CIL residue storage pond will be pumped to an 8 m diameter by 8 m
high process water surge tank located at the plant site. The water will service for the CIL
leach/gold recovery circuits. Any excessive water from the CIL residue storage pond will
be treated at the H2O2 WTP located at the plant site. The treated water will be sent to the
north or south tailing ponds.
flotation circuits – low pressure air for flotation cells by air blowers
leach circuits – high pressure air by dedicated air compressors
cyanide recovery and destruction circuits – high pressure air by dedicated air
compressors
filtration circuit – high pressure air for filter pressing and drying of concentrate
by dedicated air compressors
crushing circuit – high pressure air for the dust suppression (fogging) system
and other services by an air compressor
plant service air – high pressure air for various services by two dedicated air
compressors
instrumentation – instrument air at mine site and plant site will come from the
plant air compressors and will be dried and stored in a dedicated air receiver.
The metallurgical laboratory, with laboratory equipment and instruments, will undertake
all necessary test work to monitor metallurgical performance and to improve the plant
production and metallurgical results.
A crushing control room at the Sulphurets pit will be added in Year 2. The Sulphurets pit
crushing control room will be relocated to the Kerr pit crushing plant in Year 20.
In addition to the plant control system, a closed-circuit television (CCTV) system will be
installed at various locations throughout the plant including the crushing facility, the
stockpile conveyor discharge point, the slurry pumping tunnel, the tailing facility, the
concentrate handling building, and the gold recovery facilities. The cameras will be
monitored from local control room and central control room.
An automated train dispatching system will be utilized to achieve a safe and efficient flow
of trains through the system, with no on-board operators. The system employing full
radio-based train spacing and speed supervision on the whole railway system will be
supervised from a control room located in the train maintenance shop. The train control
system will operate using a wireless communications system (Wi-Fi) that must be in place
for the entire track. While wireless communications are the current state of the art
technology for train control communications, it is recognized that more efficient and
reliable communications may be developed in the future.
Process control will be enhanced with the installation of an automatic sampling system.
The system will collect samples from various streams for on-line analysis and the daily
metallurgical balance.
For the protection of operating staff, cyanide monitoring/alarm systems will be installed
at the cyanide leaching area as well as the cyanide recovery area and destruction areas.
An sulphur dioxide monitor/alarm system will monitor the cyanide destruction area as
well.
It is estimated that the plant may take approximately twelve months to reach design
capacity after the plant is wet commissioned.
According to the metallurgical projections described in Section 13.2 and the current mine
schedule, metal recovery and concentrate grades for the Project are projected on a yearly
basis, as indicated in Table 17.2. For more accurate metallurgical performance
projections, further test work is recommended, especially locked cycle flotation tests and
cyanidation tests on various ore composite samples from the Sulphurets, Kerr, and Iron
Cap deposits.
As shown by the test results, it is anticipated that on average the impurity contents in the
copper concentrates would be below the penalty limits as outlined for most of the
smelters, although in short periods the impurity content may slightly exceed the penalty
limits as outlined for some of the smelters. The projected copper concentrate quality is
shown in Table 17.3.
In general, the molybdenum concentrate separated from copper and molybdenum bulk
concentrate will be leached on site to remove copper, lead and other impurities. The
anticipated molybdenum content is approximately 50%. The main impurities such as
copper and lead are estimated to be lower than 0.2% and 0.3%, respectively.
At the Mitchell pit, the crushed ore from two gyratory crushers will be conveyed to two ore
surge bins located underground and adjacent to the MTT. The crushed ore will be loaded
into ore train cars by two automatic train loading systems.
The Mine Site area will include additional infrastructure such as the initial staging,
construction, and operations camps; truck/maintenance shop; explosive facilities; WSD;
diversion tunnels; and power plants. Access and haul roads will be provided to all of
these areas.
The WSF provides environmental containment of runoff water for the Mine Site. To
achieve this, the WSF includes a rock fill-asphalt core WSD to collect contact water from
the Mine Site for treatment at the HDS WTP.
The HDS WTP, Selenium WTP and the Energy Recovery Power Plant will be situated in the
lower Mine Site area. The Energy Recovery Power Plant will use water pumped from the
WSF to its crest that flows downhill from the WSF to the HDS WTP to generate electric
power.
open pit mine drainage from the Mitchell, Kerr, and Sulphurets pits
water collected from pit slope vertical wells and horizontal drains
MTT drainage
surface drainage waters from the WSD and RSFs.
The Treaty OPC will be slightly terraced, and the site roads will be constructed from the
Process Plant to the MTT Treaty portal exit elevation and to the TMF. All terracing
quantities have been based on geotechnical information collected for the Treaty OPC.
TMF structures at start up include three starter dams defining the North Flotation Tailing
Cell and the CIL Residue Tailing Cell. Perimeter diversions are provided to dewater the
area for construction and to reduce inflows during operation. By Year 25, the South
Flotation Tailing Cell is required and this is formed by adding the Southeast Dam and the
East Catchment Diversion Tunnel.
Two tailing energy recovery plants will be located at separate locations straddling the
North Dam tailing line between the Process Plant and the TMF. Each energy recovery
plant will consist of one slurry pump running in reverse as a turbine, with an induction
generator to supply power back into the local plant electrical distribution system.
Major avalanche run-out hazards have not been observed in the PTMA. Process water
supply will be reclaimed water from the TMF and fresh water will be provided from wells.
Construction laydown areas, offices, lunchrooms, a concrete batch plant, and material
sorting areas have also been designated, and these areas will be cleared and levelled in
conjunction with the Treaty OPC terracing.
KCB re-assessed additional site climate and hydrology data recorded through 2015.
These analyses determined similar values to those adopted for the 2012 PFS
Figure 18.1 and Figure 18.3 show the layouts for the updated Mine Site facilities and the
updated TMF facilities, respectively.
Details of TMF, RSF, and SWM prefeasibility design updates for the Project are provided
in the following 2016 KCB reports located in Appendix H:
The Project area is subdivided into two climatic regions: the western region in the
Sulphurets watershed (Mine Site) and the eastern region in the Treaty-Teigen watersheds
(PTMA). The two regions are 23 km apart and have differing climates. The two areas are
separated by the Johnstone Icefield (ranging from 1,800 to 2,200 m in elevation).
Significant orographic and rain shadow effects were recorded in the KSM area as part of
the 2012 baseline study. In 2012, KCB and ERM performed extensive analysis of
climate variations in the Project area for engineering design and EA purposes (Rescan
2013). Algorithms were developed based on the UBC watershed model to estimate
effects of variation in precipitation with altitude, and to adjust glacier and snow melt
rates in response to climatic variations.
Canadian Metrological Service data indicates that frost penetration for the area is
typically 1.5 m.
The 2012 KCB design reports present detailed analyses of climate and hydrology data for
the Mine Site and PTMA. These reports and present assessments of the additional
climate and hydrological data obtained since 2012 (Appendix H).
The 2012 PFS summarizes site conditions at the TMF used for the basis of the TMF
designs. The 2012 PFS provides a results summary of TMF and Treaty OPC geotechnical
site investigations completed up to 2012 (KCB 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012b).
The Treaty Process Plant will produce two tailing streams: the bulk rougher flotation
tailing1 representing about 90% of the ore (by dry weight) and a fine, sulphide-rich
cleaner tailing comprising 10% of the ore. The sulphide stream will be cyanide leached
using the CIL method and then processed for gold recovery. A two-stage cyanide
destruction circuit is proposed, using the Inco sulphur dioxide process, followed by
hydrogen peroxide treatment2.
KCB conducted laboratory tests in 2009, 2010, and 2012 on samples of flotation tailing
and CIL tailing from pilot plant tests submitted to KCB by G&T.
1
Referred to as “Flotation Tailing” in this report.
2
This stream is referred to as “CIL Tailing” in this report.
The flotation tailing is classified as NPAG and will be cycloned to produce sand fill for
construction of the tailing dams during the summer months. The fine cyclone overflow
tailing will be discharged along the upstream crest of the tailing dams. The entire
flotation tailing stream will be discharged along the dam crests during the winter months.
The CIL residue tailing is a high-sulphide concentration material and is classified as PAG.
This material will be deposited under water in the CIL Residue Storage Cell in the centre
of the TMF and kept saturated to mitigate against the onset of acid generation.
The 2011, the KCB laboratory testing program assessed samples of Bowser Group
Sedimentary rock found at the TMF site (lightly metamorphosed sandstones and
siltstones). This material is proposed to be quarried or borrowed from alluvial deposits
and processed for use as drain rock. Rock strength was found to be suitable for use
under the loads of the designed heights for the dams.
Details of the hydrogeology and groundwater modelling (i.e. FEFLOW® and Seep/W©
models) of the TMF area and the dams are reported in the 2012 TMF Engineering Design
report (KCB 2012c).
The PGAs listed in Table 18.3, derived from the seismic hazard assessment, are
recommended for both the TMF and RSF sites. The assessment identified that a 10,000-
year return period PGA of 0.14 g for the TMF site should be associated with an
earthquake magnitude of M7.0 in seismic deformation and liquefaction assessments.
For the TMF site, spectral accelerations corresponding to the 5% damped Uniform Hazard
Response Spectra (UHRS) are recommended from the assessment as listed in Table
18.4.
Table 18.3 Calculated Design PGAs for TMF and RSF Sites
Return Period PGA
(a) (g)
475 0.04
975 0.05
2,475 0.08
10,000 0.14
Note: g = gravitational constant
Table 18.4 10,000-year Return Period Spectral Accelerations for the TMF Site
Spectral
Acceleration
Period (5% Damped)
(s) (g)
PGA 0.14
0.1 0.28
0.2 0.32
0.5 0.27
1.0 0.20
2.0 0.10
3.0 0.07
4.0 0.05
The LOM has been adjusted from 52.5 years to 53 years by revising the mine
plan.
Over a 53-year LOM, the production of 3 Bt of mine rock from three open pits
will be stored in the Mitchell, McTagg and Sulphurets pit backfill RSFs.
All RSFs will be placed bottom up.
The criteria for dam safety and flood management in Table 18.5 are assessed
for the WSD and the WSF Seepage Dam based on the 2007 Dam Safety
Guidelines (CDA 2007). These are unchanged from the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech
2012).
Table 18.5 WSD and WSF Seepage Dam Safety and Flood Management Criteria
Criteria WSD WSF Seepage Dam
CDA Consequence Very High Significant
Category
Seismic PGA of 0.14 g PGA of 0.14 g
(10,000-year event) (10,000-year event)
Diversions 200-year 24-h average daily flow 200-year 24-h average daily flow
Environmental 200-year return period wet year with Operating surge storage: equivalent to
Design Flood (EDF) diversions operational 14 days of WSF seepage and
and Storage catchment runoff assuming failure of
WTP system and 200-year 24-h flood
with snowmelt, with diversions
operational.
Inflow Design 2/3 between the 1,000-year and PMF 500-year 24-h flood with diversions
Flood (IDF) Routing events, with snowmelt, with diversions failed
failed *
Static Factor of Long term steady state: FOS >1.5 FOS >1.5
Safety (FOS) End of construction: FOS >1.3
Rapid drawdown: FOS >1.2
Pseudo-static FOS FOS >1.0 for a ground acceleration of FOS >1.0
50% of the PGA from the 10,000-year
seismic event
Post-earthquake FOS >1.2 FOS >1.2
FOS
Sediment Control Minimum water volume of 1 Mm3 Not applicable
Note: *WSD spillway designed to route PMF with diversions failed
Table 18.6 Geotechnical Stability Design Criteria for Key Areas of RSFs
Region of the RSF
Above the Areas of McTagg &
Mitchell Pit & Mitchell Valleys not above
Criteria Above the WSF Infrastructure WSF or Infrastructure
Construction Bottom-up Bottom-up Bottom-up
Static FOS FOS >1.4, considering FOS >1.3, short term and FOS >1.1 to 1.3
degradation of the mine >1.4 long term (construction period)
rock due to geochemical considering the lower Long Term >1.3
weathering strength clay layer in Toe stabilized by initial
some portions of the bottom up preload from
foundation platform construction prior
to placement
Rapid Drawdown FOS >1.25 Not applicable Not applicable
FOS (no reservoir) (no reservoir)
Pseudo-static FOS >1.0, for a ground FOS >1.0, for a ground FOS >1.0, for a ground
Seismic FOS acceleration of 50% of the acceleration of 50% of acceleration of 50% of the
PGA from the 10,000-year the PGA from the 500- PGA from the 500-year
seismic event year seismic event seismic event
Production schedule:
The LOM is 53 years with a maximum milling rate of 130,000 t/d of ore
production, for a total of 2.2 Bt of tailing, which is the same total amount of
tailing as in 2012. The average dry tailing density in the ultimate
impoundment will be 1.5 t/m3. Although total ore milled will be 2.2 Bt, a
TMF capacity of 2.30 Bt was selected to provide contingency storage.
Tailing production:
provide required water cover for the CIL residue tailing to prevent oxidation.
foundation conditions
maximum lift height
closure slope criteria.
Conservative RSF designs were developed in collaboration with MMTS to address the
aforementioned design considerations using existing data. MMTS designed the RSF
layouts, with geotechnical guidance on slope stability and geotechnical recommendations
from KCB.
The RSFs will be built in progressive lifts (bottom-up construction) to initially confine toe
areas and consolidate foundations to improve stability and reduce downslope risks.
To meet Project commitments during the Application/EIS (Rescan 2013), and since the
2012 PFS, a design has been advanced to collect seepage high in selenium from the
Mitchell and McTagg RSFs. Stability analyses were re-run with the Selenium Seepage
Collection System present and the RSFs meet the stability criteria. KCB provides details
on the design of the Selenium Seepage Collection System in Appendix H.
A rendering of the ultimate mine site layout, including the McTagg and Mitchell RSFs is
provided in Figure 16.13.
Prior to closure, final mine rock placement configurations are designed to have maximum
105 m terraces at “as dumped” angle of repose, with flat benches between terraces.
The overall resulting final slope angle at the end of operations will be 26° (2H:1V) to
facilitate final closure.
With the inclusion of the Selenium Seepage Collection System, all target FOS have still
been met within the RSF.
Figure 18.5 illustrates ultimate water management structures as existing at the end of
mine life showing diversion tunnel routes and operational phase surface diversions.
Catchment boundaries are indicated with blue dashed lines.
To reduce water flow through the base of the Mitchell RSF and facilitate routing of
contact water around the Mitchell RSF, the MVDT was added after the 2012 PFS (Tetra
Tech 2012). This is a 5 km long, 5 m by 6 m tunnel that drains to the WSF. The tunnel
connects to the NPWDA, which is added in Year 5, to accept pit wall drainage and local
drainage of contact water from upstream of Mitchell pit and from the Snowfields area.
The 2016 PFS configuration for the Mitchell and McTagg RSFs includes a Selenium
Seepage Collection System that is designed to collect up to 500 L/s of seepage and
convey this flow to the Selenium WTP. Water from other sources will be treated when
seepage collected from the RSFs is less than 500 L/s. The collection and treatment of
seepage from these RSFs, and other high-selenium loading waters, will enable selective
removal of selenium from flows with higher selenium concentrations, compared to lower
concentrations within the WSF. The Selenium Seepage Collection System will be
constructed in Year 5.
Figure 18.6 shows monthly average water treatment rates for flows from the WSF as blue
bars plotted over the LOM. The installed ultimate HDS water treatment capacity of
7.5 m3/s is greater than the annual average or monthly peak flows to allow treatment
rate to vary seasonally with stream flow rates.
The WSD design has been updated since the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012). Dam slopes
were revised after the 2012 PFS based on a value engineering study (KCB 2012b). The
internal zonation of the WSD was also updated (KCB 2012d). The revised slopes and
zonation of the dam are shown in section view in Figure 18.7.
The WSD will be located in the lower Mitchell Creek area and founded on competent
rock; unchanged from the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012). The WSD crest elevation is also
unchanged from the ultimate dam height in the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012) and will be
established at the full height of 716 masl (165 m height) before Year 1. An emergency
Water in the WSF is predicted to be acidic, similar to existing seeps situated in upper
Mine Site. An asphalt core will be included in the dam to control seepage. Asphalt is
inert with respect to acidic water. To control seepage, the WSD and WSF Seepage Dam
foundations will be grouted. Based on drilling results, the depth of the WSD grout curtain
is designed to vary from 25 m at the west abutment to as deep as 150 m at the east
abutment if required. Grout hole spacing will be 2.5 m.
Fill for dam zones is specified such that critical zones of the dam (sections in contact with
the core) and drain zones will be constructed with materials that have low potential to
react with acidic water. This material will be sourced from stripping of Sulphurets pit.
The WSF discharge system has been modified to consist of submersible pumps mounted
in inclined carrier pipes on the southeast bank of the WSF pond. These pumps will
discharge to a head pond located above WSD crest elevation. A HDPE-lined steel
penstock will lead from the outlet of the head pond to the Energy Recovery Power Plant
and the HDS WTP situated below the WSD. The majority of the pumping energy will be
recovered at the WTP.
During the Application/EIS (Rescan 2013) review process, additional mitigations were
developed to minimize seepage from the WSD. These design enhancements are
included in the 2016 PFS. Changes include six seepage interception tunnels that lower
groundwater levels between the WSD and the WSF Seepage Dam to reduce the driving
force on seepage. The seepage collection tunnels will also facilitate foundation grouting
both during construction and for remedial grouting after completion of the WSD, if
required.
An asphalt-core seepage collection dam will be located downstream of the WSF. The
WSF Seepage Dam slopes were reviewed (KCB 2013a) and the revised dam section will
incorporate 2.25H:1V upstream slope and 1.75H:1V downstream slope, with a low-
permeability asphalt core and a grout curtain. Water collected in this dam will be sent to
the WTP via an HDPE pipeline. During construction, this HDPE pipeline will be used to
route runoff and sediment from the construction of the WSD and the WSD CDT to
temporary water treatment facilities at the HDS WTP site.
The later stages of the MTDTs include hydroelectric generation that comes into operation
in Phase 2 (Year 10) with an installed capacity of 8.0 MW (Appendix I). In Phase 2 of the
RSF layouts the tunnels are raised to have inlets above the expansion of the McTagg
RSF; during Phase 3 (Year 15) the inlets are raised again once the RSF reaches its
ultimate extent.
WATER TREATMENT
TEMPORARY MINE AREA CONSTRUCTION PERIOD WATER TREATMENT
For the 2016 PFS, design of the temporary water treatment facilities has been revised to
enlarge the settling ponds to meet current guidelines for mine sediment control and
settling ponds. The locations of ponds and tunnel muck pads have also been revised to
meet adjustments in construction period tunnel portal activities as part of a tunneling
schedule review.
During the construction period, six TWTPs for TSS and metal removal will be provided in
the proposed mine area. Additional TWTPs will be located in the Saddle Area, and at the
Treaty portal of the MTT. The TWTPs are intended to deal with drainage from existing
mineralized zones, PAG cuts, tunnel portals, and runoff from PAG tunnel muck piles
during the period before the permanent WTP is in operation.
For areas of the site where only TSS treatment is identified as required (such as soil
borrow area and soil cuts), automated flocculent treatment systems and sediment ponds
will operate to control TSS generated during the construction period. These treatment
sites will be situated below earthworks and at sites identified as requiring only TSS
control.
The WSF and WTP will be in operation during the six-month pre-production period to
capture sediment and runoff from mine area stripping and from fill placement during
Mitchell OPC and haul road construction.
A total of eight TWTPs will operate during the construction period to manage potential
metals, TSS, and ammonia in drainage from tunnel portals and from temporary
stockpiles of tunnel muck near the portals and other flows of contact water (Table 18.8).
The TWTPs will include a grit pond, a reagent preparation system for lime and flocculent
addition, settling pond, an air sparging pond when required, and a system for pH control.
For additional details please see Appendix H8.
The purpose of the grit ponds is to remove particles larger than 0.1 mm from the water.
It is expected that any particles larger than 0.1 mm in diameter will settle in the grit
ponds. The grit ponds provide surge capacity with more than three hours of retention
time during a 1-in-10-year, 24-hour rain event combined with an adit surge (both with and
without sediment taken into consideration). The grit ponds will also have surge capacity
for an additional inflow of 50 L/s for two hours to allow for flow increases upon crossing
fractured zones.
Water decanted from the grit ponds will be pumped through the lime and flocculent
preparation units. Hydrated lime will be added to increase the pH to between 8.5 and
9.5 to precipitate dissolved metals. The hydrated lime preparation system will feed
through an inline mixer at a rate to be determined by the target pH requirement. The
hydrated lime also functions as a coagulant altering the electrical charge on suspended
particles to promote agglomeration and enhance flocculent performance. The hydrated
lime will be stored in typical 20 kg bags on pallets. It will be continuously mixed with
A flocculent was chosen through bench scale testing of Mine Site sediment samples
suspended in Mitchell Creek water. Based on these initial tests, the flocculent
concentration required is approximately 0.1% by weight of BASF Magnafloc 351. The
bulk flocculent will be added manually into a hopper where an automated dual tank
flocculent preparation system will mix and dose the diluted solution into the water stream
using calibrated metering pumps.
After lime and flocculent addition, water will flow into the settling pond to further reduce
suspended solids. Particles will settle to the bottom as they move through the length of
the pond. Most of the water treatment reaction related to the removal of metals will
occur in the settling pond. This system will provide a hydraulic residence time of
approximately 75 hours.
An air sparger system will be installed in a separate pond located below the settling pond to
reduce ammonia concentrations in the water, when required, to around 10 mg/L.
If required, the pH will be adjusted to between 10.5 and 11 in the air sparger pond with
sodium hydroxide to volatilize the ammonia. A blower located adjacent to the container
and close to the air sparger manifold system will be used to generate the air required.
Alkaline water is required for both dissolved metal precipitation and ammonia removal.
However, the water must be neutralized before it can be discharged. After the air
sparging pond, the water will be pumped through a neutralization treatment step located
in a containerized unit. Sulphuric acid will be added through an inline mixer to adjust the
pH of the water to between 6.5 and 8.5. The maximum required acid flow rate is less
than 19 L/h (5.3 mL/s) at the nominal 50 L/s design flow rate.
Water will be collected in the WSF. Drainage from the Mitchell pit and Mitchell/McTagg
RSFs will be directed by gravity to the WSF and contact water from the Sulphurets and
Kerr pit areas will be routed to the WSF by gravity pipeline. The water from the WSF will
be pumped over the WSD to the HDS WTP. The HDS WTP is designed with variable
discharge rates in order to stage discharge to match the natural hydrograph, to ensure
sufficient dilution capacity to minimize any effects on the receiving environment.
The HDS WTP installed generation capacity will be 9 MW and the two installed turbines
will be capable of passing a flow of up to 7.5 m3/s. To obtain this treatment capacity in a
reliable and proven manner, initially five and ultimately seven circuits will be constructed
and operated in parallel. The WTP design also considers very low treatment rates (0.10
to 0.25 m3/s) in late fall, winter, and early spring.
The site selection for the HDS WTP is based on a +50-year mine life and post-closure
treatment for 200 years. The HDS WTP will be located at an elevation of 520 m on a flat
benched terrain above the flood plain near the confluence of Mitchell and Sulphurets
creeks. An access road armored on the downstream side, located below the HDS WTP
site, will perform as a levee for an additional level of flood protection from Sulphurets
Creek. A complete HDS design and cost estimate was completed by SGS Canada Inc. in
2011 (Appendix H5). In 2013, additional design work was undertaken by SGS and
Rescan to expand the components required to handle increased flow rates (Appendices
H6 and H7).
The WTP conceptual design includes three large lime silos with slakers, 14 lime reactors
for neutralization, three lime slurry stock tanks, three lime/sludge mix tanks, and
ultimately seven conventional 60-m clarifiers sized for treatment rate of 0.8 to 1.1 m3/s
each. The winter sludge storage will be used during construction when sludge transport
to the landfill or TMF is not available. The WTP discharge area will include a polishing
pond for final pH adjustment and to provide additional solids settling capacity or
retention, if required.
For discharge during low flows, one clarifier and a paired lime reactor will be adequate to
achieve the discharge volume. The plant is designed so that under typical conditions,
either individual paired lime reactors or a clarifier can be bypassed. The plant will be
equipped with four, 100-plate press filters to produce sludge as a firm dry filter cake with
a 50% moisture content with 25% solids clarifier under flow feed to the filter press.
Approximately 360 t/d of sludge will be produced based on an average water treatment
rate of 2 m3/s. At a maximum throughput rate of 7.5 m3/s, the total daily dry sludge load
will be 1,360 t. During construction the sludge will be stored in the Sludge Storage
Facility located near the WTP. In the winter the sludge will be stored in a shed that will be
located immediately upslope of the WTP (Appendix H8).
During operation, the sludge will be transported year-round by truck to the Mitchell OPC
and onto the ore trains within the MTT, where it will be transported with the ore to the
stockpile located at the Treaty OPC, fed through the Treaty Process Plant, and deposited
with the tailing in the TMF. At the maximum water treatment rate, the sludge will account
for approximately 1% of the 130,000 t/d ore feed. On an annual average basis, the
sludge will account for less than 0.3% of the ore feed.
In previous studies, the Selen-IX™ Ion Exchange Circuit was optimized to select the best
resin based on selenium selectivity, resin capacity, and regeneration characteristics
(Appendix H10; BioteQ 2012). A preliminary design basis was developed for a 500 L/s
Selenium WTP to be located adjacent to the WSF near the toe of the Mitchell/McTagg
RSFs, to treat seepage from the Sulphurets Pit Backfill (Kerr waste rock), seepage from
the RSFs, and water pumped from the WSF. The pilot study demonstrated reduction of
selenium concentrations from 120 and 320 ppb feed water to less than 1 ppb (Appendix
H11; BioteQ 2015).
Due to expected high iron and TSS concentrations in seepage water, a ferric circuit was
designed as a standalone module serving as a pre-treatment step upstream of selenium
removal. The primary goal of pre-treatment in the ferric circuit is to remove constituents
that may interfere with ion exchange, included suspended solids, ferric iron, and selenite.
Additionally, lime addition reduces sulphate concentrations.
The Selen-IX™ Ion Exchange Circuit is designed to selectively remove selenate from the
feed water with a high efficiency in order to obtain the 1 ppb discharge limit, while
concentrating the selenium into a small volume of brine solution that is directed to the
eluate treatment circuit. Once the resin reaches a specified loading cycle duration, the
selenate captured by the resin bed will be stripped from the resin using a sodium
sulphate regenerant solution. The regenerant will be pumped from the recycled
regenerant tank through the IX columns and into the spent regenerant tank for further
downstream processing. The regenerated resin will then be available for further cycles of
selenate loading after a brief wash cycle.
The eluate treatment circuit removes selenium from the spent regenerant (or eluate)
solution produced by the ion exchange circuit with an electro-reduction process using iron
As the Selenium WTP is only designed to remove selenium, effluent from the Selenium
WTP will report to the WSF for further treatment at the HDS WTP, prior to discharge to the
receiving environment.
Tailing dam design has not changed for the 2016 PFS. The cyclone sand dams will be
constructed on earthfill starter dams using the centerline construction method with
compacted cyclone sand shells and low-permeability glacial till cores. The till in the cores
of the North and Southeast dams will be amended with bentonite where necessary. The
Saddle and Splitter dam cores incorporate geomembranes to limit seepage from the CIL
residue tailing. The dams will be progressively raised over their operating life to an
ultimate elevation of 1,068 m.
Process water in the North and South flotation tailing cells and CIL Residue Storage Cell
will be reclaimed by floating pump barges and recycled to the plant. Non-contact runoff
from surrounding valley slopes will be routed around the TMF. Diversion channels are
sized to pass design flows and have large enough base widths for snow removal
machinery. Buried pipe sections are used in active snow avalanche paths.
Figure 18.8 illustrates the staging of the TMF. The North Cell will be filled first;
simultaneously, the CIL Residue Storage Cell will be operated. During operation of the
North Cell, floods will be routed south. A pipeline and surface channel will divert
environmental maintenance flows of up to 2 m3/s from the East Catchment around the
TMF into Teigen Creek. As the operation switches to the South Cell, the East Catchment
Tunnel will route east catchment flood flows away from the South Cell.
Seepage from the impoundment will be controlled with low-permeability zones in the
tailing dams and dam foundation treatment. Seepage and runoff from the tailing dams
will be collected downstream at seepage collection dams and pumped back to the TMF.
Water balance calculations, based on site data taken between 2007 and 2011
combined with regional long-term records, indicate that the TMF will have an average
water surplus of 0.53 m3/s during North Cell operation, 0.82 m3/s during the transition
from North to South Cell, and 0.41 m3/s during South Cell operation. Additional site data
collected since 2011 does not suggest that significant variations in these estimates
would result from the additional data.
Tailing flows will be retained by four cyclone sand tailing dams: the North Dam, Splitter
Dam, Saddle Dam, and Southeast Dam. During operation, elevations of annual dam
crest raises will be set to provide 12 months of tailing storage and to store the PMF with
1 m of freeboard.
The North Cell will be constructed first and will store flotation tailing production for 25
years; at that point, this cell will be closed and reclaimed over a five-year period. The CIL
Residue Cell will be constructed and operated in parallel with the North Cell, and will be
filled to about half its capacity with PAG CIL residue tailing. At Year 25, the South Cell
goes into operation, providing flotation tailing storage for the remaining mine life. At the
end of this period, the CIL Residue Cell will be filled to ultimate capacity. The South Cell
and CIL Residue Cell will then be closed and reclaimed over a five-year period.
Based on the mill ramp-up schedule, and the assumed density ranges possible at start
up, the starter dams can store between 18 and 24 months of tailing. The earth fill starter
dams at the North, Splitter and Saddle Dam sites will be constructed to store a minimum
of 8.4 Mm3 of water for mill start-up. The design operating PMF ranges from 42 Mm3 at
start-up to 91 Mm3 at the ultimate dam elevation. The dams will then be raised annually
by cycloning tailing sand. Cyclone sand raises will continue to 1068 masl. The beach will
be built up to separate the reclaim pond from the dams by at least 700 m, increasing to
1,200 m at the ultimate dam elevation. The separation between the tailing dam and
pond created by the beach increases the margin of safety against overtopping of the
tailing dam, and reduces seepage through the tailing dam and underlying foundation.
Note: Raising of cyclone dams within each stage not shown on these diagrams.
A system of finger drains will be installed at the base of the downstream shells of the
North, Saddle and Southeast dams to keep water levels in the dam depressed. Main
drains in the centre of the valley floor will collect and convey seepage to the toe of the
dam. Smaller secondary drains will convey water laterally into the mains drains.
Cyclone sand will be placed on the downstream slopes for annual dam raises from
mid-April to mid-October. During this time, tailing will be pumped from the mill and pass
through a primary cyclone station located above the west abutment of the North Dam.
Fine cyclone overflow will be spigotted into the TMF, and coarse cyclone underflow will be
piped to skid-mounted secondary cyclone stations on the dam crests where coarse,
cyclone underflow sand will be used for dam raise material.
In 2016, a review was conducted of cyclone sand supply and potential geotechnical
enhancements to the tailing dams. It was concluded that sufficient cyclone sand was
available for additional support zones and if required, toe berms to facilitate dam raising.
The review concluded that requirements for additional cyclone sand placement be
determined by stability assessments conducted within the next design phases.
An opportunity was also identified to lengthen the operating season for cyclone sand
production by providing enclosed primary and secondary cyclones. This may significantly
facilitate the provision of additional freeboard for the dams and would mitigate against
potential sand shortfalls.
Two main diversion channels, the Northeast Diversion and the South Diversion, will be
constructed around the TMF North Cell with additional diversions around the Treaty OPC
to divert non-contact runoff water into a tributary of Teigen Creek at the north end of the
TMF.
At start-up, in order to maintain flows into Teigen Creek, the South Diversion is extended
to the south end of the TMF valley to capture local flows.
Once in operation, the catchment area of the South Cell is diverted by the Southeast
Diversion Channel, which routes non-contact flows to Treaty Creek around the east side
of the South Cell. Diversion channels in the TMF area are designed to route 200-year
peak flows. Diversion channels are shown on Figure 18.13.
To increase maintenance flows towards Teigen Creek, a diversion dam will be installed in
the East Valley catchment. The East Catchment Diversion Dam diverts flows into a tunnel
around a slide zone. The dam will initially divert up to 2 m3/s into a buried pipeline; the
pipeline bypasses the TMF along the east side of the North Cell and releases water into
Teigen Creek. During the first stage of TMF operation, any higher flows from the East
Valley will be passed over the East Diversion Dam spillway and into Treaty Creek tributary.
As the South Cell is developed, flows from the East Catchment above 2 m3/s will be
routed north through the East Catchment Diversion Tunnel and into Teigen Creek.
For the 2016 PFS, staged TMF discharge pipelines were designed to route surplus water
to diffusers buried in the channel of Treaty Creek. The capacity of the pipeline and
diffuser system is designed to discharge the critical duration PMF.
During operations, water will be reclaimed from the ponds and routed back to the Treaty
OPC, where it will be treated as part of the mineral separation process. Surplus water
from the TMF will be discharged seasonally via the Treaty Creek Diffuser. Discharge will
occur during an approximate period extending from May to mid-November, when the
creek flows are highest.
The infrastructure tunnels provide for the transportation of ore, personnel, and supplies
between the Mitchell, Sulphurets, and Kerr mining areas and the Treaty OPC. The
principal infrastructure tunnel is the MTT, which transports all mined ore from the
Mitchell OPC to the Treaty OPC, and personnel and freight between the PTMA and the
Mine Site, via the train haulage system. Other infrastructure tunnels include load out,
unloading, and freight sidings in the MTT, a spur off the MTT to Iron Cap, and an ore
conveyor tunnel from the Sulphurets pit to the Mitchell OPC.
The water tunnels include the diversion tunnels as described in the SWM Plan and the
slope drainage tunnels for the Mitchell high wall and the Snowfields landslide.
This section includes a description of the construction method, sequencing, and cost
basis for the tunnels as applied to the Project schedule and capital estimate. The MTT
design cross section has been modified to accommodate the change to train haulage
from the previous ore conveyor system; however the alignment remains the same. The
flow requirements for MDT, NPWDA, and MVDT have been modified as described in the
Mitchell Glacier Diversion Optimization section of Appendix H1. Revisions to diversion
tunnel designs are limited to cross sectional area, staging of tunnel twinned phases,
tunnel slope and inlet configuration. Overall alignments as designed in the 2012 PFS
(Tetra Tech 2012) remain.
MITCHELL-TREATY TUNNELS
The MTT follows the same alignment as in the 2012 PFS design, but has been revised to
accommodate the change from an ore conveyor and truck based transport system to a
train based system. The tunnel cross-sections have been changed to match the selected
train configurations and underground sidings and loading/unloading pockets have been
added to the excavation designs. Excavations for the freight, personnel transport, and
tunnel infrastructure has been substantially changed as well. Of particular note is the
MTT DESIGN
Primary crushing of ore from the Kerr, Sulphurets, and Mitchell open pits will be done at
the Mitchell OPC located at the Mine Site. The crushed ore will be transported through
the MTT to the crushed ore stockpile located at the Treaty OPC, approximately 23 km to
the east. Future underground ore from the Mitchell and Iron Cap block cave mines will
connect with the Mitchell-Treaty ore transport system. The tunnels have been revised
from the 2012 PFS to accommodate the change from the previous concept of an ore
conveyor and truck delivery personnel and freight system, to a train-based transport
system for ore, personnel and freight; however, the tunnel location and alignment have
not changed. Under normal operations, the North Tunnel will be designated for
westbound travel and the South Tunnel will be designated for eastbound travel (see
Figure 18.16 in Section 18.4).
two train loading sidings and two coarse ore bin excavations
conveyor tunnel from the primary crushers
shuttle conveyor tunnel between the coarse ore bins
escape/ventilation raise from the MTT South Tunnel up to the shuttle
conveyor tunnel and an escape/ventilation tunnel from the MTT South
Tunnel up to the conveyor tunnel; (the escape tunnel is required during
excavation of the MTT in case of avalanches)
Mitchell Freight Area
The activities required to install the four TSCs adds to the time required to take the round
and therefore affects the daily advance rate of the tunnel. Table 18.14 uses the
distribution of TSC from Table 18.13 along with associated advance rates as determined
by the contractors. From the range in advance rates for each TSC, MMTS has chosen an
appropriate rate to use in the scheduling for the MTT, as well as the other tunnels.
WATER MANAGEMENT
Both MTT tunnels will be driven with a ditch in the floor and excavated in the corner that
will contain a perforated pipe for the collection of tunnel water during the operations
period; the pipe will be buried under the track ballast. The overall grade of the MTT is
1.2% with the Treaty portals being higher in elevation than the Mitchell portals, therefore
in operation the water in the tunnels will flow by gravity back to the Mitchell portal where
it will be routed to the water storage facility
During construction, tunnel water will be collected and treated as follows with each flow
of water directed to temporary retention ponds associated with the temporary water
treatment plant located near the portal:
Mitchell (headings driven east): water will be collected in the perforated pipe
and will flow by gravity back to the temporary treatment ponds at the Mitchell
portals.
Saddle (headings driven west): water will be collected at the face and pumped
through a construction discharge line back to a sump located at the bottom of
the Saddle Adit. From the sump, it will be pumped to temporary treatment
ponds at the Saddle portal.
Treaty (headings driven west): water will be collected at the face and pumped
through a construction discharge line back to the temporary treatment ponds at
the Treaty portals.
Face Drilling
The faces will be drilled using three-boom electric-hydraulic jumbos drilling 5.8 m long
blast holes and one 10 m long probe hole. The probe hole is to determine potential
water inflow as the heading advances.
A two-person crew will load explosives using a scissor truck. Explosives will comprise
emulsion or ANFO depending upon water conditions of drill holes. An advance of 5.30 m
is expected on average from the 5.80 m long holes drilled. It is anticipated that blasting
Face Mucking
Face mucking will use LHDs to the closest remuck bay to get the face cleared as quickly
as possible.
Installing Services
Installation of services is not part of the regular tunneling cycle but takes place when the
faces are suitably advanced.
Construction muck will be hauled out using the North Tunnel and an allowance has been
included to install and later remove, a third rail to accommodate a different track gauge
than the permanent gauge. Installing track at final gauge during construction will allow
for early commissioning of the train system.
As each heading of the MTT faces advances, the remuck bays and rails will be advanced.
The re-muck bays are included in the excavation required for the cross-cuts.
Crews from the shorter Saddle to Treaty segment of the MTT will be finished early and will
be will then be used to develop the other excavations (e.g. ore bins, rectifier chambers,
etc.) required for the complete MTT system design.
The North and South tunnels will advance together both from the Mitchell and Saddle
headings. As the twin headings advance, cross-cuts will be developed every 300 m
joining the two tunnels. The cross-cut closest to the face will be used for remucking, the
next closest cross-cut will be used for the ventilation cross-over as discussed below and
the cross-cut before that will be sealed and equipped with a refuge station.
The track cross overs are included in the revised twin tunnel design to divide the MTT into
three haulage sections to facilitate maintenance on the track, tunnels, and infrastructure
while the ore transport is in continuous operation and to route trains into the loading and
unloading sidings at each end. Air doors and fans are also provided to isolate sections
while maintenance is in progress.
Each of these excavations will have the same cross-section as the North and South
haulage tunnels and will be excavated from the North and South tunnels. Some of the
crossovers and crosscut excavation will be scheduled off the critical path for the tunnel
crews, to compress the overall tunnel schedule.
MTT INFRASTRUCTURE
During tunnel construction, installation of the infrastructure required for the operation of
the train haulage system will be installed where it doesn’t disrupt the tunnel advance
rate. Upon completion of tunneling, time is allocated to complete the fitting of the MTT
for the operating systems and to commission the first trains. This will include installing
parts of the electrical system required for the trains, the loading and unloading
infrastructure, and the ventilation system required for the MTT suitable for the operating
phase.
The secondary circuits will be established to intercept fresh air from the primary circuits
in order to ventilate the advancing faces. This will be done by two auxiliary fans with
flexible vent ducting installed in the South Tunnel on the fresh air side of the active
ventilation cross-cut and blowing air to the advancing headings in each of the South and
North tunnels. The air from the South Tunnel will exhaust via the ventilation cross-cut
where it will meet with the exhaust air from the North Tunnel. This exhaust air stream will
then flow out the portal. As the tunnel faces advance, a new remuck cross-cut will be
established and the previous remuck cross-cut will now act as the new ventilation cross-
cut. The previous ventilation cross-cut will be sealed and equipped with the advancing
refuge station. Figure 18.14 shows the primary and secondary ventilation system for the
Saddle to Mitchell segment of the MTT.
To allow for segments of the MTT to be isolated for maintenance, sets of ventilation doors
with axial vane fans will be installed at the portals and at the track cross-overs. In this
way fresh air will be supplied to the isolated sections of track where the crews will be
working. Energizing or de-energizing of fans will be coordinated with train traffic so that
they aren’t working against each other or against closed vent doors.
Additionally, at the bottom of the escape ramp from the South Tunnel that leads to the
conveyor tunnel at Mitchell, a fan will be placed in the vent doors to provide ventilating
air in the ramp. This air will exhaust out the conveyor auxiliary ventilation systems are
also designed for the lower Treaty portal at the unloading station and the Mitchell loading
stations.
Both the freight and the fuel areas will be equipped with vent doors to control air flow for
the entrance and exit for the freight trains and for mobile equipment from the
underground freight sidings to surface.
An allowance for two future access tunnels from the Mitchell block cave access tunnel
will be provided, these will be equipped with vent fans located above the doors, which will
draw air out of the freight and fuel areas under a negative pressure, exhausting it into the
Mitchell block cave access tunnel. This will need to be integrated with the ventilation
design for the block caves.
Tunnel Maintenance
Tunnel maintenance will comprise the following:
The MTT has been designed with track cross-overs linking the North Tunnel to the South
Tunnel over the 22,715 m tunnel length. The cross-overs will allow the tunnels to be
separated into three approximately equal length segments such that trains can diverted
from the isolated segment onto the corresponding piece of track in the opposite tunnel
REFUGE STATIONS
At the end of the tunnel construction period, thirty-six, 12-person refuge stations will be
set up in approximately half of the crosscuts connecting the North and South tunnels.
These refuge stations have been designed primarily for the workers carrying out the
various maintenance activities and will be located 600 m apart thus the furthest any
personnel would be from the nearest refuge point would be 300 m. These refuge
stations will be equipped with a self-contained supply of air and water and will be
connected to the tunnel communication system. The final specification will be developed
during further studies, to meet the requirements of the operation’s Emergency Response
Plan required by the BC Mines Regulations. Because there are twin tunnels with
separate airways, crosscuts every 300 m, and vent doors that can control airflow in the
event of a fire, the final placement of 36 refuge stations may be conservative. The
general layout of the refuge stations is shown in Figure 18.15.
Each train will consist of one, 140 t electric locomotive and 16, 42 m3 belly dump ore
cars that have the capacity to deliver 800 t/h from Mitchell to Treaty based on 90-minute
cycle times. On average, eight trains will deliver approximately 130,000 t/d of ore to
meet the process plant requirements. An additional four trains will be on standby to
provide for mechanical availability or to handle an increase in plant feed of up to
10,000 t/h, when required to meet the total mine to mill ore transport system
requirements of approximately 130,000 t/d. The transport system capacity has been
confirmed at a PFS level by using a high-level train routing simulation that incorporates
static modelling of the rail system and average cycle times between Mitchell and Treaty
for delivery of ore, materials, and personnel.
The trains will travel on a conventional ballasted track structure with timber ties and
operate via an electrical overhead catenary system. Trains will be controlled by an
automated train control system managed from a remote control room. Loading chutes
will also be controlled remotely, and unloading chutes will operate autonomously. No
onboard operators will be required within the tunnels during train system operation.
The train transport system is described in detail in the Nordic Minesteel Technologies Inc.
(NMT) report (NMT 2016), which details specifications and dimensions for each
component of the train transport system.
Figure 18.16 shows a plan view of the approximately 23 km long MTT dual track
transport system. The south tunnel will be primarily utilized for loaded trains travelling
from Mitchell to Treaty, and the north tunnel will be utilized for empty trains travelling
from Treaty to Mitchell. The tunnels will run uphill from Mitchell to Treaty at a 1.2%
incline, such that tunnel drainage will flow to the property’s mine side. Cross-overs are
planned at both end points of the tunnel, as well as in two intermediate points to split the
route into three sections. One section of the tunnel can be isolated when maintenance is
required, and one-way traffic can be implemented and safely controlled by the train
automation system. A simulation has verified that these traffic flow restrictions will not
compromise average daily train production requirements.
Figure 18.17 shows a typical cross-section through both of the MTT train tunnels.
Standard gauge ballasted track, 1.435 m between inside edges, with base-plated timber
sleepers, and fish-plated 56.5-kg/m rail will be utilized for the train running surface. The
crushed stone ballast will be 250 mm thick, after tamping flat, with in-laid sleepers. The
tunnel floor will be graded to one side with perforated HDPE piping installed in the ballast
to carry water drainage.
Loaded trains will travel on an uphill slope, requiring a tractive force of approximately
275 kN. At a speed of 30 km/h, power consumption of 2,400 kW per train is expected
and will require a current draw of 1,600 A from the catenary at an operational voltage of
1,500 V. To reduce the effects of voltage drop in feeding the cables, the catenary wire,
and the rails, the system will be separated into six sections in each tunnel. Each 4.6 km
section will be fed by three inputs from a rectifier station. The train automation system
will manage the trains so that no one section becomes overloaded with too many trains
travelling uphill loaded. Empty trains travelling downhill at 50 km/h will feed
approximately 400 kW of energy back into the grid.
The locomotives, as well as the loading and unloading chutes, will carry their own fire
suppression systems, and will not require a fixed system within the tunnel.
An automated train dispatching system will be utilized to achieve a safe and efficient flow
of trains through the tunnels, with no on-board operators. The system will be supervised
from a control room located in the train maintenance shop (Figure 18.22). The
automated system technology employs full radio-based train spacing and speed
supervision on the whole railway system, except inside service areas/workshops. Trains
find their position themselves via positioning balises and sensors. By transmitting the
positioning signal to a radio block centre, it is always possible to determine which
position on the route the train has safely cleared. The following train can then be granted
a movement authority up to the released position. This “moving block” system operates
so that the track section reserved for a specific train and its route is automatically
adapted to the train length, the traffic situation, and the train’s current actual and
allowed speed. This system allows the trains to move with as short headway as their
brake distance allows.
The train control system operates on a wireless communications system that must be in
place for the entire track. It is assumed that wireless infrastructure will be in place in the
MTT. While wireless communications (Wi-Fi) are the current state of the art technology
for train control communications, it is recognized that more efficient and reliable
communications may be developed in the future.
As shown in Figure 18.16, two parallel underground spur lines coming off of the main
tunnel will be used for train ore loading at the Mitchell end of the MTT. A 15,000 t
capacity single train loading bin will be installed underground in each of these spurs, or
loading zones. Although one loading zone is sufficient for overall system operations, a
second zone has been added for contingency. Figure 18.18 shows a cross section of the
ore bin and the train ore loading arrangement. The bins will be fed from the top with
crushed ore via a conveyor from the primary crusher, and the trains will be loaded via an
inline load chute below the bins. One train length of track has been allowed for beyond
the loading chutes to accommodate reversing into the loading zones.
The inside width of the load chute extension (rock box) will be 3.0 m. The inside width of
the throat opening will be 2.5 m. The maximum opening between the throat gates and
the chute floor will be 1.2 m. The load chute is designed to handle both crushed and
uncrushed ore and will not have any hang-up issues with the proposed particle size
distribution from the primary crusher. The proposed chute will provide for safe
maintenance access to the feed chamber, and the chute, without interrupting the rail
operations. Personnel will be able to access the loading zones through the MTT,
approximately 450 m from the Mitchell portal. A vertical escape way for personnel will be
included between each loading chamber and the crusher conveyor tunnel above it.
An operator will load the train manually from the control room, which is conceptually
shown in the train maintenance shop (Figure 18.22). The operator will be able to control,
adjust, and follow the loading with complete emergency stop functions. Complete local
control functions will also be available. The train controller will have a CCTV view of the
loading process. It has been found in existing applications that the manual operation of
loading ROM material is more effective than an automated system, due to issues
associated with remote sensing the amount of ore in the wagon and the variable loading
rates that are experienced. Future developments in technology may enable full
automation.
Trains will be continuously loaded without the need to stop the train between cars. Each
42 m3 car is loaded in an average of 36 seconds. The mine ore cars adopted for this
study are end hinged cars with an overlapping apron between the cars. This apron
minimizes spillage between the cars during loading and train operation. Straight track
will be utilized under the loading chutes to minimize derailment risks.
There are no additional provisions for the removal of tramp metal from the ore. The train
control system proposed includes a profile detector to automatically stop over height
Approximate train weighing is currently included on the locomotives; however, the train
control system can be specified to include automatic train weigh sensors after the
loading chutes and the unloading station. The system can be used to manage over
loading and under loading at chutes, together with identifying issues with particular ore
cars.
Embedded concrete track is specified at load chutes and the unload station, where some
spillage is inevitable. This type of track will facilitate clean up by a track maintenance
vehicle, which is included as part of the equipment fleet.
Trains must pass through the unloading station in one direction only, then cross over to
the other track on the opposite side of the unloading station. Only a single train will
operate in the unloading station at one time. The bottom discharge ore cars will
continuously and automatically unload through the station to the bin underneath, with
each car taking an average of nine seconds to unload. The train will be driven via
traction drives across the unloading station at a maximum speed of 2.5 km/h. Two
overhead travelling cranes will be installed for maintenance.
From the bottom of the ore bin, ore will discharge into two apron feeders and onto a
conveyor belt that will transport the ore to the surface and feed to the Treaty COS.
Maintenance personnel will access the conveyor tunnel through its portal on surface, as
well as a vertical escape tunnel that joins up the unloading station and the MTT above.
Figure 18.20 shows the lengths of the typical train consists used for transporting ore,
personnel, and freight. Personnel and freight transportation is described in more detail
in Section 18.4.1.
Ore Trains
~
Personnel Trains
Freight Trains
These transport trains will use the same 140 t locomotives as the ore trains, but will have
specialty cars for personnel, freight, and fuel transport. Train consists are shown in
Figure 18.20. Each train will be able to pull between six and 12 specialty cars per trip.
Each personnel car will carry up to 60 passengers and will be outfitted for underground
operation. They will include pneumatic braking and independent parking brakes. The
passenger wagon will be fitted with a heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC)
system to ensure that personnel comfort is maintained at a suitable level in all operating
conditions, and that no high-velocity air will impinge on personnel. The windscreens will
be manufactured from safety glass. The cab side windows will be tinted to minimize
light/heat transmission.
A 24 V direct current (DC) battery will be fitted to each personnel wagon and will supply
the emergency load (lighting, ventilation, communications, and door controls) for a period
of two hours for all train consists (with the battery charged to 80% of its full capacity),
should there be a failure of the primary or auxiliary power supply. Fault detection will be
provided on the battery and control circuits so that any fault will be indicated. Each
personnel wagon will be outfitted with appropriate PPE and self-contained breathing
apparatus (SCBA) for all passengers, in case of an emergency event that forces
personnel to abandon the wagons within the MTT.
Freight cars with a 50 t capacity will be multi-functional and allow for transporting of
interchangeable modules as required. They can be left as flatbeds and outfitted with
freight directly, or they can be outfitted with sea-can trailers carrying freight, or they can
be outfitted with tanks carrying liquid freight. The freight cars will include pneumatic
braking and independent parking brakes.
The train control system will ensure that dangerous goods, such as fuel and explosives,
are never present in the tunnel during personnel transport. The MTT will be gated on
both ends, and personnel will be restricted from entering, except for maintenance. As
described previously, segments of the system with maintenance personnel will be
isolated and locked out without compromising total system operations.
Fuel and explosives delivery will be scheduled during available track time between trains.
Simulation has shown that 21 operating hours per day are required to achieve the
average daily ore production, with the remaining time in the day to be utilized for fuel and
explosives delivery. Personnel and freight train trips will be sequenced with the ore train
transport. Estimated freight, fuel, and personnel movement requirements through the
The CCAR, when seasonally available, will be used to transport heavy volume or oversized
items.
Table 18.15 Estimated Freight, Fuel, and Personnel Transport Daily Requirements
Transport Unit Amount
Lime t/d 350
Ammonium Nitrate t/d 175
Other Mine Operations Supplies t/d 20
Camp Supplies t/d 5
Fuel L/d 400,000
Persons persons/wk 360
Freight and fuel marshalling out of the north tunnel will be separated from the personnel
marshalling out of the south tunnel. The personnel loading area will include a structure
to protect waiting passengers from the elements.
A train maintenance shop will be located in the freight marshalling area, as well as an
extra track to park excess ore cars when not in operation. The workshop facilities are
enclosed in a building on the south side of the pad, located outside the Treaty portal.
The layout of this facility is shown in Figure 18.22. These facilities also include the
control room for train system operations. Maintenance personnel for the train system
are estimated as a standalone operation, and will work out of this shop. An opportunity
exists to integrate this group under the umbrella of the overall Treaty OPC operation and
maintenance crews.
Catenary for the 140 t electric locomotives ends at the portals, shown as purple arrows in
Figure 18.21. Specialty personnel, freight, and fuel train cars will be shunted by 20 t
battery locomotives into the tunnels, picked up by the 140 t electric locomotives, and
transported from Treaty to Mitchell.
MITCHELL STAGING
Three separate, enclosed, underground staging areas near the Mitchell portal will be
used to offload passengers, freight, and fuel, respectively (shown in Figure 18.23). The
freight and fuel staging areas will be isolated with fire/explosion proof doors. Loaded fuel
tanks and other hazardous freight will be shuttled out of the tunnel as soon as possible;
there is no planned long-term underground storage for these materials. The
Personnel will exit the Mitchell portal by bus or other light vehicle. In the event that the
portals are inaccessible, personnel will be able to exit the MTT via the vent and conveyor
tunnels towards the Mitchell OPC (as shown in Figure 18.23).
Freight and fuel staging areas will include gantry cranes to offload the train payloads onto
awaiting flatbed tractor-trailer units. Freight will be driven out to its ultimate destination
at the Mine Site. Fuel will be transported by tractor-trailer units to a nearby on-surface
fuel depot, or directly to pit fueling stations, depending on the needs of the operations.
Fuel train cars will be re-loaded with an empty fuel tank for return to Treaty.
Figure 18.23 Mitchell Personnel, Freight, and Fuel Staging and Marshalling
Avalanche protection will be constructed where appropriate so that work can be safely
carried out at the tunnel portals. Rock storage landforms will be developed adjacent to
the Mitchell pit.
Maximum Grade
The maximum grade for haul roads is 8% and for access roads is 10 to 15%.
Road Width
Haul road widths are designed to comply with the following BC Mines Regulations:
for dual lane traffic, a travel width of not less than three times the width of the
widest haul vehicle used on the road
for single lane traffic, a travel width of not less than two times the width of the
widest haul vehicle used on the road
a berm height of at least three-quarters the height of the largest tire on any
vehicle hauling along the road, where a drop-off of greater than 3 m exists.
Roads are designed in balanced cut and fill where possible to reduce excess material
requirements. The final road construction volumes are calculated for each road using
the 3D shapes designed and the topography surface provided. The road volumes are
shown in Table 18.16. Volumes are reported in bank cubic metres (bcm), which
represents the in situ volume. A swell factor of 30% is used to convert bank cubic metres
to placed fill volume (cubic metres).
FINAL ROADS
Roads are widened from the pioneering width to the final width after all critical mine
areas have been accessed (WSD CDT, MTT portal, diversion tunnel inlets/outlets, etc.).
Some roads will require fill to be placed with mine haul trucks to achieve final road width.
The road between the Sulphurets quarry and the WSD is one such example.
The MTT will extend from the north side of the Mine Site, approximately 23 km to the
northeast, into the upper reaches of the Treaty OPC. The tunnels will transport ore,
primarily crushed at the various crushing stations at the Mitchell OPC, by rail cars to the
Treaty OPC. The process facilities at the Treaty OPC will include secondary and tertiary
crushing, grinding, flotation, concentrate dewatering, concentrate loadout facility, cyanide
leaching on gold bearing pyrite tailings, cyanide recovery and destruction, and flotation
tailing/residue delivery facilities.
The main process equipment will be housed in structural steel buildings, complete with
overhead cranes, electrical rooms, HVAC, and offices.
Treaty OPC:
TREATY OPC
FUEL STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION (PERMANENT AND CONSTRUCTION)
The main fuel storage tanks at the Treaty OPC are sized to store 2,500,000 L, which is
enough for 6 days of fuel requirements. All fuel storage areas will be lined with
containment berms and approved double-wall type tanks. Additional fuel stations will be
located near the Mitchell OPC, truck shop, and at the Sulphurets and Kerr pits. Gasoline
will also be similarly stored where required.
The majority of the fuel requirement is for mining activities at Mitchell; however, some
fuel will be distributed to all Treaty OPC facilities via pipelines from the Treaty Fuel
Storage Tank to the required facilities.
A pipeline from the Treaty Fuel Storage Tank to the train marshalling area will be
installed, with hook-ups for fast fuel transfer directly to the ISO fuel tanks at the
marshalling area. Wherever possible, the ISO fuel tanks will not be removed from the
train cars on the Treaty end.
All locations of fuel unloading, loading, and dispensing will be designed to have
containment collection facilities and provisions for fuel/water separators.
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
The pre-engineered administration building will be approximately 1,000 m2 in plan area.
Offices and open plan work areas will be provided for senior management and
administration. There will also be a small lunch room, mud and storage room, meeting
rooms, and an electrical/mechanical room.
CONCENTRATE STORAGE
The on-site concentrate storage facility will be a pre-engineered structure, approximately
2,000 m2 in area. It will have a five-day storage capacity equating to approximately
4,600 t of concentrate. Concentrate will be loaded into trucks at the Treaty OPC and
hauled to a concentrate storage and load out facility at the Stewart, BC port facility.
MINE SITE
TRUCK SHOP
The Mine Site truck shop will be a pre-engineered building, approximately 9,500 m2 in
area. This facility will be designed to provide facilities for maintenance and repair,
warehouse storage, minor office space, clean and dry areas, and general storage. It will
be located in the lower Mine Site area, near construction camps Nos. 9 and 10.
The truck shop/mine dry will comprise eight maintenance bays, two light vehicle repair
bays, a truck and lube bay, a truck wash bay, a welding and machine shop, an electrical
and instrument shop, a 1,200 m2 storage warehouse with an upper level mezzanine
area, and a dry area including lockers, offices, restrooms, first aid, and emergency
vehicle storage. Waste oil will be disposed of in the refuse incinerator with any remaining
oil removed and disposed of at an approved facility.
The camp components will include a helipad, sleeping dorms, parking, fuel storage and
loading area, recreation facility, sewage treatment, fire/fresh water tanks, generator,
laundry, and kitchen/diner. Like the Treaty operating camp, a 500-kW diesel generator
During construction period there will be four construction camps erected in the Mine Site
area: Ted Morris (Camp No. 2), Mitchell Initial (Camp No. 9), Mitchell North (Camp No. 4),
and Mitchell Secondary (Camp No. 10).
Ted Morris Construction Camp No. 2 will be established first to support early works
beginning in Year -6. Camp No. 2 will be deployed at the north end of the Frank Mackie
Winter Access Road with helicopter support and become the headquarters for receiving
equipment and materials arriving via the winter road from the Granduc Staging Area.
Initial Mine Site road and CCAR construction will be based out of this camp.
The Mitchell Initial Camp No. 9 will be built in early Year -5 to support early construction
activities such as mine internal roads, logging, site preparation and rough grading at the
Mine Site. The Mitchell North Camp No. 4 will be built in the same construction year to
support the MTT Mine Site portal, pads, ponds and TWTP No. 6 construction activities in
the Mitchell OPC area. The Mitchell Secondary Camp No. 10 will be built in stages and
reach its maximum size to service the highest activity from Years -4 to -2.
LANDFILLS
Two landfills are proposed to be permitted and developed, one for the Mine Site and one
for the PTMA.
The Mine Site landfill, which will occupy approximately 6.5 ha, will be located within the
Sulphurets laydown area. Any runoff or seepage will be collected and directed to the
WSF and subsequently treated in the HDS WTP. A fresh water diversion will be
constructed upslope of the proposed landfill site.
The PTMA landfill, occupying approximately 8.4 ha, will be located near the Treaty
operating camp. Fresh water will be diverted around the site, and runoff from the landfill
will be managed along with other contact water from the Treaty OPC. The landfill will also
include an area for storage of contaminated snow from the Treaty OPC winter snow
removal activities.
Each landfill will include a land farm. The land farms will accept contaminated soils from
spill clean-ups and leaks, while the landfill will be used to dispose of non-inert, dry
industrial, and forestry waste.
18.8 SEWAGE
Seabridge contracted McElhanney to design each construction and operation camp for
the Project in accordance with the requirements of BC laws and regulations for industrial
camps (e.g., Municipal Wastewater Regulation [MWR; BC Reg. 87/2012] of the
Environmental Management Act [2003], Sewerage System Regulation [BC Reg.
326/2004], and Sewerage System Standard Practice Manual [BCOSSA 2007]). Each
camp location was field checked, and the Project baseline data on soils, vegetation,
The wastewater treatment system installed at the various camps will treat the anticipated
maximum daily flow through a variety of processes to meet a secondary level of
treatment as defined in the Municipal Wastewater Regulation (MWR) (BC Reg. 87/2012)
of the Environmental Management Act (2003) for camps with occupancy greater than
100, or Type 3 effluent quality as defined in the Public Health Act (2008) sewerage
guidelines for camps with occupancy less than 100. In general, the following treatment
processes will be supplied for all construction and operating camps in accordance with
BC laws and regulations (e.g., MWR [BC Reg. 87/2012], Sewerage System Regulation
[BC Reg. 326/2004], and Sewerage System Standard Practice Manual [BCOSSA 2007]).
Camps will include treated effluent storage and sludge digestion and dewatering, or a
recirculating loop for nitrogen removal, except for camps with an occupancy of 100 or
less. Additionally, the following will be submitted for each camp: Water System
Application for Construction, Water System Operation and Maintenance Plan, Wastewater
System Operation and Maintenance Plan, and a combined Emergency Response Plan for
the Water and Wastewater Systems, in accordance with the appropriate regulations. The
wastewater treatment system processes will include:
screening
flow equalization
primary settling/primary air flotation (gravity separation)
aeration tank (bio-chip reactor)
secondary dissolved air flotation (gravity separation)
effluent filtration
disinfection via ultraviolet or chlorine
treated effluent storage
sludge digestion and dewatering
recirculating loop in the sewage treatment plant to promote nitrogen removal.
A fibre optic communication system will be installed in conjunction with the power
distribution system in both the Treaty OPC and the Mine Site. A fibre-optic cable has
been included in the MTT to provide communications between Treaty OPC and the Mine
Site.
Treaty OPC wired telephone service will be provided by a Voice over Internet Protocol
(VoIP) system. A local cell phone system is also planned, as is satellite television for the
camps.
By design, the fresh water tank will be full at all times and will provide at least two hours
of fire water in an emergency.
The potable water from the fresh water source will be treated (chlorination and filtration)
and stored in a covered tank prior to delivery to various service points.
Fresh and potable water for the Mine Site will be supplied from nearby wells as well.
The interconnection capital cost for the Project will be as set out in a facilities agreement
(the Facilities Agreement), an arrangement approved by the BCUC in January 1991,
pursuant to Order G-4-91 that sets out the rights and obligations of BC Hydro and the
customer for construction, ownership, and operation of the facilities necessary for
electric service. The Facilities Agreement will be in accordance with the Project Facilities
Study carried out by BC Hydro. A draft copy of the Facilities Study has been issued by BC
Hydro.
Due to an overrun in the construction cost of the NTL, BC Hydro Tariff Supplement TS37,
as approved by the BCUC, was put in place requiring NTL customers to share in the
overrun cost. In accordance with TS37, based on a Project contract (peak) demand of
200 MVA, the required contribution will be just over Cdn$209 million. This amount is
separate from system reinforcement and is a required cash contribution. Payment of the
tariff is not due until the start of commercial production, and BC Hydro offers the option
of spreading the payments out over five years, with an applicable finance charge. This
required cost contribution is included in the Project sustaining capital costs.
Source: BC Hydro
Seabridge previously reimbursed BC Hydro for the cost of installing transmission line
dead end structures when the NTL was constructed, as required to facilitate the
connection of the of the proposed Treaty Creek Switching Station into the grid.
The power supply facility infrastructure will include BC Hydro System Reinforcement and
the Basic Line Extension, which is the circuit breaker and metering at the POD. It is not
the transmission line to the Project site. Construction of the Treaty Creek Switching
Station, as per the BC Hydro Facilities Study, will require a direct cash payment from the
Project to cover a large part of the cost of the installation that is classified as the Basic
Line Extension. This cost is included in the KSM capital cost estimate. The remaining
station cost is classified as System Reinforcement and is not a project capital cost.
However, Tariff Supplement (TS) No. 6 (TS 6) Clause 5 (c) “Offset” requires that the
customer provide bonding for up to seven years, such that BC Hydro is assured of
receiving enough revenue from the Project to justify the capital expenditure. Security is
required in the form specified in TS 6 Clause 13 and in the amount as per Clause 5(b).
The foregoing bonding and charges are set out under the tariffs and are not negotiable.
BC Hydro will return part of the security each year as the offset, based on power billing,
reduces the required bonding. The amount of the bonding is not included under the
direct project capital cost budget, but is otherwise accounted for in the Project
economics. An important point to note is that as per the tariffs, the customer must pay
the actual final cost of construction, not the amount estimated by BC Hydro in a Facilities
Study.
BC Hydro is responsible for obtaining all approvals and permits for the Treaty Creek
Switching Station. A formal environmental assessment of the Treaty Creek Switching
Station under BC’s environmental assessment process for reviewing major projects is not
required.
The Treaty Creek Switching Station does not require long delivery items such as high-
voltage power transformers. The in-service date will depend on the time of year a power
supply agreement is signed; however, the engineering and construction would not require
more than three years and could be expedited.
The Project will be responsible for the construction and operation of the transmission line
extension, in accordance with the established BC Hydro tariff requirements. Line
construction will utilize steel monopoles, such that the line can be generally run in the
TCAR right-of-way, beside the road, thus largely eliminating the requirement for a
separate access route.
The 287 kV transmission line from the BC Hydro Treaty Creek Switching Station will cross
Highway 37 and the Bell-Irving River, then closely follow the mine access road along the
north side of Treaty Creek for approximately 12 km to a deviation point where the line
transitions from following the TCAR, to following the South Diversion Cut-off Ditch, up to
Substation No. 1 at the Treaty OPC. Steel monopoles are ideal for use where a
transmission line is to be constructed next to a road and in areas of high snow fall. To
protect against avalanche damage, several structures will be mounted on concrete piers,
to raise the pole bases above the avalanche flow.
As may be required to meet Project schedules, the construction of the 287 kV line
extension from Treaty Creek to Substation No. 1 at the Treaty OPC could logically
commence in the second year of the Project construction schedule, after the access road
is complete. Construction of the line could easily be completed in one summer and fall
construction period, and Substation No. 1 could be completed by the end of Q1 of the
following year.
The environmental assessment for the 30 km section of transmission line from Treaty
Creek to Substation No. 1 was included in the Project environmental assessment
process; therefore, approval is in place. Land tenure has been obtained for the
transmission line right-of-way, from the Treaty Creek Switching Station to Substation
No. 1 at the Treaty OPC.
The transmission line includes a fibre optic cable connection to the BC Hydro NTL fibre-
optic cable system as required by the utility. This fibre connection will also carry the
general communications to site for the permanent operations phase.
The transmission line land tenure has been obtained. No additional (specific) permits will
be required other than the general mine permitting. The cost of right-a-way clearing is
included in the road clearing budget. Further information can be found in the Treaty
Creek Transmission Line Report and the Treaty Creek Transmission Line Clearing Criteria
Report located in Appendix I1 and I2, respectively.
SYSTEM STUDIES
BC Hydro performs studies to determine the cost, method, and timing of transmission
system customer interconnections. Seabridge first commissioned a BC Hydro System
System load flow studies have been performed by Project consultants using system
analysis software to confirm process plant and mine power system voltage control from
no load to full load. System voltage stabilization is based on switched reactors to control
light load over voltages due to 287 kV transmission line and 138 kV cable capacitance,
and also assumes power transformers have automatic tap changers and that there is
automatic control of the process plant synchronous ball mill drive motor excitation
systems for instantaneous voltage control, as requested by BC Hydro. Substation No. 1
also includes a ±20 MVA static var compensator, as identified by the BC Hydro System
Impact Study as required, to ensure system transient stability.
The Project consultants carried out a preliminary short-circuit study for the KSM plants,
based on the proposed line extension from Skeena, as required for prefeasibility design
and cost estimates. The design short-circuit levels were determined to be:
Service from the Skeena Substation to the Project via the NTL will be delivered over a
single-circuit line. BC Hydro service studies indicate very high reliability for single-circuit
high-voltage transmission lines, with few outage-hours in a year. Occasional service
interruptions and planned maintenance outages can be expected and are considered
normal for mining projects.
BC Hydro Rate Schedule 1823 is a two-tier schedule, nominally with 90% of the
Customer Baseline Load charged at economical Tier 1 energy rates, and the last 10%,
plus all power above the Customer Baseline Load, charged at costly Tier 2 rates. This
system is designed to encourage energy conservation, as consumption reductions due to
energy conservation measures are applied against costly Tier 2 power. BC Hydro, under
their Power Smart program for demand side load control, offer incentives to transmission
customers to reduce energy consumption, and for new customers incentives are given for
energy-efficient plant design. Further information can be found in the Cost of Electric
Power, 2016 Report located in Appendix I7.
In Appendix I7, the Project cost of electric power delivered to site is shown on a per
kilowatt hour basis. The calculated cost is below regular rates due to a large reduction or
elimination of costly Tier 2 energy in accordance with an efficient plant design as
accepted by BC Hydro’s “Power Smart” program. Thus, HPGR energy savings have an
impact far greater than just the energy savings in the grinding area. A separate report to
BC Hydro has confirmed that the use of HPGRs for the Project qualifies for these
incentives.
The cost of power for the Project, delivered to the 25 kV bus bars of the Treaty OPC, has
been estimated as Cdn$0.062/kWh, including applicable taxes and energy cost savings
due to BC Hydro’s Power Smart program. The Project power cost includes the
transmission line losses from the metering point at the Treaty Creek Switching Station,
plus Substations No. 1 and No. 2 transformer losses and peaking power cost.
The KSM power cost calculation takes into account reduced rates due to BC Hydro
Demand Side Management (DSM) and associated Power Smart initiatives for energy
conservation measures designed into new plants (such as using HPGR grinding in lieu of
SAG milling). Such measures, as may be certified by BC Hydro, serve to reduce the
standard 10% of energy under the two-tier 1823 Rate Schedule that would fall under the
costlier Tier 2 category. If HPGR grinding and similar energy conservation measures were
not to be implemented, there would not only be greater energy consumption, but the cost
of electric power for the entire project would increase.
Each year on April 1 (the start of their fiscal year), BC Hydro sets new rates that are
applied in accordance with the tariffs, subject to BCUC approval. Details of the electric
power cost calculation are included in Appendix I7. This report also includes the
maximum increases that BC Hydro will apply for in the next several years. Rate increases
in the past several years have been significant in order to finance required general
system upgrades; however, the maximum rate increases for the next several years are
quite modest.
BC Hydro currently has a Rate Design Application (RDA) before the BCUC. Seabridge has
attended several BC Hydro workshops regarding the RDA and proposed changes for
Transmission Service customers, and has reviewed what has been submitted to the
BCUC to date. BC Hydro has proposed no changes to Rate Schedule 1823. This is
discussed in the RDA (Section 7), which is available on the BCUC website. Seabridge
understands that any changes to the transmission tariffs would not be detrimental to the
Project and that existing applications will be grandfathered in any event. Any BC Hydro
proposals relative to TS6 have been deferred until a future application in 2017 (RDA
Module 2) and are not part of the 2015 RDA.
three transformers, each of the three winding type oil filled 75/100/125 MVA,
ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 step down power transformers, with automatic on-line tap
changers
six 287 kV GIS circuit breakers
seven 138 kV GIS circuit breakers
one 287 kV switched reactor for compensation of the incoming 287 kV line, to
limit Ferranti effect over voltages
two 138 kV switched reactors at the OPC end of the 24 km long, 138 kV cable to
compensate for cable capacitance, thus controlling bus voltage
25 kV grounding transformers and resistors.
The three transformers included in Substation No.1 will be installed in a concrete vault.
They will provide redundancy, allowing one transformer to be out of service. Shipping
restrictions to the site were taken into account when sizing the transformers. The 138 kV
tertiary windings will be connected to the 24 km long tunnel cables feeding the Mitchell
(open pit mine) area Substation No. 2. Space has been allocated for a future fourth
power transformer.
Substation No. 1 does not include harmonic filters. If these are required by harmonic
generating plant loads, they would be best located at the process plant near the
harmonic sources, and would be included in the process plant budget.
138 KV CABLE
Substation No. 1 will be interconnected with Substation No. 2 by three, 138 kV, single-
core, 300 mm2, cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) solid dielectric power cables suspended
from the back (roof) in one of the MTT that will run between the two plant sites. The
300 mm2 (600 kcmils) conductor size quoted is the minimum physical size that vendors
typically manufacture at 138 kV (due to the electric field gradient at the conductor). This
is a more than adequate capacity to carry any anticipated load, including allowance for
the cable charging current. In order to limit induced sheath currents, the cable sheaths
will be “cross bonded”, which is the normal design for high-voltage, high-current, single-
core cable installations. Adequate (significant) space must be allowed in one of the train
tunnels for these cables.
MINE POWER
Power to the Mitchell open pit itself will be provided by local 25 kV overhead distribution
lines. The required pit 25-7.2 kV portable substations (also serving as pit switch-houses),
and trailing cables for the 7,200 V pit mobile electric shovels and drills, are included in
the electrical project budget. 7.2 kV to 600 volt portable substations are also included
for pit dewatering. Similar installations are included in sustain capital or the Sulphurets
and Kerr open pits.
The construction generating stations are modular, complete with switchgear, and
designed for PLC automatic unattended operation. Environmentally approved double-
walled fuel storage tanks and associated piping are included for each power station.
However, bulk long term fuel storage for power generation during the construction phase
at the Mitchell facilities was included elsewhere in the Project budget. It is to be noted
that fuel storage and use for tunnel and surface diesel powered construction equipment
is not included in this budget.
Several of the construction gensets will be retained after initial construction is complete
and reconfigured to serve as future standby/emergency generation for the mine, process
plant, and accommodation centres. The cost to refurbish construction gensets and
reconnect this equipment for standby service in the permanent plant has been included
in the process plant electrical budget.
The estimates include the purchase rather than rental of construction gensets. The
relatively very long KSM construction period will make construction genset rental
uneconomic.
All of the listed energy recovery plants will be located within the KSM mining lease. The
energy recovery plants recover energy from process plant flows. All environmental
matters are covered by the process plant environmental review. The Mitchell diversion
scheme utilizes diverted water flows to generate power. The environmental assessment
for these plants is covered in the overall KSM mine environmental assessment.
All of the generating plants, similar to small IPP hydroelectric plants, will operate
unattended and will be automatically controlled by PLC systems. The locally generated
power will be fed into the 25 kV mine distribution power lines. Each facility will have
revenue class metering equipment as required by BC Hydro in order to determine the
The generation projects included in this study are summarized in Table 18.17.
18.12 TREATY OPC AND MINE SITE SECONDARY ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION
AND UTILIZATION
MINE AND PLANT POWER CONSUMPTION
The total mine and process plant annual energy consumption is estimated to be
1,333 GWh based on the Tetra Tech (HPGR) load list for a 130,000 t/d operation valid
on average for Years 1 to 5, based on the currently proposed blending or ore. This
equates to an average annual load of 152 MW. With a load factor (LF) in the range of
0.85 as typical for a project such as KSM, the peak load (30-minute demand) is
estimated as 179 MW. The plant running (normal every day) load is estimated to be
167 MW, again based on norms for this type of mine and milling operation.
The required utility supply will be reduced in the summer and fall by self-generation from
energy recovery and mini-hydro projects. During the winter low stream flow conditions,
the average self-generation will be almost zero. To prevent the Project demand from
exceeding the 150 MW trigger point for generation reinforcement, the proposed peaking
combustion turbine, located in at the Treaty OPC, will be operated. This has been
included in the Project power capital and operating costs.
BALL MILLS
The Treaty process plant ball mills are major power consumers. Each of the four ball mills
(rated 14,000 kW each) will be fed via dedicated 25 kV feeders and step-down
transformers to 13.8 kV. The mills will each be equipped with two, 10,000 hp, low-speed
“Quadratorque” fixed speed synchronous motors, directly driving mill dual pinions via air
clutches, as has been used in the industry for many years.
STEP-DOWN TO 4.16 KV
The ball mills will be fed at 13.8 kV. Other large fixed speed motors (generally those
rated 250 hp and greater) and large variable speed drives (generally those rated over
400 hp) will be fed at 4,160 V. The 4,160 V supply will be derived from 25 kV to 4,160 V
outdoor liquid filled step-down transformers. Redundancy will be provided by utilizing
sets of two transformers, each feeding a 4,160 V metal clad switchgear line-up with the
two line-ups connected by a tire breaker that may be closed if one of the transformers
fails or must be taken out of service. Typical motors in this group include:
cone crushers
large conveyors
thickener underflow pumps
cyclone cluster pumps complete with variable frequency drives (VFD)
four HPGR units, each complete with 2 by 4,000 hp dual drives with VFDs.
STEP-DOWN TO 600 V
Motors and other loads below 250 hp will be fed from one of several 600 V systems.
Generally, these systems will consist of liquid insulated 25 kV to 600 V step-down
transformers, feeding two line-ups of 600 V power distribution centres (with tie breaker),
which in turn feed a series of 600 V motor control centres (MCCs). General power and
lighting will also be fed from the 600 V system.
The mining electric shovels and drills will be served at 7.2 kV via portable 25 to 7.2 kV
step-down substations fed from the perimeter pit pole line. The estimates include
appropriate lengths of trailing cable and couplers. 7.2 kV to 600 V portable step-down
substations and trailing cables are also included for pit dewatering.
A 69 kV GIS Circuit breaker and cable will feed an overhead pole line supplying the truck
shop, WTP, explosives facility, and also connecting to the mini hydro and energy recovery
power plants. There will be local substations stepping down from 69 kV to the local
distribution voltage.
REMOTE LOADS
Remote loads will be served by the 69 kV sub-transmission overhead lines. Examples of
remote loads include:
truck shop
permanent camp
WSD pumping.
HDS WTP and Selenium WTP
explosives magazine.
emergency power
general power and lighting (indoor and outdoor)
electrical heating
heat trace
fire alarm
communications
CCTV.
Various alignments for proposed access road networks to the mine facilities have been
considered. McElhanney’s field work commenced in 2009 and continued through the
summer of 2012 in assessing the various options.
Current proposed permanent access roads include the existing 59 km long resource
access route from Highway 37 to the former Eskay Creek Mine and camp facilities. The
proposed 35 km long CCAR will commence near the southern limit of this existing road,
and extend south then west to the proposed Mine Site.
The Treaty Creek Valley road network provides access to the Treaty OPC, the TMF, and
the MTT Saddle Area. It will include a 30 km two-lane access route from Highway 37 to
the Treaty OPC, TMF, and east portal of the MTT, and include portions of the TCAR and
NTAR.
Roads known as the lower and upper NTAR will be built to the north, up the North
Treaty/Teigen Creek Valley, to access the Treaty OPC. They will intersect with the TCAR at
km 16.9 and km 17.9, respectively, and will be constructed at different times during the
Select sections of each road will parallel the drainage cut-off ditch in the North
Treaty/South Teigen Creek Valley. Another single-lane (4 m wide) road, approximately
4 km in length, will provide additional access for construction and maintenance to the
south end of the above mentioned drainage cut-off ditch.
The preliminary road alignments were subsequently located in the field using GPS, and
marked with survey flagging. The objective was to locate and map the most appropriate
road alignment for each route based on design standards established by the Project
Team.
The routes were assessed in the field and adjusted as deemed appropriate. Often
several preliminary lines were investigated in order to achieve the preferred road
location. Selecting the ultimate road locations is an iterative process involving both field
and office design. Based on the preliminary layout, terrain information was gathered,
along with bridge and major culvert crossing information. The originally flagged
centerline provided a base for follow-up environmental and geotechnical assessments.
Based on the field reconnaissance, design standards, and associated surveys and
preliminary assessments/input by other sub-consultants; preliminary road design plans
and profiles, conceptual bridge and stream crossing structure designs, and construction
cost estimates were prepared. Engineering assessments were conducted in conjunction
with available geotechnical and environmental studies of all proposed routes. The field
reconnaissance and bridge site surveys confirmed the accuracy of the LiDAR data.
From 2009 through 2012, consultants BGC and Rescan (now ERM) conducted further
geotechnical and environmental assessments, respectively, on the proposed, and altered
routes. Where appropriate, McElhanney’ QP (Mr. Bob Parolin) accompanied these
consultants in the field to make joint determinations with respect to the most appropriate
locations for specific sections of road. McElhanney worked with these consultants to
optimize the road locations and designs.
All proposed final road locations were marked with survey flagging. Flagging was marked
with survey crew and date information (black felt marker), and locations identified by
real-time kinematic (RTK)-GPS survey methods. Select field station references are now
indicated on the road plan/profile design drawings for cross reference.
Preliminary stream crossing structure designs have been completed for all sites requiring
bridges or major culverts.
Road designs have been completed taking into account other mine support
infrastructure, and with consideration for construction and long term haul requirements.
ROUTE DESCRIPTIONS
The current proposed access roads include the:
Currently proposed primary road locations are shown in Figure 18.1 and Figure 18.2.
The current updated route descriptions, including relocations of the road alignments, are
provided in the following sections.
This road was constructed in the early 1990s to provide access to Barrick Gold’s Eskay
Creek Mine. The road commences at Highway 37, south of the Bob Quinn Forest Service
Road, and follows the Iskut River Valley west for approximately 37 km to the crossing of
Volcano Creek. The road was originally designed as a single-lane, 5 m wide gravel road,
More recently, the road was used to service construction of the Forrest Kerr, Volcano
Creek, and McLymont Creek hydro-electric developments by AltaGas. Construction of
these developments is now complete.
South of the intersection at km 37.7, the 22 km-long Eskay Creek Spur Road was used
solely for access to the Eskay Creek Mine and camp. The road was constructed as a
single-lane, 5 m wide gravel road, with a nominal design speed of 50 km/h. There are
four single span bridges along this section of road. The road is passable, but upgrades to
three of the bridges, and replacement of one of the bridges will be required.
From Highway 37 to approximately km 4.0 is the Bob Quinn Forest Service Road, and is
owned and maintained by the MFLNRO. A Road Use Permit will be required for
operations over this section of road.
Currently, AltaGas holds the SUP from the MFLNRO from km 4.0 to km 43.3. Barrick
Gold holds the SUP over the remainder to the Eskay Mine Road (km 43.3 to km 59). Use
of this road will be subject to shared access/maintenance agreements.
An overview evaluation of the road condition and its suitability for Seabridge’s
requirements was conducted; findings are summarized in McElhanney (2013).
Heading southwest from near the end of the existing Eskay Creek Mine Access road
(approximately 59 km off of Highway 37), this road will follow an existing mine access
road for approximately three or more kilometres towards Tom MacKay Lake. It will then
descend out of the alpine meadows, along the height of land between Coulter Creek and
the Unuk River.
In this area the road traverses some difficult terrain. Much work was done in optimizing
the design and realigning the road in an effort to avoid areas mapped by BGC
(geotechnical consultants) as being potential geohazards, including some Class 4 Hazard
terrain. Realignment efforts also sought to reduce earthwork volumes and minimize
sustained steep grades. Maximum design grades along the road corridor are now 12%.
There are three bridges and two major culvert structures proposed between the start of
the road and the Unuk River crossing at km 20.9. With the exception of the Coulter
Creek crossing, ERM has determined that all other streams are non-fish bearing.
The Coulter Creek crossing at km 17.8 is located near the foot of a historic alluvial fan.
Additional riprap protection and drainage relief has been noted on the design through
this area, though risks of debris flood/flow have been assessed as low.
Beyond the Unuk River, the route traverses a short section of low-lying wet and swampy
areas and includes a bridge crossing at approximately km 21.5. The road starts to climb
at approximately km 21.7, then climbs steeply through a series of switchbacks from
km 23 to km 25, into the Sulphurets Valley and canyon. This is a difficult section of road,
with very limited options for improvement. Maximum road grades are 12%, reduced
through the switchbacks. Through-cuts have been minimized, but significant sections will
still require full bench cut and end haul to waste. Steep, unstable rock areas to the south
have been avoided.
The road crests at km 25.2 then descends for approximately 1 km, before following the
steep north side of the Upper Sulphurets Creek Valley. Along this section, it traverses
significant sections with steep rock, crosses numerous avalanche paths, and is exposed
to rock fall hazards (km 26 to 31). Again, much of this area requires full bench cut and
end haul to waste. Waste opportunities are very limited along this section.
Engineered structures and avalanche monitoring and control will be required to mitigate
the hazards along this section. Consideration has been given for the construction of six
snow sheds between km 26.5 and km 30.6, with lengths ranging from 50 m to 80 m
(total 370 m allowance). These would be placed only in the most channelized
avalanche/drainage paths. Avalanche monitoring and active control would be used
initially during Project construction and mine start-up. Snow shed protection is optional,
and would be constructed only after the mine has commenced normal operations. Other
passive means of avalanche control, including deflecting berms and retarding mounds,
could be employed, but have not been considered in the design at this time.
Beyond approximately km 31.5, the Sulphurets Creek Valley widens considerably and the
road location continues on the north side of the valley to the bridge crossings of Gingras
and Mitchell creeks.
The access road beyond approximately km 33.9 (Mitchell Creek crossing) was aligned to
accommodate the location of the HDS WTP on the bench lands. The alignment extends
approximately 800 m to the southeast of the HDS WTP, avoiding potentially unstable
ground to the south. It turns northeast, and climbs to km 35, where McElhanney’s road
Meetings were held between McElhanney, Seabridge, and the provincial Ministry of
Transportation and Infrastructure (MOTI) to discuss and establish a set of design criteria
for the proposed intersection at the Highway 37/TCAR location.
Additional detailed design drawings will be required to meet the Ministry’s final
requirements, prior to construction.
Initially the TCAR will follow a former forestry access road. At approximately km 0.6, a
three-span 119 m long bridge is proposed for the crossing of the Bell-Irving River. There
was a previous bridge installation at this site. Access was gained to MFLNRO files
defining the historical multi-span bridge installation at this site (removed in the 1990s).
Noted previous issues with geotechnical stability of the west bank have been considered
in development of the new bridge design, along with consideration for avoiding the
original bridge pier piling groups.
This is a major river and will need to meet the requirements of the Navigable Waters
Protection Act. Current clearance from Q100 flow design levels to the underside of the
main span is estimated at 3.0 m.
The TCAR essentially follows an existing forestry access road for approximately 4 km.
Significant upgrades will be required. Between approximately km 3.7 and km 5.2 the
road crosses an alluvial fan. MFLNRO expressed concerns regarding the earlier road
location and design, and potential effects of future flow/flood events. Subsequent
correspondence through 2013 resulted in realignment of the road, and other design
changes, to address those concerns.
The proposed road follows the north side of the Treaty Creek Valley. It will generally be
located between the flatter riparian zone below and the steeper avalanche-prone terrain
on the north slope. The proposed road location was kept low on the slope to avoid the
steeper side hill terrain which would require full bench cuts and end haul.
The North Treaty Creek crossing at approximately km 16.3 has the potential for flows to
be shared, or shift between the two channels present. The twin bridge installations (one
on each channel), are each designed to pass the full estimated Q100 flows. The natural
peak flows will be reduced once the planned cut-off ditch along the west slope of the
North Treaty/Teigen Creek Valley is in place to re-direct flows north to Teigen Creek.
Several avalanche chutes will be crossed along this route. No snow shed structures are
being considered along any sections of the Treaty Creek access roads for snow
avalanche control. Deflection berms and retarding mounds may be considered where
appropriate, but have not been detailed. The primary consideration will be the
application of active avalanche control measures along this route, similar to those
described for the CCAR.
At approximately km 16.9, there will be an intersection with the lower NTAR. The double-
lane road will turn north through a switchback and follow a path low on the west bank of
the North Treaty Creek Valley, eventually climbing to the Treaty OPC and TMF. This road
is described later in this section.
The TCAR will continue as a double-lane road further west to a future intersection at
approximately km 17.9. Heading west from there, the TCAR will transition into a single-
lane road leading to the MTT saddle area. This route is described later in this section.
At the proposed km 17.9 intersection another double-lane road will be built in future. It
will be known as the upper NTAR, and will be built at approximately the mid-mine life,
once it becomes necessary to construct the southeast tailing dam. The South Cell and
Southeast Tailings Dam will bury much of the lower NTAR, that will be used during the
earlier part of the mine life.
Most of this road will traverse moderate to steep side hill conditions. Much of this
section of road will be subject to snow avalanches. Passive structures have not been
considered. It is anticipated that active snow avalanche mitigation measures will be
utilized, similar to those described earlier for the CCAR.
The upper NTAR will leave the TCAR at approximately km 17.9. It will traverse
approximately 12 km north from the TCAR to the Treaty OPC and TMF. Initially there will
be a switchback leading to a “sustained” climb (nominal 10%). This road must climb to
attain an elevation sufficient to clear the future southeast tailing dam elevation
(nominally 1,070 m). The road would then parallel the proposed drainage cut-off ditch,
which will divert drainage off the west slope of the valley, north to the Teigen Creek
Valley.
The road location and terrain dictates that significant portions of the upper NTAR will
need to be built using full bench/end haul to waste construction. Construction of the
south portions of this access road could be difficult and time consuming, and might delay
critical early access for construction of the MTT at the Treaty OPC.
Earlier access can be obtained by constructing the lower NTAR. This will leave the TCAR
at approximately km 16.9 and follow the lower valley. This route crosses a number of
steep gullies and the terrain has some steep sections, but is generally flatter than the
upper NTAR location.
The lower NTAR will be quicker to build. It will result in a slightly shorter haul distance
between Highway 37 and the Treaty OPC and TMF, and with generally flatter grades. This
road would be used for approximately the first half of the mine life, until such time as it is
necessary to construct the southeast tailing dam. The lower NTAR would match to the
upper NTAR approximately 8.1 km north of the TCAR main turnoff. The lower NTAR would
have the added benefit of allowing access to the lower valley to initiate construction of
the tailing dam(s). Eventually the north section of this road would be buried by the
southeast tailing dam.
Early in the mine construction it would still be necessary to build a section of the upper
NTAR that parallels the cut-off drainage ditch (Phase 1: 2.2 km). This would be built to
the ultimate double-lane standard (8 m width). Construction of the Cut-off Ditch Access
Road would also be required. This would be for construction access and maintenance
only, and would be built to a lower standard (4 m road width). The power transmission
line is proposed to follow this route.
All of these roads will be situated within the mine site boundaries. The majority provide
access to the east side of the TMF and ancillary facilities. All are designed as single lane
roads (maximum 6 m width), with pullouts, and most have low design speeds South
Teigen Road 12 was designed to parallel the proposed uphill drainage channel
requirements, to direct natural drainage off of the east slopes and away from the TMF.
Some input was provided with respect to geotechnical and environmental concerns for
select segments of these roads. Some, but not all of the roads were field-truthed during
the 2012 season. Additional future field work will be required to complete those
assessments.
The Eskay Creek Mine Road and CCAR will be maintained for the life of the mine to
support the mine development, transport of oversize loads, and to provide alternate
emergency access. However, these will only be used seasonally, and not used during
winter months.
The CCAR will be a single-lane (6 m surface) radio-controlled road with turnouts and
widenings to allow the largest vehicles and loads access to the mine site. The CCAR
would have some sections with sustained maximum grades of 12%. Design speeds vary
greatly, in large part controlled by the terrain.
The proposed TCAR to km 17.9, and the connecting upper and lower NTARs, will be
required for permanent access to the Treaty OPC and TMF, and to the mine site via the
Alignment controls such as maximum 10% sustained grades (11% short pitch), and
minimum 100+ m radius horizontal curves are utilized for the higher-traffic volumes
anticipated on this route. Appropriate vertical profile crest and sag curve “K” values are
applied. Except for a few control sections, the nominal minimum design speeds for these
sections of road is 50 km/h, and maximum 60 km/h where feasible.
All bridges will be designed to BC Forest Service L100 loading (90,680 kg gross vehicle
weight [GVW]) and minimum 1.5 m clearance above the estimated 100-year flood level
(Q100). Select structures must meet additional requirements, as prescribed by the
Navigable Waters Protection Act. All bridges, including those on the TCAR, will be single-
lane.
Major culverts have been designed to pass the estimated 100-year flood level (Q100)
with no headwater.
Log landing locations were identified for decking of timber felled during right-of-way
clearing operations. Log landings were located, and spaced, as appropriate for
logging/skidding operations. Timber maturities/volumes etc. were considered in
establishing proposed landing locations.
The proposed right-of-way (clearing) boundaries now defined on the design drawings are
minimum 30 meters wide, expanded to include proposed borrow and waste areas, and
log landings as described above. The approved SUP boundary limits extend a minimum
of 37.5m either side of proposed road design centerline (total 75 m width), widened as
required to incorporate additional areas as otherwise defined. The intention is that this
will provide some flexibility in adjusting the design or construction methodology as may
be required due to actual field conditions encountered, without requiring multiple
amendment to the SUP during the construction period.
The potential for ML/ARD has been assessed for all access road right-of-ways. Additional
assessments were conducted in late 2014 for km 0 to 7 of the CCAR which had been
flagged by Government agencies as an area of special concern.
Access road surveys, designs and drawings were prepared in conformance with
standards provided in the then most current version of the BC government Forest Service
Engineering Manual (November 29, 2012). Detailed engineering of specific slope
stability measures will be subject to review by the geo-technical engineer(s), immediately
in advance of, and during construction activities.
Bridge and major culvert structure site plan surveys, designs and general arrangement
drawings have been prepared in accordance with MFLNRO requirements and current
industry standards. General arrangement design drawings have been signed and sealed
independently by a professional engineer registered to practice in BC. Detailed structure
design details will need to be completed in advance of construction.
The quantity of snowfall throughout the winter, the relatively warm climate, and the
topography will not allow the construction of a typical “ice road”, where conventional
highway vehicles could be used. The road must instead be a “snow road” where tracked
equipment pulls skid-mounted sleds to haul the various loads to site. Maximum weight
and sizes of the loads that could be hauled over the route by the tracked equipment
pulling sleighs are anticipated to be limited to the size that could be hauled on normal
highway transport trucks (33 t maximum weight and 2.3 m maximum width). Most of the
surface of the glaciers is relatively smooth with little crevassing. However, some
locations near the terminus of the glaciers in both the Ted Morris Creek and Bowser River
valleys have prevalent crevasses. Snowfall appears to be sufficient to fill in most of the
crevasses during the winter, at least on the Berendon Glacier.
The suggested route will be approximately 38.4 km long. It appears that as much as
32.8 km of the road will be constructed on the glaciers. Although the topographic data is
not very precise, the bulk of the route appears to have grades of 4 to 6%. Steeper grades
upwards of 30% exist at the toe of the Berendon Glacier and on the small side glacier
that allows access onto the Frank Mackie Glacier from the Berendon Glacier. There are
also steep sections with grades of up to 15% near the crest of the Frank Mackie Glacier.
The total vertical variation is roughly 1,020 m (3,350 ft) between the Granduc Mine area
and the crest of the Frank Mackie Glacier.
There is increased risk of avalanches and rock fall hazards at some areas along the
route, such as the narrow portion of the Ted Morris Creek Valley at the terminus of the
glacier (Figure 18.28 and Figure 18.29). There is considerable evidence of recent rock
falls in this area; piles of rock debris have been observed on top of the glacier and in the
valley bottom. This is also the area where there is limited concern about there being
enough snow in the valley to pad over the rock fall debris. This may entail pushing or
hauling snow from other locations on the glacier to allow the road to be constructed.
Note: *at approximately Sta.32+500 (Figure 18.27). Note the rock fall debris on the glacier surface.
Note: *at approximately Sta.33+500 (Figure 18.27). Note the creek emerging from a melt water tunnel in
the glacier, and the rock fall debris on the glacier surface and in the bottom of the valley.
Safety and environmental issues must be addressed with the proposed winter road.
These include natural hazards such as avalanches, rock falls, and road failure into
underlying caverns or crevasses. Any of these issues present real hazards to the safety
of the personnel working on the road, and bring about the possibility that various types of
substances could spill into the environment.
A road similar to the proposed winter access road was constructed across the Knipple
Glacier into the Brucejack Lake area is a precedent for the approach with the various
provincial government permitting and regulatory groups. Also, Pretium’s use of the
Berendon and Frank Mackie glaciers to gain access to their site in the winter of 2010
also provides some precedent.
A comprehensive evaluation of the landslide and rock fall hazards, as well as avalanche
evaluations, will have to be conducted as part of the required detailed planning. During
road construction and operation, an avalanche team will have to continually monitor
snow conditions and undertake avalanche control measures.
Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) surveys will need to be conducted to look for cavities
and snow bridges over crevasses in the glacier.
Detailed safety and environmental spill plans will have to be developed to support this
operation. Measures that should be employed to prevent spills include using double-
walled “Envirotanks” for storage and transport of hydrocarbons. All equipment must be
in good working order with appropriate spill collection and cleanup equipment.
The vehicles hauling on the glacier will travel in convoys in case of breakdowns. Several
“survival shacks” will be located on the glacier in case rapid changes in weather force the
convoy to stop before reaching the end of the road. Haul equipment will have GPS
navigation devices and will remain in radio communication with other haul equipment
and camps. The winter road will be marked with regular highly visible stakes for visual
guidance in case of white-out conditions.
18.15 LOGISTICS
A preliminary logistics study was performed to determine the preferred means of
transporting mining and construction equipment to the KSM site, and concentrate from
the KSM site to storage and concentrate off-loading facility port sites. The logistics study
is provided in Appendix G3.
There are several transportation route possibilities for bringing equipment and supplies
to the KSM property:
The existing highways leading to the Project area may require some upgrading of bridges
and other crossings in order to accommodate the equipment loads. Further evaluation of
the upgrades will be identified during the next phase of the Project.
All bulk freight for the Project will be shipped to Stewart, BC by barge. There will be an
initial marshalling/staging area set up at Stewart within the area provided by the port
vendor. Prior to completion and opening of CCAR and TCAR, bulk freight will be
transported by truck from Stewart marshalling/staging area to Granduc Staging area.
Upon completion of the temporary winter access road construction, the bulk freight will
be transported by tracked transporters to Mine Site.
Upon completion of the CCAR, TCAR and the marshalling/staging area at the Highway
37/TCAR intersection, bulk freight will be transported by trucks from Stewart
marshalling/staging area to Highway 37 marshalling/staging area, prior to shipping
material and equipment to the point of installation by the Project Team.
The KSM site is currently accessible by helicopter only. Helicopter support will be used to
transport equipment, supplies, and personnel prior to completion of the access
pioneering roads, and to support winter construction work ongoing as necessary on the
Mine Site since CCAR is a seasonal road (closed winters) and MTT would not be
operational until the end of the construction duration.
A proposed Winter Access Road will be constructed that leads to the KSM site, as
detailed in Section 18.14. The Winter Access Road will be used to mobilize water
treatment supplies and mobile equipment, as well as supplies for construction of access
roads, construction of WSF and water diversions during the first season. The Winter
Access Road will be used until the pioneering road of CCAR has been completed. It will
also provide access for the construction of portions of the CCAR, near its east end and to
the Mine Site.
Copper concentrate will be transported from the KSM site by trucks to a deep water port
facility in Stewart, BC, and then loaded onto oceangoing vessels. Two full service ports
exist at Stewart, each with roll-on/roll-off freight handling capacity and are either
presently, or would by the time operations begin, be capable of concentrate storage and
handling to ship loading.
For the purposes of this study, Tetra Tech calculated that the copper concentrates will be
shipped in bulk, and that the annual output for the initial 10 years will be approximately
350,000 t copper concentrate (dry tonne).
Molybdenum concentrate will be transported in bags from the KSM site via trucks to the
port of Prince Rupert. The bags will be transferred from the trucks to containers and then
delivered to Fairview Terminal for ultimate loading onto an oceangoing vessel.
It was assumed that the processed molybdenum will be loaded in 1-t bags for transport
purposes, and that the annual output will be approximately 1,155 t molybdenum (LOM).
Mr. Neil Seldon of NSA was relied on for matters relating to the smelting terms, refining
terms, saleability, and sales terms for copper concentrate and molybdenum concentrate.
See Section 19.0 for more detail on the marketing study related to concentrates.
INTRODUCTION
The Project is a complex project, requiring six years to construct, at a capital investment
value of US$5 billion as described in Section 21.0. The construction scope for the
Project is intended to meet the following key project-specific objectives:
The following project planning and field construction focus areas must be addressed in
the Early Works Plan:
PLANNING
permit review and renewal plan
project procedures
staffing, recruiting & labor relations plan, including commitments in accordance
with the Impact Benefit Agreements that are in place with the First and Treaty
Nations
contracting strategy and plan, including commitments in accordance with the
Impact Benefit Agreements that are in place with the First and Treaty Nations –
vetted and approved by the Owner
project access plan – Winter Access Road, pioneer roads, bridges, followed by
completed permanent roads
health, safety and security (HS&S) management plan and manual
site and camp rules and regulations plan
environmental and cultural sensitivity awareness training plan
health and hygiene program – washrooms and lunchrooms supplied by the
Owner ensuring a high standard throughout the construction program
site safety and security orientation program
geohazards and avalanche monitoring response plan
logistics supply and materials management plan for early material requirements,
including helicopter support
employee transportation plan for early construction program; air and ground
planning required
environmental management plan to manage sediment control, waste, spills,
fueling, etc. (includes condensed manual for front line supervision use)
wildlife management plan for early construction activities
community relations plan
quality management system
PROJECT SCOPE
The Project scope outlined in this section, summarizes the main project items
constructed as permanent facilities or activities required to support permanent
constructions within and surrounding the Mine Site, Mitchell OPC, MTT and PTMA:
The MTT tunnelling program and water treatment facilities will start at the Mine Site,
Saddle Area, and Treaty OPC locations. The MTT tunneling program is on the critical path
for Project construction and will require helicopter support for the first year of
construction while pioneering roads are developed. Additional information on scope
inclusions can be referenced in the Basis of Estimate Report (Appendix L1) and Basis of
Schedule Report (Appendix G1).
PROJECT SCHEDULE
The 2016 PFS construction schedule was compiled in accordance with the AACE®
International (AACE®) recommended scheduling guidelines (level of detail is at Level 2),
with a Class 4 project definition. The Project construction schedule is estimated to be six
years and has been designed to accommodate major seasonal and environmental
constraints.
Critical path consists of pioneering roads along the alignments of the principal access
arteries to the Project areas (CCAR and TCAR), MTT, and the train system that will
connect the Mine Site with the PTMA. Prior to completion of the KSM site access
pioneering roads, helicopter support will be utilized to support early construction
activities at multiple road construction headings. The strategy is to establish site access
pioneer roads as early as possible to reduce heli-support costs exclusively for Mitchell
Valley construction activity during winter months. Upon completion of the access roads
to full width, major equipment and materials can be transported to site via ground freight.
Major site infrastructure such as the WSF and the TMF could potentially be on the critical
path should the MTT tunneling duration be shortened. Additional assumptions and
details are listed in Appendix G1 for critical or potentially critical tasks such as pioneer
roads and the MTT, as well as the WSD and TMF.
Mine Site pioneering begins with the development of the site access roads to the major
infrastructure pads such as HDS WTP area, WSF, Mitchell OPC, MTT portals, CCAR, batch
plant, TWTPs, accommodation complexes and powder storage, initially from where the
Frank Mackie Glacier Road ends. Early works material and equipment will mobilize on
this Winter Access Road and the major equipment, general construction materials, and
heavy earth moving equipment will mobilize via the CCAR. The Treaty OPC will utilize the
TCAR to transport all material and equipment for PTMA construction.
The Procurement Team will receive the engineering documentation and obtain multiple
quotations that meet engineering specifications, and provide a purchase
recommendation to EPCM project director. After project director approval, the
Procurement Team will purchase equipment and materials and arrange all logistics to
deliver the items to the Project site ready for installation. The Procurement Team will
also be responsible for establishing service contracts for engineering and field
construction services.
Both the Engineering and Procurement teams will including commitments in accordance
with the Impact Benefit Agreements that are in place with the First and Treaty Nations.
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
The Construction Management Team will be responsible for the management of all
activities related to the construction management scope. The construction management
scope includes all project activity in the mine, process, and infrastructure areas (on site
and off site), except mining activity, environmental monitoring and reporting and
community affairs, which will be the accountability of the Owner's Team.
Safety leadership will be the Construction Management Team's primary objective. After
safety, the Construction Management team's next objective will be the administration
and coordination of all contractors on site. This includes labor relations, monitoring and
correcting when necessary, contractual compliance with safety performance, work
quality, budget, schedule advance, completeness and timeliness of documentation
submittal, environmental standards, and the Owner's Community Relations Plan. The
Construction Management Team will oversee the installation of all materials and
equipment according to engineering and manufacturers specifications, and build the
Project facilities to satisfy the design intent and be fully operable. The Construction
Management Team is also accountable for construction activity and the Project site until
hand over to the Owner following dry commissioning.
The EPCM Contractor is responsible for the overall management of the construction site
and will apply the following construction strategy and procedures:
project organization, key names, and communication procedures
reporting requirements including project systems, project meetings, minutes,
and a communications matrix
identification of the division of responsibilities among the Project stakeholders
using a responsibility matrix format
risk management procedures
project data management, format, and distribution/filing requirements of
project correspondence and documentation
cost management and accounting procedures
drawing and specification preparation including numbering, revision tracking,
and transmittal procedures
document control procedures
equipment and materials procurement procedures
project scheduling requirements, tools, formats, and frequency of delivery
project accounting methods including cost reporting and forecasting systems
construction contract procedures including bidding and awarding the work
site administration procedures including camp administration rules
site security
field engineering
safety procedures
quality assurance expectations
site and office personnel rules and regulations
emergency site procedures and contact information
construction temporary facilities (power, water, offices, and camp)
site housekeeping and hazardous waste management
mechanical completion expectations including lock-out procedures
commissioning procedures
A portion of the contract packages listed in Appendix G1 have been combined logically,
where work tasks have similar scope. The intent of combining work packages is to
provide the various contractors with control of their work areas and reduce contractor-
contractor interference in the field.
The Project will be constructed as a managed open site, neither union nor non-union.
To maximize the available resources in the community, the Project Team will source and
qualify local suppliers and contractors to promote business opportunities in the local
area. Consideration has been provided in the strategy to assist the Owner with local
involvement by dividing the packages into reasonable scopes that fit with local
contractors’ technical ability, experience and financial capacity.
The contracting strategy document defines the type of package, contract, method of
payment, engineering responsibility, purchasing of major equipment (mine and process),
purchasing for minor and miscellaneous equipment, installation contractor and the
management of each contract package.
When fully developed in the Project detailed design phase, the contract package
approach will outline the scope of work for each package and the strategy for managing
both the contractor- and Owner-supplied equipment, facilities, and services.
The type of contract requested at the tender will be dictated by how complete the
engineering is. Where engineering on package scope is greater than 90% complete, it
may be tendered as lump sump. Packages with a lower engineering definition may be
The site organization and staffing plan has been designed by work type (e.g., engineering
vs. project controls) with the geographical constraints of a large construction site
incorporated. The staffing plan accommodates the following construction management
aspects:
The Mine Site and Treaty OPC will have a senior construction manager directly
responsible for the management of cost control, scheduling, engineering, material
coordination, QA support, and pre-commissioning planning. The construction manager
will be directly supported by area managers and area leads.
Each construction and service contract will have a contracts administrator or specialist
assigned as a single point of contact during the construction period.
The Materials Management Team will coordinate with the contractors on receiving and
moving materials to the contractor’s lay down areas and the worksites.
LEVELS OF AUTHORITY
The Delegation of Authority Guideline (DOAG) must be established by the Owner when
authorization to proceed is granted. The DOAG will lay out the authority level throughout
the hierarchy of the Project for both the Owner and EPCM teams. It will be implemented
and managed by EPCM personnel.
The DOAG applies to all transactions executed on the Project, initiated by the Owner or
EPCM teams. The managers with authority to execute transactions may only approve
those within their area and level of authority.
A basic premise of approval delegation is that the delegated authority bears with it the
obligation to exercise sound judgment. Consequently, approval indicates that goods and
services have been received, prices are correct, tax, legal and withholding requirements
have been satisfied, the Project’s interests are protected, and proper documentation
exists to justify transactions. The DOAG can only be amended by the Owner.
CONSTRUCTION INFRASTRUCTURE
The construction infrastructure includes setup of all facilities required to support the
construction effort in an efficient manner to achieve the Project goals and timelines. The
establishment of construction infrastructure, for the most part, is set up during the early
The EPCM contractor would provide a site services superintendent to coordinate the
Project requirements with contractors and service providers to ensure that there are no
delays to the start of any construction work package.
Contracts and amendments required for service providers for operating and maintaining
the site will be prepared and issued by the EPCM contractor. The EPCM construction
management staff will be responsible for each contract to ensure that the contractor
meets the performance standards specified.
A detailed construction site infrastructure plot plan will be required to define the location
of EPCM-, Owner-, and contractor-supplied facilities and services. Plot plans will be
developed down to the detail level to address construction services such as power
distribution, data management, telecommunications, emergency services, etc.
FIELD ENGINEERING
FIELD ENGINEERING SCOPE
The Field Engineering Group consists of a field engineering manager, field area
engineers, site project document and data management, and project data system staff.
The Field Engineering Group will be responsible to the project engineering manager on
technical and procedural issues, and to the site construction manager regarding work
flow. The group will work closely with the QA managers and technicians regarding QA and
contractor QC programs, inspections, and reporting.
Project engineering will be managed by the home office engineering department. Field
engineering will be directly involved with the contractors in issuing drawings and
technical documents, processing RFIs, site technical document control, site surveys, QA
and contractor QC. Field engineering will be responsible for:
The discipline field engineer will establish and implement, in coordination with the QA
manager, independent surveys, field inspections, and QC laboratory sampling and
testing, as necessary, through the survey contractor and QC laboratory contractor.
HS&S concerns are of high importance in the engineering, design, construction, and
commissioning of the Project. In order to achieve zero accidents, total commitment is
required from all project personnel (Owner, EPCM Team, contractors, and vendors) to
remove all conditions that could lead to injury or damage.
The Project will conform to applicable provincial, national, and industry standards
regarding health and safety, as well as to the Owner’s and EPCM manager’s policies and
procedures. A copy of these procedures will be issued to each contractor before
mobilization to site.
The project director and the HS&S manager will lead in the development and
implementation of the site-specific HS&S plan. All workers (Owner’s, EPCM personnel,
and contractor employees) are responsible for performing their work in a manner
consistent with legislation, industry standards, and company policies, practices and
procedures.
HEALTH
Facilities and Infrastructure
Two medical facilities have been planned for the Project: one at the Mine Site, and the
second at the Treaty OPC. Emergency helicopter support will be available 24 h/d,
7 d/wk, 365 d/a throughout construction. Emergency response teams will be developed
during the first construction year and evolve to serve the needs of the Project as activity
increases on site. Emergency medical technicians (EMTs) and nurses from the Owner's
Team will be on site and available full time to address emergencies if they should arise
starting in Year -5. Also, the Owner's team will include mine rescue teams comprised of
staff working in mine operations.
All site personnel will be notified of the first-aid/medical arrangements and the protocol
for activating the emergency procedure during site safety orientation. Notices indicating
contact details for first-aid personnel (or appointed persons), the emergency contact
number/radio frequency, and the location of the first-aid boxes must be posted liberally
around the site. Special arrangements may be required to give first-aid information to
employees with reading or language difficulties.
SAFETY
Orientations
All new employees to the construction site will attend the site safety, environmental and
cultural orientation program prior to arrival at site. A site visitor orientation will be
provided to all visitors and they will be required to be escorted by a safety-oriented
worker at all times throughout their site visit.
Documented ongoing pre-task job hazard analyses with crews for specific tasks will be
conducted at the beginning of each shift.
Contractors must ensure that their workers will be suitably trained and competent in the
safe work procedures and health and safety regulations pertaining to their duties.
Likewise, any equipment operators are required to have equipment-specific training and
certification. Also, all equipment intended for work at site will be required to pass a
designated inspection process prior to mobilization.
Safety Meetings
A weekly safety meeting will be required by every contractor (including the EPCM
contractor and Owner’s teams) on site or at the required frequency dictated by applicable
regulation. It will provide an opportunity for all personnel to contribute timely information
on safety items that relate to project activities. Weekly safety meetings will be conducted
by contractor management and provide an important communication link between all
their respective crews. Additionally, a safety committee meeting would be convened
monthly or at the required frequency dictated by applicable regulation and comprised of
a representative cross section of the work force and used as the forum for raising all
issued related to worker safety.
Minutes of these meetings will be recorded on the weekly Safety Meeting Form.
Contractors will be required to immediately address as many issues as possible. Issues
from the weekly safety meetings that cannot be resolved immediately will be to be
Emergency Response
Emergency response teams will be assembled from the site personnel. One team will be
a dedicated group led by the HS&S Team for project-related scope. Another team
comprised of qualified and trained miners from the Owner's Team will be available to
provide emergency response during mining activity. Personnel will receive formal training
in:
first aid
fire fighting
rescue techniques
hazardous material handling and clean up.
SECURITY
Site security will be handled by a security contractor reporting directly to the EPCM
contractor. The contractor will develop a site-specific security plan in conjunction with
the Owner.
The content of the site security plan should address the following topics:
The cultural awareness training program will identify and provide an overview of the
various Aboriginal groups whom have an interest in the Project, focusing on their rights as
it pertains to their traditional use of the natural resources of the area. Contractual
obligations negotiated between the Owner and the various groups as components of
Benefit Agreements will also be reviewed at a very high level.
ENVIRONMENTAL
Scope
A site-wide environmental management plan will be produced to guide the mitigation and
management of environmental impacts arising from project activities. The purpose of the
environmental management plan will be to:
Spill Prevention
Site personnel will be educated in spill prevention controls. Environmental site
inspection activities will be documented. In addition to written reports, photographs will
be used to document environmental compliance.
In the case where an environmental incident occurs, an Incident Report will be completed
and actioned.
COMMUNITY
The Owner will be responsible for community relations including providing updates to the
local communities. The EPCM contractor will be responsible to make the Owner aware of
any situation that is happening, or arising, that may affect directly or indirectly the
communities that the Project impacts.
PRE-COMMISSIONING/COMMISSIONING
OVERVIEW
The commissioning period starts in any specific work area after all materials and
equipment have been installed to design specification and the EPCM contractor certifies
installation complete and hands the area over to the commissioning team. For the
purposes of this PFS update, commissioning starts after equipment or material
installation for a system or work area is complete and ends when ore starts to be
processed to yield a revenue stream (i.e. the battery limit between Year -1 and Year 1). In
OBJECTIVE
The objective of the commissioning program is to take the Project facilities and
equipment from the completion of construction (mechanical completion) through to a
fully operational facility:
in a safe manner
in the minimum time
in a cost effective manner.
COMMISSIONING PROGRAM
In general, the commissioning program is subdivided into three phases of mechanical
completion of Project facilities.
Dry Commissioning
This first phase of mechanical completion is without ore or principal product also known
as dry commissioning. Project discipline lead engineers and coordinators are responsible
for the work conducted up to and including energization of equipment including:
Wet Commissioning
This second phase of mechanical completion proves that the facility can operate in a
controllable and stable manner without significant load or feed (i.e. water tests only) also
known as wet commissioning. It commences when:
The Project will be considered complete and available to hand over to operations when
the crushing and ore transport (train) system can deliver and operate according to design
performance criteria. No hand over of mine facilities will occur since mining starts from
day 1 with the mine Owner's team.
The process commissioning stage is the responsibility of the Owner and shall be
performed by the Owner’s commissioning team aided by the construction manager,
commissioning manager and contractor support personnel.
A central office in Vancouver is not anticipated. Instead, satellite offices will be located in
Terrace, Smithers and Stewart, BC to facilitate support functions sufficiently close to the
Project site to provide effective support, while building and maintaining business
relationships with external stakeholders, including key Treaty and First Nations groups.
Off-site locations for functions that support mine operations yield an overall lower cost
structure because associated G&A staff housing, shift transportation and catering costs
are mitigated.
The implementation plan described in this section highlights some key tasks required for
execution by the Owner's Team over the course of construction. There are two initial
critical tasks for the Owner's Team, starting with the identification and hiring of the KSM
president, who will initially select a team, who in turn will do the same for their respective
teams. This process is expected to be repeated throughout the course of construction
until the entire enterprise organization has been built, while directing and supporting
construction in various roles.
The second initial critical Owner's Team task is the engagement of an EPCM contractor
early in the Project development schedule to drive the majority of the Project scope that
resides outside of the Owner's direct responsibility. The type of contractual arrangement
between the Owner and EPCM contractor has not been established, as it relies on the
strategy that will be developed after forming the JV, and may be influenced heavily by the
operating style of the JV partners.
The Owner will manage any early engineering work required to prepare design documents
that support permit applications or renewals and compliance reports for permits issued
by the Province of British Columbia and the Government of Canada. Site road access
permits, construction camps approvals, and limited site development permits have been
obtained. Additional permits will be required by the KSM Mine to ensure the completion
of construction and the initiation of long term operations. The Owner will also manage
any on-site drilling, hydrology, environmental monitoring, and geotechnical work, as well
as the engineering work needed to prepare a final FS for the Project. The cost for these
activities is excluded from this study. Infill drilling or Mineral Reserve conversion costs
are also excluded, since a significant portion of the current reserve base is proven.
The Owner will recruit and train technical operations and administrative staff to work in
the following locations:
Treaty OPC Operations and Water Management – process plant and train
operations, maintenance, TMF operations, security, and administrative
personnel.
Mine Site and Water Management – operations, maintenance, security and
warehousing personnel.
Smithers Office – proposed to be developed to service all of KSM's needs for
external relations comprising governmental affairs, environmental management,
permitting and compliance, public and community relations and
communications, First Nations and Treaty Nation relations.
Terrace Office – proposed as a business center where home office support will
be based for these administrative functions: supply chain and logistics, human
resources, IT, accounting functions, tax, business analysis, legal and audit.
Health, safety and loss prevention may have occasional presence in this office,
but will be primarily based on site to support ongoing operations as they
develop; and,
Stewart Port Site – management of deliveries and security for incoming
construction equipment/materials and outgoing concentrate shipments.
The time sequences for key Owner activities by year are outlined in Table 18.18. Note
that this task list assumes that a FS has been completed or is running concurrently with
the Project start and that either full or conditional/partial project funding will be granted
by the Owner ahead of the Project start.
Seabridge engaged NSA to provide an opinion report on marketing inputs for the 2016
PFS, excluding off-site transportation costs. The information and options in this section
come from the opinion report located in Appendix B. All currency amounts used in this
section are in US dollars, unless otherwise specified.
Ideally, smelters prefer to blend their feed with approximately 30% copper and similar
amounts of iron and sulphur. In the last several years, however, the grade of some of the
major high-grade suppliers has been dropping. At the same time, many new suppliers
tend to blend copper-gold concentrates with copper content in the low to mid 20% range.
Consequently, the market has seen the blend for most smelters drop to a copper level of
27 to 28%. Apart from the level of copper, iron, and sulphur, other key elements in
determining concentrate salability include the levels of gold and silver content, as well as
any impurities.
Based on the impurity levels projected by Tetra Tech (using the test results completed to
date – see Table 17.3), concentrates from the Project are relatively clean. Depending on
the market situation at the time of contract negotiations, penalties will likely be minimal,
if at all applicable. Some smelters, such as in Japan, South Korea, and Europe, are
expected to have more interest in copper concentrates with high gold content.
Over the last two decades there has been a significant expansion of smelting and refining
capacity, particularly in India and China. The Chinese smelting industry has increased
imports, as limited domestic mine capacity could not meet demand. This trend has been
a key determinant in world concentrate supply/demand balances.
The copper concentrate market has seen significant structural imbalances in the recent
years between mine production and smelting capacities. Over the last couple of years
there have been significant increases in smelter treatment charges and refining charges
(TCs/RCs). The balance of supply and demand for concentrates is set by the whole of the
concentrate output of the mining industry and by the availability of capacity across the
smelting industry. The availability of custom concentrates, relative to smelting capacity,
should, in theory, be the ultimate determinant of terms for custom treatment of
concentrates.
For comparison, the recent spot market of April 2016 indicates sales into the Chinese
market where the levels of TCs/RCs were between $90 and $95/dmt of concentrate and
$0.090 and $0.095/lb of copper, respectively.
The general view today does not see price participation materializing in the near future;
however, it should not be ignored. Historically, when price participation first became a
factor in concentrate negotiations it was only applicable at a price level higher than the
price existing at the time of negotiation.
NSA suggests that the annual benchmark terms realized over the last couple of years are
likely to be a guide to future levels. With this in mind, and for purposes of this study, the
assumption should be a copper treatment charge of $100/dmt, with copper refining
charges of $0.10/lb of copper.
TCs/RCs are not the only terms that are used in valuing copper concentrates. Payments
and deductions are a matter of negotiation and will vary with many factors, including
supply and demand, and custom individual markets.
The following terms are an indication of “standard” long-term smelter charges, including
suggested TC/RC terms. Delivery is on the basis of Cost, Insurance and Freight – Free
Out (CIF-FO) smelter ports (the mine pays all costs up to delivery port and the buyer
arranges and pays for cargo discharge).
PAYABLE METALS
Copper Pay 96.5% with a minimum deduction of 1 unit (amount deducted has to
equate to a minimum of 1% of the agreed concentrate copper assay).
Gold and silver payments may vary between smelter locations. In China, high gold in
copper concentrates is not generally desired; relating more to internal pricing issues
rather than technical concerns. Technically, the more modern smelting facilities are able
REFINING CHARGES
Copper $0.10/lb payable copper
TREATMENT CHARGES
Treatment Charge $100.00/dmt CIF-FO main smelter port.
PRICE PARTICIPATION
Not applicable at present.
PENALTIES
Arsenic: $2.50 to $3.00 per 0.1% over 0.1% up to 0.5% arsenic
Fluorine $1.00 to $2.00 per 100 ppm over 300 ppm fluorine
Chlorine $1.00 to $3.00 per 100 ppm over 300 ppm chlorine.
Furthermore, penalties may also vary from smelter to smelter. It should be noted that for
the elements where a percentage range is used, this relates to ranges of penalty
thresholds that are negotiated. The penalties noted in this section are generally in line
with levels applicable over recent years, but there is a tendency towards higher levels.
Based on the anticipated impurity levels derived from the test results by Tetra Tech (as
presented in Table 17.3), the concentrates from the Project are relatively clean, and
depending on the market situation at the time of contract negotiations, penalties will
likely be minimal if at all applicable. As most of the mill feeds will be the blended
PAYMENT
A provisional 90% is paid three to 15 days after vessel arrival in Asia and India. Sales
into Europe normally involve later payment, possibly more than 30 days after arrival. The
10% balance is paid when all facts are known.
trucking: US$38.06/wmt
port storage and handling: US$14.40/wmt
ocean transport to Asian port: US$26.00/wmt.
Currently, the deduction for roasting is very quality dependent, with high copper content
concentrates generally selling at a 10 to 15% discount. Assuming that the copper
content of its molybdenum concentrates is reduced to 0.45% or less, the lower end of the
range will apply to clean high-grade concentrates. In the recent years (2005 to 2009),
discounts for high-copper molybdenum concentrates have reached 25%.
As of June 2016, the Project has successfully gone through the provincial and federal
processes, and the appropriate certificates/approvals have been obtained. Additionally,
permits for early-stage construction activities have also been obtained. Seabridge is
currently in the process of obtaining numerous provincial and federal permits to allow for
the construction of parts of the Project, as well as to expand exploration activities.
Details of the provincial, federal, and NFA processes and current statuses, as well as the
current permitting status of the Project, are including in this section.
The Project underwent a harmonized EA process with the provincial and federal
governments. Both governments conducted the EA cooperatively, in accordance with the
principles of the Canada-BC Agreement on Environmental Assessment Cooperation
(Cooperation Agreement 2004). The process included a working group comprised of
federal and provincial officials, the NLG, Aboriginal groups, and local government
agencies. Representatives of the US federal and Alaska state agencies were extensively
involved in the EA process, as a matter of courtesy at the insistence of Seabridge, given
that the mineral deposits are located on a tributary of the Unuk River, a transboundary
river, 30 km upstream of the US/Canada border. Authorizations are not required from
any US federal or state regulatory agency for the Project to procced into construction and
operation.
Under the BCEAA Reviewable Projects Regulation, the proponent of a new mineral mine
facility, with a production capacity of greater than 75,000 t/a of mineral ore, must obtain
an EA Certificate. The Project will have an annual mill throughput of 43,800,000 t/a,
which substantially exceeds this threshold.
Seabridge was accepted into the BC Environmental Review process in March 2008,
following submission of a Project Description (Rescan 2013). In July 2013, Seabridge
The full Application/EIS can be found on the BCEAO web site here:
http://a100.gov.bc.ca/appsdata/epic/html/deploy/epic_project_doc_list_322_r_app.ht
ml
The Project became subject to the CEAA (1992) because it may require several statutory
authorizations listed in the Law List Regulations. The Project was subject to a
comprehensive study level of assessment under the CEAA (1992) because the proposed
daily ore mill feed of 130,000 t/d exceeds two thresholds set out in the CEAA (1992)
Comprehensive Study List Regulations; specifically, the 4,000 t/d threshold for metal
mills, and the 600 t/d production threshold for gold mines. Certain dam structures
proposed for the Project also exceed the 10,000,000 m3/a threshold for water
diversions.
The Project was deemed to require a “comprehensive study” in July 2009 and a “notice
of commencement of an environment assessment” was submitted to Seabridge. The
terms or the scope of assessment was developed and posted by CEAA for public
comment in late May 2010. With the CEAA (2010) amendment, the terms of reference
was subsequently re-posted for public comment by the CEA Agency in July 2010. The
draft KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell) Project Comprehensive Study Report was
subsequently issued by the CEA Agency in July 2014. The complete report is provided in
Appendix K5.
The KSM Project Comprehensive Study Report, along with filed public comments from
the NLG, other Aboriginal groups, and the public, were considered by the Minister of the
The NFA establishes three categories of lands with different specified Nisga’a interests-
the Nisga’a Lands (approximately 2,000 km2), the Nass Wildlife Area ([NWA], more than
16,000 km2), and the Nass Area (approximately 27,000 km2)—the latter incorporating
the Nisga’a Lands and the NWA within it. The NFA affords title to Nisga’a Nation within
the Nisga’a Lands and defines the rights of Nisga’a Nation to self-government and law
making authority in this area. The NFA also specifies Nisga’a Nation rights to access and
make use of natural resources in the NWA and the Nass Area.
Seabridge proposes to develop some components of the Project footprint within the Nass
Area, including the Treaty OPC, the TMF, and the northern portion of the MTT. No Project
components will physically occupy any portion of Nisga’a Lands or the NWA, both of
which are located south of the potentially-affected portion of the Nass Area.
The NFA makes explicit provision for Nisga’a participation in federal or provincial EAs of
projects sited anywhere within the outer Nass Area boundary. Seabridge was directed by
the federal and provincial governments to ensure that it conducts its EA responsibilities for
the Project in compliance with all relevant Nisga’a treaty rights, including those dealing with
economic, social, cultural, and environmental interests. Chapter 10 of the NFA
(Environmental Protection and Assessment), paragraphs 6 to 10, provide for meaningful
Nisga’a participation in the EA through effective coordination, timely notice, provisioning of
information and studies to Nisga’a Nation, and a clear focus on assessment of potential
adverse project effects on residents of Nisga’a Lands, the Nisga’a Lands themselves, or
more generally, on Nisga’a interests as set out in the NFA.
A federal approach was established in February 2011, following consultation with the NLG
and the Province of BC, to clarify how the Government of Canada would meet Chapter 10,
paragraph 8 requirements in the EA, including the assessment of effects under paragraphs
8(e) and 8(f), and the issuance of a Ministerial NFA Project Recommendation.
The Government of Canada worked collaboratively with the NLG and the Government of BC
to facilitate the assessment of paragraphs 8(e) and 8(f) effects as part of the
comprehensive study. Seabridge conducted an economic, social, and cultural impact
assessment (ESCIA) on the well-being of Nisga’a citizens (i.e., paragraph 8(f) effects) based
on a work plan that was required by the joint AIR. Effects defined under paragraph 8(e) were
described in the Application/EIS as part of Seabridge’s analysis of the Project’s effects on
environmental valued components (VCs).
This set of initial permits is referred to as the “Batch 1 Permits” and included permits for
the following mine components:
KSM Project Mines Act and Environmental Management Act Permit Application
for Limited Site Construction (May 2013)
Special Use permits for the CCAR and TCAR
KSM Construction Camps
KSM Project Treaty Transmission Line
MTT Permit Application
A complete list of the Batch 1 permits received during the concurrent permit review
process is provided in Appendix K10.
In November 2015, Seabridge submitted an application to amend the existing Mines Act
exploration permit MX-1-571 and an Environmental Management Act (2003) permit to
facilitate the commencement of construction of the Deep Kerr Exploration Adit. The
Deep Kerr Exploration Adit will be located near the existing temporary KSM exploration
camp (Appendix K9).
As of June 2016, an estimated 108 provincial permits are still required to fully develop
the Project. A draft list of these Batch 2 permits is provided in Appendix K10.
The changes to the Fisheries Act include a prohibition against causing serious harm to
fish that are part of or support a commercial, recreational, or Aboriginal fishery (Section
35), provisions for flow and passage (Sections 20 and 21), and a framework for
regulatory decision-making (Sections 6 and 6.1).
On November 1, 2013, The Fisheries Protection Policy Statement (Fisheries and Oceans
Canada [DFO] 2013a) was issued and replaced the earlier Policy for the Management of
Fish Habitat (DFO 1986). Although the new policy statement does not include the “no
net loss” (NNL) principle, as outlined in the earlier policy, application of this NNL principle
provides some useful guidance when considering “serious harm to fish”.
Any project or activity that causes a serious harm to fish that are part of, or support, a
commercial, recreational, or Aboriginal fishery requires an authorization from DFO.
Regulations have been developed to guide the application for this authorization:
Applications for Authorization under Paragraph 35(2)(b) of the Fisheries Act Regulations.
DFO has issued additional guidance in the “The Fisheries Protection Program Operational
Approach”.
The Project entered the EA process prior to the changes in the Fisheries Act and Fisheries
Protection Policy Statement. As such, the original Fisheries Act and Policy for the
Management of Fish Habitat have been used for planning and permitting.
KSM Project
Fish habitat will be impacted by the KSM Project in two ways:
Fish habitat compensation plans related to the loss of fish habitat due to Project
infrastructure and due to the depositions of tailings were completed as part of the
Application/EIS. Compensation reports for both the harmful alteration, disruption, or
September 8 – Iskut, BC
September 8 – Dease Lake, BC
September 9 – Telegraph Creek, BC
September 10 – Hazelton, BC
September 11 – Gitanyow, BC
September 12 – New Aiyansh, BC
September 13 – Terrace, BC
September 17 – Gatineau, QC
September 23 – Gitwinksihlkw, BC
September 24 – Laxgalts’ap, BC
September 25 – Gingolx, BC.
The application was prepared in accordance with Sections 6 and 7 of the International
River Improvements Regulations (C.R.C., c982). The application is for improvements to
The topography of the Project area varies from 240 masl at the proposed CCAR crossing
of the Unuk River, to over 2,300 masl at the highest peak. A significant portion of the
terrain that will host the mining activities occurs at treeline and in alpine terrain. Glaciers
and ice fields dominate the terrain to the north, east, and south of the Project site. The
glaciers have been receding in the last several decades.
The following sections summarize the environmental settings for valued components of
the biophysical and socio-community aspects of the Project. Please refer to Rescan
(2013) for additional details.
Strong winds generally occur in all seasons at high elevations above the mountains, with
winds generally coming from the northeast, southeast, and southwest quadrants in the
winters and from the southwest quadrant in the summers. Winds at low elevations are
funneled through valleys with a light to moderate down-valley flow of Arctic air from the
northeast in the winter and a light up-valley flow of warm Pacific air from the southwest in
the summer.
The climate in the local region is typical of temperate rainforest with average monthly air
temperature ranging between -12 and 14.7°C. Within the four-year period of 2008 to
2011, the highest daily maximum temperature ranged between 25.3 and 30.2°C, and
the lowest daily minimum temperature ranged between -22.1 and -31.1°C. Within the
same period, annual precipitation ranged from 689 mm at the Teigen Creek station to
1,914 mm at the Eskay Creek station. The highest precipitation in the local region occurs
in September and October. Subarctic conditions are present at high elevations (generally
above 1,500 masl) where strong winds blowing in a westerly direction predominate in
winter. At low elevations, winds are funneled through valleys—Arctic air from the
northeast in the winter and warm Pacific air from the southwest in the summer.
The air quality in the area proposed for Project development and elsewhere in
northwestern BC is predominantly unaffected by anthropogenic sources, reflecting the
region’s remoteness and the lack of, and localized nature of, sources of anthropogenic
air emissions sources.
Local geology is dominated by variably deformed oceanic island arc complexes. Late
Jurassic and Cretaceous back-arc basins to the east of the KSM property contain thick
accumulations of fine black clastic sedimentary rocks, all folded and faulted to differing
degrees during late Cretaceous compressional tectonics. Unloading linked to glacier
retreat in the Mitchell Creek and Treaty Creek valleys has resulted in the formation of
exfoliation stress relief fractures parallel to the valley flanks. Dikes, sills and plutonic
The mineralized zones in the local area and more regionally, tend to be sulphide-rich.
Where sulphide minerals such as pyrite are present, oxidation can create ARD, unless
sufficient quantities of neutralizing minerals are available. In the event that acidic
drainage is formed, low pH conditions can lead to higher rates of metal leaching (ML).
Baseline surface water and groundwater quality in the vicinity of mineralized zones in the
region exhibit relatively low pH and significant metal concentrations, reflecting the
presence of sulphide minerals and the natural occurrence of ML/ARD processes.
PHYSIOGRAPHY
Today, the mountain topography is very rugged. Glaciers are common in high elevations.
Most steep slopes are covered by bedrock and accumulations of rubbly colluvium.
Gentler slopes have a thin mantle of morainal material (glacial till). Thick glacial deposits
are generally restricted to the margins of major valley floors and adjacent lower slopes.
Avalanches and slope failures are common features at high and intermediate elevations
(above 1,500 masl).
Topography in the vicinity of the KSM Property ranges from a low elevation of 240 masl (at
the proposed CCAR crossing of the Unuk River) to more than 2,300 masl at the highest
peak. A large portion of the terrain is situated at, or above, the tree-line and in alpine areas.
Glaciers and icefields dominate the terrain to the north, east, and south of the Project area.
Glaciers in the area have been receding in the last several decades.
GEOHAZARDS
Locally and regionally, geohazards are linked primarily to landslides and snow
avalanches. Landslide hazards are abundant throughout the region. They are attributed
to several factors, including the presence of unstable surficial soils and weak bedrock,
repeated geologically recent glaciations, resulting in over-steepened valley sidewalls, the
loss of slope buttress support following glacial recession, abundance of veneers that are
shallow to bedrock, and the high precipitation environment.
Thick glacial deposits are generally restricted to the margins of major valley floors and
adjacent lower slopes. Much of the surficial cover in the Project area is unstable to
potentially unstable, since all of the main valleys have been subject to glacial advance
and retreat, and associated process such as erosion and deposition. Left behind are
moderately steep upper slopes, steeper valley walls and gently sloping and wide valley
floors.
Unstable lateral morainal till has been deposited on slopes at angles that exceed the
angle of repose, resulting in rubbly colluvium accumulating along moderate steep slopes
and valley bottoms. Post glacial processes have also contributed to terrain instability, as
much of the recent deposits are loose and highly erodible. Periglacial processes are also
in evidence, as several glaciers at the Project site are receding, leaving behind hanging
Snow avalanche hazards are abundant due to high elevation, substantial snow supply
and generally steeper slope gradients, and tend to be associated with terrain that is open
and steep. Since the region is located in a transition zone between maritime and
continental climate zones, significant temperature and moisture fluctuations are
experienced throughout an average winter. The avalanche season typically begins in
early October at the higher elevations, and often extends until late June or early July. In
valley bottoms, avalanches may be experienced from late October to late May.
SOIL DEVELOPMENT
Regional climate and geological history, in combination with local topography and
vegetation, affect soil landscapes found in the local area. In high elevations solifluction,
nivation, and cryoturbation disrupt, displace, and mix soil horizons, while the cold climate
slows down mineral weathering and organic decomposition. Weathered volcanic rocks
provide coarse-textured, acidic parent materials. As a result, soil development is often
weak. The steep terrain results in unstable slopes where soil development is further
hindered by mass movement of surficial materials.
The monthly distribution of flow tends to be concentrated in the open water season (May
to October), with less than 20% of the annual flow occurring from November to April at a
majority of the regional stations. During the open water season, the distribution of flow
GROUNDWATER QUANTITY
Groundwater conditions correspond with the mountainous, wet environment that
comprises the Mine Site and the PTMA. Groundwater gradients are high, driven by heavy
rainfall and recharge at higher elevations in the mountains. Valley bottoms are discharge
zones, with groundwater levels near or above (artesian) ground surface. Discharge zones
also exist along valley walls in the Mine Site, where seeps of acidic water have been
observed (with pH readings as low as 2.5). Groundwater levels tend to be deeper at high
elevations (i.e., from 6 m to 33 m below surface) and show more seasonal variation (from
1 m to about 15 m), whereas groundwater levels in the valley bottoms are generally
shallow and show less seasonal variation. Bedrock aquifers are confined (i.e.,
groundwater is at pressures greater than atmospheric pressure). Unconfined aquifers
are limited to the glacial deposits in the valley bottoms.
In the Mitchell Valley, poor quality water at the toe of the glacier is thought to be affected
by groundwater that has contacted mineralized rock (i.e., it has a discharge quality
similar to that in the springs/seeps). Groundwater elevations in wells installed in
overburden (comprised of glacial till) in the Mitchell Valley bottom are similar to the creek
bed elevation, and show little annual variation (less than 1 m), suggesting a hydraulic
connection between groundwater and surface water. Groundwater elevations in wells
screened in bedrock are higher than wells screened in overburden, indicating upward
hydraulic gradients.
increased flows during freshet, glacial melt, and heavy rainfall events dilutes
concentrations of major ions and total dissolved solids
Streams near the mine site and PTMA have distinct surface water quality. ML due to
naturally occurring ARD is associated with total and dissolved metal concentrations in
Mitchell and Sulphurets creeks that are frequently higher than levels set in BC water
quality guidelines for the protection of freshwater aquatic life. The high suspended
sediment load, low concentrations of bioavailable nutrients and high concentrations of
total and dissolved metals identified in Mitchell and Sulphurets creeks and the Unuk
River are likely contributing factors to the poor productive capacity of mine site streams.
The lower suspended sediment load, increased concentrations of bioavailable nutrients,
and lower concentrations of total and dissolved metals identified in the Snowbank,
Teigen, Treaty and Bell-Irving watersheds are likely contributing factors to the greater
productive capacity of PTMA streams relative to the mine site.
GROUNDWATER QUALITY
Groundwater quality at the mine site is heavily influenced by the sulphide ore deposits.
Groundwater is acidic near to, and within, the mineral deposits, with pH measurements
as low as 2.5 in seeps along the valley walls of Mitchell Creek. Concentrations of certain
metals are elevated in groundwater throughout the mine site, and are particularly high
near and within the mineral deposits. Metals with elevated concentrations include iron,
aluminum, copper, chromium, lead, manganese and zinc. Groundwater in the Mitchell
Valley is not suitable for human consumption or the sustenance of fresh water aquatic
life.
Dissolved metals concentrations are generally low in the PTMA. The water is fresh (low
salinity) with neutral to slightly alkaline pH, ranging from 7.4 to 8.8.
FISHERIES
The baseline fish and aquatic habitat study area encompasses two major watersheds
that include the Unuk and Bell-Irving rivers. The north and west areas of the Project are
situated within the Unuk River watershed, which crosses into Alaska and discharges into
Burroughs Bay and eventually the Pacific Ocean. There are eight assessed sub-
watersheds within the Unuk River watershed, in addition to the main stem of the Unuk
River. The eastern area of the Project is situated within the Bell-Irving River watershed,
which discharges into the Nass River. There are eight assessed sub-watersheds within
the Bell-Irving River watershed, in addition to the main stem of the Bell-Irving River.
There is one assessed sub-watershed within the Bowser River watershed (Scott Creek), in
addition to the main stem of the Bowser River.
Dolly Varden is the only species present in North Treaty and South Teigen creeks within
the footprint of the proposed TMF in the Bell-Irving watershed. Dolly Varden, bull trout,
AQUATIC HABITAT
Sediments in the area downstream of the mine site (in Mitchell Creek and Sulphurets
Creek) are of poor quality. These sediments are often inhospitable, with low nutrient
availability (total organic carbon, nitrogen, and phosphorus), relatively coarse sediment
structure that limit the range of available habitat for benthic invertebrates, and metal
concentrations that are frequently higher than sediment quality guidelines. Surveys of
primary producer (periphyton) and benthic invertebrates in the creeks downstream of the
mine site revealed low standing stocks (biomass and density) and low diversities
(richness and Simpson’s diversity) of the aquatic communities, which is consistent with
both poor water quality and sediment quality.
Sediment quality in the PTMA is generally better than downstream of the mine site, but
metal concentrations are often elevated above sediment quality guidelines. Some areas,
particularly those downstream of the wetlands (e.g. South Teigen Creek), had relatively high
organic carbon content and favorable particle size distributions that would provide a better
range of suitable habitat to support more diverse benthic populations. There are some
areas that support more abundant and diverse aquatic communities (e.g. Teigen Creek),
while other areas have periphyton and benthic invertebrate communities that are less
abundant and less diverse (e.g., Treaty Creek).
A wide range of topography and vegetation communities occur within the regional study
area (RSA) and local study areas (LSAs) defined for the purposes of assessing terrestrial
ecosystem effects. These include low-elevation wetland and shrub-dominated riparian
and floodplain ecosystems, low- and intermediate-elevation forests, subalpine and alpine
meadows, and sparsely- to non-vegetated rocky and glaciated terrain. Many of these
ecosystems provide valuable habitat for wildlife, as well as economically important forest
and non-timber forest resources.
Locally and regionally, six Biogeoclimatic Ecosystem Classification (BEC) units are
present, four of which are forested units, with the other two being undifferentiated alpine-
parkland units. These Biogeoclimatic Ecosystem Classification units include the Boreal
Twelve ecosystems (six terrestrial and six wetland types) that have been blue-listed or
red-listed by the BC Conservation Data Centre have been identified within the RSA and
LSA. Of the 38 rare individual plant species that were observed within the LSA, most
were found at high elevations in the Sulphurets Creek watershed. The 38 rare species
include 27 lichens, nine vascular plants and two mosses.
WILDLIFE SPECIES
Mature forests, wetlands, alpine areas, and riparian forests provide high-value habitat to
a diverse wildlife community. Common species or groups that occur in the RSA include
ungulates (e.g., moose and mountain goat), omnivores/carnivores (e.g., grizzly bear,
black bear and wolves), furbearers (e.g., fisher, marten and wolverine), hoary marmots,
bats, birds (forest birds, raptors and waterfowl), and amphibians (e.g., Columbia spotted
frog and western toad). Forest harvesting within the RSA has been minimal compared to
many other areas in BC, due to the remoteness of the area and the relatively poor
productivity of the forests, so that the wildlife habitats found in the majority of the wildlife
RSA are essentially undisturbed.
Moose
Moose are common throughout BC’s forested areas with an estimated population size of
170,000 animals. Habitat suitability modeling and winter aerial surveys identified moose
habitat in the wildlife RSA. Winter habitat has been identified as critical for maintaining
moose populations and habitat modeling focused on this season. The majority of good
quality winter habitat for moose occurs along river valleys within the interior survey area
on the eastern side of the RSA, including the Bell-Irving River, Treaty Creek, Snowbank
Creek and Teigen Creek, and also surrounding Bowser Lake. A smaller amount of moose
habitat occurs in the western, coastal-influenced part of the RSA, along the Unuk River.
Baseline aerial moose surveys in the winter of 2009 revealed that the density and
number of moose (adjusted for sightability) was higher in the eastern interior area of the
RSA, near the PTMA, Treaty Creek, Bell Irving River, and Bowser Lake (0.59 moose/km2;
198 moose) than in the western coastal area, near the mine site and Unuk River (0.27
moose/km2; 33 moose). A lower male to female ratio was observed in the interior area,
which is indicative of harvest pressure on males where access to high-quality moose
habitat is available from Highway 37 along the Bell-Irving River and along forestry roads
near Bowser Lake. The regional moose population is currently vulnerable.
Grizzly bears are found throughout BC, from sea level and river-valleys to alpine regions.
BC contains more than 50% of the Canadian population of grizzly bears, with an
estimated 13,800 grizzlies in the province. Grizzly bears are considered a species of
special concern by the Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada and
are blue-listed in BC. Habitat suitability modeling revealed that overall, between 8% and
38% of habitat within the RSA was identified as Moderately High and High rated habitat
for spring (27%), summer (38%), and fall. In addition, 5% of the LSA was identified as
suitable denning habitat for grizzly bears, particularly in the PTMA. The area near the
proposed TMF and TCAR has also been identified as a candidate grizzly bear Wildlife
Habitat Area. Based on baseline studies in 2008 and 2009, the superpopulation (i.e. the
total number of grizzly bears that used the RSA during the course of the studies) was
estimated to include 31 females and 27 males, for a total of 58 bears.
Black bears are common and widespread in BC. The population estimate in 2001 was
between 120,000 and 160,000 in the province, with highest densities along the coast,
including within the wildlife RSA. During grizzly bear DNA baseline study, black bear hairs
were collected incidentally. Black bears were detected throughout the RSA and LSA
along all river drainages, particularly along the Unuk, Bell-Irving and Bowser rivers; and
near Bowser Lake, and in the Treaty and Teigen creek valleys. In addition, black bears
were the species most frequently observed incidentally in the LSA and RSA.
Furbearers
An evaluation of the BC Fur Harvest Database identified 14 furbearer species that were
harvested in areas within and surrounding the RSA. The most commonly trapped species
included American marten, American beaver, and red squirrel. Trapped species also
include the provincially blue-listed fisher and the federally listed wolverine. American
marten has historically been the most frequently harvested and most valuable
component of the regional fur harvest. The majority of the forested habitat within the
RSA was modeled as highly suitable winter habitat for marten. Within the RSA,
Small mammals are an important prey source for predatory birds and other mammals.
Trapping surveys were conducted in the LSA in 2008 and 2009. Over the two-year
baseline study, seven small mammal species were identified in the LSA, none of which
are of conservation concern in BC. Species observed include Keen’s mouse, Northern
red-backed vole, meadow vole, meadow jumping mouse, Cinereus shrew, dusky shrew
and Nearctic brown lemming. Productive habitats for small mammals were identified
within low elevation riparian areas and adjacent coniferous forests.
Field studies of hoary marmots and Arctic ground squirrels conducted in 2008 and 2009
did not detect Arctic ground squirrels, but marmot colonies were distributed throughout
the alpine in both the mine site and PTMA, with the highest densities observed in alpine
areas (e.g., Snowslide Range) near the PTMA (average 0.62 colonies/km2), surrounding
the proposed TMF. The mine site is characterized by steep and rugged coastal mountain
terrain, which is less suitable marmot habitat than occurs in the PTMA, which has larger
areas of alpine meadow and gentler mountain topography.
Bats
Nine bat species potentially occur within the LSA, two of which were categorized as likely
to occur—little brown myotis and Western long-eared myotis. The other seven species
were categorized as possibly occurring—California myotis, Keen’s long-eared myotis,
northern long-eared myotis, long-legged myotis, Yuma myotis, silver-haired bat and big
brown bat. Four of these nine species are of provincial or federal conservation concern—
northern long-eared myotis, Keen’s long-eared myotis, silver-haired bat and little brown
myotis. Little brown myotis and western long-eared myotis were observed mainly within
riparian habitat. The most important habitat features for bats are cave-based
hibernacula, typically associated with karst (limestone) topography. The only area in the
LSA with exposed limestone is located in McTagg Creek, extending south to Sulphurets
Creek.
Birds
During 2008 and 2009 baseline studies, 93 bird species were detected—eight raptor
species, 25 wetland bird species and 60 forest and alpine bird species. Raptors include
hawks, falcons, owls and other birds of prey. Wetland birds include ducks, geese,
shorebirds, and other bird families associated with water bodies. Forest and alpine birds
include songbirds, hummingbirds, woodpeckers and game birds in terrestrial areas.
Twenty-five species of wetland bird were identified during the 2008 and 2009 baseline
surveys. Three species identified in the RSA are of regional or provincial conservation
concern: harlequin duck (provincially ranked as vulnerable during the non-breeding
season), surf scoter (which is blue-listed and provincially ranked as vulnerable during the
breeding season), and trumpeter swan. Harlequin ducks were observed on the Bell-Irving
River and along Teigen Creek during the spring. A group of seven surf scoters was
observed on Treaty Creek during fall 2008, and trumpeter swans were detected along
Treaty Creek and on Border Lake. Areas with high species diversity during the breeding
period were identified in wetland complexes associated with the confluence of Teigen
Creek and Bell-Irving River, and along Treaty and Todedada creeks. In contrast, the
habitat associated with the mine site and its drainages does not appear to provide good
breeding habitat for most wetland species.
Sixty forest and alpine bird species were observed in the RSA in 2008 and 2009. The
greatest richness of species, highest numbers of individual birds and highest diversity of
birds were recorded within the proposed TMF, along the CCAR corridor adjacent to the
Unuk River, and near Bowser Lake. The olive-sided flycatcher, which is federally listed as
threatened (Schedule 1), was observed within the RSA adjacent to Unuk Lake. Nine
nests belonging to five different species were observed during field surveys. Seven nests
were located in the mine site, and two near Teigen Creek. The five species with
confirmed nests were yellow warblers, dark-eyed juncos, Swainson’s thrush, American
three-toed woodpecker and red-breasted sapsucker.
Amphibians
The western toad is a federally listed species of special concern that is protected under
Schedule 1 of the SARA. In British Columbia it is considered secure but it is afforded
protection under the Wildlife Act. During 2009, three western toad breeding sites were
observed, all of which were located outside of the LSA in ponds at low elevation, in
shallow open water, with an open canopy, and warm water temperatures. Two toad
breeding sites were found on West Teigen Lake, and a third at low elevation on the lower
reaches of Teigen Creek, near the confluence with the Bell-Irving River. Other breeding
sites likely occur in the RSA, though no high-quality potential sites were identified within
the Project footprint or LSA, although moderately suitable habitat is present.
Two additional amphibian species were observed within the RSA near Teigen and Treaty
Creeks—Columbia spotted frogs and wood frogs. Neither of these two species is of
conservation concern.
Forty listed species either occur or could potentially occur within the RSA and LSA, based
on species distribution maps. Five species are listed in Schedule 1 of SARA that are
confirmed present or are likely to occur. Western toad and olive-sided flycatcher were
observed during baseline surveys, and rusty blackbird and common nighthawk likely
occur. The northern goshawk laingi subspecies occurs in coastal BC, mainly on islands.
Although northern goshawks were observed during baseline surveys, it is unknown
whether they were the laingi subspecies, or the atricapillus subspecies, which is not at
risk. However, for the environmental assessment, northern goshawk laingi were
considered to likely occur in the RSA or LSA (Rescan 2013).
The Project is situated in the Regional District of Kitimat-Stikine, and Electoral Area A of
the Bulkley Nechako Regional District. Local communities include municipalities, Nisga’a
villages, Indian reserves, and unincorporated settlements. Municipal governance only
exists for the District of Stewart, the City of Terrace, the Village of Hazelton, the District of
New Hazelton and the Town of Smithers. The remaining communities that are not
administered by Aboriginal bodies (Dease Lake, South Hazelton, Bell II, Meziadin Junction
and Bob Quinn Lake) are unincorporated, and are governed by the regional district in
which they are situated.
For Aboriginal communities, the base level of governance is the Nation or Band, and they
may be further represented by a multi-party council. Nisga’a communities include the
villages of Gitlaxt’aamiks (New Aiyansh), Gitwinksihlkw (Canyon City), Laxgalts’ap
(Greenville), and Gingolx (Kincolith). Populated Indian reserves include: Gitanyow 1, five
Tahltan communities (Telegraph Creek 6 and 6A, Guhthe Tah 12, Dease Lake 9 and Iskut
6) and five Gitxsan Nation communities (Gitwangak, Gitsegukla, Gitanmaax, Glen Vowell,
and Kispiox). The Skii km Lax Ha reside in the Hazelton area.
ECONOMIC SETTING
Economically, the Project region has been dependent upon timber and minerals for well
over 100 years. The majority of non-Aboriginal communities in the region were initially
established to serve natural resource activities such as the mine operation near Cassiar,
Stewart, Smithers, and Bob Quinn Lake. To date, the region’s economic and social
diversity has been constrained by limited access and infrastructure, lengthy distances,
remote and small communities which provide limited labour or services, and long winters.
Investment within the region has fluctuated based on the strength of the forestry and
mining industries, global commodity prices and the value of the Canadian dollar.
SOCIAL SETTING
Recent economic changes have led to a general decline in the overall region’s population
over the past decade or more, largely due to the loss of jobs (e.g., mine closures),
particularly among non-Aboriginal communities. This decline is especially evident in
Stewart.
Services vary considerably, depending on the size of the community, with smaller
communities providing limited services and accommodations. Smithers, Terrace, and to
a lesser extent Stewart, provide a broad range of services and supplies, including
accommodation and support for mining and forestry activities. The number of recreation,
health, social and educational services available within communities has dropped in
parallel with the population. Regional hospitals are located in Terrace and Smithers, and
there are well-equipped health clinics in both Dease Lake and Stewart, although existing
services are contingent on stable populations. Primary and secondary education
facilities exist in many communities, while educational facilities within certain Aboriginal
communities do not extend beyond elementary school. Northwest Community College
and Northern Lights College also offer facilities and programs for regional residents.
ABORIGINAL GROUPS
Several Aboriginal groups may be potentially affected by the Project. The PTMA is
situated within the Nass Area, as defined by the NFA, but falls outside the NWA, and also
the Nisga’a Lands owned in fee simple by Nisga’a Nation under the terms of the NFA,
which came into effect on May 11, 2000. The Tahltan First Nation (as represented by the
Tahltan Central Council) asserts a claim over part of the Project footprint. Both the
Gitanyow First Nation (notably wilp Wiiltsx-Txawokw) and the Gitxsan Nation (as identified
by the Gitxsan Hereditary Chiefs Office), including wilp Skii km Lax Ha, which represented
itself separately in the EA process, have identified potentially affected interests within the
broader region, notably downstream of the PTMA. The Skii km Lax Ha are claiming an
area covering the mine site and PTMA.
Aboriginal people have a significant physical, cultural and historical presence within the
Project region. In 2006, approximately 32% of the Regional District of Kitimat-Stikine’s
population was reportedly Aboriginal. Furthermore, the populations of most of the
region’s smaller communities, notably those located along the north-south corridor of
Highway 37 and the east-west corridor near Highway 16, are predominantly Aboriginal.
The decline in the forestry and fishing industries since the 1980s has negatively
impacted Aboriginal communities, as reflected by high unemployment rates. The current
socio-economic setting of the region’s Aboriginal communities is now in the process of
evolving again due to opportunities provided by the mineral industry and tourism.
Within the Project region, exploration projects were historically focused in areas between
the mountainous Knipple Glacier and Eskay Creek areas. Placer claims are present in
several areas, including in Mitchell and Sulphurets creeks. Two mineral developments
have been active within the region since the 1990s, including the Eskay Creek Mine
which operated between 1994 and 2008, primarily extracting silver and gold, and the
Brucejack (Sulphurets) Lake underground development project, which ended in 1993.
Developments associated with the former Eskay Creek Mine include an access road
connecting Highway 37 to the Eskay Creek area, a mill site, and other support facilities
and roads.
Limited timber harvesting has been carried out within the region, with former operation
limited to areas in the Nass Timber Supply Area (Nass TSA) along the Bell-Irving River and
Highway 37. Timber harvesting contributed to the establishment of Meziadin Junction,
with most of the harvesting activities occurring to the south of the Project area. Cut
blocks within and immediately surrounding the region have been limited in scale and
focused on pulpwood. Logs are transported to Stewart for shipping to overseas markets,
or trucked to Terrace and Smithers.
Sections of the RSA are associated with the traditional hunting activities of local First
Nations communities. Archaeological evidence suggests that pre-contact hunting
activities have occurred in areas throughout the RSA. Sections along the Bell-Irving River
have been used for traditional hunting and fishing, and cabins belonging to the Skii km
La Ha are located within the RSA. Subsistence and resident hunting and fishing has
continually occurred from the time of European contact in the region through to modern
times. Resident hunting within the RSA has typically focused on moose within Wildlife
Management Unit (WMU) 6-21, and on black bear and grizzly bear within WMU 6-16 and
6-17.
Trapping for fur-bearing animals has also historically influenced land use within the RSA,
with both Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal trappers. Cabins associated with trapping
activities are located along the Unuk and Bell-Irving River valleys, and are also used for
hunting and fishing purposes. Registered traplines have records dating back to 1985,
though the areas were potentially used before that time. Three traplines in the area are
held by Aboriginal trappers. Areas near Treaty and Snowbank creeks have also been
used for guide outfitting and angling operation.
Recreation, both commercial and private, such as guided mountaineering, guided river
rafting and heli-skiing, has occurred in various areas within the RSA. Only a limited
number of commercial operators have targeted the terrain within the RSA, due to its
ruggedness and remoteness. Difficult access to these areas means that encounters with
other individuals is infrequent, and the sense of isolation is an important part of the
experience offered to clients. Areas near the Bell-Irving River (such as the Snowslide
Range and Treaty Creek) see higher use because they are easier to access from Highway
37. Additionally, the Unuk River is used for commercial rafting adventures, and is
Land management within the Cassiar Iskut-Stikine LRMP includes objectives intended to
preserve the physical, aesthetic, and cultural characteristics of the region. The LRMP
created 14 protected areas for which resource conservation is emphasized, and three of
which are located within or adjacent to the land use RSA. Notably, the LRMP acknowledges
the mineral and energy resource potential within the Plan area. Under the LRMP,
exploration and development of mineral deposits, as well as construction of access roads,
are allowable activities, excepting within Protected Areas. One Resource Management
Zone (RMZ), the Unuk River RMZ, overlaps the LSA, including portions of the Coulter Creek
access road. The management goals for the Unuk River RMZ are focused on preserving
grizzly bear habitat and maintaining visual quality of the terrain from the Unuk River, while
allowing for adjacent logging and mineral development.
Land management goals within the Nass South SRMP were developed in partnership
with NLG, the Gitanyow First Nation, stakeholders, and government agencies, with the
goal of guiding development and conserving environmental and cultural resources within
the southern portion of the Nass TSA. The Nass South SRMP provides guidance on
permitted land uses, and addresses sustainable management issues for land, water and
resources, while aiming to facilitate economic opportunities. Mineral resource activity,
timber harvesting, commercial recreation and tourism, guide outfitting, hunting, fishing,
trapping and cultural land uses are all allowable activities.
An overview of the water management plan for operations is included in Figure 20.1. The
layout of the ultimate water management plan for the mine site is shown in Section 18.0,
in Figure 18.5. These facilities will include:
the WSF contained by a 165-m-high WSD, which will have a crest length of
approximately 650 m (KCB 2012a)
the HDS WTP to treat all contact water using a high density sludge water
treatment process
a Selenium WTP designed to treat 500 L of water from seepage collected from
the base of the Mitchell-McTagg RSF, and/or Ker waste stored in the Sulphurets
pit, or from other point sources such as the WSF
the MDT and related inlet structures to divert clean water flows from the Mitchell
Glacier and surrounding areas upstream of the proposed Mitchell pit and
Mitchell block cave mine to the Sulphurets Creek drainage
the MTDT and related dams and inlet structures to divert clean water flows from
the McTagg Creek Valley away from the McTagg RSF and downstream mine
facilities
the Mitchell NPWDA to depressure the north wall of the Mitchell pit and to
conduct surface contact water from the vicinity of the Mitchell Glacier around
the Mitchell pit
the MVDT to route water from the Mitchell NPWDA under the Mitchell Creek
Valley to the WSF
the Mitchell underground drainage tunnels to route water from the lower
reaches of the Mitchell block cave mine to a point about 300 m below the HDS
WTP where it will be pumped to surface
secondary diversion ditches and pipelines implemented within the Mine Site
during the operation phase to reduce contact water volumes and to direct open
pit contact water and discharge from pit dewatering wells to the WSF.
These facilities are discussed in greater detail in the Project Description (Volume 4) in
Rescan (2013).
A separate, more detailed Environmental Effects Monitoring (EEM) Plan will also be
developed in consultation with regulators and in compliance with the MMER (SOR/2002-
222) and provincial discharge limits as a requirement of the permits and licenses under
which the Project will operate.
The targets intended to optimize the Water Management Plan to achieve surface water
objectives include:
MINE SITE
Water management structures and facilities will be constructed to separate contact water
for treatment and to route non-contact water around the Mine Site to the environment.
The main objective is to minimize the amount of non-contact water reporting to the WSF
to reduce water treatment requirements.
MONITORING
Monitoring programs will enable Seabridge to measure the success of the management
strategies and to identify where additional mitigation is necessary.
Several management plans and monitoring programs include components that will help
ensure the long-term protection of the aquatic environment downstream of the Project.
These management and monitoring programs include but are not limited to:
The AEMP includes water quantity, water quality, sediment quality, water toxicity, benthic
invertebrate and fish assessments downstream of all mine infrastructure, including the
WSF and TMF. The AEMP will monitor long-term effects (if any) of effluent decants or
seepages to downstream areas.
The TMF will ultimately consist of three storage cells retained by four compacted cyclone
tailing dams, the North Dam, the Splitter Dam, the Saddle Dam, and the Southeast Dam.
The tailing dams will be constructed to final heights of 218 m, 194 m, 168 m, and
239 m, respectively. Seepage from the tailing dams will be collected in seepage
collection ponds constructed downstream of the tailing dams.
Requirements for the design, operation, and closure of TMFs on a mine site are legislated
under the Mines Act (1996j) and are covered by sections of the Health, Safety and
Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008), including an updated Section 10 of the Code
which was completed in 2016. In accordance with a Memorandum of Understanding
between the BC Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources (now BC MEM and
the Water Stewardship Division and Environmental Protection Division of the BC Ministry
of Environment (now Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations and
Ministry of Environment, respectively), the Mines Act (1996j) regulations apply to tailing
storage facilities unless a water licence or waste permit is required. It has been assumed
that a waste permit may be required, but that a water licence will not be required for the
TMF.
The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) applies to “major
impoundments” and “major dams.” A major impoundment is defined as an impoundment
that has a maximum depth of material greater than 10 m at any point, or a maximum
height of retaining dam or dike at any point that exceeds 15 m, or is a storage facility
designed to contain more than 1 Mm3 of fill, or any other impoundment or water
management facility so declared by the Chief Inspector. A major dam is defined as a dam
that is used to store and control water, slurry, or solids and that has a maximum height at
The tailing dams and associated seepage recovery dams proposed for the Project fall into
the category of major dams.
Under the Mines Act (1996j), the Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR
2008) requires proponents to provide:
The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) requires proponents to
provide plans for the prediction, and if necessary, prevention, mitigation, and
management of ML/ARD. Details for ML/ARD management and monitoring are included
in the Metal Leaching and Acid Rock Drainage Management Plan (Volume 26, Section
26.14 of the Application/EIS).
The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) also requires proponents to
provide plans for soil salvage and handling, erosion control, and soil contamination
prevention. Details for soil management and monitoring are included in the Terrain,
Surficial Geology and Soil Management and Monitoring Plan (Volume 26, Section 26.13
of the Application/EIS).
Plans for the control and diversion of water on the Mine Site, including the management
of water around the TMF, are provided in the Water Management Plan (Volume 26,
Section 26.17 of the Application/EIS).
A set of detailed mine development and reclamation plans will be submitted at a later
date as part of the Mine Plan and Reclamation Program Permit application.
Targets
Targets of the Dam Stability Plan include the following:
Dam design flood and earthquake levels are selected based on the dam classification.
The required minimum static factor of safety for dam design is 1.5 using peak frictional
strength parameters and estimated operating pore pressures in the dam materials and
underlying foundation soils. For earthquake conditions, the minimum required factor of
safety is 1.0 based on pseudo static analysis, assuming 50% strength reduction in any
uncompacted tailing deposits. Assuming full liquefaction of uncompacted tailing
deposits, the minimum required post-earthquake factor of safety against sliding of the
dam is 1.2.
Landslides, debris flows, and frequent snow avalanches may occur in the East Catchment
Valley and could affect dam stability, creek diversion structures, and mine personnel
safety. Mitigation of slope hazards in the East Catchment Valley can be found in Volume
26, Section 26.4.2 of the Application/EIS.
Please see Volume 26, Section 26.4.2 of the Application/EIS for additional mitigation
measures that will be implemented during the construction, operation, closure, and post-
closure of the dam.
Monitoring
A monitoring program will be developed that will include requirements for inspection of
dams and water control structures and procedures for instrumentation monitoring during
the construction, operation, and closure phases. This information will be included in an
operation, maintenance, and surveillance manual as required by Section 10.5.2 of the
Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008). The manual will include
principles for the safe operation of the TMF and will include details for monitoring,
training, and inspections associated with dam safety (KCB 2012c).
The results of the monitoring program will be reviewed on a regular basis to measure the
success of the management strategies, to compare the recorded data against design
criteria, and to identify where design changes or additional mitigation may be necessary.
The tailing and seepage collection dams will be monitored during operation by
piezometers to measure phreatic levels in the dam and foundation soils and settlement
pins and to measure deformations of the structures. The monitoring instruments will be
installed on representative sections of the dams. The final locations of the sections and
instruments will be determined after the detailed design has been completed and prior to
permitting.
A program of visual and instrumentation monitoring for the tailing dams and seepage
collection dams may include:
inspection of the dam crests and slopes for signs of cracking, slumping,
settlement, seepage or piping;
inspection of dam spillways for potential blockages due to snow avalanche,
landslide, or rock fall debris;
inspection of pumps and piping systems;
A schedule for routine inspection and instrumentation monitoring will be developed at the
time of mine permitting based on the mine construction and operation schedule.
Threshold values (warning levels) for each instrument and response criteria will be
established and included in an operational, maintenance and surveillance manual. A
contingency measure for increasing dam stability could be to place additional fill to
flatten the downstream slopes of the dams. Contingency measures for reducing net
seepage losses from the tailing facility, if required, could be strategic deposition of tailing
on the inside of the impoundment to reduce the seepage losses.
Geotechnical instrumentation installed at the tailing and seepage collection dams will be
monitored during construction and operation. The instrument readings will be recorded
twice per month during normal operating conditions. In addition to the above
instruments, seepage from the dams will be monitored by weirs installed downstream of
the dams.
Pond levels will be recorded monthly and used, in conjunction with pond filling curves, to
plan the tailing discharge and the operation of the seepage collection ponds.
Flows in the diversion ditches will be recorded on a regular basis and will be used in
assessment of the TMF water balance.
Inspection of the diversion channels will be carried out monthly. Clearing snow and debris
may be necessary at critical channel sections up to four times each year.
Additional inspections of the dams and water control structures will be undertaken
following extreme rainfall events, significant runoff events, or significant earthquake
events.
In the event of temporary mine closure, visual inspection and maintenance of the dams,
diversion channels, collection ditches, and spillways will be required.
Reporting
A review and evaluation of the visual and instrumentation monitoring data will be carried
out regularly to identify the need for contingency measures to reduce seepage and/or to
increase dam stability. The monitoring results and corrective actions will be included in
the site documentation management system and reported to senior management and
regulatory agencies as required.
An annual dam safety inspection report, describing the operation, maintenance, and
surveillance of the tailing dams and water management facilities, will be prepared and
submitted to BC MEMNG as required by Section 10.5.3 of the Health, Safety and
Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008).
Comprehensive dam safety reviews will be carried out periodically based on the
consequence of dam failure for each individual dam. The frequency of review and
reporting will be in accordance with the CDA (2007) Dam Safety Guidelines. The
frequency of review is every 5 years for dams classified as Extreme consequence, every 7
years for dams classified as High consequence, and every 10 years for dams classified
as Significant consequence.
The mine manager is ultimately responsible for mine operations. The engineering
department, reporting to the Superintendent of Health and Safety, will be responsible to
maintain the TMF monitoring records and generate reports at the required frequency.
METHOD
The TMF alternatives assessment process involves seven steps to select a TMF site by a
MAA process of systematic analysis and elimination. The main evaluative step in the MAA
commences with the development of a multiple accounts ledger, which is an explicit list
of all the potential adverse effects associated with each TMF alternative that generates a
clear and measurable description of those effects. The seven steps of the MAA are
outlined below:
The following threshold criteria were applied to determine reasonable potential TMF
options for the Project.
Fourteen potential TMF candidate alternative sites were identified for MAA evaluation:
Of the above 14 candidate alternatives for potential TMFs, four potential tailing
management alternatives—one individual site and three combinations of two sites—met
all the TMF siting pre-screening criteria:
Each account considers short- and long-term issues associated with construction through
operation, mine closure, and, ultimately, post-closure maintenance and monitoring.
Detailed characterization data and summary tables are provided in the full MAA report
(Appendix K13).
To allow the accounts and sub-accounts to be measured and compared, the indicators
must be measureable. As per the Guidelines, a six-point scale was used, because it
provides sufficient range to differentiate without being overly detailed, and it is an even
number scale that eliminates the tendency to select the “middle-of-the road” value.
Qualitative (i.e., value-based) scales were developed (e.g., very high, high, low, etc.) when
precise measurability was not possible, as per the Guidelines (Environment Canada
2011). Value scales were developed to have the following characteristics:
Each indicator has a scoring descriptor (table or textual), as described in the full report
(Appendix K13).
Using the weightings combined with the indicator scores derived from the
characterization data, as described in Step 4, a qualitative score for each of the
candidate TMF alternatives was calculated. Calculation methodology followed the
Guidelines (Environment Canada 2011), and full calculation tables are provided in the
full report (Appendix K13). The result of these calculations, i.e., the results of the MAA for
the Project TMF alternatives assessment, is shown in Table 20.1.
Table 20.1 KSM Project Tailing Management Facility Multiple Accounts Analysis Results
Upper Teigen/ Scott Creek Valley- Unuk Valley- Upper Treaty Creek-
Treaty West Teigen Lake West Teigen Lake West Teigen Lake
Base Case 4.5 2.5 2.4 2.2
The value-based MAA decision process result indicated that the Upper Treaty TMF is the
most appropriate TMF alternative (i.e., resulting in the highest value from the MAA
process). The remaining three sites are significantly less preferable, and roughly
equivalent to each other.
The result of all the sensitivity analyses that were conducted was that the Upper Treaty
TMF alternative consistently emerged as the preferred option. Full analytical results are
presented in Rescan 2012 (Appendix K13).
This recent study was conducted in order to address the heightened awareness of tailing
dam safety since the Mount Polley dam breach. An Independent Expert Engineering
Investigation and Review Panel (the Panel) made recommendations regarding BAT and
BAP as part of the review of the Mount Polley breach (MPC 2015). The recommendations
of the Panel were considered and addressed in the Seabridge tailing technology report.
Thirty-one potential TMF locations were considered in the assessment, along with
multiple technologies including filtered tailing. The result of the BAT study indicated that
the Teigen-Treaty Cyclone Sand is the preferred TMF site and management strategy for
tailing management at the Project.
NPAG mine waste rock removed from the Sulphurets pit during pre-production will be
used to construct the basal drain beneath the Mitchell RSF, and it will be used as rockfill
material in the construction of the WSD. A rock drain will also be constructed under the
McTagg RSF.
Requirements for design, operation, and closure of RSFs on a mine site are legislated under
the Mines Act (1996j) and are covered by sections of the Health, Safety and Reclamation
Code for Mines in British Columbia (the Health, Safety and Reclamation Code; BC MEMPR
2008). The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) applies to “major
dumps.” A dump is defined as an accumulation of rock fragments or other unconsolidated
material formed by pushing or dropping loose material over a crest and allowing it to come to
rest without further handling. A major dump is defined as a dump that has one or more of the
following characteristics:
The RSFs proposed for the Project fall into the category of a major dump (BC MEMPR
2008).
Under the Mines Act (1996j), the Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR
2008) requires proponents to provide:
The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) requires proponents to
provide plans for the prediction, and if necessary, prevention, mitigation, and
management of ML/ARD. Details for ML/ARD management and monitoring are included
in the Metal Leaching and Acid Rock Drainage Management Plan (Section 26.14 of
Volume 26 of the Application/EIS).
The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) also requires proponents to
provide plans for soil salvage and handling, erosion control, and soil contamination
prevention. Details for soil management and monitoring are included in the Terrain,
Surficial Geology, and Soil Management and Monitoring Plan (Section 26.13 of Volume
26 of the Application/EIS).
Plans for the control and diversion of water on the mine site, including of the
management of water around the RSFs, are provided in the Water Management Plan
(Section 26.17 of Volume 26 of the Application/EIS).
A set of detailed mine development and reclamation plans will be submitted at a later
date as part of the Mine Plan and Reclamation Program Permit application. The following
sections outline the general provisions included in these documents in terms of RSF
operation and monitoring.
The RSFs have been classified based on the dump stability rating outlined in the Mine
Rock and Overburden Piles Investigation and Design Manual: Interim Guidelines
prepared for the British Columbia Mine Waste Rock Pile Research Committee (Piteau
Associated 1991). The stability rating considers the probable failure hazard of the RSF
based on key factors affecting stability including RSF size and geometry, foundation
conditions, characteristics of the waste rock material, method of construction, climate
and expected piezometric conditions, and rate of RSF construction and seismicity.
The dump stability ratings are summarized in Appendix 4-J and the Rock Storage
Facilities Design Report Appendix 4-M of the Application/EIS. The Mitchell RSF is
classified as low-moderate failure hazard, the McTagg RSF is classified as low-moderate
failure hazard, and the Sulphurets pit backfill is classified as low failure hazard (refer to
Volume 26 of the Application/EIS for further details).
Construction
A stable foundation is required under the RSFs to reduce the risk of RSF failure. Site
preparation for the RSFs will include (details of RSF construction are included in
Appendix 4-J of the Application/EIS):
Operation
For the purposes of ensuring the safety of mine personnel working below areas of active
dump construction or driving on access roads below rock storage areas, the following
safety measures may be required:
Designated snow dumps located on the south facing slope of the McTagg RSF
and on areas of the Mitchell RSF above the WSF where the snow will melt during
the summer.
Location of snow dumps in non-critical areas of the RSFs.
Geohazards including debris flows, debris slides, and frequent snow avalanches could
affect the diversion structures. The storage capacity of the WSF is sufficient to handle
additional volumes of water in the event that the diversion channels do not function;
however, the following design and control measures have been considered:
Diversion channels have been strategically located to avoid landslide and snow
avalanche prone terrain wherever possible, and designed to minimize the risk of
failure and to maximize channel efficiency; however, it is anticipated that
ongoing maintenance of water diversion channels and structures will be
required.
Diversion channels will be constructed with a minimum 5 m base width to allow
for snow removal by snow blowers or Caterpillar D-6 dozers. Snow and debris
will be removed in a timely manner if the channels become blocked.
Periodic shotcrete reinforcement and rock bolting may be required along sections of rock-
cut channels and spillways where discontinuities in the rock may lead to leakage or
structural weakness.
Closure
For long-term stability and reclamation purposes, slopes of the Mitchell and McTagg RSFs
will be re-contoured at closure. The modifications to the RSF areas will include:
Please refer to the Application/EIS (Volume 26) (Rescan 2013) for further details.
Post-closure
The post-closure phase includes complete reclamation of the RSFs and continued
treatment of water collected in the WSF until the water quality meets acceptable
Monitoring
A monitoring program will be developed to visually check the condition of RSF slopes and
surface water control diversion channels during RSF construction and operation. The
monitoring program will also include the installation of geotechnical instrumentation for
the collection of data to confirm design assumptions, to warn of potential failure or
deformation of RSF slopes, and to evaluate stability performance.
The results of the monitoring program will be used to measure the success of the
management strategies and to identify where additional mitigation may be necessary.
Monitoring will continue for a period of time after mine closure to confirm that
reclamation objectives are being achieved and to identify repair or maintenance
requirements. Inspection and monitoring may include:
visual inspection of RSF platform, crest, and slopes to check for signs of
cracking, settlement, or bulging
visual inspection of the RSF toe area to check for signs of ground heave or
seepage
installation of piezometers during construction in the area of the Mitchell RSF
foundation where lacustrine deposits are present to monitor pore pressure and
phreatic levels
installation of slope inclinometers in areas close to the Mitchell OPC during
operation to monitor foundation deformation
installation of surface survey monuments during RSF construction
deployment of wireline extensometers as required
inspection of surface water diversion ditches, channels, and pipelines to check
the structural condition and to ensure that they are clear of obstruction.
A schedule for routine inspection and instrumentation monitoring will be developed at the
time of mine permitting based on the mine construction and operation schedule.
Instrumentation trigger levels and response criteria will also be established and included
in an operation procedure for the RSFs.
Additional inspections of RSF slopes and surface water control structures will be
undertaken following extreme rainfall events or significant earthquake events. Records
will be kept to track RSF crest advance and loading rates, location of snow dumps, waste
rock material quality, and any other information required to assess RSF performance.
Geohazards, such as debris flows, debris slides, and snow avalanches, in areas that
could adversely affect worker safety and mine infrastructure, including surface water
diversion structures, will be monitored and identified hazards will be controlled as
necessary.
Reporting
Regular inspection of active and inactive RSFs and review of pertinent data will be
conducted by mine personnel. Inspection records will be maintained on site for review by
the design engineer and by government mine inspectors. The information collected may
be used for external reporting purposes.
The Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008) requires that an annual
performance report be submitted for waste rock storage facilities that are classified as
high risk. Information on the development and reclamation of the waste rock storage
facilities may also be included in the annual reclamation and environmental monitoring
report submitted to the BC government as required by the Mines Act (1996j) regulations
under the Health, Safety and Reclamation Code (BC MEMPR 2008).
OBJECTIVE
The primary purposes of the Domestic and Industrial Waste Management Plan (the
Waste Management Plan) is to protect workers and the public, and to minimize any
potential adverse effects to the environment, including fish and wildlife and their habitat,
while ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements, permit and licence obligations,
and the Proponent’s Environmental Policy. The secondary purpose of the plan is to
minimize the risk and cost associated with the recycling, storage, handling, disposal, and
removal of waste from all aspects of the Project. A material is considered a waste when it
can no longer be used for its original purpose.
In order for the Waste Management Plan and associated procedures to work to their full
extent, everyone on the site must be made aware of the plan and their corresponding
responsibilities. All Project personnel, including contractors, need to be active
participants.
TARGETS
The targets for the Waste Management Plan are to ensure that:
all employees and contractors on site have at least overview training in Project
waste management strategies, achieved through site orientation training
every work area has a designated waste collection or disposal area
every waste collection or disposal area has designated and secure areas or
containers for disposal of specific waste types
appropriate spill kits are available wherever there is a potential for a spill
site workers are trained in spill prevention and spill response.
WASTE REDUCTION
Reducing the amount of material that is consumed is the most effective way of reducing
the amount of waste that is generated. Consumption will be assessed by evaluating all
procedures, processes, and consumed materials for possible reductions in raw material
MATERIAL REUSE
Materials brought to the Project site should be used to the maximum extent possible, and
where applicable, reused on the site. Examples of reusable materials include:
RECYCLING
A recycling program will be incorporated at the Project for successful management of
waste streams. The program will recycle as many products as possible on site (e.g.,
salvageable lumber and scrap metal, paper, cardboard, and salvageable parts from
vehicles).
Other recyclable materials will be shipped off site to the nearest recycling facility.
Products that will be shipped off site include:
An imperative step in achieving compliance with the procedures is to ensure that all
employees, contractors, and sub-contractors are aware of the plan and procedures and
how the procedures apply to them. For example, all persons at the Project will be made
aware of the recycling program and of how to direct waste to the correct waste stream
through an orientation and training program on domestic and industrial waste
procedures. Permanent employees will receive regular retraining and updates when new
procedures or changes are introduced.
Waste produced by Project activities and personnel will be separated at the point of
generation. Each department will be accountable for its workers, including Seabridge
employees, contractors, and sub-contractors, to ensure that the waste is handled
correctly as per the waste management procedures. Tracking waste streams is essential
to ensure that each department is performing its waste management procedures
responsibility.
TRACKING
Off-site and on-site disposal will be documented by tracking waste type, volume, method
of disposal, and location. Tracking of the waste streams by each department will show
where changes can be made to further improve the waste management system over the
life of the Project. Tracking will also alert management to areas or departments that may
require new procedures or particular attention. A summary of the tracking will be reported
annually by each department to the Environmental Superintendent, along with an
analysis of the effectiveness of the existing systems and any proposed improvements.
AUDIT PROGRAM
An audit program is required to alert management when enforcement is necessary to
ensure compliance with the plan and procedures. The mine manager will appoint a small
audit team.
The long duration of the construction phase, combined with the wide range of phase
activities such as tunnelling, TMF construction, and pre-stripping, means that waste will
be similar between the construction and operation phases. The primary difference will be
the addition of waste related to production in the Treaty Process Plant during operation.
The types of waste that will be generated during the Project operation are listed in the
Application/EIS (Table 26.6-1 of Chapter 26) (Rescan 2013).
Domestic and industrial waste produced during the operation phase will be controlled
and monitored throughout the life of the Project.
Each construction camp will have its own waste disposal facilities with clearly marked
containers or areas for each type of waste. For example, the inert non-reactive solid
waste (tires, conveyor belts, rebar, wood, etc.) will be stockpiled for later disposal in one
of the Project landfills or in a licensed off-site landfill. Hazardous waste (petroleum waste,
batteries, etc.) will be stored in appropriate sealed containers within a bermed area for
transfer off site.
Clearly labelled sealable containers will be provided at each camp and staging area for
the different types of materials (e.g., hazardous waste and recyclable waste). Electric
fencing will be used to deter bears from entering waste disposal facilities. Sealed
containers from the camps will be hauled for disposal at the next most accessible
disposal point. Ideally, inert non-reactive solid waste materials that cannot be recycled,
reused, or burned in an incinerator will be stored until they can be disposed in the Project
landfills once the landfills are established and road access is available. Where road
access is available to public roads before the Project landfills are available, inert non-
Operation
Central disposal facilities will be established at the Mitchell and Treaty OPCs where waste
materials will be organized for coordinated disposal. These central disposal facilities will
be created in the latter part of the construction phase and will be operational by the start
of the operation phase. Waste materials from sites in the Unuk River drainage will be
directed to the Mitchell OPC, and those from the Bell-Irving River drainage will be directed
to the Treaty OPC.
The waste collection areas, landfills, and sewage effluent/sludge disposal systems will
have waste containment and runoff control structures that will prevent the escape of
untreated waste to the surface or ground water systems. Regular audits of these waste
containment and runoff control structures will be conducted, and the records of these
inspections will be kept for review upon the request of the site manager or an inspector.
Regular inspection audits will be conducted on all the disposal systems as well to ensure
that the waste is being handled correctly and filtered into the correct waste streams.
Recycle/reuse area: This area will contain the items that can be recycled/reused
on the site. Inert materials to be stored in this area include tires, scrap metals,
and waste wood. These items will be placed in designated containers or areas
within the recycle/reuse area of the waste collection area. This method will allow
personnel to search the recycle/reuse area of the waste collection area for
materials to reuse. Once these containers or areas become full, the contents will
be either disposed of in a designated on-site facility or shipped off site for
recycling at an approved facility.
Hazardous waste area: The hazardous waste area will contain hazardous waste
that is required to be shipped off-site. Hazardous waste, including used glycol,
acids, solvents, laboratory chemical waste, oil that cannot be burned in
incinerators, oily rags, absorbent pads, hydraulic fluid, and any other hazardous
chemicals, will be stored in a bermed containment area. Hazardous waste will
not be permitted to accumulate to excessive volumes, but will be shipped off
site to avoid crowding.
The waste in the waste collection area will be segregated and stored using accepted
management practices including the following:
Fire prevention systems that are adequately designed for the materials being
stored will be used.
Spill kits, protective equipment, and other necessary equipment to clean and
mitigate spills will be used.
Only containers in good condition will be used to store items.
Containers and liner materials will be compatible with the waste being disposed.
Containers and drums will be labelled to identify the waste content and initial
date of storage.
Sufficient storage space will be left between containers to allow for safe access
and handling of containers.
Incompatible waste will not be stored in the same containers and will be stored
at a safe distance from each other.
LANDFILLS
Two landfills will be established, one each in the Mitchell and Treaty OPCs. The landfills
will be used to dispose of only solid inert, non-reactive waste such as used conveyor
belts, empty dry latex paint cans, grinding balls, air filters, non-recyclable plastics, and
incinerator ash. To deter wildlife attraction to the landfill, the landfill will be fenced and
only solid inert waste that will not act as a wildlife attractant will be deposited there. The
garbage will be periodically covered with not potentially acid generating waste rock or
local till to prevent wind loss and to mitigate wildlife attraction.
Signs will be posted around the landfills to identify the disposal area, and the landfills will
be audited regularly to ensure that they are only used for disposal of approved waste
products. The audits will be recorded and evaluated for potential areas of improvement.
INCINERATORS
Incinerators will be used at all camps and at the Mitchell truck shop, whenever possible,
for waste disposal. The Treaty operating camp will share an incinerator with the Treaty
Process Plant and related facilities. The incinerators will be used to dispose of all waste
that is a wildlife attractant, including food waste and food-related products. Food waste is
a prime wildlife attractant and will therefore be incinerated in a timely manner, thus
leaving no trace of attractants for wildlife. All kitchen, dining room, office, and
accommodation waste will be incinerated to reduce the potential of attracting wildlife. All
resultant incinerator ash will be placed in a landfill.
Please see the Application/EIS (Volume 26) (Rescan 2013) for typical waste types to be
expected at the Project, their treatment strategies, and handling/disposal methods. Any
updates on specific waste management since the Application/EIS can be found in
Section 18.0 of this PFS.
HAZARDOUS WASTE
Hazardous waste will be produced in all Project phases. It includes materials such as
waste oil, laboratory chemicals and solvents, lead-acid batteries, oil filters, and used oily
rags and absorbent pads.
The Hazardous Waste Regulation (BC Reg. 63/88) under the Environmental
Management Act (2003) defines “hazardous waste” (please see Volume 26 of the
Application/EIS for additional details. Any updates on hazardous waste management
since the Application/EIS can be found in Section 18.0 of this PFS.
Hazardous waste requires special handling and training procedures. All employees,
contractors, and sub-contractors who are handling hazardous waste for the Project will
be provided with Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System training or will be
required under contract to have that training, so they can identify hazardous waste and
know how to handle it appropriately. Transportation of Dangerous Goods training will be
provided, or required of employees, contractors, and sub-contractors who are receiving,
off-loading, and storing potentially hazardous materials, or involved in the storage and
shipment off-site of hazardous waste.
Hazardous waste will be transferred to an approved hazardous waste facility that will
issue a certificate of destruction. Periodic audits of this facility to ensure proper handling
and destruction of hazardous waste will be considered.
All hazardous materials and dangerous goods will be stored in clearly labelled containers
or vessels and handled in accordance with regulations appropriate to their hazard
characteristics.
To properly manage the petroleum waste stream and make the individual waste streams
easier to reuse, recycle or recover, the waste will be segregated into classes, as detailed
in the Application/EIS (Section 26.6 of Volume 26) (Rescan 2013).
Biological Waste
The first aid areas will generate small amounts of hazardous waste in the form of
needles, syringes, scalpel blades, and blood- and tissue-contaminated materials. This
waste will be properly contained in biohazard containers in the first aid area under the
supervision of the first aid staff. The blood- and tissue-contaminated materials will be
incinerated and the other biohazardous waste will be shipped off site to an approved
disposal facility.
Non-hazardous Waste
Non-hazardous waste will be produced in all phases of the Project. They include materials
such as domestic garbage, food waste, paper materials, aluminum cans, glass, plastics,
inert bulk waste, etc. (please refer to Section 26.6, Volume 26 of the Application/EIS for
additional details).
Upon closure, the buildings, facilities, and process equipment will be dismantled and
either disposed of at the site landfill (inert non-reactive materials only) or removed from
The landfill will be covered with waste rock and reclaimed to ensure long-term stability
and erosion control. All reclamation details and processes are described in detail in the
Reclamation and Closure Plan.
the legislation and standards relevant to emissions associated with the Project
the primary emission mitigation methods that the Proponent will implement;
the continual assessment and reporting of emissions that will take place
throughout the Project life.
Objective
The Emissions Management Plan will establish measures to mitigate emissions from
Project activities to meet air emission legislative requirements and to reduce the Project
effects to reasonable levels. The objective of the Emissions Management Plan is to
mitigate and monitor emissions from Project activities.
Targets
The Emissions Management Plan targets are to:
avoid, control, and mitigate air pollution associated with Project operation
establish a monitoring plan to collect on-site air quality data, results of which will
be reviewed annually to determine if any trends are evident and if target criteria
are being met.
Activities that will produce emissions during the Project operation phase include blasting,
operating diesel-powered mining equipment, and operating haul trucks for transporting
waste rock and ore. Transportation of personnel and materials to and from the Mine Site
will also produce emissions during operations. Emissions include sulphur dioxide,
nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, and particulate matter.
In an effort to mitigate emissions during the various phases of the Project, Seabridge is
currently implementing, or plans to implement, measures described in detail in the
Application/EIS (Section 26.11, Volume 26) (Rescan 2013).
Monitoring
Stack testing of a selection of incinerators and process units will be conducted in
compliance with permit requirements under the BC Environmental Management Act – Air
Permit.
Reporting
The results of the emissions monitoring program will be reported on at the frequency
specified in the Air Permit.
Adaption
The air quality monitoring data will be reviewed annually to determine if any trends are
evident. The need for any corrective actions to on-site emission management or
installation of additional control measures will be determined on a case-by-case basis.
Indications of the need for corrective actions and additional control measures may
include:
Discussions will be initiated to resolve any issues as soon as possible after the issue has
been identified.
Components of the Emissions Management Plan may need to be revised over the life of
the Project, based on regulatory changes and technological advances. Any modification
made to the Emissions Management Plan will be communicated to regulatory authorities
where applicable.
the legislations and standards relevant to dust emissions associated with the
Project
the main emission mitigation methods that the Proponent will implement
the continual assessment and reporting of emissions that will take place
throughout the Project life.
Legislation and Standards
The applicable standards include:
Targets
The Fugitive Dust Emissions Management Plan targets are to:
ensure fugitive dust emissions generated by the Project do not cause a medium
to long-term exceedance of the standards
maintain a monitoring plan to collect on-site air quality data related to dust,
results of which will be reviewed annually to determine if any trends are evident
and if target criteria are being met.
Activities that will produce fugitive dust emissions during the operational phase of the Project
include vehicles travelling on unpaved roads, ore transfer, truck loading and unloading,
crushing and blasting.
In an effort to mitigate dust emissions during the various phases of the Project,
Seabridge is currently implementing, or plans to implement, measures described in detail
in the Application/EIS (Section 26.11, Volume 26) (Rescan 2013).
Monitoring
Fugitive dust monitoring commenced in 2008, and consisted of dustfall monitoring of
particulates, anions, cations, and total metals. Dustfall monitoring began at 5 locations
and expanded to 10 locations as of 2012. Each station monitors dustfall over
consecutive 30-day periods during the summer and early fall.
The locations of the dustfall stations during construction and operation are likely to be
slightly different than the baseline locations due to shifting areas of activity on site as the
Project progresses. The dustfall monitoring stations will be sited in accordance with
ASTM Standard D1739-98 (ASTM 2010). The stations will be in open areas that are free
of structures higher than 1 m within a 20 m radius of the collection container.
The dustfall monitoring will provide a 30-day average ground-level mass of deposited
dust. These values will be compared to the relevant BC dustfall objectives stated in The
Pollution Control Objectives for the Mining, Smelting, and Related Industries of British
Columbia (BC MOE 1979). In addition, analysis of temporal trends will be undertaken to
determine if there are any increasing trends in the measured concentrations with
REPORTING
The results of the Fugitive Dust Monitoring Program will be reported in various annual
reports and will be provided to senior management and regulatory agencies as required.
ADAPTION
The dustfall monitoring data will be reviewed annually to determine if any trends are
evident. The need for any corrective actions to on-site dustfall management or additional
control measures will be determined on a case-by-case basis. Indications of the need for
corrective actions and additional control measures may include:
Discussions will be initiated to resolve any issues as soon as possible after the issue has
been identified.
It is possible that components of the Fugitive Dust Emissions Management Plan may
need to be revised over the life of the Project, based on regulatory changes and
technological advances. Any modification made to the Fugitive Dust Emissions
Management Plan will be communicated to regulatory authorities where applicable.
On-site meteorological data are used for a variety of purposes for mining projects. For
instance, wind speed and direction data were required for the Project to select sites for
permanent camps and mineral processing facilities, in order to accommodate
predominant wind patterns and mitigate the effects of fugitive dust and other emissions.
Solar radiation, evaporation, and precipitation data are required in water balance
calculations for water containment and treatment systems. Precipitation (as both snow
and rain) data will facilitate monitoring and predicting potential hazards such as
avalanches and landslides (see the Application/EIS, Volume 26) (Rescan 2013).
Meteorological monitoring will also assist in understanding and better predicting the
potential effects of climate change on the Project over its lifetime.
Reporting
The results of ongoing meteorological monitoring throughout the Project life will be
reported in Annual Environmental Reports, and will be provided to senior management
for the Project as required.
Regulatory Context
The main pieces of legislation pertaining to carbon management for major projects in BC,
including taxation and market mechanisms, as of 2012 can be found in the
Application/EIS (Volume 12) (Rescan 2013). In the absence of regulations, many
organizations seek to minimize GHG emissions voluntarily to meet corporate
sustainability reporting goals, procure financing, address liability, or improve public
relations.
Under the Copenhagen Accord in 2009, Canada signed on to reduce its total GHG
emissions by 17% from 2005 levels by 2020, mirroring American targets. To meet this
national GHG reduction target, Canada has also begun to implement regulations under
the Canadian Environmental Protection Act (1999) and the Clean Air Regulatory Agenda for
energy suppliers (starting with coal) and the transport sector (for heavy- and light-duty
vehicle manufacturers). To demonstrate its reductions, Canada reports national GHG
emissions annually to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Canada has set progressively aggressive fuel efficiency targets for manufacturers
through national transport regulations—in line with those in the United States—which will
help to provide transport sector GHG emissions reductions in future years, and
consequently provide transport related GHG reductions for the Project from upstream
sources. For instance, on November 27, 2012, the federal government announced new
regulations for automobiles and light trucks manufactured between 2017 and 2025,
which mandate improvements to engine fuel efficiency such that by 2025, vehicles in
this category will consume 50% less fuel and will emit 50% less GHG emissions than
similar 2008 models (Environment Canada 2012a). These proposed regulations will build
on the Passenger Automobile and Light Truck Greenhouse Gas Emission Regulations
(SOR/2010-201) for vehicles manufactured between 2011 and 2016, which mandates
that 2016 models have about 25% lower GHG emissions compared to similar 2008
models. The proposed Heavy-duty Vehicle and Engine Greenhouse Gas Emission Regulation
(SOR/2013-24) will mandate manufactured emission reductions for heavy-duty vehicles,
commence in 2014, and will also help to lower transport related emissions of the Project
compared to current estimates (Government of Canada 2012). For instance, heavy-duty
vehicle models (i.e., large pick-up trucks, short/long-haul tractors, cement and garbage
trucks, and buses) manufactured in 2018 will be required to reduce end-of-pipe GHG
emissions up to 23% from those sold in 2010, and by 2020 overall national emissions
from this vehicle class are projected to drop by 3 Mt/a (Environment Canada 2012b).
These types of reductions are why the procurement of new vehicles is listed as a
mitigation measure in the Application/EIS (Section 26.12.1.5, Volume 26) (Rescan
2013).
BC also has several provincial climate change regulations in place, often aligning targets
and mechanisms with those in California. Through the BC Climate Action Plan
(Government of BC 2008vb), the province has set more stringent targets—33% GHG
The GHG Reduction (Vehicle Emissions Standards) Act (2008c) is also slated to roll out in
BC in the next few years, putting initial caps on transport emissions, which will likely be
raised incrementally in future years to be in line with target reductions in BC: a total of
33% by 2020 compared to 2007, and 80% below 2007 levels by 2050 (Government of
BC 2008b). In conjunction with national transport regulations, this act will help reduce
GHG emissions of contracted (Scope 3) haul truck emissions for the Project.
Regarding land-use change, in support of the Climate Action Plan, BC has enacted the
Zero Net Deforestation Act (2010), targeting net zero deforestation for BC by December
31, 2015, starting with government reporting on deforestation in 2012. The objectives of
the Act are to achieve net zero deforestation without “undermining economic
development,” and to use information and incentives to encourage voluntary action by
industry to avoid and reduce deforestation and increase afforestation levels (BC MFML
2010).
In BC, since January 1, 2010, facilities emitting over 10,000 t of carbon dioxide
equivalent must report to the BC Ministry of Environment, and those emitting over
25,000 t CO2e must also have to have emissions verified by an independent and
accredited third party under the BC Reporting Regulation (BC Reg. 272/2009) of the
Greenhouse Gas Reduction (Cap and Trade) Act (2008b).
The above provincial and national reporting regulations only pertain to facility-level
emissions, and so do not include land use change. If the Project facility-level GHG
emissions surpass 50,000 t carbon dioxide equivalent/a, to satisfy federal and provincial
reporting requirements, Project GHG emissions will need to be assessed, verified, and
reported. Project GHG emissions will also be able to be reported through the online one-
window reporting system, which was introduced in 2010 to harmonize the needs of
There is no current cap on industrial GHG emissions mandating emission reductions for
the Project; however, BC’s carbon tax will also apply to purchases for the Project, and the
Greenhouse Gas Reduction (Cap and Trade) Act (2008b), is designed to set the
groundwork for a regulatory regime that was to be implemented through the tabled
Emission Trading Regulation on January 1, 2012. The proposed Emission Trading
Regulation is applicable to facility operations that emit over 25,000 t carbon dioxide
equivalent/a from “emissions from general stationary combustion of fuel or waste with
the production of useful energy” (BC CAS 2010), which would be applicable to the
Project.
California has now taken steps to initiate its cap and trade system. In September 2012, it
officially launched the program, followed by the first auctioning of greenhouse gas
allowances by the California Air Resources Board on November 14, 2012 (CARB 2012b),
and its December 14, 2012 announcement of provisions for carbon offset projects (CARB
2012b). Quebec has also now become the first Canadian province to join California and
the Western Climate Initiative in creating a regional carbon market by adopting
regulations to join their two capped systems (MDDEFP 2012; Segun 2012). There is
currently regulatory uncertainty as to whether BC will continue with its original plans
under the Greenhouse Gas Reduction (Cap and Trade) Act (2008b) to join in a capped
and regulated carbon market with California and Quebec or pursue other avenues of
carbon management.
OBJECTIVE
The primary objective of the GHG Management Plan is to mitigate net GHGs emitted to
the atmosphere by Project activities.
TARGETS
The GHG Management Plan targets are to:
The actions at the base of the hierarchy are the most transformative and effective at
reducing a company’s GHG emissions profile. Avoidance, reduction, and replacement
activities to mitigate GHG emissions involve reducing fuel use or energy consumption, and
so are also typically cost saving as well. Enhancement includes actions that Seabridge has
committed to regarding replanting activities, which will re-establish vegetation and natural
carbon sequestration from the atmosphere via photosynthesis. Offsetting remaining GHG
emissions that cannot otherwise be mitigated, can involve either purchasing offsets, or
creating them via developing additional offset projects.
There will also be net emissions associated with land use change GHG sources and sinks
from activities such as clearing and burning of biomass on land (e.g., deforestation) to
convert it for the Project, emitting GHGs, and restoration through replanting (e.g.,
reforestation) to convert land back to forested land, which will contribute to GHG
sequestration over time.
Please refer to Volume 26 (Section 26.12) of the Application/EIS (Rescan 2013) for
details on the mitigation measures that will be implemented during all Project phases.
There is the potential that the net GHG emissions for the Project could be mitigated
significantly compared to those reported in the GHG assessment, depending on
technological advances in fuel and energy efficiency measures over the life of the Project,
as well as potential carbon offsetting schemes under a potentially regulated regime.
Seabridge will annually review GHG emissions associated with the Project, determine if
any trends are evident, and will assess progress on targets. The need for any actions to
correct or improve on-site GHG emission management will be determined on a case-by-
case basis. Indications of the need for corrective actions and additional control measures
may include:
It is possible that components of the GHG Management Plan may need to be revised over
the life of the Project, based on regulatory changes and technological advances.
Any modification made to the GHG Management Plan will be reported to regulatory
authorities where applicable.
An EMS is a requirement of a Mines Act Permit for mines in BC and is the high-level
framework supporting each Environmental Management Plan. Environmental
Management Plans are the specific and detailed goals, objectives, and procedures for
the protection of worker health and safety, environmental monitoring, and operating
procedures that show the regulatory agencies how legislation and regulations will be met
at the Mine Site and the PTMA. Environmental Management Plans are managed
collectively under the umbrella of the EMS.
The EMS will identify the approach to the Project planning and to the development of the
Project with respect to Seabridge’s legislative and corporate environmental obligations.
The fundamental component of the EMS is the Environmental Management Plans, which
detail environmental protection measures to mitigate potential environmental effects.
The Environmental Management Plan describe the environmental practices and
procedures to be applied during the planning, construction, and operation phases of
the Project.
It is necessary and prudent planning for projects to have an EMS in place to guide project
performance from construction through to closure. An integrated system is required
because there are inherent overlaps in activities, e.g., actions taken to protect workers'
safety and health often protects the environment. For example, emergency response
plans will address spills to the environment that can also have worker and public safety
risks. Similarly, traffic safety and driver training programs can significantly reduce risks to
workers and to the public, as well as spills to the environment. Appropriate training and
other resources will be available to ensure that workers at the Project are properly
equipped to perform their work. The Project operating company will develop an overall
management system for the Project that includes:
The purpose of the EMS is to organize and guide all activities during all phases of the
Project to ensure orderly, safe, compliant, and environmentally and socially responsible
operations at the mine. The EMS aims to coordinate human aspects of the Project to
control or reduce the Project’s effect on the environment (biophysical and human).
The EMS is the framework within which Environmental Management Plans will be
developed, implemented, maintained, and updated. The following three-step process has
been used for the development of Environmental Management Plans.
This three-step process will be used to develop Environmental Management Plans for
each phase of the Project.
The following Environmental Management Plans were prepared and submitted as part of
the Application/EIS (Rescan 2013). Please refer to the Application/EIS (Volume 26) for
details on each of these EMPs.
…a plan outlining the details of the proposed work and a program for the conservation
of cultural heritage resources and for the protection and reclamation of the land,
watercourses and cultural heritage resources affected by the mine, including the
information, particulars and maps established by the regulations or the code (Section
10.1).
As a condition of issuing a permit, the chief inspector may require a security for mine
reclamation, and to provide for protection of, and mitigation of damage to, watercourses
and cultural heritage resources affected by the mine (Mines Act, Section 10.4).
A financial security is required as a condition of all Mines Act permits (Section 10.4 and
10.5) for all, or part of, outstanding costs associated with mine reclamation and the
protection of land, watercourses and cultural resources, including post-closure
commitments. The security held under the Mines Act can also be used to cover the
regulatory requirements of legislation, permits and approvals of other provincial agencies.
The objective of BCs reclamation security policy is to provide reasonable assurance that
the provincial government will not have to contribute to the costs of reclamation and
environmental protection if a mining company defaults on its obligations. In the case of a
company default, the security should allow government to successfully manage the
environmental issues at the mine site, complete any outstanding reclamation
requirements, and continue to monitor and maintain the site for as long as is required
(BC MEMPG 2009). In general, MEM reviews reclamation security at a mine site every
five years, or whenever significant changes occur at the mine. The security can increase
or decrease depending upon assessed liability at the time and financial factors such as
real return bond yields.
On November 1, 2013, The Fisheries Protection Policy Statement (DFO 2013a) was
issued and replaced the earlier Policy for the Management of Fish Habitat (DFO 1986).
Although the new policy statement does not include the NNL principle, as outlined in the
earlier policy, application of this NNL principle provides some useful guidance when
considering “serious harm to fish”. Any project or activity that causes a serious harm to
The Project entered the EA process prior to the changes in the Fisheries Act and Fisheries
Protection Policy Statement. As such, the original Fisheries Act and Policy for the
Management of Fish Habitat have been used for planning and permitting. The original
Fisheries Act (1985) legislation and policies are discussed below because they have
formed the basis for developing the Closure and Reclamation Plan.
The original Fisheries Act (1985) prohibits the harmful alteration, disruption, or
destruction of fish habitat through physical, chemical, or biological means. The Policy for
the Management of Fish Habitat (DFO 1986) puts forth the principle of NNL of productive
capacity” of fish habitat. Under Section 35(2) of the Fisheries Act (1985), any project or
activity that causes harmful alteration, disruption, or destruction requires an
authorization from DFO. The Fisheries Act (1985) defines fish habitat as “spawning
grounds, nursery, rearing, food supply, and migration areas on which fish depend directly
or indirectly in order to carry out their life processes.” Included in this definition are both
fish-bearing and non-fish-bearing waterbodies, including the surrounding riparian area
and fisheries sensitive zones.
The MMER (SOR/2002-222), enacted in 2002, were developed under Section 36 of the
Fisheries Act (1985) to regulate the deposit of tailing, and other waste matter produced
during mining operations, into natural fish bearing waters. These regulations,
administered by Environment Canada, apply to both new and existing mines. If a
developer proposes to use a natural fish-bearing waterbody for tailing management, a
fish habitat compensation plan must be developed to ensure NNL of fish habitat results
from the use of this waterbody.
A permit authorizes the discharge of wastes from an industry, trade, business, operation
or activity to the environment, and sets the terms and conditions under which the
discharge may occur so that pollution is prevented. The terms and conditions include
limiting the quantity and quality of waste contaminants, monitoring the discharge and the
receiving environment, and reporting information to the Ministry. Permits are ongoing
authorizations and may be amended, transferred to other dischargers, suspended or
cancelled (BC MOE 2013).
The conceptual closure and reclamation plan has three objectives that provide assurance
to the Province that the site will be left in a condition that will limit any future liability to
the people of BC:
Long-term stability of landforms will also be achieved through careful design. The design
of RSFs has taken the BC Mines Waste Rock Pile Research Committee dump design
guidelines (Piteau Associates 1991) into account. RSF geotechnical stability during
construction and closure was analyzed using SLOPE/W© 2007 software (Tetra Tech
2012). The mine rock placement progression will build the RSFs in lifts (initially by
bottom-up construction) to consolidate foundations and reduce downslope risks (KCB
2012). Where implemented, top-down designs in the RSFs is limited to 400 m maximum
lifts, which are comparable to current lift heights implemented at other mines in BC,
however the current design for interim placement of waste rock does not exceed 200 m.
The RSFs will be reclaimed. Therefore, final dump configurations are designed with
maximum 105 m high terraces at “as dumped” angle of repose, with flat benches
between terraces. The overall slope angle will be between 26° and 30° to allow for re-
sloping to accommodate reclamation. The upper edge of the RSFs will be rounded off to
shed water and to reduce the potential for erosion at the top of slope edges.
Reclamation/re-vegetation of the RSFs will reduce the potential for infiltration of
precipitation and surface erosion providing more stability.
The TMF will be constructed in three cells, known as the North Cell, the Centre Cell, and
the South Cell as described in Chapter 18.2.
The end land use objective will be primarily to provide for wildlife habitat for the
described wildlife species, including bears, mountain goats, and moose. It is proposed
that the reclamation approaches will result in the development of complex ecosystems
with time and will provide habitat for the species of animals and plants currently
occurring around the proposed Project area. Reclamation will include the development of
wetlands with their characteristic vegetation and use by wildlife such as moose, western
MATERIALS BALANCE
There are approximately 47 separate facilities that form part of the Project. They range in
area from less than 5 ha, such as some of the construction camps, to 1,660 ha for the
TMF. The total area that will be disturbed by the end of mine operation will be
approximately 4,195 ha. Following the 53-year mine life, the majority of the Mine Site will
be closed, decommissioned, and/or reclaimed. Some facilities, such as the pits, will not
be reclaimed, but will be decommissioned. Other facilities will remain in operation during
the post-closure phase, such as the WSF and the WTP, so they will neither be
decommissioned nor reclaimed. The Process Plant and TMF will be closed and
reclaimed. Soil will only be required for those facilities that will be reclaimed.
MINE SITE
Mitchell Pit and Block Cave Mine
Closure
Open Pit
The Mitchell deposit will be mined as an open pit from Year -2 to Year 24 and as an
underground block cave mine from Year 23 to Year 53. The open pit operations will be
developed using conventional drill and blast methods to break the rock to a size suitable
for loading and transportation by haul truck. The overall pit slope angles and bench
configurations at the end of the mine life will vary based on wall orientation and stability
(refer to Section 16.0 for details). The pit will have an ultimate wall height of
approximately 1,230 m. Closure of the Mitchell pit includes backfilling with water to form
a pit lake and placing large rocks on the benches to discourage wildlife access to the pit
lake. The Mitchell pit cannot be backfilled with water until underground mining is
completed.
Underground Mining
At closure, all mobile equipment and supplies will be removed and transported off-site.
The major infrastructure, such as crushers, rock breakers, and conveyors will be left in
the mine. Oils will be drained from motors, gears, and electrical equipment, and will be
removed from the site. Explosives, chemicals, and lubricants will be removed from
underground. All electrical cable and piping will be left in the mine. All surface ventilation
fans will be removed. All openings to the surface will be sealed with engineered concrete
plugs.
By the time block caving is completed, the area within the pit directly above the block
cave footprint will have subsided into a block cave crater as described in Section 16.3.
The Mitchell pit will be partially flooded when underground mining is completed. Flooding
of the pit will start after the Block Cave has been closed and will take five years.
Approximately 320 Mm3 of water will be required to flood the pit to an 810-m elevation.
The water will be supplied from three sources. The water collected from under the
Mitchell Glacier will provide approximately 88% of the water to flood the pit.
Approximately 9% of the water used to flood the pit will be supplied from the Mitchell
NPWDA. This adit will also collect contact water from the toe of the Mitchell Glacier. The
remaining 3% of the water used to flood the pit will be supplied from precipitation and
non-contact runoff. Precipitation is estimated at 2%, and surface runoff is estimated at
1%.
The Mitchell pit closure dam will be constructed on the west side of the Mitchell pit to
allow for controlled discharge. The Mitchell pit closure dam will be largely constructed
with mine rock from the Mitchell RSF and forms part of the RSF. It will have an acid-
resistant low permeability core keyed into shallow bedrock near the pit rim. The dam will
be located outside the zone of instability caused by subsidence of the block cave works.
The crest of the closure dam will be constructed to an 870 m elevation. This will provide
60 m of freeboard above the normal pit lake. This freeboard will accommodate potential
impact waves caused by landslides (e.g., a potential failure of the north or south pit wall
slopes, initiated from above the pit lake) or avalanches that may enter the pit lake
Storm flows from events of less than 20 Mm3 will be attenuated and retained in the pit
lake and will slowly be bled off to the WSF via the Mitchell pit Lake base flow discharge
pipe located on the north side of the dam at elevation 810 m. This water will flow to a
lined channel (North Slope collection ditch for contact water) to the WSF. The Mitchell pit
closure dam spillway will route storm flows from the pit lake associated with higher flow
events to the North Slope collection ditch, which will be constructed along the north side
of the Mitchell Creek Valley. The North Slope collection ditch will route extreme floods to
the WSF.
The Mitchell NPWDA will be 4.5 km long. It will no longer be required when the pit is
flooded. However, the NPWDA promotes dewatering of the pit slope, which will add to
slope stability. The tunnel will be left to drain. It will be plugged with a granular plug with a
low enough permeability to back up a few metres of water in the tunnel to prevent acid
rock drainage in the tunnel, but the plug will not be impermeable enough to hold back
groundwater from the 500-m-high pit slope.
Ttwin 6 km long drainage tunnels (the Mitchell underground drainage tunnels) will be
used to dewater the underground works during operation. These tunnels will be
approximately 7.5 m high by 7.5 m wide. At closure, each of these tunnels will be sealed
with an engineered concrete plug.
Sulphurets Pit
Closure
Once the Sulphurets pit has been mined out in Year 17, mining operations will shift to the
Kerr pit. The Sulphurets pit will then be backfilled with the waste rock from the Kerr pit.
The Kerr waste rock is predicted to have elevated selenium concentrations, so it will be
placed in the Sulphurets pit to allow for the management of selenium.
The Sulphurets pit backfill will be constructed from the bottom up. Basal drain material
will be placed in the bottom of the Sulphurets pit to provide drainage of the base of the
pit and any water that has moved through the Kerr backfill. Kerr waste rock will then be
placed in the pit in 50 m lifts with 22 m-wide benches. The outer edge of each bench will
be lined with synthetic liner for a width of 100 m such that 78 m of the liner will be
covered by each subsequent lift. This will provide an internal barrier to downward
movement of water within the backfill (waste rock). The benches will have a 2% slope to
enable water on the benches to drain out toward the edge of each bench.
A central collection channel will be located on each bench to capture precipitation and
water that enters the inter-bench sloping area. The water collected in the central
collection channel will be directed along the benches to a 10-m-wide rock-cut step
spillway constructed along the Sulphurets pit wall from the top of the pit to the bottom. A
channel will be built on the Sulphurets pit bench just above the Kerr backfill. This channel
will drain water to the rock-cut stepway to prevent runoff from upper Sulphurets pit walls
and benches from flowing onto the lined top of the waste rock. The water from the
spillway will flow to a control weir. It will be directed to a 10-m-wide stepped spillway and
to a pipeline to the Selenium Treatment Plant.
Precipitation occurring on the lined Kerr waste rock will be non-contact water. It will be
directed to an existing stream adjacent to the top of the waste rock. Once the backfill is
completed, more than 95% of the surface will be covered with a liner.
The upper Sulphurets haul roads will be decommissioned when mining of the Sulphurets
pit is completed and when the pit has been backfilled. These roads have extensive areas
Similar treatment of the lower haul road will be carried out. However, this road will be
required to monitor the Kerr waste rock backfill. Therefore, the road will be narrowed
from 38 m to 15 m and ditched according to forest road standards.
Reclamation
The Sulphurets pit benches will be reclaimed with a 30-cm layer of protective gravel that
will be placed on the liner surface, and with a 30 cm soil cover layer that will be placed
over the top of the gravel layer. These benches will be re-vegetated with native grass
seed mix. Pocket trees of subalpine fir and hybrid white spruce will also be placed in the
inter-bench area.
Kerr Pit
Closure
The Kerr pit will be located on the south slope of the Sulphurets Valley, directly south of
the Mitchell Valley. The pit will have steep sidewalls and benches. The inter-bench slope
angle will vary and pit slopes will be approximately 600 m high of continuous slope in any
area (refer to Section 16.0 for details). The ultimate pit will be approximately 2 km by 1
km. The pit will be separated from the Mitchell OPC by the Sulphurets Creek Valley and
Sulphurets Ridge.
The ore and waste will be transported across the Sulphurets Creek Valley to the
Sulphurets pit by the Kerr rope conveyor. At the end of mining, the Kerr rope conveyor will
be dismantled and moved off-site, where parts will be reused or disposed of in an
appropriate facility.
During operation, the Kerr pit will have a dewatering system designed to route contact
water from the Kerr pit to treatment. The system will include a pipeline and inlet ponds
that attenuate the peak and convey the 200-year 24-hour flood event. The pipeline will
route the floodwater down through the South Sulphurets Creek Valley, across the
Sulphurets Creek bridge, past the HDS WTP and Selenium WTP to the WSF. The pipeline
will be a HDPE-lined steel pipe, buried where possible.
The Kerr pit external haul roads will be decommissioned. The cut and fill slopes will be
re-graded for stability, where required. The culverts will be removed, and cross ditches
will provide drainage. The surface will be ripped to reduce surface erosion. Any available
stored topsoil material will be spread on the surface and re-vegetated. The access road
will be retained to permit ongoing inspection of the pit.
A 3-km long SMCT will be used to transfer crushed ore from the Kerr and Sulphurets pits
and waste rock from the Sulphurets pit to the Mitchell OPC. The tunnel will be 5 m high
and 6.5 m wide. A belt conveyor will be located inside the tunnel.
At closure, this tunnel will be dismantled and all mobile equipment and supplies will be
removed from the tunnel. The non-salvageable electrical cables and conveyor will be left
in the tunnel. The south portal, located adjacent to the Sulphurets pit, and a north portal,
located west of Mitchell pit, will both be sealed with engineered concrete plugs.
The overland conveyors at the Sulphurets pit (conveyors 1 and 2 to the Sulphurets portal)
will be dismantled. . These conveyors will be moved off-site where their parts will be
reused or disposed of in an appropriate facility.
Operation
The Iron Cap deposit will be mined by underground block caving from Year 32 to Year 53.
The Iron Cap deposit is at an elevation of 1,210 masl. It is approximately 545 m long in
the north-south direction, 570 m wide in the east-west direction, and has an average
depth of 400 m. Mining activities will be conducted as described in Section 16.2
Reclamation
At closure, all mobile equipment will be removed from underground and taken off-site to
be sold or recycled, or disposed of in an appropriate facility. Major equipment and
infrastructure such as the crushers, rock breakers, conveyors (including belts), electrical
cable, and piping will be left in the mine. Oils will be drained from the motors, and
electrical gears will be removed from the site. Explosives, chemicals, and lubricants will
be removed from underground. All surface ventilation fans will be removed, and all
openings to the surface will be sealed with engineered concrete plugs, with the exception
of the return air drifts.
At the completion of mining, the surface inflow water will continue to enter the crater and
flow downward through the abandoned works. Drainage from the Iron Cap Underground
Works will drain directly from the lower-level ventilation tunnels of the workings by raise
bores into the Mitchell NPWDA. This water is considered contact water and will flow
through the MVDT and into the WSF, pending treatment in the HDS WTP. The system is
designed to accept the 200-year peak flow. The underground drifts will collapse following
mining, creating a surface disturbance of approximately 96.4 ha.
Following the open pit operation, but before closure, two channels will be constructed at
an 810-masl elevation along the north side of the Mitchell RSF. One will handle non-
contact water (Mitchell North closure channel), including diverted water from the East
McTagg closure channel, and the other will handle contact water, including the outflow
from the Mitchell pit Lake. The fresh water (non-contact) diversion channel will be lined
and located on the upslope side of the contact water channel. This will route north-slope
runoff water around the WSF. The fresh water diversion will provide a source of water to
wildlife. The contact water will flow to the WSF.
The Mitchell RSF will be constructed to a final elevation of 1,200 m, and the McTagg RSF
to 1,020 m based on the planned mining activities (Section 16). The Mitchell RSF will be
located on land that has a mean slope of 26o and a maximum slope of 62o. The McTagg
RSF will be located on land that has a mean slope of 30o and a maximum slope of 57o.
A basal drain is constructed underneath portions of the Mitchell and McTagg RSFs.
The tops of the RSFs will be used to construct secure landfills to store sludge from the
HDS WTP, for over 200 years. The sludge will be placed in 200-m-by-100-m cells, which
will be 8 m deep. These cells will be continuously built up. A till/rock containment berm
will be constructed around the edge of the landfills. A runoff collection channel will be
located between the containment berm and the landfill, and this water will flow to the
WSF. The landfill will be lined so that minimum seepage and precipitation will enter the
RSF. The landfill will be constructed such that the surface will be covered with coarse
rock.
The Mitchell RSF ore stockpile will be located along the northern edge of the Mitchell RSF
(Figure 27.5-16 in Chapter 27 of the Application/EIS). It will occupy approximately 70 ha,
will be constructed starting in Year -1, and will have been totally processed by Year 52.
The maximum stockpile size is between 145-150M tonnes. There are two peak periods,
one in Year 7 and the other in Year 16 of production.
A selenium seepage capture system has been designed for the Mitchell and McTagg
RSFs. By Year 5 a seepage collection system incorporating a rock drain overlying a low
permeability layer will be established starting at elevation 706 m at the toe of the RSFs
above the spillway elevation of the WSF. Flows captured by the seepage collection
system will vary seasonally. The system is designed to convey up to 500 L/s to a
Selenium WTP located near the WSD. During months when RSF seepage captured is
lower than the Selenium WTP Capacity of 500 L/s, flow to maximize treatment capacity
will come from the WSD.
Closure
At the completion of mining, the Mitchell OPC will be decommissioned. Equipment will be
removed from the site. The electrical substation will remain. All other structures will be
dismantled and removed. Foundations will be broken up, and the concrete rubble will be
buried on site. Any soils that are contaminated with fuel will be excavated and treated at
a landfarm to remediate the soil.
Reclamation
The Mitchell OPC ground surface will be highly compacted as a result of ore processing
activities. Therefore, the ground will be ripped in two directions to promote drainage.
Once the surface has been ripped and covered with crushed rock, the area will be
covered with up to 50 cm of topsoil. The reclaimed area will then be re-vegetated with
native species
The MDT will divert water from the Mitchell Glacier and the surrounding catchment during
operations. This water will be discharged into bedrock stepped spillways and into
Sulphurets Creek. This will prevent water from entering the Mitchell pit during open pit
and underground mining. These diversion tunnels will also be used to generate hydro-
electric power from the Upper Sulphurets Power Plant during operations. The diversion
tunnels will continue to be used for hydro-electric power generation during closure,
except when the water is being diverted to the Mitchell pit. The electricity generated will
be used to operate the HDS WTP.
The MTDT will direct non-contact, glacial meltwater and runoff to Gingras Creek, which
drains into Sulphurets Creek. The diverted flows will be used to generate hydro-electric
power during operations. Power will continue to be produced during the closure phase.
The McTagg Power Plant will be located east of the Gingras Creek bridge, and will be
maintained indefinitely to generate electricity. The electricity will be used to operate the
HDS WTP, or will be sold for use in the provincial electricity grid.
The HDS WTP and support infrastructure will remain in operation during the closure and
post-closure phases. The plant will operate primarily in the spring, summer, and fall
months, and minimally in the winter. The lime material will be transported to the site, and
will be consumed during these warmer periods. At closure and post-closure, the filter
cake (sludge) will be hauled by truck during the summer to the top of the RSFs and
placed in an engineered landfill.
An ion exchange Selenium WTP located near the WSD will remain in service after mine
closure.
At closure, all equipment and supplies will be removed and disposed of off-site. All oils
and fuels will be removed from storage facilities and disposed of at an approved waste oil
recycle facility. The electrical, lighting, and heating systems will be removed. Once the
buildings have been emptied, they will be dismantled. Metal and any other material that
can be recycled will be taken off-site for recycling. Demolition materials will be taken off-
site and disposed of in a regulated facility. Flammables will be incinerated and some
waste materials will be landfilled. Foundations of buildings will be broken up, and the
concrete rubble will be buried on site where it will be used for road bed materials or
placed on the RSFs before they are reclaimed. The ground surface will be sampled and
analyzed to determine the degree of hydrocarbon contamination in high use areas. All
contaminated soils will be excavated and treated in a landfarm facility.
Reclamation
The site will then be ripped to 30 cm in two directions to remove compaction and to allow
for downward surface drainage. Soils previously salvaged from the area and stockpiled at
the site will be spread on the surface. Care will be taken not to compact the soils. Any
compacted areas will be lightly ripped. The area will be planted with native grasses, trees,
and shrubs.
At closure and post-closure, the tunnels will be required to provide ongoing access to the
Mine Site because the CCAR, which serves the Mine Site during operation, will be
decommissioned. As the HDS WTP will continue to operate post-closure, lime will be
required and will be transported from the PTMA through the tunnels to the Mine Site.
There will be several structures at the PTMA that will be closed at the completion of
mining. These include the Treaty Process Plant, the CIL Plant, the Treaty OPC waste
management facilities, the Treaty OPC Batch Plant, the Crusher Building, and several
other structures such as the warehouse and lab. All of these structures contain
equipment that must be removed at closure. The Treaty Process Plant and CIL Plant
include equipment such as:
cone crushers;
high pressure grinding rolls;
ball mills;
copper-gold/molybdenum bulk flotation cells;
concentrate dewatering equipment; and
leaching equipment.
At closure, any remaining processing chemicals will be moved off-site and disposed of in
a designated facility. All oils and lubricants will be removed from equipment and moved
off-site to a designated disposal facility. The equipment will be dismantled, and
components will be taken off-site for reuse, recycling, or disposal in an on-site landfill.
Electrical wiring and any other electrical components will be removed and taken off-site
for disposal.
Once all of the equipment has been removed, the buildings will be dismantled and the
materials will be moved off-site for recycling or disposal. Any contaminated soil will be
collected and placed in the landfarm. Any materials that can be incinerated will be
incinerated on-site. The concrete foundations of the various buildings will be broken up,
buried, and used for road maintenance or as armouring in TMF reclamation. All
equipment and debris will be removed from around the structures.
Reclamation
All of the ore in the coarse and fine stockpiles will be processed. The footprint areas will
be cleaned and ripped to reduce compaction and to increase downward drainage.
Reclamation
The footprint areas will be covered with a lime mixture and topsoil, and then vegetated
with native plants as described for the RSFs. The high traffic areas around the stockpiles
will likely be compacted. These areas will also be ripped to reduce compaction and
increase drainage. Once the sites are prepared, 30 cm of topsoil will be spread over the
surface as the stockpiles will have been placed on native soils. The areas will then be re-
vegetated with native plants.
The Treaty OPC may contain stockpiled materials left over from operations consisting of
sands and gravels. Any remaining materials will be used for road maintenance or as rip-
rap along the beach edges in the TMF. Once the materials have been removed, the site
will be reclaimed.
Reclamation
The surface and surrounding high traffic areas will be ripped to 30 cm depth to reduce
compaction and to improve drainage. Remnant coarse fragments will likely remain, so a
50 cm layer of soil will be spread on the surface over the stockpile area, grading to 30 cm
over the high traffic area occurring on native soil. Care will be taken to not compact the
soils. Once the site is prepared, the site will be re-vegetated with native plants.
The muck pad that will be developed for the construction of the MTT process plant
portals will be reclaimed once portal construction is completed in the construction phase.
The coarse rock material from the muck pad is predicted to be non-potentially acid
generating. The pad will be re-graded at closure.
Reclamation
Laydown Areas
Closure
There will be two laydown areas in the PTMA: one large construction laydown area and a
smaller MTT portal laydown area, which will be reclaimed during construction. A helipad
will also be located on the large construction laydown area. These laydown areas will be
covered with gravel to allow for trafficability while they are used. The helipad will also
have a gravel pad.
Before reclamation, both areas will be inspected for hydrocarbon contamination because
equipment and vehicles will be stored in these areas. In stained areas, the gravel will be
pushed aside and stained soils will be excavated and placed in the landfarm.
Hydrocarbon-covered gravel will also be placed in the landfarm.
Reclamation
The laydown areas will be ripped to 30 cm to reduce compaction and to improve surface
drainage. They will then be covered with 50 cm of soil and re-vegetated with native
plants.
Landfarm
Closure
The landfarm will be closed in the post-closure phase because it will be used during
closure for treating any contaminated soils that were excavated during the construction,
operation, and closure phases. When the landfarm is no longer required, the soils will be
checked to assess if treatment has occurred. When no further treatment is required, the
landfarm will be closed.
Reclamation
Once the land-farmed materials have been treated, the area will be covered with 30 cm
of soil and will be re-vegetated with native plants.
As described above, the MTT will remain open because the HDS WTP will continue to
operate post-closure, and reagents, including lime and personnel operating the HDS
WTP, will be transported through the tunnels. A smaller camp will be required to
accommodate personnel.
The TMF will be developed with three separate ponds as described in Section 18.2.
The South Cell will be bound by the Saddle and Southeast dams. It will operate between
Year 25 and Year 53. Similar to the North dam, the Southeast dam will have a starter
earth fill dam and an inner till core, and will be built up with cycloned, coarse rougher
tailing.
Prior to closure, each of the cells will contain separate ponds. Beaches will be developed
in the North and South cells as the tailing are deposited. The CIL tailing containing most
of the sulphides will remain submerged. The sulphide tailing will be introduced
subaqueously so that there will be no beaches constructed with CIL tailing.
The North Cell will be closed roughly five years after tailing deposition into it ceases.
The timeline is based on the predicated time required for tailing water quality to improve
sufficiently to satisfy water quality standards set for TMF discharges. For closure, the
exposed beach will be expanded, decreasing the open water portion of the cell and
reducing the potential for erosion of the dams. In order to minimize the need for dredging
in constructing the beaches, strategic deposition of tailing will occur during late-stage
North Cell operations. The majority of beach shaping will be done by moving the spigot
points onto the beaches during final operation. Additional beach area will also be created
by pumping down the pond level at closure. The water will be discharged to Treaty Creek.
The objective is to increase the distance from the pond to the dam to reduce the
potential for overtopping and erosion of the dam after closure, to reduce the flotation
pond volume to the minimum possible at closure, and to provide additional wildlife
habitat development.
The South Cell will be closed by means similar to those used to close the North Cell, with
the beach surface increased to reduce potential effects on the dams and to provide
additional wildlife habitat. The increased beach area will result in a reduced amount of
open water in the cell.
The Centre Cell will be the last cell to be closed. It is predicted that the water quality in
the cell will satisfy water quality discharge standards approximately five years following
mine closure. The CIL tailing in the CIL Lined Pond will be covered with approximately 1 m
of non-reactive rougher tailing. The submerged Centre Cell tailing will remain below water
Dredging of the channels within the flotation tailing may be required in areas where
runoff into the pond has the potential to scour the water-covered tailing, causing
turbulence and the suspension of sediment. Rip-rap will be used along these dredged
areas to protect them from further scouring. As well, a strip of rip-rap approximately 1 m
wide will be placed along the beaches at the water’s edge to prevent erosion
A 20-m wide channel will be constructed along the southwest side of the TMF to allow the
pond water to flow freely at an elevation of 1,054 masl. Closure pond levels may have to
be adjusted, depending on the actual consolidated tailing elevations observed after
deposition and settlement. The rock cut spillway channels will be at the same elevation
so that, if required, water can be routed either to South Teigen or North Treaty creeks by
adjusting the elevation of inlet weirs or control gates at the spillways. This system will
allow for spillway maintenance by temporarily routing water to either spillway.
Approximately 70% of flow will go to North Treaty Creek, and 30% will be used to maintain
South Teigen Creek flows. These ratios are approximate, based on hydrological
predictions and fisheries requirements.
The North Cell spillway will be constructed during operation, but it will not be used until
final closure. Rock from spillway excavations will provide the rip-rap that will be placed on
the beach edges. The South Cell spillway channel will be cut into rock on the west
abutment of the Southeast dam. This will allow for the routing of floods from the South
Cell beyond the Southeast seepage collection dam to a stepped rock-cut spillway
discharging into North Treaty Creek.
During operation, the East Catchment Diversion dam will direct diverted water through
the East Catchment diversion tunnel to South Teigen Creek. The diverted water will also
be directed north in a buried pipeline (Northeast buried pipeline) to South Teigen Creek.
These dams and diversions will be located on steep, sedimentary bedrock slopes with
some of the lower portions of the diversion alignments vegetated with alder trees. At
post-closure, the East Catchment Diversion tunnel portals will be sealed.
The Northeast diversion ditch will be breached at closure to allow water from the
catchment basins to flow into the TMF.
The Southeast diversion ditch is located on steep, talus-covered slopes, with several
large creeks crossing the diversion alignment. The slope of the catchment is typically
2H:1V to 3H:1V, with little underbrush or tall trees. Part of the Southeast diversion ditch
will be an open channel. Two buried pipelines will occur in the downstream half. During
operation, catchment water will be diverted north to South Teigen Creek. This diversion
will be breached at post-closure, once the North Cell closure spillway becomes
operational and allows flow from its catchment area into the TMF.
The North Cell and the Southeast seepage collection dams will remain in place post-
closure. Water will be pumped back into the TMF pond until seepage collection pond
Reclamation
Following operations, the TMF will be reclaimed to provide for wildlife and wetland
habitat. The dams and beaches of the TMF will be reclaimed in stages, with the North Cell
being reclaimed during operation, the South Cell during closure, and the Centre Cell
during post-closure.
A 50-cm soil cover will be placed on the dam faces over the rip-rap so that the dam faces
can be re-vegetated. The surface will be placed roughly on the dam face to reduce
potential surface erosion. The dam faces will be planted with native grasses.
The crests of the North and Southeast dams will be 20 m wide. These will operate as
wildlife corridors across the valley. Soil covers will be deposited to a depth of 60 cm, to
support large trees for shelter and screening of wildlife without risk to the dam crests.
These crest areas will be vegetated to a forest cover. Tree seedlings will include
subalpine fir and hybrid white spruce, as well as grasses and shrubs, as described above.
Reclamation of the beaches will not be carried out until the beach surface is sufficiently
drained to allow for the use of heavy equipment. A 50-cm cover of till will be spread on
the TMF beaches. The beaches will have a 0.5% slope, so it is assumed that the till
thickness will be roughly 50 cm over most of the surface, gradually thinning toward the
edges.
ACCESS ROADS
Treaty Creek Access Road
During closure and post-closure, the TCAR will provide the only remaining road access to
the Project site. All materials and personnel will be transported via the TCAR, which will
extend to the Treaty OPC and the MTT portals, which will all remain open to allow for
access to the Mine Site post-closure.
The CCAR will be decommissioned post-closure. The bridges will be dismantled, and
materials that are combustible will be burned. Concrete will be broken and used as rip-
rap along the creeks, if required, to reduce potential surface erosion that could occur
during the dismantling of the bridges.
Culverts will be removed to restore natural drainage patterns. Cross-ditching will provide
drainage across roads and will reduce the potential for surface erosion. The surface of
the road and any compacted areas will be ripped, where required, to promote surface
drainage and to reduce runoff and potential road bed failure.
Reclamation
Reclamation
Borrow sites located in granular material will be reclaimed. Stockpiled topsoil will be
spread and the areas will be re-vegetated as described for the RSFs. Quarries developed
in bedrock will not be reclaimed.
EXPLOSIVES
Closure
Explosives for the Project will be manufactured on site. The Explosives Manufacturing
Facility, the explosives magazine, and the prilled ammonium (AN Prill) storage area will be
located at separate sites. All three sites will be located in the Ted Morris Valley.
The manufacturing of explosives will be planned to minimize the accumulation of excess
AN Prill and fuel at the end of mining.
All surfactant, oils and fuels, chemicals, and diesel storage tanks will be removed from
the manufacturing facility and disposed of in a designated facility. All equipment will be
removed. Wiring and transformers will be removed from the site and will be reused or
recycled. The Explosives Manufacturing Facility will be dismantled, and any recyclable
materials will be taken off-site. Materials that can be incinerated will be treated on site.
Other materials will be disposed of in the on-site landfill, if suitable for the landfill. The
concrete foundations will be broken up, and the concrete rubble will be buried on site,
spread on the RSFs, or used where required. All contaminated soils will be taken to the
landfarm facility. The gate and fence around the explosives manufacturing compound will
be dismantled and sent off-site for recycling or reuse.
The building footprint and surrounding parking areas will be compacted as a result of the
use of the site. In preparation for reclamation, the surface will be ripped in two directions
to a depth of 30 cm to increase drainage.
The AN prill storage area will be closed. Any remaining prill will be used as fertilizer or will
be disposed of off-site in a regulated facility. All electrical wire and transformers will be
salvaged or will be removed from the site and reused or recycled. The building will be
dismantled and its materials recycled, incinerated, or disposed of in the landfill, if
suitable, as described above. Contaminated soils will be treated in the landfarm. The site
and adjacent areas will be deep-ripped in two directions, as described above.
Reclamation
The soils that will have been salvaged and stockpiled during construction of each of the
facilities will be spread over the surface and vegetated with native plants as described for
the RSFs. With time, the vegetation community will become more complex as native
plants growing in the adjacent areas gradually move into the reclaimed areas.
Reclamation
The muck pads will be covered with a layer of soil 30 to 50 cm deep, and will be re-
vegetated with native plants. The surface of the muck pads will be rough, and some of
the soil placed on these facilities will fall between coarse fragments, resulting in a
variable thickness of soil. This will result in plant establishment that will be successful in
some areas while other areas will remain un-vegetated. The soils will be vegetated with
the native grass mix described for the RSFs.
Approximately 50 cm of soil will be spread over the surface of the backfilled sediment
ponds. The areas will then be re-vegetated with species consistent with the adjacent
vegetation. Care will be taken not to compact the soil cover. If it becomes compacted, it
will be lightly ripped to provide for root establishment. These areas will be vegetated with
the native grass seed mix.
There will be two operating camps, the Mitchell operating camp, which will accommodate
350 people, and the Treaty operating camp, which will accommodate 250 people. The
Treaty operating camp will be reduced in size at closure, and will then be similar in size to
the current Eskay Creek Mine operating camp. It will be used to support ongoing closure
operation and monitoring.
The camps will generally include portable trailers, an incinerator, materials and
equipment storage areas, a helicopter pad, a helicopter fuelling area, fuel storage, a
septic field, water/sewage treatment, and diesel generators. The portables will be set up
so that they can be dismantled and used at the different sites, as required.
For closure, the portables and all equipment and buildings will be removed. Fuels will be
drained from the generators and tanks, and will be disposed of in a regulated disposal
facility. The generators and fuel tanks will be removed from the site for reuse or recycling.
The soils in the fuel storage areas will also be checked for hydrocarbon contamination. If
hydrocarbon contamination is found, soils will be excavated and transported to the
landfarm for remediation.
Reclamation
Prior to construction, topsoil will have been salvaged from the camp site areas and
stockpiled along the edges of the camps. At closure, this soil will be spread over the
disturbed areas. These areas will then be re-vegetated with the native grasses, shrubs,
and tree seedlings that were described for the RSFs. The tree seedlings will be selected
based on the tree species occurring in the vicinity. It is predicted that with time, the
vegetation community will become more complex as native plants growing along the edges
of the camps sites will also naturally re-establish within the reclaimed areas.
Closure of the gravel helipads will entail topping the gravel with 50 cm of soil in order to
provide sufficient moisture holding capacity for replanted vegetation and adequate
rooting depth for tree seedlings. Approximately 20 cm of topsoil will be spread in areas
that occur on native soils. These areas will also be re-vegetated with the native plants
and tree seedlings described for the RSFs.
MMTS: open pit mining, mine roads, ore trains, and infrastructure and water
diversion tunnels
Kambert Civil Consulting Ltd. (KCC): costing of water management structures
and the TMF, designed by KCB
EBC Inc. (EBC): costing of the WSD, designed by KCB
Tetra Tech: process plant and associated infrastructure, including plant site
preparation, water treatment plant, construction camps
Brazier: permanent power supply, fire detection, mini hydro plant, and energy
recovery systems
EBA: winter access road and review of KCC and EBC cost estimates
ERM: environmental
BGC: landslide management, avalanche management, and pit depressurisation
McElhanney: main access roads (TCAR, CCAR)
Seabridge: Owner’s costs.
The capital cost estimate uses the structure summarized in Table 21.1.
The costs stated in Table 21.1 include only initial capital, which is defined as all costs to
build the facilities that mine, transport, and process ore to produce first concentrate and
doré. Costs incurred during ramp-up of the mine and process plant in Year 1, through
commercial production, are included in the operating costs in Section 21.3.
This estimate is prepared with a base date of Q2 2016. The estimate does not include
any escalation past this date. Budget quotations were obtained for major equipment;
vendors provided equipment prices, delivery lead times, spare allowances, and freight
costs to a designated marshalling yard in northern BC, with some exceptions for delivery
points to different BC locales. The quotations used in this estimate were obtained in Q1
and Q2 2016, and are budgetary and non-binding.
For non-major equipment (i.e. equipment less than US$100,000), costing is based on in-
house data, quotes from previous projects, or maintained from the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech
2012) estimate. No cost escalation from 2012 to 2016 is included. A comparison of
2016 quotes vs. 2012 quotes for the same vendor revealed no significant trend of
escalation; therefore, no escalation was applied.
All equipment and material costs includes Incoterms FCA. Other costs such as spares,
taxes, duties, freight, and packaging are covered separately in the estimate as indirect
costs.
The estimate cost breakdown structure (CBS), which is based on the work breakdown
structure (WBS) for the Project, is presented in Table 21.2.
21.1.1 EXCLUSIONS
The following items are not included in the capital cost estimate:
force majeure
schedule delays, such as those caused by:
The detailed build-up for the construction labour rate is presented in the Basis of
Estimate Report in Appendix L1.
The total unit cost of concrete includes the cost of concrete (including wastage, pumping,
mobilization/demobilization), delivery of concrete to formworks from the batch plant, the
cost of formworks materials and installation and the cost of rebar materials and
installation.
STRUCUTRAL STEEL
Structural steel quantity material take-offs (MTOs) were derived from Tetra Tech historical
data and adjustments were made, where necessary, to allow for any unique location
requirements. Where historical data were not available, preliminary engineering was
performed to provide basis for the quantity MTOs.
Mine mobile equipment capital costs are shown in Table 21.8 and are based on a unit
cost for each piece in the fleet, multiplied by the number of units purchased during pre-
production. Fleet sizes are described in greater detail in Section 16.1.
Pricing for all major units is based on budgetary quotes provided by vendors operating in
the region, for equipment that is delivered, assembled, commissioned, and ready to
work. Where possible, three quotes have been obtained. The capital cost of a new
machine is recorded in the year it is scheduled to begin operation.
The equipment mine capital costs include delivery to the site, assembly, and an estimate
of critical spares inventory, but do not include taxes or duties. Costs for freight,
Pioneering and open pit pre-production operating costs accrued before start-up are
capitalized.
Pioneering activities completed prior to Year -3 will be performed with a mix of Owner
and contractor equipment. Contractor equipment listed in Table 21.8 has a mobilization
and demobilization capital cost of 10% of the purchase price of a machine, and a
contractor margin/overhead of 25% added to operating and labour costs.
Table 21.8 Open Pit Mine Mobile and Engineering Equipment Capital Costs
Cost
Item (US$)
Drills/Shovels/Haulers 105,935,000
Contractor Equipment 4,272,000
Support Equipment 40,409,000
Engineering Equipment 5,027,000
Mobile and Engineering Equipment Capital Cost Total 155,643,000
Note: Costs have been rounded to the nearest thousands of dollars.
EBC used a bottom-up approach for costing and split the WSD into 15 sections using a
WBS. The estimate EBC developed is a bid quality estimate and is based in part on their
recent experience constructing the similar La Romaine asphalt core dam in northern
Quebec. EBC incorporated the seasonal constraint of constructing a dam with
temperature sensitive materials and a reasonable rate of rise to yield a multi-year
construction duration that becomes a primary cost driver for the WSF. The WSF cost
includes surface and subsurface (cofferdams and construction diversion tunnel)
construction period water diversions, main and seepage dams and associated smaller
structures, pumping and piping, and power infrastructure to deliver WSF collected water
up over the dam to the HDS WTP.
Water Treatment
Water treatment at the Mine Site is divided into TWTPs and the permanent HDS WTP.
The major cost for water treatment is the HDS WTP at US$159.7 million (Table 21.11).
The Selenium WTP comes online in Year 5 of operations and is not presented as part of
the initial capital costs.
Ancillary Buildings
The ancillary buildings at the Mine Site are estimated at US$4.1 million, with the
temporary truck shop as the largest cost at US$2.5 million. The permanent truck shop
and the explosives facilities are included as part of the sustaining capital costs.
Camps
Total camp costs at the Mine Site are US$57.9 million and include Construction Camp
Nos. 2 (Ted Morris), 4 (Mitchell North), 9 (Mitchell initial), 10 (Mitchell secondary), and
the Mitchell Operations Camp. Each camp includes dormitories, kitchen and dining
facilities, incinerator, recreation facilities, check-in and check-out areas, administrative
offices, and first-aid facilities.
Details for camp costs can be found in the Basis of Estimate Report located in Appendix
L1.
Geohazards
Geohazard costs include landslide management at US$1.8 million and avalanche
management at US$21.7 million.
PROCESS
The battery limits for process in the CBS are the Mitchell OPC (primary crusher), the MTT
(including Saddle), trains, and the Treaty OPC (crushing, grinding, flotation, concentrator
and leaching, Treaty OPC buildings and equipment). TMF costs are separate from
process costs. Process capital costs are estimated at US$1.336 billion and TMF capital
costs are estimated at US$440.7 million.
Primary Crusher
The primary crusher includes crusher equipment, earthworks, and conveyors, including
the tripper conveyor depositing ore to the loading bins at train loading station. The
capital cost estimated for the primary crusher is US$52.2 million.
Ore Transport
Ore transport includes the tunneling cost for the MTT, as well as the train operations from
loading bins at the Mine Site to the discharge/load out station at the Treaty OPC. The
TWTPs required for tunneling are also included in this breakdown (Table 21.13).
Capital costs for the train systems for the Project are based on budgetary quotes
provided by an equipment vendor operating in similar environments globally. The
estimates were submitted in Q2 2016 with an assumed expiration date of Q3 2016.
The train system capital estimate, including power supply and fire detection, is
US$221.5 million.
Secondary Crusher
Secondary crushing includes the crusher, conveyors, and screens and is estimated at
US$58.6 million.
The TMF estimate was developed by KCC within the AACE® Recommendation Practice No.
56R-08 guidelines. The estimate is based on a first principles approach to execute the
work based on the design of the facility as detailed in Section 18.2, and typical
equipment spreads for large earthwork construction, production factors for similar type
construction accounting for workforce skill level, site conditions, climate, and
accessibility. The tailing starter dam structures are the largest cost at US$187.5 million.
ENVIRONMENTAL
The environmental capital costs are exclusively for fish compensation bonds estimated at
US$14.6 million. Other environmental costs are captured under Owner's costs.
Reclamation is excluded from this estimate as it is captured in the financial analyses.
ON-SITE INFRASTRUCTURE
On-site infrastructure includes overall site services and utilities, as well as other
temporary services, and is estimated to cost US$22.9 million.
OFF-SITE INFRASTRUCTURE
Off-site infrastructure capital costs are show in Table 21.16 and are estimated at
US$119.6 million. Off-site infrastructure includes the TCAR, CCAR, winter access road,
Highway 37 marshalling yard, concentrate storage shed to be built at the Stewart, BC
port, and off-site camps. Off-site camps comprise costs for camps at Granduc, along
Highway 37, and those that support TCAR and CCAR construction (Camp Nos. 3, 7, 8, and
11). Off-site camps at Granduc and along Highway 37 assume more than double the
daily operating costs to establish a reasonable capital cost for usage as compared to on-
site camps to account for leasing or renting a camp from a third party.
The energy recovery capital cost includes installations as necessary to recover energy
from otherwise required water diversions and normal process flows. This includes hydro
generation from the MDT, hydro generation by the water flow from the WSD to the HDS
WTP, and energy recovery pump turbines in the tailing line.
temporary works
temporary lighting
temporary water supply
temporary sewage such as portable toilets and sewage collection (not
treatment)
temporary facilities and structures including offices and storage
temporary support systems and utilities
temporary communication (main communication infrastructure included in
direct costs)
major construction equipment (standard construction equipment is included in
direct costs)
heavy duty craneage (PTMA site only)
miscellaneous equipment rentals
scaffoldings
garbage collection
contractors mobilization and demobilization, and mark-ups
project final clean up.
The construction indirect costs for each area have been reviewed and classified as
contractor or non-contractor based. Generally, a 5 to 10% construction percentage is
used for a non-contractor based areas and 0% for contractor based areas.
Tetra Tech incorporated first principles calculations for indirect costs, apart from
allowance based costs above, for the following items:
temporary road costs are included in direct costs for open pit mining, WSD, TMF,
and PTMA
contractor fuel consumption costs during construction are included as direct
costs
avalanche control labour is included in direct costs
small tools and PPE are included in the labour rate.
SPARES
Spares for construction are calculated as 3% of direct capital costs, and commissioning
and start-up spares are calculated as 2% of the installed equipment and bulk material
costs, with the exception of the following:
open pit mining mobile equipment – capital spares only at 4.2% of equipment
costs calculated by MMTS (no commissioning spares)
plant mobile equipment – capital spares at 3% of equipment costs (no
commissioning spares)
permanent power supply and Energy Recovery Plant estimated amount of
US$2.3 million.
INITIAL FILLS
Initial fills were estimated by Tetra Tech based on equipment sizing, process design
criteria, and in-house experience. The initial operation required volumes were estimated
based on unit reagent consumptions and quoted prices from suppliers and account for
approximately the first 10 days of plant operation. Costs were also estimated for long-
lead consumables (e.g., mill liners, crusher liners) based on the cost of the first
replacement.
generally – 8%
mobile equipment – 5%
cement and aggregates – 0%; included in the rates.
The use of 5% for mobile equipment freight correlates with 2016 vendor quotes, where
freight costs range from as low to 1% to as high as 7%. This is due to less stringent
packaging requirements (palletized and shrink wrapped, but not enclosed, nor
significantly padded) when compared to more complex machinery.
Construction Management
The conceptual contracting strategy for the Project is to have a construction management
team overseeing several main contractors. It has been assumed in the estimate that no
additional contractors mark-ups are needed except for labour. The labour rate is
inclusive of contractors’ overhead and profit.
VENDOR’S ASSISTANCE
Vendor assistance has been included for in the process, on-site infrastructure, and
permanent electrical power supply areas where it is anticipated specialists may be
required during commissioning and start-up. The cost estimated for vendor assistance is
US$23.1 million.
21.1.8 CONTINGENCY
A contingency allowance is included to cover additional costs that could occur as a result
of more detailed design, unexpected site conditions, or unusual cost escalation. This
estimate adequately covers minor changes to the current scope expected during the next
phase of the Project. The estimated contingency cost is US$671.0 million and the
detailed build-up for contingency is presented in Table 21.19. The contingency estimate
was developed on a line-item basis to account for the specific design detail and
information available for each area, rather than a single value applied to the sum of all
direct, indirect, and Owner’s costs. The values applied range from 5 to 25%.
Several elements of the estimate that represent significant costs are known to be more
refined than others due to greater engineering detail, or due to recently received quotes
(2016); therefore, a lower contingency was applied. Contingency was analyzed for all
disciplines and the resultant contingency for this Project is 15.5%, measured as a
percentage of the sum of direct, indirect, and Owner's costs.
For mine equipment, the quantity of spares was calculated based on the estimated life of
the equipment and the life of the operation (typically a five-year replacement schedule,
but this varies depending on the duty of the equipment). The unit cost of the mobile
equipment was increased by 8% to account for freight. The indirect capital costs on mine
infrastructure include freight, EPCM, vendor assistance, and spares. It is assumed that
the KSM site procurement department will handle the procurement of the day-to-day
supplies of the underground mines.
Contingency was applied to certain items and values range from zero (on most mine
infrastructure), 15% on mobile equipment purchases, parts, and the electrical system, to
a high of 30% for certain ground support items such as shotcrete and steel sets. Initial
mine development contingency is 20%, but is not applied to post-production footprint
development. The overall weighted average contingency on the capital cost of the
underground mines is about 8% and is summarized in a separate line in the summary
tables and WBS.
The water treatment capacity at the HDS WTP will increase with the addition of two more
clarifiers to cater for the increased water flow that is expected. It is important to note
that all earthworks for this expansion are already accounted for in the initial capital for
the HDS WTP.
When the HDS WTP is commissioned in Year -1, the initial maximum throughput capacity
will be 5.35 m3/s.
The required maximum throughput will increase as the mine operation continues. Water
will be collected in the WSF. Drainage from the Mitchell pit and Mitchell/McTagg RSFs
will be directed by gravity to the WSF and contact water from the Sulphurets and Kerr pit
areas will be pumped to the WSF. The water from the WSF will be pumped to the HDS
WTP in order to maintain safe water-level requirements in the WSF. The HDS WTP is
designed with variable discharge rates in order to stage discharge to match the natural
hydrograph, to ensure sufficient dilution capacity to minimize any effects on the receiving
environment.
In Year 5, the plant capacity will increase from the 5.35 m3/s initial capacity to the
7.5 m3/s final capacity. Two additional circuits will be constructed and operated in
parallel to the existing five circuits.
The HDS WTP installed generation capacity will be 9 MW and the two installed turbines
will be capable of passing a flow of up to 7.5 m3/s.
SELENIUM WTP
In Year 5, a 500 L/s Selenium WTP, located adjacent to the WSF near the toe of the
Mitchell/McTagg RSFs, will be constructed and become operational to treat seepage
from the Sulphurets pit backfill (Kerr waste rock), seepage from the RSFs, and water
pumped from the WSF.
Due to expected high iron and TSS concentrations in seepage water, a ferric circuit has
been designed as a standalone module serving as a pre-treatment step upstream of
selenium removal.
21.2.5 PROCESS
Process sustaining capital includes the Sulphurets pit primary crusher and ore delivery
tunnel installed in Year 1, and the Kerr pit primary crusher and Kerr rope conveyor
During operation some process related facilities will be constructed after the mill is in
operation. The crushing and related transport facilities at Sulphurets includes a 60 inch
by 89 inch gyratory crusher station and a 3.0 km SMCT connecting the Mitchell and
Sulphurets sites, to be constructed in Year 1. An overland conveyor will be installed
inside of the tunnel for ore transportation.
The ore from the Kerr deposit, together with the ore from the other deposits, will be
introduced to the Process Plant starting from Year 24. The ore and related waste rocks
from the deposit will be crushed at the Kerr site by two, 60 inch by 89 inch gyratory
crushers and conveyed to the Mitchell OPC through a 2,480 m cross-valley rope conveyor
to the Sulphurets site. The ore will be further conveyed through the SMCT to the
Sulphurets/Kerr coarse ore stockpile at the Mine Site. The waste rock from the rope
conveyor will be backfilled into the Sulphurets pit.
The Iron Cap ore and the lower Mitchell ore will be mined by block caving and crushed on
their own sites to 80% passing 150 mm or finer. The crushed ores will be conveyed to
the train transport system for delivery to the coarse ore stockpile at the Treaty OPC.
The estimate also includes a replacement allowance for major process equipment.
The sustaining capital cost for process is US$355.4 million as presented in Table 21.26.
Initial capital comprises initial TMF perimeter diversions; the North Dam, Splitter Dam,
and Saddle Dam; and associated seepage collection dams that form the North and
Centre cells. This includes basin preparation for the starter basins for the North Cell and
Centre Cell, preparing and lining the starter basins, and provision of liner drainage.
The South Cell includes additional sustaining capital items occurring between Year 23
and the LOM. These include development of additional perimeter diversions for the
South Cell and the Southeast Starter Dam and associated seepage dam. The expansion
of the Centre Cell continues as sustaining capital until the end of mine life and the
cyclone sand raising continues as an operating expense.
Ancillary expenses such as seepage pumping and monitoring are included as operating
expenses throughout the LOM.
All costs are expressed in US dollars, unless otherwise specified. The operating cost
estimates in this section are based on budget prices obtained in Q1/Q2 2016 and/or
from databases of the consulting firms involved in preparing the operating cost
estimates.
When required, certain costs in this report have been converted using a fixed currency
exchange rate of Cdn$1.00 to US$0.80. The expected accuracy range of the operating
cost estimate is +25/-10%.
Mining 37%
Process 43%
Site Service 4%
The estimated electrical power costs are based on the 2016 BC Hydro Tariff 1823 –
Transmission Service Stepped Rate and Schedule 1901 – Deferred Account Rate Rider.
The electrical power costs also account for local system losses and include 7% PST,
which is not treated as an input tax credit. The rates take advantage of the
implementation of BC Hydro-approved energy conservation measures in the plant design
phase, including the HPGR circuit, which will greatly reduce the costlier Tier 2 power in
the BC Hydro stepped-rate Schedule 1823. The 5% GST is not included in the power
rates as it is an input tax credit.
The operating costs are defined as the direct operating costs including mining,
processing, tailing storage, water treatment, and G&A. The hydropower credit from the
recovered hydro-energy during mining operations is not accounted for in the operating
cost estimate, but is included in the financial analysis. Sustaining capital costs including
all capital expenditures after process plant first production are excluded from the
operating cost estimate.
Freight costs for all consumable goods and fuel are included in the estimate as part of
the budgetary quotations.
Based on the open pit mine scheduled tonnes, the following primary open pit mine
activity requirements are calculated from first principles:
Production drill operating hours are based on hole size, pattern layout, bench
height, material density, and penetration rate of the drill. High wall and pre-
shear drilling is included. Geotechnical costs for high wall control blasting,
horizontal drains, etc. are based on recommendations from BGC and from other
study data collected by MMTS.
The quantity of explosives is based on estimated rates for explosives provided
by a previous vendor study on the Project, and an estimated pattern layout and
an explosive density. An estimate for initiation systems and blasting accessories
are provided on a per hole basis, and the labour costs for the blasting
operations are included. The model assumes a 70/30 split between emulsion
and ANFO. Input explosives costs are based on quotations by local vendors for
site mixed product.
Shovel and truck operating hours are based on the operating capacities of the
equipment. The travel speed characteristics of the trucks and the haul road
profiles are used to simulate representative truck cycle times including typical
loading, dumping, and delay times.
To support the open pit mine operations, a fleet of dozers, front-end loaders,
graders, service and welding trucks, etc., is added. Operating hours for this
support equipment is allocated based on estimated utilization of each unit.
Major component replacement for larger pieces of mobile equipment are calculated
based on the expected life of the major component, the cost of the component, and the
fleet size for that equipment. This puts large component repair costs into future years,
giving a more representative LOM cash flow.
The cost of minor parts and running repairs are estimated as an hourly operating cost for
the mining equipment.
The open pit mine hourly and salaried labour rates are summarized in Table 21.30 and
listed in detail with manning levels in Appendix E.
GME is a category for open pit mine operations, mine maintenance, and technical
services departmental overhead costs. It consists of costs for all salaried supervisory
and technical staff, a consumable and rental allowance, crane rentals, and software and
fleet management systems’ licensing and maintenance. This category is a fixed cost, and
does not vary by production or fleet size, with the exception of ramp-ups to full staffing.
LOM unit open pit mining operating costs are listed in Table 21.31 and Table 21.32.
Complete open pit mine cost tables, including open pit mine capital and operating cost
schedules, are available in Appendix E.
Table 21.32 Open Pit Mining Costs per Tonne of Material Mined
LOM Open Pit
Mining Cost
(US$/t material
Area mined)*
Drilling 0.07
Blasting 0.20
Loading 0.18
Hauling 0.88
Pit Maintenance 0.11
Geotechnical 0.03
Unallocated Labour 0.00
General Mining Expense 0.04
Total Mining Cost 1.51
Note: *Material mined includes re-handled waste and borrow sources for construction material. LOM open
pit mining costs exclude capitalized pre-production operating costs.
A graph of open pit mine unit operating cost is shown as dollar per tonne of material
mined (waste and mineralized material) in Figure 21.2. The distribution of unit cost by
mining area is shown in Figure 21.3.
Figure 21.3 LOM Average Unit Operating Cost for Open Pit Mining (US$/t Material
Mined)
Pit Maintenance
Geotechnical $0.03
$0.11
Loading $0.18
Unallocated Labour
Blasting $0.20 $0.00
Drilling $0.07
GME $0.04
Hauling $0.88
Table 21.33 Summary of Mitchell Block Cave Mine Operating Cost by Activity
Percentage
Cost of Total
Activity (US$/t) (%)
Production Mucking 0.87 18
Production Locomotive 0.16 3
Crusher 0.20 4
Conveyors 0.90 18
Secondary Breaking 0.62 13
Drawpoint Rehabilitation 0.19 4
Mine Dewatering 0.10 2
Mine General Expenses 0.52 11
Indirect Labour* 0.66 14
Fixed Cost 0.66 13
Total 4.88 100
Note: *Direct labour is included within each activity cost.
The process operating costs for these mineralizations are based on a process rate of
130,000 t/d and 94% plant availability. The estimated average operating cost for the
Sulphurets ore is higher than the ores from the other deposits, due mainly to harder
mineralization for the Sulphurets ore as compared to the other deposits. Due to the
variations in operating costs for the different deposit ores, the average operating costs
are estimated based on the ratio of the different ore tonnages processed and their
individual operating costs.
The estimated process operating costs are summarized in Table 21.35, and include:
Salary/wage rates for management, technical support and operation are based on a
project-specific labour survey conducted by Seabridge. The payments include base
salaries/labour rates, holiday and vacation pay, government prescriptive benefits (e.g.,
Canadian Pension Plan, workman compensation insurance, etc.), discretionary employer
sponsored benefits, and tool allowance costs.
The average total estimated personnel cost is approximately US$0.48/t milled. The
detailed personnel description and costs are shown in Appendix L2 for each processing
plant area.
Reagent consumptions are estimated from laboratory test results and comparable
operations. The reagent costs are estimated from Q1/Q2 2016 budget prices provided
by potential suppliers.
Maintenance supplies are estimated at US$0.51/t milled for Mitchell and Iron Cap
mineralization, US$0.55/t milled for Kerr mineralization, and US$0.53/t milled for
Sulphurets mineralization. Maintenance supplies are estimated based on approximately
6% of major equipment capital costs.
The breakdown costs are shown in Table 21.37. The cost estimate includes personnel to
operate the processing circuits, as well as the metallurgy and assay laboratories.
Metallurgical and assay laboratories will service other areas of the mine, including mining
and geological exploration. The average operating cost for the Sulphurets ore is
estimated be higher than the ores from the other deposits, mainly because of higher
power and grinding media costs due to harder mineralization of the Sulphurets ore.
Major consumables include liners, grinding media, and flotation reagents. The annual
power consumption for crushing, primary grinding, concentrate regrinding, and copper-
gold flotation process is estimated at:
Table 21.38 Molybdenum Flotation Operation Costs: Mitchell and Iron Cap*
Annual Cost Unit Cost
Area Personnel (US$) (US$/t milled)
Personnel
Operating Labour 8 698,000 0.015
Subtotal Personnel 8 698,000 0.015
Supplies
Major Consumables
Metal Consumables - 519,000 0.011
Reagent Consumables - 3,310,000 0.070
Supplies
Maintenance Supplies - 296,000 0.006
Operating Supplies - 20,000 0.000
Concentrate Leach - 880,000 0.019
Power Supply - 158,000 0.003
Subtotal Supplies - 5,183,000 0.109
Total 8 5,881,000 0.124
Note: *The estimates are for Mitchell and Iron Cap mineralization; there is minor cost variation for the Kerr
and Sulphurets, but insignificant to warrant reporting separately.Costs have been rounded to the
nearest thousands of dollars.
Tunnel Transport
The MTT tunnel is the main connection between the Mitchell Mine Site and the Treaty
OPC. The tunnel will be equipped with electrically powered autonomous trains to
transport the crushed ores from the Mitchell Mine Site to Treaty OPC. The tunnel will be
used to transport the workers and operation required materials, such as various
consumables, spare parts and equipment between the two sites. At both sides of the
tunnel portals, there will be a material handling facility to ensure that the ores, materials
and personnel will be transported in a safe and efficient way. The estimated cost for the
tunnel transports is shown in Table 21.41. The total unit cost is estimated to be
US$0.24/t milled, including power supply, which is estimated at 66.9 GWh/a.
The estimated average operating cost for the HDS WTP is approximately US$0.46/t
milled at a mill feed rate of 130,000 t/d, or US$0.31/m3 water, treated at an average
flow rate of approximately 70 Mm3/a. The maintenance manpower will come from the
overall Mine Site maintenance team. The major cost for HDS water treatment is reagent
consumption at US$0.33/t milled. Power consumption is estimated to be approximately
40.3 GWh/a.
The estimated LOM average operating cost for the Selenium WTP is approximately
US$0.20/t milled at a mill feed rate of 130,000 t/d, or US$1.02/m3 water, treated at an
average flowrate of approximately 9.3 Mm3/a. The maintenance manpower will come
from the overall site services maintenance team. The major cost for selenium water
treatment is US$0.15/t milled for reagent consumption and maintenance. Power
consumption is estimated to be approximately 11.8 GWh/a.
22.1 INTRODUCTION
Tetra Tech prepared an economic evaluation of the 2016 PFS based on a pre-tax
financial model. For the 53-year LOM and 2.198 billion tonne Mineral Reserve, the
following pre-tax financial parameters were calculated using the base case metal prices:
10.4% IRR
6.0-year payback on US$5.005 billion initial capital
US$3.263 billion NPV at a 5% discount rate.
Seabridge engaged Lilburn in Denver, Colorado to prepare the tax component of the
model for the post-tax economic evaluation for this 2016 PFS with the inclusion of
applicable income and mining taxes, and they engaged PwC in Toronto, Ontario to review
this work. PwC is an Ontario limited liability partnership, which is a member firm of
PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, each member firm of which is a separate
legal entity.
8.0% IRR
6.8-year payback on US$5.005 billion initial capital
US$1.539 billion NPV at a 5% discount rate.
gold – US$1,230/oz
copper – US$2.75/lb
silver – US$17.75/oz
molybdenum – US$8.49/lb
exchange rate – Cdn$1.00 to US$0.80.
Sensitivity analyses, along with multiple additional metal price scenarios, were developed
to evaluate the Project economics.
Metal revenues, principally gold and copper, were calculated based on each scenario's
prices. Operating cost for mining, processing, site services, G&A, tailing storage and
handling and water treatment, energy recovery areas as well as off-site charges
(smelting, refining, transportation, and royalties) were deducted from the revenues to
derive annual operating cash flow.
Initial and sustaining capital costs as well as closure and reclamation costs have been
incorporated on an annual basis over the mine life and deducted from the operating cash
flow to determine the net cash flow before taxes. Initial capital expenditures include
costs accumulated prior to first production of concentrate, including all pre-production
mining costs. Sustaining capital includes expenditures for mining and processing
additions, replacement of equipment, and TMF expansions.
Financial evaluations account for physical reclamation costs at various times in the LOM,
for the development of a fund to address water treatment costs post reclamation and for
special use securities associated with permanent access roads.
Working capital is estimated at two months of receivables and one month of payables
and varies from year to year. The working capital is recovered at the end of the mine life.
Pre-production construction period is estimated to be six years. NPV and IRR reported in
this section are estimated at the start of this six-year period.
The pre-tax undiscounted annual cash flows are illustrated in Figure 22.1.
2,500 25,000
2,000 20,000
1,000 10,000
500 5,000
0 0
(7) (4) (1) 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57
(500) (5,000)
Production year
(1,000) Metal Prices (10,000)
Au US$1,230/oz
(1,500) Cu US$2.75/lb (15,000)
Ag US$17.75/oz
Mo US$8.49/lb
(2,000) (20,000)
Exchange Rate
Annual Cash Flow Cdn$0.80:US$1.00
Cumulative Cash Flow
The analyses are presented graphically as financial outcomes in terms of pre-tax NPV,
IRR, and payback period. The Project NPV is most sensitive to gold price and exchange
rate, followed by operating costs, copper price and capital costs. The IRR is most
sensitive to exchange rate, capital costs and gold price, followed by operating costs and
copper price. The payback period is most sensitive to gold price and exchange rate,
followed by capital costs, copper price and operating costs. Since majority of costs are in
Canadian currency and the economic analysis is developed in American currency, a
significant increase in the exchange rate by 30% will result in a significant increase in the
costs when converted to American currency and this leads to sharp increase in the
payback period. Also, when gold price decreases by 30%, the revenue side decreases
significantly and this results in sharp increase in the payback period. Financial outcomes
are relatively insensitive to silver and molybdenum prices. The NPV, IRR, and payback
sensitivities are shown in Figure 22.2, Figure 22.3, and Figure 22.4.
7,000
18%
16%
Internal Rate of Return (%)
Gold price
14%
Copper price
12%
10% Silver price
8% Molybdenum price
6% Exchange rate
4% Capital costs
2% Operating costs
0%
-30% -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% 30%
% Change from Base Case
16.0
14.0
Payback Period (years) Gold price
12.0
Copper price
10.0
Silver price
8.0
Molybdenum price
6.0
Exchange rate
4.0
Capital costs
2.0
Operating costs
0.0
-30% -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% 30%
% Change from Base Case
The following general tax regime was recognized as applicable at the time of report
writing:
For both federal and provincial income tax purposes, capital expenditures are
accumulated in tax pools that can be deducted against mine income at different
prescribed rates, depending on the type of capital expenditures.
Fixed assets acquired for the mine are accumulated in an undepreciated capital cost
pool (Class 41) and are generally amortized at 25% on a declining balance basis. Certain
fixed assets (acquired after March 20, 2013 and before 2021) may qualify to be
accumulated in a Class 41.1 pool that can be amortized at an accelerated rate of up to
100%. However, as a substantive portion of the fixed assets are expected to be acquired
post-2020 (after the phase out of the Class 41.1 pool), the KSM Financial Model
assumes that the accelerated depreciation will not be available.
The Project is expected to incur costs related to the NTL as described in Section 21.2.6.
These sustaining capital costs are expected to be incurred on a property that is not
owned by the mine, the costs associated with the NTL should be treated as eligible
capital expenditures for income tax purposes. Effective January 1, 2017, eligible capital
expenditures are treated as a Class 14.1 asset with an amortization rate of 5%. The KSM
Financial Model treats all the costs associated with the NTL overrun as a Class 14.1
asset.
The 2% tax is assessed on "net current proceeds", which is defined as gross revenue
from the mine less mine operating expenditures. Hedging income and losses, royalties
and financing costs are excluded from operating expenditures. The 2% tax is
accumulated in a Cumulative Tax Credit Account (CTCA) and is fully creditable against the
13% tax.
All capital expenditures, both mine development costs and fixed asset purchases, and
mine operating expenditures are accumulated in the Cumulative Expenditures Account,
which is amortized at 100% against the 13% tax.
The 13% tax is assessed on "net revenue", which is defined as gross revenue from the
mine less any accumulated Cumulative Expenditures Account balance to the extent of
the gross revenue from the mine for the year.
A "new mine allowance" is available in respect of new mine or capital costs incurred in
connection with expansion of an existing mine commencing production with reasonable
commercial quantities. Generally, this allowance provides that 133% of capital
expenditures incurred prior to commencement of production may be used to offset net
revenue for BC mining tax purposes. Under current legislation, the provision for the new
mine allowance is scheduled to expire on January 1, 2020.
A notional interest of 125% of the prevailing federal bank rate is calculated annually on
any unused Cumulative Expenditures Account and CTCA and is added to the respective
balances.
Table 22.5 summarizes the Project’s annual cash flow for the pre-production period,
Years 1 to 7, and the LOM, providing mine and mill production, revenue projections,
Table 22.5 KSM Project Annual Cash Flow for Pre-production Period, Years 1 to 7 and LOM
Pre-prod.
Production Periods
Period
Years -6 Year Year Year Years Years Year Year
Unit to -1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LOM
Mine and Mill Production
Waste Mined Mt 90 141 136 40 84 129 130 111 3,003
Mill Feed Processed Mt - 38 47 47 47 47 47 47 2,198
Grade
Gold g/t - 0.72 0.82 0.96 0.98 0.71 0.72 0.82 0.55
Copper % - 0.25 0.28 0.30 0.27 0.18 0.18 0.21 0.21
Silver g/t - 2.5 2.0 2.3 4.5 2.4 2.2 3.4 2.6
Molybdenum ppm - 30 47 61 20 56 65 56 43
Metal Recovered
Gold Moz - 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.2 0.8 0.8 1.0 28.6
Copper Mlb - 175.3 251.6 273.2 243.2 155.0 154.6 181.6 8,270.4
Silver Moz - 1.9 1.9 2.1 4.9 2.0 1.9 3.4 114.7
Molybdenum Mlb - 0.6 1.5 2.6 0.0 2.0 2.4 2.0 62.1
Gross Revenue
Gold Revenues US$ million - 810 1,167 1,385 1,448 1,015 1,019 1,187 35,174
Copper US$ million - 482 692 751 669 426 425 500 22,744
Silver US$ million - 35 34 38 87 36 34 60 2,035
Molybdenum US$ million - 5 13 22 - 17 20 17 527
Gross Revenue US$ million - 1,332 1,906 2,196 2,204 1,495 1,498 1,763 60,480
Total On-site and Off-site Operating - 662 774 739 745 692 753 775 33,216
Costs US$ million
Operating Cash Flow US$ million - 670 1,132 1,457 1,459 804 746 987 27,264
Total Capital Costs US$ million 5,005 623 133 98 127 34 88 75 10,508
PST US$ million 64 6 1 1 2 2 1 0 134
Reclamation- Water Treatment Fund 8 52 - - - - - - 688
and SUP Costs US$ million
Pre-tax Undiscounted NCF US$ million (- 5,077) (- 11) 998 1,358 1,331 767 657 912 15,933
Corporate Tax (Provincial) US$ million - - - - 92 38 51 88 1,635
Corporate Tax (Federal) US$ million - - - - 126 51 69 120 2,229
BC Mineral Tax US$ million - 14 24 31 31 17 17 22 2,087
Total Taxes US$ million - 14 24 31 249 105 137 230 5,951
Post-tax Undiscounted NCF US$ million (- 5,077) (- 25) 974 1,327 1,082 662 521 682 9,983
Copper: pay 96.5% with a minimum deduction of 1 unit (amount deducted has
to equate to a minimum of 1% of the agreed concentrate copper assay).
Refining charge is US$0.10/lb of payable copper.
Gold: gold payment varies according to gold content in concentrate; pay 97.75%
on the gold content in excess of 30 g/dmt less a refining charge of
US$7.00/accountable troy oz; lower gold contents are payable on a sliding scale
to 90% payment at 1 g/dmt less a refining charge of US$7.00/accountable troy
oz.
Silver: pay 90% on the silver content in excess of 30 g/dmt less a refining
charge of US$0.50/accountable troy oz.
Treatment Charge: US$100.00/dmt of concentrate delivered.
Penalty Charge: no penalty is applied according to concentrate assay data.
Price participation: not applicable.
Gold and silver doré will generally include payment terms as follows:
Trucking: US$38.06/wmt
port storage and handling: US$14.40/wmt
ocean transport to Asian port: US$26.00/wmt
moisture content: 9%.
For this 2016 PFS, an assumption is being made that the processed molybdenum will be
loaded in one tonne bags for transport purposes and that the output is approximately
1,800 t/a. A further assumption is being made that the customer base will be in Asia
and that the molybdenum will be delivered in standard ocean containers. Molybdenum
concentrate from the mine site was assumed to be loaded into 2 t bags and then
transported by truck to Prince Rupert. The bags will then be loaded into containers and
transferred to Fairview Terminal. Transportation costs for the molybdenum concentrate
are listed below:
trucking: US$73.20/wmt
port storage and handling: US$12.20/wmt
ocean transport to Asian port: US$88.93/wmt
moisture content: 5%.
In 2010, Pretium purchased the Snowfield and Brucejack mineral resource properties
from Silver Standard Resources, Inc. In February 2011, Pretium announced an updated
estimate of Mineral Resources for their Snowfield project, which abuts against the east
side of Seabridge's Mitchell deposit. Table 23.1 summarizes the publicly-disclosed
resources of the Snowfield project, which were tabulated using a 0.30 g/t gold equivalent
cut-off grade (Pretium 2011).
The QP responsible for this section of this Technical Report has not verified the Mineral
Resources that were disclosed by Pretium for their Snowfield deposit. While there
appear to be similarities between the Mitchell and Snowfield deposits, the Brucejack
mineralization reported by Pretium is not necessarily indicative of mineralization found at
the nearby Kerr, Sulphurets, Mitchell, or Iron Cap zones.
Pretium disclosed Mineral Resources for their Brucejack project in an updated NI 43-101
Technical Report dated December 19, 2013. The Brucejack deposit is located
approximately 6 km east of Seabridge's Kerr deposit. Pretium disclosed Proven and
Probable Mineral Reserves for the Brucejack project in a Feasibility Study and Technical
Report that was dated June 19, 2014 (Tetra Tech 2014).
The QP responsible for this section of this Technical Report has not verified the publicly
disclosed Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves associated with the Brucejack
project. Furthermore, the QP does not believe that the Brucejack mineralization is
necessarily indicative of the mineralization associated with the various mineralized zones
at the Property.
Tonnes Au Ag Cu Mo Re Au Ag Cu Mo Re
Resource Category (Mt) (g/t) (g/t) (%) (ppm) (ppm) (000 oz) (000 oz) (Blb) (Mlb) (Moz)
Measured 189.8 0.82 1.69 0.09 97.4 0.57 4,983 10,332 0.38 40.8 3.5
Indicated 1,180.3 0.55 1.73 0.10 83.6 0.50 20,934 65,444 2.60 217.5 19.0
Measured + Indicated 1,370.1 0.59 1.72 0.10 85.5 0.51 25,917 75,776 2.98 258.3 22.5
Inferred 833.2 0.34 1.90 0.06 69.5 0.43 9,029 50,964 1.10 127.7 11.5
Source: Pretium website (http://www.pretivm.com)
The PEA was undertaken to evaluate a different approach to developing the Project by
emphasizing low-cost block cave mining and reducing the number and size of the open
pits, which significantly reduces the surface disturbances in the re-designed Project. The
PEA is a conceptual level of study based on the same Mineral Resource estimates used
in the 2016 PFS, except the Inferred Mineral Resources are included in the PEA project
design, and projected economics.
The PEA envisages a combined open pit/underground block cave mining operation that is
planned to operate for 51 years. The proposed Process Plant for the PEA mine design
will have an average process rate of 170,000 t/d. The Mitchell open pit and Deep Kerr
underground mines will be the main source of mill feed, contributing approximately 83%
of the total plant feed over the LOM, supplemented by the Sulphurets open pit along with
the Mitchell and Iron Cap underground mine production.
The flotation plant would produce a gold/copper/silver concentrate for transport by truck
to a nearby sea port at Stewart, BC for shipment to Pacific Rim smelters. Metallurgical
testing indicates that KSM can produce a clean concentrate with an average copper
grade of 25% with a high gold and silver content, making it readily saleable. Separate
gold-silver doré would be produced at the KSM processing facility.
The PEA is preliminary in nature and includes Inferred Mineral Resources that are
considered too speculative geologically to have the economic considerations applied to
them that would enable them to be categorized as Mineral Reserves, and there is no
certainty that the results of the PEA will be realized. Mineral Resources are not Mineral
Reserves and do not have demonstrated economic viability.
24.16 MINING METHODS
24.16.1 OPEN PIT MINING METHOD
The PEA mining study was carried out with the aim of reducing the amount of waste rock
produced in the open pits and the mill feed to draw more on the underground resources.
In order to accomplish this goal, smaller pits were designed for the Mitchell and
Sulphurets deposits as well as mining the Kerr deposit solely by underground mining
methods. This approach substantially shrinks the Project’s footprint. The PEA study
provides conceptual open pit designs that are consistent with the inputs used in the
2016 PFS open pit mine designs.
Table 24.1 Mineral Resources Included in the PEA Open Pit Mine Plan
Tonnage Au Cu Ag
Class/Pit (kt) (g/t) (%) (g/t)
Measured
Mitchell Pit 223,712 0.79 0.20 3.0
Sulphurets Pit - - - -
Total Measured 223,712 0.79 0.20 3.0
Indicated
Mitchell Pit 194,575 0.75 0.19 2.8
Sulphurets Pit 91,771 0.70 0.29 0.6
Total Indicated 286,346 0.73 0.22 2.1
Measured + Indicated
Mitchell Pit 418,287 0.77 0.19 2.9
Sulphurets Pit 91,771 0.70 0.29 0.6
Total Measured + Indicated 510,058 0.76 0.21 2.5
Inferred
Mitchell Pit 11,618 0.47 0.20 5.2
Sulphurets Pit 11,052 0.59 0.25 0.8
Total Inferred 22,670 0.53 0.22 3.1
For the Mitchell pit, the Mineral Resource model was subjected to an optimization
analysis using GEOVIA Whittle™ software to define the mining limits, involving a base case
and 45 additional pit shells. The contribution of each incremental shell to NPV was
calculated based on a base processing capacity of 47.5 Mt/a and a discount rate of 5%.
In the case of the Sulphurets pit, a much smaller pit than the optimal pit limit was chosen
in order to constrain the amount of waste rock produced during the LOM.
The Project is designed as a conventional truck-shovel operation. The pit design for the
Mitchell area includes three nested phases to balance stripping requirements while
satisfying the Process Plant requirements. In the case of the Sulphurets area the
material is mined in one phase.
Amec Foster Wheeler designed a RSF with a total storage capacity of approximately
265 Mm3, and a mill-feed stockpile with a capacity of 58 Mm3, enough to satisfy the
production schedule’s maximum stockpiling capacity.
The production schedule results in a LOM of 8 years with stockpile reclaim extending into
Year 14. The mine will require three years of pre-production before the start of the
PIT OPTIMIZATION
The pit shells that define the ultimate Mitchell pit limit, as well as the internal phases,
were derived using the LG pit optimization algorithm. In the case of the Sulphurets pit, a
much smaller pit than the optimal pit limit was chosen in order to constrain the amount
of waste produced during the LOM. The optimization process takes into account the
information stored in the geological block model, pit slope angles by geotechnical sector,
commodity prices, mining and processing costs, process recoveries, and the sales cost
for the metal produced. Table 24.2 summarizes the primary optimization inputs.
Table 24.2 Optimization Inputs
Parameter Unit Value
Metal Prices
Gold US$/oz 1200
Copper US$/lb 2.70
Silver US$/oz 17.50
Discount Rate % 5
Slope Angles Mitchell Pit
Variable by Domain degrees 34-54
Slope Angles Sulphurets Pit
Variable by Domain degrees 34-50
Dilution % Accounted for in NSR Calculations
Operating Cost
Mining US$/t 1.90
Process US$/t milled 9.00
Processing Rate kt/d 130
Process Recovery
Variable by Deposit/Commodity % 57.9-89.7
Amec Foster Wheeler imported the Mineral Resource model, containing grades, block
percentages, material density, slope sectors, and rock types, into the optimization
software. The optimization run was carried out using Measured, Indicated, and Inferred
Mineral Resources to define the optimal mining limits.
The optimization run included 46 pit shells defined according to different revenue
factors, where a revenue factor of 1 is the GEOVIA Whittle™ base case. To select the
optimal pit shell that defines the ultimate pit limit, Amec Foster Wheeler conducted a pit-
by-pit analysis to evaluate the contribution of each incremental shell to NPV, assuming a
Process Plant capacity of 47.5 Mt/a and a discount rate of 5% (Figure 24.1). The pit-by-
pit analysis includes three cases named best, specified and worst. The best and worst
cases are used to provide a bound for the analysis and they do not obey practical mining
constraints. In contrast, the specified case is based in a series of pushbacks selected by
Figure 24.1 Pit‐by‐pit Analysis Mitchell
Figure 24.2 Selected Pit Shell Mitchell
MINE DESIGN
The Project is designed as a conventional truck-shovel operation with 363 t trucks and
56 m3 and 40 m3 shovels. For the Mitchell pit, the mine design includes three nested
The Mitchell smoothed final pit design contains approximately 418.3 Mt of 0.77 g/t gold,
0.19% copper, and 2.9 g/t silver of Measured and Indicated Resources, as well as
11.6 Mt of 0.47 g/t gold, 0.20% copper, and 5.2 g/t silver of Inferred Mineral Resource
and 414.8 Mt of waste, for a stripping ratio of 0.96:1.
The Sulphurets pit contains approximately 91.8 Mt of 0.70 g/t gold, 0.29% copper, and
0.6 g/t silver of Indicated Resources, plus 11.0 Mt of 0.59 g/t gold, 0.25% copper, and
0.8 g/t silver of Inferred Mineral Resource. These tonnages and grades were derived by
following an elevated cut-off strategy in the production schedule. Figure 24.3 and Figure
24.4 show the ultimate pit designs for the Mitchell and Sulphurets pits, respectively.
Figure 24.3 Mitchell Pit Design
30 m berms
2.5:1 overall slopes
15 m lifts
20% swell factor after compaction for estimating volumes.
The design was carried out to provide enough storage capacity for waste and low-grade
stockpile. Figure 24.5 shows the RSF.
The scheduling constraints set the maximum mining capacity at 200 Mt/a and the
maximum number of benches mined per year at 12 per phase. To guide the schedule
and to obtain the desired results, additional constraints included maximum stockpile
capacity, and a reduction of mining capacity in later years during the LOM to balance the
number of truck hours per period.
The schedule uses an elevated cut-off strategy feeding the resource with the highest
grade first and sending lower grades to stockpiles for later processing. A minimum NSR
cut-off of Cdn$15/t was used. This minimum cut-off was determined taking into account
the stockpiling capacity and the availability of higher grade material from the Kerr
underground mine. The schedule shows a LOM of eight years with stockpile reclaim
extending into Year 14. The amount of re-handled mill feed is 157 Mt.
The average grades are 0.75 g/t gold, 0.21% copper, and 2.5 g/t silver. The LOM
schedule is shown in Figure 24.6. The mill feed peaks in Year 3 and then starts steadily
decreasing as higher-grade material from the Kerr underground operation becomes
available.
MINING EQUIPMENT
The KSM open pits are mined using a conventional owner-operated truck and shovel fleet
with owner performed blasting. The supply and on-site manufacturing of blasting
materials is contracted out. All infrastructure required for the blasting supply contractor
is provided by KSM. The mine fleet is comprised of a combination of diesel powered
equipment and electric drills and shovels. The fleet has a peak capacity to mine
approximately 200 Mt/a operating on 15 m benches.
Equipment requirements are estimated annually. Equipment sizing and numbers are
based on the mine plan, measured annual truck cycle times, benchmarking, and a
24 h/d, 7 d/wk work schedule. Peak major equipment numbers are shown in Table
24.3.
Blasting
Amec Foster Wheeler relied on benchmarking to arrive at a 0.35 kg/t powder factor for
both mill-feed and waste. That is, similar large open pit projects in the KSM area use a
0.32 kg/t powder factor for competent rock.
Drilling
Electric rotary drills with a 311 mm hole size are the primary production drills. The
electric drills are supported by three diesel drills also drilling a 311 mm hole size.
Although more costly to operate, the diesel drills are selected because of their mobility,
which provides additional flexibility to the mine operation. Penetration rates for both the
electric and the diesel drills is assumed at 40 m/h instantaneous. Average tonnes drilled
for sizing the production drilling fleet was estimated at 30 Mt/a per drill.
Loading
The primary production loading fleet is comprised of a combination of electric and
hydraulic shovels and large loaders. At peak, the loading fleet includes two, 56 m3
electric shovels; three, 40 m3 hydraulic shovels; and two, 40 m3 front-end loaders (FELs).
Figure 24.7 shows the primary loading fleet requirements by year to Year 12.
Figure 24.7 Primary Loading Fleet Requirements
250,000 8
7
200,000
Number of Loading Units
Total Tonnes Moved (kt)
6
150,000 5
4
100,000 3
2
50,000
1
‐ ‐
‐3 ‐2 ‐1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
For estimating numbers of loading units, the electric shovel, the hydraulic shovel, and the
larger loader productivity rates were estimated at 40 Mt/a, 25 Mt/a, and 22 Mt/a,
respectively.
Hauling
The haulage fleet is comprised of 363 t trucks. The number of 363 t trucks required are
based on measured annual haul profiles. The haul profiles were measured from the pit
centroids at each bench to a designated dumping point for each time period. Truck
speed by segment was applied to the haul profiles to estimate cycle times, which were
then adjusted to estimate total numbers of trucks required according to the operational
factors.
Initial truck requirements are five during pre-production, Year -3. Truck requirements
increase to 14, and then 19 during pre-production Period -2 and -1, respectively, before
jumping to 39, the peak, in Periods 1 to 3. Following Period 3, truck requirements ramp
down steadily over the remainder of the mine life. During the pre-production period, the
primary production fleet is supplemented with a construction fleet of five, 91 t haul
trucks for pioneering and construction work. Figure 24.8 and Figure 24.9 compare the
Figure 24.8 Annual Total Tonnes Hauled and Average Cycle Time
250,000 70.0
60.0
Average Cycle Time (minutes)
200,000
50.0
Total Tonnes 000's
150,000
40.0
30.0
100,000
20.0
50,000
10.0
‐ ‐
‐3 ‐2 ‐1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tonnes Cycle Time1
Moved
Figure 24.9 Annual Total Tonnes Hauled and Truck Numbers
250,000 45.0
40.0
200,000 35.0
Total Tonnes 000's
30.0
Truck Numbers
150,000
25.0
20.0
100,000
15.0
50,000 10.0
5.0
‐ ‐
‐3 ‐2 ‐1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tonnes Trucks
Moved
Support
The peak support equipment numbers are listed in Table 24.4.
Auxiliary
To support mine maintenance and mine operation activities, a fleet of auxiliary
equipment is required. Based on a standard list of auxiliary equipment (Table 24.5), at
peak the auxiliary fleet will include approximately 100 pieces of equipment.
Table 24.5 Auxiliary Equipment
Auxiliary Equipment List
Mine Maintenance
Forklifts
Cranes
Tire Handlers
Jacks
Light Vehicles
Service Trucks
Mine Operations
Lowboy and Trailer
Small Water Truck
Crew Bus
Light Vehicles
Light Plants
Crushing & Screening Plant
Snow Removal Equipment
Small dozer and loader
Mine Engineering
Light Vehicles
Survey Equipment
Mine Dewatering
Light Vehicles
Pumps
Excavators
Backhoe
Manpower
KSM mine operations will work 7 d/wk, 24 h/d with three crews rotating to fill the mine
roster. Salaried staff will work multiple schedules depending on the job. Schedules will
include day time only shifts and shifts that rotate with the mine crews.
Primary Consumables
Primary consumables for mine operations include diesel fuel and explosives. The mine
fleet’s diesel requirements peak at 94.6 million liters in Year 3. Explosive consumption
also peaks in Period 3 at 69.2 kt.
The open pit production schedule requires a three-year pre-production period for
construction and pre-stripping, followed by a LOM of 8 years with stockpile reclaim
extending into Year 14.
24.16.2 DEEP KERR MINING METHODS
GEOTECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS
At the time of the PEA, dedicated geotechnical drilling or studies had not yet been
conducted for the Deep Kerr resource area. Current geological exploration drilling
indicates similar rock conditions to the Mitchell underground mine, and for the purposes
of the PEA it is assumed the rock characteristics would be similar. Thus, the PEA
geotechnical assumptions for Deep Kerr were kept in line with those established for
Mitchell underground.
For Lift 3, pre-conditioning is assumed in order to manage the higher stresses anticipated
at greater depths.
The empirical methods applied to Mitchell underground show that caving of the rock
mass can be achieved with a minimum hydraulic radius of 28 m, which is an area of
approximately 12,100 m2 or around 50 drawpoints (this assumes a Mining Rock Mass
Rating (MRMR) rating of 51). The ultimate hydraulic radius for each footprint in Deep
GEOVIA’s PCBC™ Footprint Finder software was used to identify the elevation and shape
of the highest value footprints. A maximum column height of 500 m was used to identify
and locate these footprints, which is a common column height in modern caving mines.
Freeport McMoran, Rio Tinto, Newcrest, and Codelco have experience in operating or
planning for similar maximum column height. An exception was made for Lift 1, in which
the footprint elevation and shape was fixed using a 500 m column with the height of
draw extended to 750 m. The risks with this extension of column heights for Lift 1 to
750 m is considered acceptable since the materials in between 500 m and 750 m of
column only account for less than 16% and 8% of the total tonnes for Lift 1 and overall
Deep Kerr, respectively. In modern caving mines it is common to see this additional
percentage as an overdraw in drawpoints. The risk of a production gap between Lift 1
and 2 is insignificant. In the event Lift 1 is unable to deliver the planned overdraw, Lift 2
will already be in production and can typically adjust its plan to compensate for shortfalls
in Lift 1. Furthermore, mines such as the Cadia East Mine in Australia, which is currently
in production based on columns up to 1,000 m, have developed technical and
operational methods for accommodating these higher column heights.
A cave subsidence angle of 60° is assumed for Deep Kerr and is considered
conservative based on comparison data from benchmarking studies from similar block
cave mines in porphyry copper systems. No surface infrastructure has been planned
within or directly below the caved zone or subsidence zones. LOM underground
infrastructure (i.e., common conveyors, common vent drifts, common ramps, common
vent shafts, etc.) are also not planned within or near the caved zone or subsidence
zones.
The ideal placement of Lifts 1 and 2 was determined to be at 625 m and 130 m,
respectively, based on a column height of 500 m, thus requiring the levels remain 500 m
Instead of cut-off-grade, various production column shut-off values based on NSR were
used to create various production scenarios that were compared to determine and
optimize footprint shape. A series of GEOVIA PCBC™ runs were performed at varying NSR
values from Cdn$20/t to Cdn$24/t, for various production rates from 60 to 80 kt/d.
Higher shut-offs were tested but it was observed that at Cdn$26/t, total resources
quickly diminished and footprint shapes became highly irregular. The results from these
runs were used to generate hill-of-value tables which emphasized NPV and IRR. The
shape of the deposit narrows with depth. With scenarios at an 80 kt/d rate and NSR
shut-off greater than Cdn$20/tonne, it was observed that the lower elevation footprints
could not sustain this rate either for a meaningful amount of time, or at all.
After Lifts 1 and 2 elevations were determined, the location of Lift 3 was evaluated in
more detail. Ultimately, the optimum scenario that best balanced both NPV and IRR is
identified to have three lifts at 625 m, 130 m, and -290 m elevation, with a drawpoint
shut-off NSR value of Cdn$22/t, and a peak production rate of 70 kt/d.
Furthermore, this scenario is deemed to integrate well with the production from the
adjacent KSM mines (i.e., Mitchell open pit, Mitchell underground, Iron Cap, Sulphurets,
etc.) to support the various production scenarios considered for the PEA.
Figure 24.12 GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint for Lift 3 at ‐290 m Elevation
Lift 1 is the largest in tonnage and footprint and has an area of 422,000 m2. The
footprint shape is an irregular oval shape spanning 1,200 m in length, with varying widths
up to 500 m, tapering at both ends. The extraction level elevation is 625 m, which is
slightly higher than the portal elevation of 600 m and thus does not require major ramps
or shafts for access or ventilation. Mine access is primarily through two of the intake
portals, one of which directly connects to the footprint area as a main ventilation intake
drive, and the second which eventually parallels the underground conveyor as a service
drive towards the crusher area.
Lift 2 is the second largest in tonnage and footprint and has an area of 250,000 m2. The
footprint shape is an irregular shape spanning 780 m in length, with varying widths of
200 m up to 700 m, tapering at both ends. The extraction level elevation is 130 m,
requires three decline ramps for access and mill feed conveyance, and seven bored
ventilation shafts. The ramps and vent shafts are tied into the upper system constructed
for Lift 1 in order to minimize cost and effort.
Lift 3 is the smallest in tonnage and footprint and consists of two separate slightly oval
footprints with a total area of 145,000 m2. The southwestern footprint has an area of
75,000 m2 and the northeastern footprint has an area of 70,000 m2. Both footprints
span a length of 350 m, with varying widths up to 350 m. The extraction level elevation
is -290 m, and similar to Lift 2, requires two decline ramps for access and mill feed
conveyance, and eight bored ventilation shafts. The ramps and vent shafts are tied into
the upper system constructed for Lift 2 in order to minimize cost and effort. Pre-
conditioning is assumed for Lift 3 to manage the higher stresses anticipated at greater
depths, and will be performed from the undercut (UC) level before UC longhole drilling
commences on that level.
All preparation work at Deep Kerr will occur below the rock mass to be extracted for each
respective lift.
Note: Spacing between Lifts 1 and 2 is approximately 495 m. Spacing between Lifts 2 and 3 is
approximately 420 m. The distance from the portals to the footprint of Lift 1 is approximately 2 km.
Figure 24.14 Typical Level Arrangement for Deep Kerr
Note: Light blue parallel undercut drifts and red parallel extraction panel drifts are spaced 30 m apart. Dark
blue drawpoints are spaced 18 m apart.
VENTILATION
The magnitude of the required airflow is determined using available benchmark data.
These data show that a modern, mechanized block cave mine requires approximately
0.024 m3/s per tonne of mill feed per day of designed production. For the Deep Kerr
concept, a rate of 0.024 m3/s per tonne of mill feed per day is selected as being suitable
for this, PEA stage. Thus, it is anticipated at the required airflow for this deposit, using a
block cave mining method, will be on the order of 1,680 m3/s. Given the Project stage
and the nature of the deposit, no correction to elevation has been made.
Given the location of the Deep Kerr deposit, intake air heating is considered during the
months with average surface temperatures below 3°C. Over the average heating season
Other elements of the mine ventilation system design are factored relative to the
anticipated number of production panels and panel layouts to arrive at estimates for the
number of intake and exhaust regulators, bulkhead, air doors, air locks, auxiliary fans,
etc. A ventilation schematic is shown in Figure 24.15.
Figure 24.15 Ventilation Schematic
MINE DEWATERING
All drainage water for each lift is intended to gravity drain via a system of sumps and
boreholes to a dewatering gallery level located at the lowest point for each lift. The only
exception is the tail end of the conveyor system, which is designed with a designated
sump and 30HP pump station which discharges horizontally to the dewatering gallery
level.
The dewatering gallery contains two settling drifts each with a length of 100 m, with
removable/replaceable timber weir walls every 20 m, intended to settle out fine
sediment before being pumped by the main dewatering pumps. All water is assumed to
be pumped to the portal, where a surface pump station transfers the water to the main
Project water treatment dam and facility near the Mitchell valley area.
Although detailed hydrogeological drilling or studies have not yet been performed for
Deep Kerr, KSM’s guidance based on dewatering simulations for Mitchell UG indicate
that a system sized to handle up to 65,000 gpm, i.e., 4 m3 /s, would be required to
accommodate a potential 1:200 year precipitation event. In addition to the 1:200 year
event, there are more frequent seasonal events which are anticipated to exceed 1 m3/s,
i.e., 15,000 – 20, 000 gpm in the period from May until July.
For Lift 1 the installed power requirement for the main pump station in the dewatering
gallery level is approximately 500 HP. This capacity is intended to accommodate
approximately 2,000 gpm of mining process water drainage and minor groundwater
inflow dewatering. During the larger seasonal dewatering events, provisions will be in
place on the upper footprint levels to intercept and route a majority of water away from
the footprint and down towards the portals in the ventilation adits via gravity.
For Lift 2 the installed power requirement for the main pump station in the dewatering
gallery level is approximately 45,000 HP, which corresponds to a capacity of 4 m3/s, or
65,000 gpm. The main pump station will pump from the dewatering level and discharge
directly to the portals.
For Lift 3 the installed power requirement for the main pump station in the dewatering
gallery level is also approximately 45,000 HP, which also corresponds to a capacity of 4
m3/s, or 65,000 gpm. For Lift 3, an additional transfer pump station, equivalent in power
and capacity to the main pump station, will be required at the Lift 2 elevation to transfer
the water up to Lift 1 and out to the portals.
Figure 24.16 Mine Dewatering General Arrangement
PRODUCTION SCHEDULE
The proposed production schedule for Deep Kerr is shown in Figure 24.17. Note that the
years shown apply to the underground operation only, not to the combined open pit and
underground multi-mine plan.
30,000 80.00
70.00
Production Tonnes (x1000)
25,000
60.00
20,000
NSR ($/Ton)
50.00
15,000 40.00
30.00
10,000
20.00
5,000
10.00
0 0.00
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47
Production year
Only classified Mineral Resources are included in the production plan. All the
unclassified materials are treated as waste by setting the grades to zero. Table 24.6
shows the distribution of diluted mineral resources in the PEA mine plan based on their
classifications.
Table 24.6 Deep Kerr Diluted Mineral Resources in PEA Mine Plan
Measured Indicated Inferred
Tonnes (millions)* - 24.4 931.5
Au (g/t) - 0.26 0.31
Cu (%) - 0.54 0.49
Ag (g/t) - 1.1 1.7
Note: *Includes 90.4 Mt of mineralized dilution (the portion of Indicated and Inferred material that is below
the Mineral Resource statement cut-off, $0 < NSR < $16), and 27.8 Mt of non-mineralized dilution
(unclassified material set to zero grade).
MINING EQUIPMENT
Primary and support equipment requirements for the proposed Deep Kerr panel cave
operation are summarized in Table 24.7.
Table 24.7 Mobile Equipment Requirements, Deep Kerr
No. of
Equipment Units
Sandvik DD420-40C Jumbo 5.0
Sandvik LH514 LHD (7 m3) 20.0
Sandvik LH517 LHD (8 m3) 4.0
Sandvik TH550 55T Truck - Waste 12.0
Sandvik TH550 55T Truck - Production 22.0
Sandvik DS310 Rock Bolter 17.0
Atlas Copco Cabletec LC 5.0
Normet Utimec 1600 Transmixer 5.0
Normet Spraymec 6050W Shotcrete Sprayer 2.0
Normet Charmec 1605 ANFO Loader 4.0
Maclean BH2 Blockholer 6.0
Atlas Copco M6C Production Drill 7.0
Cat TH407 Telehandler 4.0
Kubota R520S Tractor/Backhoe 4.0
Normet Cassette Fuel/Lube Deck 4.0
Normet MF 540 Scissorlift Manlift 4.0
Toyota Personnel Transporter 13.0
Cat 140M Grader 4.0
Cat CS56 Vibratory Packer 1.0
Concrete Pump with Trailer - Meyco Altera 1.0
Marcotte M40 Boomtruck 1.0
Compressor Sullair 185 6.0
Mobile Crane - Grove RT540E (35T) 2.0
Ingersoll Rand 1550SE Electricians Service Vehicle 2.0
Ingersoll Rand 1550SE Mechanics Service Truck 2.0
Normet MF028 Sludge Truck 1.0
Normet Utimec MF500 Fire Truck 1.0
Normet MF350 Water Truck 1.0
Toyota Landcruiser Mine Ambulance 1.0
Toyota Landcruiser Mine Rescue Truck 1.0
Atlas Copco UV2 - Asphalt Sprayer 1.0
The Deep Kerr panel caving mine will operate for 48 years, including 3 years of initial pre-
production construction and development, and a 6-year ramp-up period to a full
production rate of 70 kt/d.
24.16.3 IRON CAP MINING METHODS
GEOTECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS
For the 2016 PFS, the characterization of the Iron Cap rock mass focused on the rock in
and around the extraction and undercut levels of the proposed block cave mine (1,035 m
elevation) and on the mineralized rock above this that will be caved. Rock within 50 m of
the ground surface is expected to be of poorer quality due to weathering. This rock will
not have a significant impact on the caving response of the mineralized rock, and
geotechnical information from this rock has not been included in the characterization of
the rock mass that will be block caved.
Characterization of the rock was based on core photographs and data collected for
exploration drill holes, detailed geotechnical data collected for drilling programs carried
out by BGC in 2010 (BGC 2011), and an interpreted geological model provided to Golder
by Seabridge.
There are three geotechnical holes in the Iron Cap deposit. No additional analysis of new
exploration drill holes was completed for this PEA as the 2016 assessments are still
considered valid for the new footprint that is now 175 m deeper.
The caveability assessments made using Laubscher’s and Mathews’ methods for the
2016 PFS indicated that the size of the footprint required to initiate and propagate
caving is between approximately 100 m and 220 m. This minimum footprint size is
significantly smaller than the size of the footprint of the deposit that can potentially be
mined economically by caving. This fact, together with the generally large-size,
continuous nature of the deposit, indicates that the Iron Cap deposit is amenable to cave
mining.
The cave mining will draw down the mineralized rock, and a significant depression will
develop on surface above the production footprint in the form of a crater. The crater
typically develops on surface above and slightly laterally beyond the footprint of the
production horizon of the cave mining. The top section of the crater is a relatively steep
A footprint at elevation at 900 m has the most value and the block cave design was
based on this footprint. Figure 24.18 shows the GEOVIA PCBC™ footprint at the 900 m
elevation.
Note: Figure prepared by Golder Associates Ltd., 2016. Grid system is based on UTM coordinates, with
North being at the top of the image. Warmer colors indicate higher caving column NSR values,
whereas cooler colors indicate lower caving column NSR values.
Dilution
Dilution for the block caving was derived using Laubscher´s dilution matrix, which is a
common methodology employed by operating block caving mines. Starting with the in
Personnel, material, and supplies will access the underground through a drive off the
Mitchell access ramp (this assumes that Mitchell will be mined first). Two fresh air
portals and one exhaust portal are planned on the north slope of the Mitchell Valley.
These tunnels may act as an alternative access to the underground from the surface in
case of emergency. The fresh air tunnels will connect to surface and a perimeter drift will
be constructed around the entire mine footprint to provide fresh air to the mine workings.
The Iron Cap design has multiple drifts that can act as an emergency egress. The primary
emergency egress will be the train tunnel or access tunnel, whichever is accessible. If
both tunnels are inaccessible, it will be possible to exit the mine through one of the fresh
air drifts. Figure 24.19 shows an isometric view of the Iron Cap mine layout looking
towards the southwest.
Figure 24.19 Iron Cap Mine General Layout with Topo and NSR above Cdn$20/t NSR Shell
Figure 24.20 shows the typical level arrangement for the Iron Cap mine.
VENTILATION
The total airflow requirements were based upon air quantities of 0.063 m3/s per kilowatt
of diesel equipment, equipment utilization, and engine utilization. The total airflow
requirement is estimated at 1,000 m3/s, which is sufficient to appropriately dilute all
noxious gases and particulate matter produced by the mining equipment and activities
on each mining level. This equates to a rate of 0.025 m3/s/t/d.
Heating of mine air in the winter months is included in the design and cost estimates and
will be done by mine heaters located at each of the two main fan installations. The mine
air heaters will heat 1,000 m3/s to 3°C for five months per year (November through
March). The propane requirement is 2.4 million liters per year.
Figure 24.21 is a schematic of the ventilation system showing major airflow directions.
Figure 24.21 Ventilation Schematic for Iron Cap Mine (Section Looking West)
The inflows to Iron Cap are conveyed by gravity away from the production levels to drifts
that connect to the Mitchell North Slope Depressurization Tunnel located at the south
end of the footprint. To provide for good drainage, the underground drifts have been
graded so that water will run towards one of the two dewatering tunnels. Any flood water
will also flow down these drifts where it will be collected in the existing “dirty” water
infrastructure. Pumps are not required to dewater Iron Cap. The underground water
management system at Iron Cap can handle 4 m3/s (63,000 gal/min). This caters for
both the groundwater and peak surface water inflows.
Figure 24.22 shows a schematic of the proposed dewatering strategy for the Iron Cap
mine.
Figure 24.22 Mine Dewatering Arrangement for Iron Cap (Plan View)
Figure 24.23 Iron Cap Mine Production Plan
Only classified Mineral Resources are evaluated as having grades and NSR value in the
production plan. All the unclassified materials are treated as waste by setting the grades
to zero. Table 24.8 shows the distribution of diluted Mineral Resources in the PEA mine
plan based on their classifications.
Table 24.8 Iron Cap Diluted Mineral Resources in PEA Mine Plan
Measured Indicated Inferred*
Tonnes (millions)* - 121.5 77.4
NSR (Cdn$/t) - 38.08 31.17
Au (g/t) - 0.64 0.46
Cu (%) - 0.24 0.23
Ag (g/t) - 4.1 3.5
Note: *Includes 15.7 Mt of mineralized dilution (the portion of Indicated and Inferred material that is below
the Mineral Resource statement cut-off, $0 < NSR < $16) and 1.7 Mt of non-mineralized dilution
(unclassified material set to zero grade).
MINING EQUIPMENT
Primary and support equipment requirements for the proposed Iron Cap caving operation
are summarized in Table 24.9.
Table 24.9 Mobile Equipment Requirements for Iron Cap
No. of
Equipment
Units
Development
Two-boom Jumbo 3
LHD (8 m3) 2
Haul Truck (55 t) 4
Rock Bolter 5
Shotcrete Sprayer (35,700 lb) 1
ANFO Charger 2
Transmixer (40,000 lb) 1
Raisebore 1
Scissor Lift and Boom Truck 4
Production
Longhole Drill (ITH, 89-216 mm) 3
Emulsion Loader 1
LHD (7 m3) 11
Haul Truck (55 t) 13
Block Holer 2
Scissor Lift and Boom Truck 2
Mobile Rockbreaker 4
Support
Grader 2
Big Personnel Carrier 4
table continues...
MANPOWER CONSIDERATIONS
The total estimated workforce for Iron Cap underground operation during peak
construction is 263, while the total workforce required during the peak production is
approximately 400 persons. The estimate is based on the development and production
tonnage and equipment requirements.
24.16.4 MITCHELL MINING METHODS
GEOTECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS
For the 2016 PFS, the characterization of the rock mass focused on the rock in and
around the extraction level of the proposed block cave mine and on the mineralized rock
above this that will be caved (235 m elevation). A second area of interest involves the
rock where the ramps, conveyor drifts, raises, and other mine infrastructure will be
excavated to connect the production elevation to surface.
Characterization of the rock was based on geotechnical data collected for exploration drill
holes, detailed geotechnical data collected from drilling programs carried out by BGC in
2009 (BGC 2010) and Golder in 2011 (Golder 2012a), outcrop mapping data (Golder
2012a), laboratory testing data (BGC 2010; Golder 2012a), and an interpreted geological
model provided by Seabridge.
There are a total of 114 exploration holes and 14 geotechnical holes in the Mitchell
deposit area. The borehole locations are shown in Figure 24.24. Geotechnical boreholes
Figure 24.24 Mitchell Exploration and Geotechnical Borehole Locations
For the purpose of this study, host rock refers to the rock mass outside of the immediate
area of mineralization. The host rock in which the mine infrastructure (e.g., raises,
conveyor drifts, ramps, etc.) will be excavated has been assessed based on data
collected from nearby drill holes.
The caveability assessments made using Laubscher’s and Mathews’ methods indicate
that the size of the footprint required to initiate and propagate caving is between
approximately 110 m and 220 m. These dimensions are significantly smaller than the
size of the footprint of the deposit that can potentially be mined economically by caving.
This fact, together with the general large three-dimensional shape of the deposit, suggest
that block caving is a suitable mining method for the Mitchell deposit.
The caving mining will draw down the mineralized rock, and a significant depression will
develop on surface above the production footprint in the form of a crater. The crater
typically develops on surface above and slightly laterally beyond the footprint of the
production horizon of the caving mining. The top section of the crater is a relatively steep
escarpment (60 to 70°) that is marginally stable but comprised of nominally in place
dilated rock. Beneath this is failed broken rock that has progressively sloughed from the
rim of the crater. This rock rills down to the bottom of the crater at about 40°.
A footprint at elevation at 165 m has the most value and the block cave design was
based on this footprint. Figure 24.25 shows the GEOVIA PCBC™ Footprint at the 165 m
elevation.
Note: Figure prepared by Golder Associates Ltd., 2016. Grid system is based on UTM coordinates, with
north at the top of the image. Warmer colors indicate higher caving column NSR values,
whereas cooler colors indicate lower caving column NSR values.
Dilution
Dilution for the block caving was derived using Laubscher´s dilution matrix, which is a
common methodology employed by operating block caving mines. Starting with the in
situ block model, a diluted block model is calculated using a 60% dilution entry point and
195 height of interaction zone. All calculations to determine the height of draw of block
caving are undertaken using the diluted model.
The Mitchell design has multiple raises and drifts that can act as an emergency egress.
The primary emergency egress will be the access tunnel or conveyor tunnel, whichever is
accessible. If both tunnels are inaccessible, it will be possible to exit the mine through
one of the fresh air shafts. Figure 24.26 shows the general mine layout for Mitchell.
Figure 24.26 Mitchell Mine General Layout with Topo and NSR above Cdn$20/t NSR Shell
Figure 24.27 shows the typical level arrangement for the Mitchell mine.
VENTILATION
The total airflow requirements were based upon air quantities of 0.063 m3/s per kilowatt
of diesel equipment, equipment utilization, and engine utilization. The total airflow
requirement is estimated at 1,500 m3/s, which is sufficient to appropriately dilute all
noxious gases and particulate matter produced by the mining equipment and activities
on each mining level. This equates to a rate of 0.026 m3/s/t/d.
Heating of mine air in the winter months is included in the design and cost estimates and
will be done by mine heaters located at each of the two main fan installations. The mine
air heaters will have to heat 1,500 m3/s to 3°C for five months per year (November
through March). The propane requirement is 3.5 million liters per year.
Figure 24.28 is a schematic of the ventilation system showing major airflow directions.
MINE DEWATERING
The mine water handling system is designed to handle the water that originates from the
groundwater and surface inflows (including possible water from ice that caves into the
crater when the ice field is undercut), and water that is introduced to the mine for
operations.
The area of the catchment around the Mitchell pit is approximately 9 km2. Once the cave
breaks through to the pit one to two years after the start of caving mining, the rainfall and
snowmelt within this catchment that is not diverted will flow into the crater and percolate
through the broken caved rock into the mine workings. Experience at other caving mines
indicates that the broken caved rock will not retard the inflows to any significant degree.
Under these circumstances, the short-term inflow rates and total inflow volumes for
various event durations are expected to be significant and must be managed
appropriately. The groundwater inflows by comparison are insignificantly small and have
not been considered further in the underground mine water management plan.
The conceptual design for the underground management system consists of directing the
water by gravity to two parallel drainage tunnels. These tunnels will convey water and
serve as temporary water storage from the haulage level to the bottom of a shaft that
extends up to the ground surface adjacent to the HDS WTP. The pumping system
consists of two pumping stations, one underground and one on surface, and the
associated pipelines that transfer the water to the WSF. The underground water
Figure 24.29 shows a schematic of the proposed dewatering strategy for the Mitchell
mine.
Figure 24.29 Mine Dewatering Arrangement for Mitchell (Long Section Looking North)
PRODUCTION SCHEDULE
The proposed production schedule for Mitchell is shown in Figure 24.30. Note that the
years shown apply to the Mitchell underground operation only, not to the combined open
pit and underground multi-mine plan of the Project.
Only classified Mineral Resources are evaluated as having grades and NSR value in the
production plan. All the unclassified materials are treated as waste by setting the grades
to zero. An NSR shut-off of $20/t was used to determine the economic footprint and
column extractions. Table 24.10 shows the distribution of Mineral Resources in the PEA
mine plan based on their classifications.
Table 24.10 Mitchell Diluted Mineral Resources in PEA Mine Plan
Measured Indicated Inferred*
Tonnes (millions)* 244.9 361.0 87.5
NSR (Cdn$/t) 37.90 36.03 22.55
Au (g/t) 0.68 0.65 0.40
Cu (%) 0.21 0.20 0.13
Ag (g/t) 4.2 4.1 3.1
Notes: *Includes 16.3 Mt of mineralized dilution (the portion of Measured, Indicated, and Inferred material
that is below the Mineral Resource cut-off, $0 < NSR < $16) and 18.3 Mt of non-mineralized dilution
(unclassified material set to zero grade).
MINING EQUIPMENT
Primary and support equipment requirements for the proposed Mitchell caving operation
are summarized in Table 24.11.
Table 24.11 Mobile Equipment Requirements, Mitchell
No. of
Equipment
Units
Development
Two-boom Jumbo 3
LHD (7 m3) 3
Haul Truck (55 t) 7
Rock Bolter (33 to 45 mm) 9
Shotcrete Sprayer (35,700 lb) 1
ANFO Charger 2
Transmixer (40,000 lb) 1
Raisebore 1
Scissor Lift and Boom Truck 4
Production
Longhole Drill (ITH, 89 to 216 mm) 5
Emulsion Loader 1
Haul Truck (55 t) 18
LHD (7 m3) 24
Block Holer 2
Scissor Lift and Boom Truck 8
Mobile Rockbreaker (4 to 5.4 m3) 4
Support
Grader 2
Big Personnel Carrier 4
Small Personnel Carrier 6
Lube Truck 3
Contractor
Two-boom Jumbo 1
Haul Truck (55 t) 1
LHD (7 m3) 1
Contractor
Rock Bolter (33 to 45 mm) 1
ANFO Charger 1
Scissor Lift and Boom Truck 1
24.17 RECOVERY METHODS
The proposed KSM plant will have an average process rate of 170,000 t/d. The Process
Plant will receive mill feed from the Mitchell and Sulphurets open pits and the Deep Kerr,
Mitchell and Iron Cap underground operations. The Mitchell open pit and Deep Kerr
underground mines will be the main source of mill feed, contributing about 83% of the
total plant feed over the LOM. Based on the available information, testwork performed
on sample locations for the open pit production provides a reasonable indication of the
mineralogical characteristics of the material examined in this PEA for both the surface
and underground mine extraction scenarios. The process flowsheet considered in the
2016 PFS is also an appropriate basis for the PEA given the nature of the mill feed and
the level of sampling performed through the deposit.
Several metallurgical test programs have been carried out to assess the recoverability of
copper, gold and silver values using the projected flowsheet which is essentially identical
to that utilized in the 2016 PFS by Tetra Tech. The results of the programs performed for
the PFS indicate that the mineral samples from the Mitchel, Sulphurets, Iron Cap and
Deep Kerr mineralization deposits are amenable to flotation followed by cyanide leaching
process. With the use of the same flowsheet in the PEA as was used in the PFS, it was
possible to rely upon the use of this testwork to support the PEA process.
Comminution testwork results indicate that the samples from all the deposits are
moderately hard for SAG and ball milling. Additional comminution tests showed that the
Flotation testwork (batch and locked cycle) indicate that the mineralization is amenable
to concentration into a saleable copper-gold concentrate with no significant penalty
elements. Following flotation, cyanidation tests showed that it was possible to recover
gold and silver from the tailings to bullion. The metallurgical test results obtained from
the various test programs were used to predict plant metallurgical performance
parameters for copper, gold and silver. The metallurgical performance projections of the
four KSM mineralization types are summarized in Section 13.2 of the 2016 PFS. In
addition, work was performed to indicate the consumption of reagents and grinding
media in comminution, flotation and cyanidation. Because of high cyanide
consumptions, testwork on cyanide recovery was also performed and the results
incorporated into the operating costs.
For the purpose of this PEA, the process circuit will incorporate three stage crushing,
milling, conventional flotation and cyanidation processes for the recovery of copper, gold
and silver. The overall process flow diagram developed for the PFS has been carried
through to the PEA, except for the molybdenum recovery circuit, which has been
eliminated. However, in order to process the higher throughput, equipment sizing for the
PEA modified to larger but proven units available in the market, optimizing plant footprint
and energy consumption for the tons processed. Redesign of the facilities was limited to
optimizing the layout provided by the use of the larger equipment in the PEA relative to
the 2016 PFS.
24.17.1 PROCESS PLANT
The Process Plant was designed appropriate to the testwork and will consist of five
separate facilities for the handling and processing of mineralized material:
a primary crushing and handling facility at the Mitchell open pit mine site
a primary crushing and handling facility at the Sulphurets open pit mine site
a primary crushing and handling facility at the Deep Kerr underground mine site
a train transportation system through the MTT
a main process plant facility at the Treaty OPC area, including coarse mill feed
stockpiling, secondary/tertiary crushing, ball mill grinding, flotation, regrinding,
concentrate dewatering, and cyanidation followed by treatment of tailings prior
to deposition with the TMF.
24.17.2 FLOWSHEET DESCRIPTION
COMMINUTION
Primary crushing facilities will be located at each pit to reduce the ROM particle size to
approximately 80% passing 150 mm using gyratory 60 inches x 113 inches gyratory
crushers. Two units will be located at the Mitchell pit and one unit at Sulphurets pit.
Between years 4 and 51, underground mineralized material from Deep Kerr, Iron Cap
and Mitchell will supplement open pit production and eventually replace it. At the Deep
Kerr site, two, 60 inch by 89 inch gyratory crushers will reduce run-of-mine mill feed
produced by block caving to 80% passing 165 mm. The crushed material will be
conveyed on the Kerr-MTT conveyor to the MTT train for delivery to the coarse stockpile at
the Treaty OPC. The Iron Cap and Mitchell mineralized material will also be mined by
block caving and will be crushed by existing gyratories on site to 80% passing 150 mm or
finer. The crushed material will also be conveyed to the MTT and loaded onto the MTT
train to the coarse mill feed stockpile at the Treaty OPC.
The proportion of mine production being supplied through the various crushers is shown
in Figure 24.31 indicating a blending effect on the mill feed being processed through the
subsequent Process Plant (period shown is in years).
From the coarse mill feed stockpile, the reclaimed feed material will be conveyed to the
secondary crushing facility and fed to two vibrating screens. The oversize from each
screen oversize will feed a MP2500 secondary cone crusher or equivalent. The cone
crusher product will be returned to the screen feed conveyor. Screen undersize product
that is finer than 50 mm will be delivered by conveying to an enclosed surge stockpile
with a 60,000 t live capacity.
Figure 24.31 Production Schedule – LOM
60000
50000
40000
Tonnage (kt)
30000
20000
10000
0
-3 -1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52
Period
The crushed mill-feed material from secondary crushing will be reclaimed from the
60,000 t stockpile by reclaim apron feeders onto two HPGR feed conveyors. These
conveyors will deliver the mill-feed material to two tertiary crusher HPGR feed surge bins.
The grinding circuit will employ four conventional ball mills to grind the HPGR product to a
particle size of 80% passing 125 to 150 µm. Each ball mill will be in closed-circuit with a
cluster of cyclones. The cyclone underflow will gravity-flow to the ball mill feed chute,
while the overflow will gravity flow to one of four copper-gold rougher flotation trains. The
overall capacity of the grinding circuits is designed to have a nominal processing rate of
7,535 t/h.
FLOTATION
The products from the primary grinding circuits will feed the copper-gold
rougher/scavenger flotation circuit. This circuit is composed of two parallel banks of four
600 m3 flotation tank cells. The four cells of each bank will produce copper rougher
flotation concentrates (at an overall mass pull of 6%) which will then be reground to a
particle size of 80% passing 20 µm in two tower mills (each with an installed power of
3,356 kW). The reground copper-gold rougher concentrate will then be upgraded in a
cleaner flotation circuit with three stages of copper cleaner flotation producing a copper-
gold concentrate with a target grade of 25% copper. The first cleaning stage will consist
of four 100 m3 tank cells, the second stage of four, 50 m3 tank cells and in the third
stage three column cells will be used. First cleaner flotation tailing will be further floated
in four cleaner scavenger flotation cells each with a 100 m3 capacity. The concentrate
product from the cleaner scavenger flotation will be sent to the first cleaner cells while
the tailing will report to the gold leaching circuit. The tailing from the second and third
cleaner flotation stages will be returned to the first cell in the prior cleaner flotation
circuit.
Located at the tail of each copper rougher scavenger bank is a further four cells which
are used for pyrite flotation. These cells will produce a pyrite concentrate which is gold
bearing. The final pyrite flotation tailing will be sent to center lined cell within the TMF for
storage. The pyrite concentrate will be reground in two tower mills (each with an installed
power of 3,356 kW) to a particle size of 80% passing 20 µm.
The loaded carbon leaving the CIL circuit will be transferred to the elution circuit for gold
recovery followed by the reactivation of carbon in an electrically heated rotary kiln. The
reactivated carbon will be circulated back to the CIL circuit. The tailings from the CIL
trains will pass over a safety screen system prior to be processed for cyanide recovery.
The pregnant solution from the elution system will go through the electrowinning cell
where a precious metal sludge will be produced. The sludge will be filtered, dried and
smelted in an induction furnace to produce gold and silver doré.
TAILS MANAGEMENT
The flotation tailing and the treated CIL residues will separately flow to the TMF located
southeast of the main Process Plant. The flotation tailing and CIL residue will be stored
in separate areas within the TMF.
The CIL residue will be deposited in a lined CIL residue storage pond. The residue will be
covered with the supernatant to prevent sulphide minerals oxidation. The residue will be
eventually covered by the flotation tailing, from which most sulphides have been
removed. The supernatant from the CIL residue pond will be reclaimed by pumping to
the CIL circuit for reuse. The excess water will be reclaimed to the process plant to
further remove impurities before it is disposed to the environment or reused in flotation
circuit as process water.
There will be two flotation tailing pipelines directing flotation tailing to the TMF. The
flotation tailing from one of the tailing pipelines will be classified to produce coarse tailing
sands by two stages of cyclone classification. The coarse fraction will be used to
construct the tailing dam and the fines will directly report to the TMF. The second tailings
pipeline will report directly to the TMF. The supernatant from the tailing impoundment
REAGENTS HANDLING
All the reagents will be prepared in a dedicated reagent preparation and storage facility
within a containment area. The liquid reagents will be added in the undiluted form via
metering pumps. The solid reagents will be prepared into adequate strength solutions in
dedicated mixing tanks and stored in holding tanks to be added to the processes via
metering pumps.
Plant air service systems will supply blower air to flotation, moderate pressure air to
leach, cyanide recovery and cyanide destruction, and high pressure air to filtration and
general plant and instrumentation services.
The metallurgical laboratory, with laboratory equipment and instruments, will undertake
all necessary test work to monitor metallurgical performance and to improve the plant
production and metallurgical results.
For the protection of operating staff, cyanide and sulphur dioxide monitoring/alarm
systems will be installed at site where needed. In addition, CCTV support will be provided
at various locations at the crushing and plant facilities to ensure comprehensive site
monitoring.
Table 24.12 summarizes the main design criteria established for the PEA. The criteria
are for a processing plant of 170,000 t/d capacity with a plant availability of 94%.
Table 24.12 Major PEA Process Design Criteria
Parameter Units Value
Plant Feed Rate
Process Plant Availability % 94
Annual Processing Rate Mt/a, dry 62
Daily Processing Rate t/d, dry 170,000
Hourly Processing Rate, Nominal t/h, dry 7,535
Primary Grind Size, P80 µm 125 – 150
Concentrate Regrind Size, P80 µm 20
Leach Circuit - CIL
Elution Circuit - Pressure Zadra
Carbon Regeneration - Electric Kiln
Residue Management - CCD
Cyanide Recovery Method - AVR
Cyanide Destruction Method - SO2 + Air
Head Grades and Recoveries
Head Copper Grade, Average % 0.32
Head Gold Grade, Average g/t Au 0.52
Head Silver Grade, Average g/t Ag 2.7
Recovery to Flotation Concentrate
Copper % 87.6
Gold % 60
Silver % 50.4
Recovery to Dore
Gold % 15.6
Silver % 16.7
24.17.4 MAJOR EQUIPMENT SIZING CRITERIA
Metallurgical calculation output for comminution circuit equipment sizing and installed
power is listed in Table 24.13 and Table 24.14.
Table 24.14 Copper‐Gold Flotation – Major Equipment List
Equipment Unit Value
Rougher/Scavenger Flotation
Number of Trains - 2
Number of Cells/Train - 4
Cell Volume m3 600
Installed Motor kW 450
Bulk Concentrate Regrind
Mill Type - Tower Mill
Number of Mills - 2
Installed Power kW 3356
1st Cleaner Flotation
Cell Type - Tank Cell
Number of Cells - 4
Cell Size m3 100
Installed Motor kW 132
2nd Cleaner Flotation
Number of Cells - 4
Cell Volume m3 50
Installed Motor kW 55
3rd Cleaner Flotation
Cell Type - Column Cell
Number of Columns - 3
table continues…
Table 24.15 Pyrite Flotation and Cyanidation – Major Equipment List
Equipment Unit Value
Pyrite Flotation
Number of Trains - 2
Number of Cells/Train - 4
Cell Volume m3 600
Installed Motor kW 450
Pyrite Concentrate Regrind
Mill Type - Tower Mill
Number of Mills - 2
Installed Power kW 3356
Pre-Leach Thickeners
Number of Thickeners - 2
Thickener Size m, diameter 40
Pre-Aeration Tanks
Number of Trains - 2
Number of Tanks/Train - 3
Tank Volume m3 573
Cyanidation Tanks
Number of Trains - 2
Number of Tanks/Train - 8
Tank Volume m3 2,474
Cyanide Recovery Circuit
Number of Thickeners - 2
Thickener size m, diameter 40
24.17.5 INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS
The increased throughput envisioned in this PEA can be achieved using the largest
proven units available in the market for each unit operation without significantly
redesigning the facilities proposed in the 2016 PFS.
The smaller footprint of the Mitchell RSF may offer additional options for selenium
capture. With the smaller footprint, the reduced interaction between the toe of the RSF
and the WSF impoundment also increases the water storage volume available behind the
WSD. These two potential design optimizations were not assessed within the PEA.
WATER MANAGEMENT
For the PEA water management and water treatment design criteria remain the same as
in the 2016 PFS. The elimination of the McTagg RSF in the PEA mine plan results in a
reduction of un-diverted catchment area above the WSD by 15%. In the PEA
configuration all of the McTagg Valley catchments are diverted by the Stage 1 McTagg
tunnel and only Stage 1 is required which reduces sustaining capital. As inflows scale
with catchment area the required HDS WTP capacity and estimated capital cost were
reduced by the same factor. For the PEA level of design the WSD crest elevation was
kept at the same elevation. WSD storage could potentially be reduced, reducing the WSD
crest elevation, although that optimization was not considered for the PEA.
TAILINGS MANAGEMENT
TMF configurations for the PEA adopt the 2016 PFS TMF design, adding modifications to
provide a conceptual level PEA TMF design. The higher peak PEA throughput of an
average annual 170,000 t/d during early operations requires 10 m higher starter dams
for the North, Splitter and Saddle dams which increases initial capital. The higher
throughput results in a TMF Stage 1 duration for North Cell operation of 19 years instead
of 25 years. Due to reduced throughput during the underground only Stage 2 of the TMF,
which requires construction of the Southeast Dam and operation of the South Cell, there
is no change required in starter dam height for the Southeast Dam. Final overall crest
elevations for all dams and the total design capacity of 2.3 Bt are similar to the PFS
design and within the contingency storage provided for the PFS. The only other change to
the TMF required for the PEA configuration is an enlargement of the CIL Residue tailing
cell. In the PFS design an allowance of 13% of storage is provided for CIL tailing. CIL
Crushed mill feed will be conveyed to one of two 15,000 t capacity underground bins.
Loading chutes under the bin will feed mineralized material into train wagons for
transport to Treaty where the wagons will bottom dump the crushed mill feed into a
15,000 t capacity ore bin. Apron feeders will then reclaim the mill feed to a belt conveyor
which will report to the 60,000 t live capacity COS.
Ten mill feed trains will be needed to deliver an average of 170,000 t/d of mill feed to
the process plant. Each mill feed train will be made-up of a 140 t electric locomotive and
16 off 42 m3 bottom-dump mill feed wagons.
Specially configured personnel and freight trains will transport freight, fuel, and
personnel through the MTT (Table 24.16). Staging areas at each end of the MTT for
marshalling and loading/unloading trains at each end will separate these activities from
those for mill feed transport. Personnel, freight, and fuel handling will be scheduled
during the day shift operations. A maintenance shop and siding for rolling stock will be
located in the Treaty staging area.
Train operations, with the exception of train loading, will be controlled by an automated
controls and scheduling system. The main control room will be located in the Treaty
staging area. Locomotives will be unmanned and not require engine drivers.
Table 24.16 Freight, Fuel, and Personnel Volume
Transport Unit Amount
Freight t/d 550
Fuel L/d 300,000
Persons persons/wk 560
To meet the daily production requirements and provide sufficient surge capacity during
periods of peak demand, the rolling stock fleet will be as follows:
The MTT rail system will have a maximum capacity of 210,000 t/d of mill feed.
24.18.2 OFF‐SITE INFRASTRUCTURE
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
Electrical power will be supplied from the 287 kV NTL transmission line that runs from
the Skeena Substation near Terrace, BC, to the substation near Bob Quinn Lake. KSM
will connect to the NTL transmission at the Treaty Creek Switching Station located
adjacent to Highway 37, approximately 18 km south of Bell II. A new 30 km long, 287 kV
tap line will connect this substation to the Main Treaty Substation No. 1.
ACCESS ROADS
The access roads to the Project site will be as follows:
LOGISTICS
Inbound equipment and materials will be transported either by barge to Stewart, BC, or
by rail to Terrace, BC, where these loads will be consolidated at local marshalling yards or
staging areas for onward transport by truck to KSM.
Copper concentrate will be transported by truck to a deep water port in Stewart, BC,
where it will be held in storage until loaded onto oceangoing vessels.
24.18.3 DEEP KERR PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE
ROAD AND LOGISTICS
Nearly all personnel and materials accessing to the Deep Kerr Mine will come via the MTT
tunnel system initiating in the Treaty Valley area. After exiting the MTT system in the
Mitchell Valley area, further connections via a series of roads developed for the overall
Project site will lead to the Deep Kerr surface complex area just outside of the Deep Kerr
portals.
For Lift 1 only, a temporary jaw crusher facility is utilized for the early production years to
advance production initiation. In later years it can be used to support ongoing mine
development efforts.
Underground conveyors assume belts of 60-inch width moving at speeds ranging from
4.0 to 5.5 m/s. Conveyor modules are assumed to be suspended from drift backs with
chains. Conveyor inclinations do not exceed 15%.
From this backbone, smaller pipelines will branch off to support mine development
headings, longhole drilling, shop activities, etc.
Waste rock generated after first production is assumed to be either diluted into the
production mill feed or hauled to the surface as needed.
SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE
The PEA design assumes the support for the Deep Kerr operations will be integrated with
the overall Project site. This will include major equipment maintenance and fuel
provision.
UNDERGROUND INFRASTRUCTURE
Underground facilities at Deep Kerr would include on each lift:
Fire water tanks and fire suppression systems, primarily for crushers, conveyor transfers
and shops.
24.18.4 IRON CAP PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE
ROAD AND LOGISTICS
Personnel, material, and supplies will access the Iron Cap mine through a ramp driven
from the Mitchell access ramp (assuming that the Mitchell block cave mine is developed
first).
Multiple drifts have been designed that can act as an emergency egress. The primary
emergency egress will be the train tunnel or access tunnel, whichever is accessible. If
both tunnels are inaccessible, it will be possible to exit the mine through one of the fresh
air drifts.
The main power will be supplied to the underground from the Mitchell substation through
a 25 kV cable hung from the back of the access ramp and MTT train tunnel to create a
ring main style system. Each of the main levels will have a 25 kV line which will be
stepped down to the required voltage by skid mounted dry-type transformers. Equipment
that draws larger loads (e.g., ventilation fans, conveyors and crushers) will be equipped
with a permanent transformer.
WATER MANAGEMENT
The underground mine dewatering system (refer to 24.16 Mine Dewatering) is
discharged into the Mitchell North Pit Wall Depressurization Tunnel via graded drifts that
allow for water to drain by gravity. From there, it will flow to the main Mitchell Water
Storage Facility. Pumps are not required to dewater Iron Cap.
SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE
The PEA design assumes the support for the Iron Cap operations will be integrated with
the overall Project site and in particular, the nearby Mitchell block cave mine. This will
include major equipment maintenance and fuel provision.
UNDERGROUND INFRASTRUCTURE
Underground facilities at Iron Cap would include:
equipment shop
warehouse
fuel bay
explosives magazines
sampling room
refuge stations (fixed and portable)
lunch rooms
offices, map and meeting room, training room
first-aid station
water tanks
Fire water tanks and fire suppression systems, primarily for crushers, conveyor transfers
and shops.
The Mitchell design has multiple raises and drifts that can act as an emergency egress.
The primary emergency egress will be the access tunnel or conveyor tunnel, whichever is
accessible. If both tunnels are inaccessible, it will be possible to exit the mine through
one of the fresh air shafts; however, the fan in the shaft will have to be shut off because,
during normal operations, the wind speed will be too high for personnel entry.
The crushed material will be transported to surface by a 4.3 km long, 1.22 m wide
conveyor belt which inclines at 20% to the top of a 30 m high, 1,000 t surge bin located
above the MTT train tunnel. From there it will be transported to the Treaty OPC.
The mine dewatering system requires an average of 4 MWh with a maximum of 30 MWh
during a peak storm event, which is greater than the power requirements of the mine
under normal conditions. The strategy during a peak storm event will be to shut down or
reduce operations in the underground mine along with other site facilities when the high-
powered pumps are required. This will allow power to be diverted from normal
operations to power the pumps.
The main power will be supplied to the underground from the Mitchell substation through
a 25 kV cable hung from the back of the access ramp and conveyor tunnel to create a
WATER MANAGEMENT
The underground mine dewatering system (refer to Section24.16.4 Mine Dewatering)
allows for water to be pumped to the HDS WTP and then to the WSF.
SURFACE INFRASTRUCTURE
The PEA design assumes the support for the Mitchell operations will be integrated with
the overall Project site. This will include major equipment maintenance and fuel
provision.
equipment shop
warehouse
fuel bay
explosives magazines
sampling room
refuge stations (fixed and portable)
lunch rooms
offices, map and meeting room, training room
first-aid station
water tanks.
Fire water tanks and fire suppression systems, primarily for crushers, conveyor transfers
and shops.
24.19 MARKET STUDIES AND CONTRACTS
Seabridge engaged NSA to provide an opinion report on marketing inputs for the 2016
PFS and PEA. The information and options in this section come from NSA (2016). All
currency amounts used in this section are in US dollars, unless otherwise specified.
24.19.1 COPPER CONCENTRATE
MARKETABILITY
When considering the marketability of copper concentrates, quality and quantity are
determining factors. There is considerable variation in the quality of concentrates and
the requirements of various smelters do vary; such variation relates to the technical
abilities of the smelter and its overall concentrate feed and blend.
Ideally, smelters prefer to blend their feed with approximately 30% copper and similar
amounts of iron and sulphur. In the last several years, however, the grade of some of the
major high-grade suppliers has been dropping. At the same time, many new suppliers
tend to blend copper-gold concentrates with copper content in the low to mid 20% range.
Consequently, the market has seen the blend for most smelters drop to a copper level of
27 to 28%. Apart from the level of copper, iron, and sulphur, other key elements in
Based on the impurity levels projected for the Mitchell and Iron Cap deposits,
concentrates from the Project are relatively clean. Depending on the market situation at
the time of contract negotiations, penalties will likely be minimal, if at all applicable.
Some smelters, such as in Japan, South Korea, and Europe, are expected to have more
interest in copper concentrates with high gold content. Preliminary minor element assays
of the final bulk concentrates for Kerr indicate concentrations of arsenic and antimony
may be near or above typical smelter penalty limits. For the Deep Kerr samples, mercury
in the bulk concentrate may also be above smelter penalty limits. This may be mitigated
by blending and reviewed in more advanced studies.
SMELTING TERMS
Copper Concentrate Smelting Market
Copper concentrates account for approximately four-fifths of total newly-mined copper
production, with the balance of output coming from solvent extraction and electrowinning
copper cathode and other copper-bearing by-products.
Over the last two decades there has been a significant expansion of smelting and refining
capacity, particularly in India and China. The Chinese smelting industry has increased
imports, as limited domestic mine capacity could not meet demand. This trend has been
a key determinant in world concentrate supply/demand balances.
The copper concentrate market has seen significant structural imbalances in the recent
years between mine production and smelting capacities. Over the last couple of years
there have been significant increases in smelter TCs/RCs. The balance of supply and
demand for concentrates is set by the whole of the concentrate output of the mining
industry and by the availability of capacity across the smelting industry. The availability of
custom concentrates, relative to smelting capacity, should, in theory, be the ultimate
determinant of terms for custom treatment of concentrates.
Table 24.17 Benchmark Smelting Terms
2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Copper Treatment Charges ($/dmt) 97.50 107.00 92.00 70.00 63.50
Copper Refining Charges ($/lb) 0.0975 0.1070 0.0920 0.0700 0.0635
For comparison, the recent spot market of April 2016 indicates sales into the Chinese
market where the levels of TCs/RCs were between $90 and $95/dmt of concentrate and
$0.090 and $0.095/lb of copper, respectively.
The general view today does not see price participation materializing in the near future;
however, it should not be ignored. Historically, when price participation first became a
factor in concentrate negotiations it was only applicable at a price level higher than the
price existing at the time of negotiation.
NSA suggests that the annual benchmark terms realized over the last couple of years are
likely to be a guide to future levels. With this in mind, and for purposes of this study, the
assumption should be a copper treatment charge of $100/dmt, with copper refining
charges of $0.10/lb of copper.
TCs/RCs are not the only terms that are used in valuing copper concentrates. Payments
and deductions are a matter of negotiation and will vary with many factors, including
supply and demand, and custom individual markets.
The following terms are an indication of “standard” long-term smelter charges, including
suggested TC/RC terms. Delivery is on the basis of CIF-FO smelter ports (the mine pays
all costs up to delivery port and the buyer arranges and pays for cargo discharge).
Gold and silver payments may vary between smelter locations. In China, high gold in
copper concentrates is not generally desired; relating more to internal pricing issues
rather than technical concerns. Technically, the more modern smelting facilities are able
to accept payment formulas similar to Japan and South Korea, but for many of the older
smelters in North China, this is not the case. In Europe, with grades of over 40 g of gold
content, payment of 97.75% with a minimum deduction of 1 g is likely to apply.
Refining Charges
Copper $0.10/lb payable copper
Treatment Charges
Treatment Charge $100.00/dmt CIF-FO main smelter port.
Price Participation
Not applicable at present.
Penalties
Arsenic: $2.50 to $3.00 per 0.1% over 0.1% up to 0.5% arsenic
Fluorine $1.00 to $2.00 per 100 ppm over 300 ppm fluorine
Chlorine $1.00 to $3.00 per 100 ppm over 300 ppm chlorine.
Furthermore, penalties may also vary from smelter to smelter. It should be noted that for
the elements where a percentage range is used, this relates to ranges of penalty
thresholds that are negotiated. The penalties noted in this section are generally in line
with levels applicable over recent years, but there is a tendency towards higher levels.
Based on the anticipated impurity levels derived from the test results by Tetra Tech (as
presented in section 24.17), the concentrates from the Project are relatively clean, and
depending on the market situation at the time of contract negotiations, penalties will
likely be minimal if at all applicable. As most of the mill feeds will be the blended
materials from different deposits and spatial locations, the blend should effectively
mitigate penalty elements rising for the mill feed from some limit locations.
Payment
A provisional 90% is paid three to 15 days after vessel arrival in Asia and India. Sales
into Europe normally involve later payment, possibly more than 30 days after arrival. The
10% balance is paid when all facts are known.
losses
insurance
supervision, assaying and umpire costs
marketing
ocean freight.
24.20 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING AND SOCIAL OR COMMUNITY IMPACT
The Project successfully underwent a joint federal provincial harmonized environmental
assessment. Both governments conducted the EA cooperatively, in accordance with the
principles of the Canada-BC Agreement on Environmental Assessment Cooperation
The Project was deemed to require a “comprehensive study” in July 2009 and a “notice
of commencement of an environment assessment” was submitted to Seabridge. The
terms or the scope of assessment was developed and posted by CEAA for public
comment in late May 2010. With the CEAA (2010) amendment, the terms of reference
was subsequently re-posted for public comment by the CEA Agency in July 2010. The
draft KSM Project Comprehensive Study Report was subsequently issued by the CEA
Agency in July 2014. The Project Comprehensive Study Report, along with filed public
comments from the NLG, other Aboriginal groups, and the public, were considered by the
Minister of the Environment when making her final EA decision. The Project received
federal approval on December 19, 2014. Further details on the
environmental/permitting regime may be found in Section 20.0 of the PFS.
The PEA which incorporates the inclusion of Deep Kerr, involves the same environmental
issues as the PFS project which successfully received its environmental approvals in
2014 and is outlined in the PFS. The PEA project, is situated in exactly the same
geographical area, has the same environmental characteristics and will involve similar
disturbances required to develop infrastructure and the mine as was previously assessed
and approved.
Based on this comparison, and upon completion and evaluation of additional technical
studies required to support the inclusion of Deep Kerr material into the mine plan and to
identify and examine the net environmental benefit of proposed project changes, it is
anticipated that the PEA would be approved to operate by the appropriate regulatory
authorities. This regulatory approval would be forthcoming only after the appropriate
conversations and information sharing has occurred with the Nisga’a Nation and First
Nations whom have an interest in the Project.
Additional details on the environmental setting and studies relevant to this PEA may be
found in Section 20.0 of the 2016 PFS.
The closure plan costs outlined in the PFS (Section 20.7) have been updated to reflect
the proposed mine plan changes outlined in the PEA. As a result of these changes, the
overall estimated closure costs including water treatment costs, have been reduced
resulting from smaller surface disturbance footprints associated with underground block
cave mines and a smaller RSF requiring long-term care and maintenance.
Seabridge has developed long term respectful relationships with the Nisga’a Nation and
the four other First Nations groups whom are potentially influenced by the Project, over
the past eight years of project development and especially during the recently completed
environmental assessment process for the Project (Section 20.0). These relationships,
including the requirements contained within the Benefits Agreement signed with the
Nisga’a Nation in June 2014 and the Sustainability Agreement negotiated with the
Gitanyow Wilps, also signed in June 2014 respectively, would remain in good standing
and the agreements would continue to be adhered to by the Project operating company
as the proposed mine plan outlined in the PEA is implemented.
24.21 CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS
The capital cost estimate is the product of engineering developed during the 2016 PFS
and the conceptual level analyses done for the PEA. The unit rates used for the
estimates (labour, power, fuel and other consumables) are the same for both studies.
Amec Foster Wheeler and Golder used well established internal benchmarks to develop,
check capital and operating costs to verify reasonableness of cost levels. These
benchmarks are internal to each company.
The capital cost estimates were produced by the consulting firms named in the Table
24.18 with the area of responsibility for each firm identified.
Table 24.18 Capital Cost Estimate Responsibilities by Firm
Capital Cost Area Firm Responsible
Mine site (open pit infrastructure and capitalised operating costs), Amec Foster Wheeler
process plant, on-site infrastructure, off-site infrastructure, permanent
electrical power supply and energy recovery, Underground mine
development; underground mining equipment; dewatering; ventilation
and services; underground mine infrastructure; underground material
handling (Deep Kerr block cave), construction indirects, spares, initial
fills, freight and logistics, commissioning and start-up, EPCM, vendor's
assistance, owner's cost (except for Mitchell and Iron Cap block cave)
TMF, water management and water treatment Quantities by KCB with
costing by Amec Foster
Wheeler
table continues…
24.21.1 CAPITAL COST ESTIMATES
This PEA level estimate includes:
See Table 24.19 for summary of the PEA capital cost estimate, summarized by activity.
Table 24.19 PEA Capital Cost Estimate Summary in US$M
Area Initial Sustaining Total
Direct Costs
Mine Site 1,272 6,827 8,100
Process 1,447 164 1,611
TMF 509 539 1,047
Environmental2 15 15
On-site Infrastructure3 23 0 23
Off-site Infrastructure 120 11 131
Permanent Electrical Power Supply and Energy Recovery 167 196 364
Total Direct Costs 3,553 7,737 11,290
Indirect Costs
Construction Indirects 462 688 1,150
Spares 35 19 54
Initial Fills 20 0 20
Freight & Logistics 64 216 281
Commissioning and Start up 6 19 26
EPCM 245 64 309
Vendor's Assistance 15 26 41
Total Indirect Costs 848 1,033 1,880
Owner's Costs 161 0 161
Contingency 927 1,248 2,175
Total Cost 5,489 10,018 15,507
Notes: 1Sums may not add due to rounding, PST not included in table please see section 24.22 for details
2All
costs associated with closure cost are included in separate estimate presented below
3Most of sustaining on-site infrastructure is included in mine site category
Initial capital cost is defined as all costs associated with development of the operation
until first ore in Year 1. It includes Mine Site, processing facility, TMF, environmental
infrastructure, on-site/off site infrastructure and power supply.
SUSTAINING CAPITAL
Sustaining capital costs are capital costs incurred after the Project has commenced
operations. Two types of capital cost are included in the sustaining capital.
Type one: items required either to replace worn-out or exhausted assets or to support
planned growth of the mine that does not increase production capacity. Projects that
improve operational efficiency, safety, or decrease costs are usually considered
sustaining capital.
Type two: development of new deposits that will maintain the throughput of the
operation. Is included in sustaining capital, the development of Deep Kerr, Mitchell and
Iron Cap block cave operations. This explains why mine site sustaining capital is higher
than initial.
Closure costs are estimated at US$540 million. This number is derived from the PFS
estimate and adjusted to reflect smaller RSF size. They include bond reclamation for
disturbance, TMF north cell reclamation, sinking fund payments and SUPs.
24.21.2 OPERATING COST ESTIMATES
The operating cost estimate is the product of engineering developed during the 2016
PFS and the conceptual level analyses done for the PEA. The unit rates used for the
estimates (labour, power, fuel and other consumables) are the same for both studies.
Table 24.20 Operating Cost Estimate Responsibilities by Firm
Operating Cost Area Firm Responsible
Open pit mining, underground mining (Deep Kerr), processing, G&A, Amec Foster Wheeler
site services, provincial sales taxes
Tailing storage/handling, water management/treatment, energy Quantities by KCB, Costing
recovery by Amec Foster Wheeler
Underground mining (Mitchell and Iron Cap) Golder
BASIS OF ESTIMATE
Operating costs detailed in the PEA were derived from a variety of sources including, but
not limited to, benchmarking analysis, derivation from first principles, and factoring from
costs in the 2016 PFS where possible.
The operating cost estimate is considered to have a level of accuracy of –25% to +35%.
Overall assumptions for operating costs:
A summary of the average operating costs onsite for the PEA is estimated at US$11.61/t
details are presented in Table 24.21.
Table 24.21 Average Onsite Operating Costs for PEA
Cost Cost
Operating Costs On Site
(US$/dmt milled) (LOM US$ million)
Mining Cost 4.47 10,648
Process Cost 5.19 12,361
G&A 0.86 2,044
Site services 0.41 965
Tailings Storage/Handling 0.12 285
Water Management/Treatment 0.56 1,342
Energy Recovery (0.10) (243)
Provincial Sale Tax 0.10 233
Operating Costs On Site/dmt milled 11.61 27,636
The operating costs are LOM average unit costs calculated by total LOM operating costs
divided by LOM milled tonnages. The costs exclude mine pre-production costs.
Underground mining costs were estimated for each block cave operation using similar
methodology as used for the capital cost estimate. The LOM cost per tonne milled vary
between $5.68 (Iron Cap), $5.15 (Mitchell) and $4.78 (Deep Kerr). The LOM
underground mining cost per tonne is estimated at $5.01: underground mining
represents 78% of the mill feed source.
Reagent costs were based on testwork and are comparable to the 2016 PFS or in some
cases slightly higher. Steel consumables and power costs are derived from the 2016
PFS but with verification to ensure that these are appropriate for the PEA. Labour costs
are based on a manpower list to reflect the PEA plant design while utilizing the same unit
labour costs as the 2016 PFS. Assaying costs use the same unit rates as the 2016 PFS.
The costs are based on a 170,000 t/d basis. As annual tonnage decreases, the annual
cost for reagents, steel consumables and power decreases in step. However for the
minor cost components, the annual costs decrease more conservatively to reflect the
requirement for minimum manpower in plant operations and other constraints.
Process costs are also specific to each deposit, responding to differences in reagent,
power and steel consumption. The annual cost typically reflects the proportional
Tunnel and material handling cost are also included in the process operating cost, they
represent US$0.24/dmt of the overall process cost. The LOM average process cost is
US$5.19/dmt.
Site services cost are estimated at US$0.41/dmt. They were derived from the previous
and current studies and include the following elements:
Tailings storage and handling cost are estimated at US$0.12/t milled. They were derived
from the previous and current studies.
Water management costs are estimated at US$0.56/dmt and were derived from
previous and current studies and adjusted to reflect the PEA requirements. They include
the following operating costs:
Water treatment plant operating costs were lowered by 15% from PFS costs to reflect
expected smaller quantities of water to be treated in the PEA scenario.
The Project initial capital cost estimate is US$5.5 billion before PST.
On-site operating costs over the LOM are estimated at US$27.6 billion, and averages
US$11.61/dmt milled over the LOM.
24.22 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
The results of the economic analysis in the PEA represents forward-looking information
that is subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors
that may cause actual results to differ materially from those presented here. Forward-
looking statements in PEA section of this Report include, but are not limited to, timing
and amount of future cash flows from mining operations, forecast production rates and
amounts of copper, gold, and silver produced from the KSM mining operation,
estimation of the Mineral Resources and the realization of the Mineral Resource
estimates within the PEA mine plans, the time required to develop the Project based on
the PEA mine design, statements with respect to future price of copper, gold and silver,
currency exchange rate between the US dollars and Canadian dollars, assumptions
regarding mine dilution and losses, the expected grade of the material delivered to the
mill, metallurgical recovery rates, initial capital and sustaining capital costs, as well as
mine closure costs and reclamation, timing and conditions of permits required to initiate
mine construction, maintain mining activities, and mine closure, and assumptions
regarding geotechnical and hydrogeological factors.
The reader is cautioned that the actual mine results of mining operations may vary from
what is forecast. Risks to forward-looking information include, but are not limited to,
unexpected variations in grade or geological continuity, as well as geotechnical and
hydrogeological assumptions that are used in the mine designs. There could be seismic
or water management events during the construction, operations, closure, and post-
closure periods, that could affect predicted mine production, timing of the production,
costs of future production, capital expenditures, future operating costs, permitting time
lines, potential delays in the issuance of permits, or changes to existing permits, as well
as requirements for additional capital. The plant, equipment or metallurgical or mining
processes may fail to operate as anticipated. There may be changes to government
regulation of mining operations, environmental issues, permitting requirements, and
social risks, or unrecognized environmental, permitting and social risks, closure costs
and closure requirements, unanticipated reclamation expenses, title disputes or claims
and limitations on insurance coverage.
A portion of the Mineral Resources in the mine plans, production schedules, and cash
flows include Inferred Mineral Resources, that are considered too speculative geologically
to have the economic considerations applied to them that would enable them to be
categorized as Mineral Reserves, and there is no certainty that the PEA will be realized.
24.22.1 METHODOLOGY USED
The Project has been evaluated using a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis. Cash
inflows consist of annual revenue projections for the mine. Cash outflows such as
capital, including the six years of pre-production costs, operating costs, taxes, and
royalties are subtracted from the inflows to arrive at the annual cash flow projections.
Cash flows are taken to occur at the end of each period.
To reflect the time value of money, annual net cash flow (NCF) projections are discounted
back to the Project valuation date using several discount rates. The discount rate
appropriate to a specific project depends on many factors, including the type of
commodity; and the level of Project risks, such as market risk, technical risk and political
risk. The discounted, present values of the cash flows are summed to arrive at the
Project’s NPV.
In addition to NPV, IRR and payback period are also calculated. The IRR is defined as the
discount rate that results in an NPV equal to zero. Payback is calculated as the time
require to achieve positive cumulative cash flow for the Project.
24.22.2 FINANCIAL MODEL PARAMETERS
BASIS OF ANALYSIS
The financial analysis was based on the Mineral Resources presented in Section 14, the
mine and process plan and assumptions detailed in Sections 24.16 and 24.17, the
projected infrastructure requirements outlined in Section 24.18, the doré and
concentrate marketing assumptions in Section 24.19, the permitting, social and
environmental regime discussions in Section 24.20, and the capital and operating cost
estimates detailed in Section 24.21.
METAL PRICING
Base Case economic evaluation was undertaken incorporating historical three-year
trailing averages for metal prices as of July 31, 2016. Two alternate cases were
constructed: (i) a Recent Spot Case incorporating recent spot prices for gold, copper,
silver and the US$/Cdn$ exchange rate; and (ii) an Alternate Case that incorporates
higher metal prices to demonstrate the Project’s sensitivity to rising prices. Metal prices
of each scenario are presented in Table 24.22.
TRANSPORT COSTS
Doré
Doré transport and insurance costs are expected to average US$1.25 per ounce of doré
produced.
Copper Concentrate
The transport costs for concentrate including trucking to port, port cost, ocean freight and
representation, is expected to be about US$86.19 per wet metric tonne.
WORKING CAPITAL
Working capital cash outflow and inflows are included in the financial model. The
calculations are based on the assumptions that accounts payable will be paid within 30
days and accounts receivable within 60 days. The impact of the working capital on NPV
5% is approximately US$148 million.
ROYALTIES
The only royalty included in the financial model is a royalty of 1% of the NSR payable to
Barrick Gold Corp., capped at US$3.6 million, with a predetermined buyout option. The
full amount of the buyout option is paid in Year 1 in the financial model.
TAXES
Canadian Federal and BC Provincial Income Tax Regime
The federal and BC provincial corporate income taxes are calculated using the currently
enacted rates of 15% for federal and 11% for BC. For both federal and provincial income
tax purposes, capital expenditures are accumulated in tax pools that can be deducted
against mine income at different prescribed rates, depending on the type of capital
expenditures.
Fixed assets acquired for the mine are accumulated in an undepreciated capital cost
pool (Class 41) and are generally amortized at 25% on a declining balance basis. Certain
fixed assets (acquired after March 20, 2013 and before 2021) may qualify to be
accumulated in a Class 41.1 pool that can be amortized at an accelerated rate of up to
100%. However, as a substantive portion of the fixed assets are expected to be acquired
post-2020 (after the phase out of the Class 41.1 pool), the KSM Financial Model
assumes that the accelerated depreciation will not be available.
The Project is expected to incur costs related to the NTL as described in Section 21. As
the capital costs are expected to be incurred on a property that is not owned by the mine,
the costs associated with the NTL are treated as eligible capital expenditures for income
tax purposes in the KSM Financial Model. Effective January 1, 2017, eligible capital
expenditures are treated as a Class 14.1 asset with an amortization rate of 5% per
annum. The KSM Financial Model treats all the costs associated with the NTL as a Class
14.1 asset.
The 2% tax is assessed on "net current proceeds", which is defined as gross revenue
from the mine less mine operating expenditures. Hedging income and losses, royalties
and financing costs are excluded from operating expenditures. The 2% tax is
accumulated in a Cumulative Tax Credit Account (CTCA) and is fully creditable against the
13% tax.
All capital expenditures, both mine development costs and fixed asset purchases, and
mine operating expenditures are accumulated in the Cumulative Expenditures Account,
which is amortized at 100% against the 13% tax.
The 13% tax is assessed on "net revenue", which is defined as gross revenue from the
mine less any accumulated Cumulative Expenditures Account balance to the extent of
the gross revenue from the mine for the year.
A "new mine allowance" is available in respect of capital costs incurred in respect of new
mines. Generally, this allowance provides that 133% of capital expenditures incurred
prior to commencement of production are included in the Cumulative Expenditures
Account. Under current legislation, the provision for the new mine allowance is scheduled
to expire on January 1, 2020.
A notional interest of 125% of the prevailing federal bank rate is calculated annually on
any unused Cumulative Expenditures Account and CTCA and is added to the respective
balances.
FINANCING
The model does not include any costs associated with financing.
INFLATION
There is no adjustment for inflation in the financial model; all cash flows are based on
2016 dollars.
24.22.3 FINANCIAL RESULTS
Table 24.23 summarizes the financial results. The after-tax NPV at a 5% discount rate
over the estimated mine life is US$ 3.366 billion. The after-tax IRR is 10.0%. After-tax
payback of the initial capital investment is estimated to occur in 6.4 years after the start
of production. Table 24.24 shows the cash flow broken out on an annualized basis.
Please note that the years presented in the table are for illustrative purposes only and do
not necessarily represent the start dates or actual production that would occur in the
specified years.
The average life of mine operating cost per ounce of gold recovered is US$ -179 over the
life of mine. Operating statistics are included as Table 24.25.
24.22.4 SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Sensitivity analysis was performed on the base case NPV after taxes that examines
sensitivity to metal prices, operating costs, capital costs Cdn$/US$ foreign exchange and
labour costs.
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
-40% -30% -20% -10% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40%
(2,000)
(4,000)
Change in Factor
Capital Costs Operating Costs Metal Price Foreign XE Labour
The Project is most sensitive to changes in metal prices and foreign exchange, less
sensitive to changes in capital costs, and least sensitive to operating cost and labour
costs changes.
Mill feed grade is not presented in the sensitivity graphs as the impact of changes in
grade is similar to the impact of changes in metal price.
UNITS LOM
Metal Prices (Base Case)
Gold US$/oz 1,230.00 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230
Silver US$/oz 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75
Copper US$/lbs 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75
CAD/USD CAD/USD 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Waste Mined
Waste Mined kmt 610,793 11,952 31,046 64,159 120,017 84,152 119,925 114,631 55,754 8,062 1,013 82
Mill Feed
Mill Feed kmt 2,380,940 726 53,370 60,494 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 62,050 61,757 61,890 62,019 62,046 62,050 62,050 62,049 62,011 58,955
Au g/t 0.522 0.67288 0.70579 0.90229 0.88769 0.85550 0.65200 0.69221 0.73529 0.58086 0.44396 0.43837 0.42409 0.47345 0.52601 0.52635 0.48864 0.48636 0.48564 0.47782 0.46809 0.45879 0.45136 0.46150
Cu % 0.32 0.23 0.20 0.27 0.27 0.31 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.31 0.32 0.33 0.33 0.32 0.31 0.30 0.30 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.30 0.30
Ag g/t 2.74 7.77 3.08 2.57 2.78 2.49 1.91 3.03 2.95 1.81 1.89 2.28 2.61 2.85 3.18 3.37 3.12 2.97 2.95 2.96 3.02 3.18 3.40 3.76
Metal Revenues
Copper Concentrate 000 US$ 67,319,500 20,961 1,393,075 2,112,965 2,144,233 2,186,511 1,619,404 1,735,569 2,036,390 1,682,830 1,442,479 1,566,682 1,598,170 1,728,925 1,856,333 1,844,194 1,721,868 1,696,188 1,691,177 1,687,722 1,679,400 1,656,274 1,633,469 1,570,205
Dore 000 US$ 8,199,093 3,944 275,458 353,685 354,519 328,500 302,985 333,771 305,841 219,045 173,482 171,276 165,517 177,882 190,971 189,725 174,622 173,942 176,255 176,123 175,127 174,496 174,993 174,049
Total 000 US$ 75,518,593 24,904 1,668,533 2,466,649 2,498,752 2,515,011 1,922,388 2,069,340 2,342,232 1,901,875 1,615,961 1,737,958 1,763,688 1,906,806 2,047,304 2,033,919 1,896,490 1,870,130 1,867,433 1,863,845 1,854,526 1,830,770 1,808,462 1,744,255
Treatment Charges
Treatment Copper Concentrate 000 US$ 2,646,372 571 36,614 56,219 58,242 67,015 51,683 53,685 65,557 61,514 59,832 67,153 69,105 70,925 71,472 69,887 66,343 65,072 65,254 66,357 67,104 66,538 65,722 62,522
Total Treatment Charges 000 US$ 2,646,372 571 36,614 56,219 58,242 67,015 51,683 53,685 65,557 61,514 59,832 67,153 69,105 70,925 71,472 69,887 66,343 65,072 65,254 66,357 67,104 66,538 65,722 62,522
Insurance Costs
Copper Concentrate 000 US$ 80,841 25 1,696 2,571 2,607 2,649 1,960 2,102 2,464 2,027 1,728 1,874 1,911 2,072 2,231 2,218 2,069 2,039 2,032 2,027 2,015 1,987 1,960 1,885
Dore 000 US$ 10,249 5 344 442 443 411 379 417 382 274 217 214 207 222 239 237 218 217 220 220 219 218 219 218
Total Insurance Costs 000 US$ 91,090 30 2,040 3,013 3,051 3,060 2,338 2,520 2,846 2,300 1,945 2,089 2,118 2,295 2,470 2,455 2,288 2,256 2,253 2,247 2,234 2,205 2,178 2,102
NSR
Copper Concentrate 000 US$ 62,085,765 19,823 1,320,085 2,000,927 2,028,220 2,053,374 1,516,809 1,628,934 1,906,277 1,561,027 1,324,248 1,434,051 1,461,700 1,588,751 1,714,934 1,705,896 1,590,618 1,567,444 1,562,086 1,556,488 1,546,723 1,524,726 1,503,538 1,446,581
Dore 000 US$ 8,147,428 3,879 274,134 352,626 353,266 327,145 301,973 332,069 304,527 218,240 172,553 170,084 164,105 176,391 189,321 188,020 173,129 172,527 174,839 174,716 173,707 173,031 173,458 172,457
Total 000 US$ 70,233,193 23,702 1,594,219 2,353,553 2,381,486 2,380,519 1,818,781 1,961,003 2,210,804 1,779,266 1,496,801 1,604,135 1,625,805 1,765,142 1,904,255 1,893,916 1,763,746 1,739,971 1,736,925 1,731,203 1,720,430 1,697,758 1,676,996 1,619,038
Mining 000 US$ 10,779,053 250,126 247,477 263,898 269,469 234,411 148,587 130,997 115,862 151,775 211,901 241,850 268,419 287,609 299,270 299,168 302,773 304,537 303,062 302,443 301,791 303,026 292,121
Process 000 US$ 11,784,690 259,016 292,263 300,730 306,129 301,055 299,424 300,306 305,135 306,358 305,885 304,971 304,135 303,282 301,524 302,174 302,787 302,914 302,933 302,935 302,932 302,749 288,187
G&A 000 US$ 2,147,292 40,353 43,358 47,050 44,411 46,560 41,403 42,948 40,556 42,477 45,062 45,029 45,097 46,446 47,759 45,845 46,364 47,726 48,607 49,179 49,682 50,682 49,318
Oversite Services 000 US$ 965,246 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926
Tunnel Transport & Material Handling 000 US$ 576,663 12,930 14,656 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,033 14,962 14,994 15,026 15,032 15,033 15,033 15,033 15,024 14,283
TMF Seepage Water Pumping 000 US$ 45,682 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896
HDS Water Treatment Plant 000 US$ 857,307 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810
Selenium Water Treatment Plant 000 US$ 378,712 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058
Minesite Water Management - Pumping 000 US$ 106,216 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083
TMF Dam Raising Sands 000 US$ 239,034 4,960 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185 6,185
Energy Recovery 000 US$ (242,563) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (2,829) (5,135) (5,135) (5,135) (5,135) (4,739) (4,739) (4,739) (4,739) (4,739) (4,739) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271)
Total onsite operating cost 000 US$ 27,637,331 603,272 639,826 668,782 677,114 647,188 554,575 539,413 526,716 565,772 625,703 654,705 680,507 700,192 711,733 710,399 715,168 718,428 717,854 717,808 717,125 719,169 691,596
OPERATING PROFIT
Operating Profit 000 US$ 42,592,262 23,702 987,348 1,713,727 1,712,704 1,703,406 1,171,593 1,406,428 1,671,391 1,252,550 931,029 978,431 971,100 1,084,635 1,204,063 1,182,183 1,053,347 1,024,803 1,018,497 1,013,349 1,002,622 980,633 957,827 927,442
BC Mining Tax 000 US$ 3,388,213 474 19,819 34,275 34,254 34,068 23,432 28,129 33,428 41,792 54,887 69,028 90,020 113,947 132,025 131,062 118,247 119,333 112,884 89,824 92,427 95,555 96,005 94,852
BC Income Tax 000 US$ 2,635,813 2,555 24,701 91,103 47,611 83,843 117,512 74,725 39,448 45,891 47,990 64,501 81,483 83,907 75,361 76,220 78,621 78,308 74,455 71,191 69,204 67,082
Federal Income Tax 000 US$ 3,594,290 3,484 33,683 124,231 64,924 114,332 160,244 101,898 53,793 62,578 65,442 87,956 111,114 114,418 102,765 103,936 107,211 106,783 101,530 97,078 94,369 91,476
Taxes 000 US$ 9,618,316 6,513 19,819 34,275 92,639 249,402 135,967 226,304 311,183 218,416 148,129 177,497 203,452 266,404 324,622 329,388 296,372 299,489 298,716 274,915 268,412 263,824 259,578 253,410
CAPITAL COSTS
Initial Capital 000 US$ 5,489,356 211,858 525,994 698,854 963,104 1,750,583 1,338,962
Sustaining Capital 000 US$ 10,017,564 725,159 268,065 335,802 302,601 422,718 325,697 488,351 402,852 502,322 441,738 275,079 205,461 186,080 171,790 141,922 105,492 148,239 318,279 287,921 242,460 216,529 195,288
Provincial Sales Tax (PST) 000 US$ 200,519 2,740 6,802 9,037 12,454 22,637 17,314 9,377 3,466 4,342 3,913 5,466 4,212 6,315 5,209 6,496 5,712 3,557 2,657 2,406 2,221 1,835 1,364 1,917 4,116 3,723 3,135 2,800 2,525
Closure Costs 000 US$ 539,957 3,960 3,622 27,600 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069
Total capital costs 000 US$ 16,247,397 218,557 532,796 707,891 975,558 1,773,220 1,359,898 762,136 271,531 340,144 306,514 428,184 329,908 494,666 408,061 508,818 458,519 289,705 219,187 199,555 185,080 154,826 117,925 161,225 333,464 302,714 256,665 230,398 208,883
Working Capital
Change in working capital 000 US$ 0 (3,896) (208,583) (121,818) (2,212) 844 89,881 (30,991) (42,309) 69,894 49,643 (12,718) (1,179) (20,784) (21,250) 2,648 21,288 4,300 769 893 1,767 3,671 3,581 7,261
VALUATION INDICATORS
Pre Tax
Pre-Tax Cash Flow 000 US$ 26,344,865 (218,557) (532,796) (707,891) (975,558) (1,773,220) (1,340,092) 16,628 1,320,378 1,370,348 1,397,735 833,290 1,045,529 1,134,416 914,383 471,854 507,194 680,217 844,664 983,258 999,751 919,809 911,178 858,041 680,779 701,676 727,639 731,010 725,821
Cumulative cashflow 000 US$ (218,557) (751,353) (1,459,245) (2,434,803) (4,208,023) (5,548,115) (5,531,487) (4,211,108) (2,840,760) (1,443,025) (609,735) 435,794 1,570,209 2,484,593 2,956,447 3,463,641 4,143,858 4,988,522 5,971,780 6,971,531 7,891,340 8,802,518 9,660,559 10,341,338 11,043,014 11,770,653 12,501,663 13,227,484
NPV 5% 000 US$ 6,104,938
Payback period Years 5.6
IRR before tax % 12.7%
After Tax
After Tax Cash Flow 000 US$ 16,726,549 (218,557) (532,796) (707,891) (975,558) (1,773,220) (1,346,605) (3,191) 1,286,104 1,277,710 1,148,333 697,323 819,225 823,232 695,968 323,725 329,698 476,764 578,260 658,636 670,363 623,436 611,689 559,325 405,864 433,263 463,815 471,432 472,411
Cumulative cashflow 000 US$ (218,557) (751,353) (1,459,245) (2,434,803) (4,208,023) (5,554,628) (5,557,819) (4,271,715) (2,994,005) (1,845,673) (1,148,350) (329,125) 494,107 1,190,075 1,513,801 1,843,498 2,320,263 2,898,523 3,557,159 4,227,523 4,850,959 5,462,648 6,021,973 6,427,837 6,861,100 7,324,915 7,796,346 8,268,757
NPV 5% 000 US$ 3,366,176
Payback period Years 6.4
IRR after tax % 10.0%
1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230 1,230
17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75 17.75
2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75
0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
55,474 50,483 47,205 44,423 45,015 46,961 48,590 48,927 47,470 47,450 47,450 47,450 47,450 46,830 41,519 35,059 29,917 26,113 28,407 26,139 23,539 22,531 25,550 25,550 24,526 18,493 14,120 9,141 7,194
55,474 50,483 47,205 44,423 45,015 46,961 48,590 48,927 47,470 47,450 47,450 47,450 47,450 46,830 41,519 35,059 29,917 26,113 28,407 26,139 23,539 22,531 25,550 25,550 24,526 18,493 14,120 9,141 7,194
0.46967 0.48383 0.49457 0.49552 0.48280 0.45844 0.43567 0.42219 0.42890 0.44677 0.47331 0.47863 0.46774 0.46423 0.47412 0.51267 0.55584 0.59309 0.54405 0.49235 0.43123 0.36811 0.35226 0.35526 0.32784 0.32827 0.30166 0.26312 0.24847
0.31 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.39 0.39 0.37 0.33 0.31 0.32 0.36 0.39 0.39 0.35 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.25 0.34 0.45 0.51 0.50 0.46 0.47 0.44 0.39 0.36
3.95 3.43 3.05 3.06 3.03 2.77 2.51 2.30 2.37 2.56 2.74 2.77 2.75 2.71 2.59 2.62 2.69 2.73 2.45 2.17 2.17 2.14 2.12 1.99 1.72 1.57 1.37 1.15 0.90
1,490,409 1,409,923 1,377,965 1,354,920 1,397,189 1,423,694 1,397,199 1,291,569 1,207,646 1,255,232 1,394,417 1,479,844 1,454,971 1,328,257 1,053,646 859,409 720,498 608,541 598,749 598,282 635,082 715,513 893,938 882,046 770,567 589,287 419,208 236,263 170,216
169,945 161,634 156,573 151,625 151,594 150,649 148,296 145,208 143,942 149,300 156,753 158,443 155,975 153,842 142,384 133,256 126,564 121,597 123,875 102,239 73,207 50,489 50,611 50,727 44,688 33,519 23,431 13,199 9,320
1,660,353 1,571,557 1,534,537 1,506,544 1,548,783 1,574,343 1,545,495 1,436,778 1,351,588 1,404,531 1,551,170 1,638,287 1,610,946 1,482,098 1,196,030 992,665 847,062 730,137 722,625 700,521 708,289 766,002 944,549 932,773 815,255 622,806 442,639 249,462 179,537
59,128 57,278 57,304 58,056 61,577 64,432 63,599 57,172 51,676 53,255 60,524 66,114 65,418 57,379 41,983 31,389 24,121 18,478 18,306 22,362 28,300 36,013 46,917 46,013 40,235 30,981 22,261 12,625 9,091
59,128 57,278 57,304 58,056 61,577 64,432 63,599 57,172 51,676 53,255 60,524 66,114 65,418 57,379 41,983 31,389 24,121 18,478 18,306 22,362 28,300 36,013 46,917 46,013 40,235 30,981 22,261 12,625 9,091
56,003 54,251 54,276 54,988 58,323 61,027 60,238 54,151 48,945 50,440 57,326 62,620 61,961 54,347 39,764 29,730 22,846 17,501 17,338 21,180 26,805 34,109 44,438 43,581 38,109 29,344 21,084 11,958 8,611
1,358 1,108 954 910 911 879 833 775 773 814 856 853 834 800 674 569 496 447 450 368 322 297 334 316 264 184 124 68 18
57,361 55,360 55,230 55,898 59,234 61,906 61,071 54,926 49,718 51,254 58,181 63,473 62,795 55,146 40,438 30,300 23,342 17,948 17,789 21,548 27,127 34,407 44,772 43,898 38,372 29,528 21,208 12,026 8,629
1,789 1,691 1,651 1,621 1,670 1,699 1,667 1,543 1,445 1,502 1,667 1,767 1,737 1,589 1,265 1,035 870 738 726 720 758 849 1,059 1,045 913 698 496 280 201
212 202 196 190 189 188 185 182 180 187 196 198 195 192 178 167 158 152 155 128 92 63 63 63 56 42 29 16 12
2,002 1,893 1,847 1,811 1,859 1,887 1,852 1,725 1,625 1,689 1,863 1,965 1,932 1,781 1,443 1,202 1,029 890 880 848 850 912 1,122 1,108 969 740 525 296 213
1,373,489 1,296,703 1,264,733 1,240,255 1,275,619 1,296,536 1,271,696 1,178,703 1,105,580 1,150,034 1,274,900 1,349,342 1,325,854 1,214,943 970,634 797,255 672,661 571,824 562,380 554,020 579,218 644,541 801,524 791,406 691,310 528,265 375,367 211,400 152,312
168,374 160,323 155,424 150,525 150,494 149,582 147,278 144,252 142,989 148,300 155,702 157,392 154,946 152,850 141,532 132,520 125,910 120,998 123,270 101,743 72,793 50,129 50,214 50,348 44,369 33,293 23,278 13,115 9,291
1,541,864 1,457,026 1,420,157 1,390,780 1,426,113 1,446,118 1,418,974 1,322,955 1,248,569 1,298,334 1,430,602 1,506,735 1,480,800 1,367,792 1,112,167 929,774 798,571 692,822 685,650 655,763 652,011 694,670 851,738 841,754 735,679 561,557 398,645 224,515 161,603
275,149 261,859 254,019 240,850 227,109 227,979 237,074 239,626 231,104 232,242 230,898 231,784 231,387 228,796 207,904 184,334 166,112 151,053 164,219 148,980 126,900 116,363 121,323 122,772 115,646 91,358 75,364 57,246 49,028
271,631 248,972 234,478 222,135 225,427 234,722 242,482 244,090 237,144 237,051 237,051 237,051 237,051 234,095 208,784 177,979 147,721 129,575 140,517 131,231 120,824 117,604 132,512 132,512 127,640 98,921 78,108 54,410 45,147
51,224 48,494 47,539 48,916 43,216 43,129 42,854 42,757 42,166 41,149 41,069 41,581 41,582 40,894 39,532 38,005 38,958 40,145 36,069 36,644 32,991 33,483 34,891 34,903 34,605 32,907 31,687 30,268 29,728
18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926 18,926
13,440 12,231 11,436 10,762 10,906 11,377 11,772 11,854 11,501 11,496 11,496 11,496 11,496 11,346 10,059 8,494 7,248 6,327 6,882 6,333 5,703 5,459 6,190 6,190 5,942 4,480 3,421 2,215 1,743
896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896
16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810 16,810
8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058 8,058
2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083 2,083
6,185 6,185 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401 3,401
(5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,666) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271) (5,271)
659,131 619,243 592,375 567,170 551,165 561,714 578,689 582,834 566,422 566,445 565,021 566,419 566,023 559,636 510,786 453,714 404,942 372,002 392,590 368,090 331,320 317,811 339,819 341,279 328,736 272,569 233,482 189,041 175,820
882,733 837,783 827,782 823,610 874,948 884,403 840,285 740,121 682,147 731,889 865,580 940,315 914,778 808,156 601,381 476,060 393,629 320,820 293,060 287,673 320,691 376,859 511,919 500,475 406,943 288,989 165,162 35,474 (14,216)
64,196 80,432 82,126 80,158 93,787 92,058 97,127 84,789 78,286 87,418 103,752 112,517 107,936 96,752 67,130 49,248 24,054 6,416 14,236 11,913 31,823 41,933 57,960 60,741 47,511 33,589 17,681 2,879
62,422 55,519 55,970 56,949 63,050 65,654 62,847 55,874 52,392 58,961 73,404 81,566 79,661 69,824 50,538 38,440 29,461 19,140 13,586 12,477 15,804 23,675 38,739 39,223 31,977 21,862 11,084
85,121 75,708 76,323 77,658 85,977 89,528 85,700 76,191 71,444 80,401 100,096 111,226 108,629 95,214 68,916 52,418 40,174 26,100 18,526 17,014 21,551 32,285 52,826 53,486 43,605 29,812 15,114
211,739 211,659 214,419 214,766 242,814 247,239 245,673 216,854 202,122 226,780 277,253 305,309 296,226 261,790 186,584 140,106 93,689 51,656 46,347 41,403 69,178 97,892 149,525 153,450 123,093 85,263 43,879 2,879
383,951 216,278 193,538 204,365 151,554 174,018 91,968 86,773 78,929 58,687 66,624 73,844 83,424 63,094 83,912 95,990 205,935 270,463 178,724 193,533 74,929 53,608 65,231 32,811 40,947 30,220 28,782 13,158 11,480 949
4,965 2,797 2,503 2,643 1,960 2,250 1,189 1,122 1,021 759 862 955 1,079 816 1,085 1,241 2,663 3,497 2,311 2,503 969 693 844 424 529 391 372 170 148 12
11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 31,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 11,069 (15,252) 15,400 15,400 15,400
399,985 230,144 207,110 218,077 164,582 187,337 104,226 118,964 91,018 70,515 78,554 85,868 95,572 74,979 96,066 108,300 219,667 285,029 192,104 207,104 86,966 65,370 77,144 44,305 52,546 41,680 40,223 24,397 (3,623) 16,361 15,400 15,400
10,018 10,667 3,852 2,757 (7,124) (2,421) 5,857 16,125 10,879 (8,179) (21,860) (12,400) 4,231 18,052 38,005 25,292 17,559 14,676 2,871 2,899 (2,405) (8,123) (24,011) 1,761 16,406 24,006 23,568 24,971 9,255 12,114
492,766 618,307 624,525 608,291 703,242 694,645 741,916 637,282 602,007 653,195 765,166 842,047 823,436 751,229 543,321 393,051 191,521 50,467 103,827 83,468 231,319 303,367 410,765 457,931 370,803 271,315 148,507 36,048 (1,338) (4,247) (15,400) (15,400)
13,720,250 14,338,557 14,963,081 15,571,372 16,274,614 16,969,259 17,711,175 18,348,458 18,950,465 19,603,660 20,368,826 21,210,874 22,034,310 22,785,539 23,328,859 23,721,910 23,913,432 23,963,899 24,067,726 24,151,194 24,382,513 24,685,880 25,096,645 25,554,576 25,925,380 26,196,695 26,345,202 26,381,250 26,379,912 26,375,665 26,360,265 26,344,865
281,027 406,648 410,105 393,524 460,428 447,405 496,243 420,428 399,885 426,416 487,913 536,738 527,210 489,439 356,736 252,945 97,833 (1,189) 57,480 42,065 162,141 205,474 261,240 304,481 247,711 186,052 104,628 33,169 (1,338) (4,247) (15,400) (15,400)
8,549,784 8,956,432 9,366,537 9,760,062 10,220,490 10,667,895 11,164,139 11,584,567 11,984,452 12,410,868 12,898,781 13,435,519 13,962,729 14,452,168 14,808,904 15,061,850 15,159,682 15,158,493 15,215,973 15,258,038 15,420,179 15,625,653 15,886,893 16,191,374 16,439,085 16,625,137 16,729,765 16,762,934 16,761,596 16,757,349 16,741,949 16,726,549
25.1 INTRODUCTION
This NI 43-101 Technical Report presents a summary of the results of two separate
studies for two separate mine development options for the Project. The first is at a PFS
level, which is an update of the 2012 PFS (Tetra Tech 2012). The other is at a PEA level,
which evaluates a different approach to the Project by emphasizing low-cost block cave
mining and reducing the number and size of the open pits, which significantly reduces
the surface disturbances in the re-designed project. The PEA assesses the potential
impacts of incorporating higher grade Inferred Mineral Resources delineated at Deep
Kerr and Iron Cap Lower Zone into the mine design, and increasing the annual average
maximum mill throughput from 130,000 t/d envisioned in the 2016 PFS to 170,000 t/d
in the PEA.
The results of the 2016 PFS update remain valid and represent a viable option for
developing the Project, with the PEA assessing an alternative development option at a
conceptual level.
The 2012 PFS was used as the basis for submitting the Application/EIS (Rescan 2013).
The Project received its EA approvals from both the provincial and federal governments in
July and December of 2014, respectively, including numerous provincial permits covering
the first years of construction. Those reviews and subsequent decisions concluded that
the Project would not result in significant adverse effects to the environment, identifying
KSM as a responsible project.
The 2016 PFS is based on Mineral Reserves that stem from a combination of Mineral
Resources that have been updated since the 2012 PFS (Kerr and Iron Cap deposits) and
Mineral Resources that remain the same as those used in the 2012 PFS (Sulphurets and
Mitchell). Appreciable drilling was completed at both the Kerr and Iron Cap deposits
since the 2012 PFS was completed that necessitated updating their Mineral Resources.
The 2016 PFS update maintains the Project scope as a large-tonnage open pit and
underground block cave mining operation, at a nominal rate of 130,000 t/d of ore fed to
a flotation mill capable of producing a copper/gold/silver concentrate for transport by
truck to the nearby deep-water sea port at Stewart, BC. A gold-silver doré, and a separate
molybdenum concentrate, will also be produced at the processing facility.
The methods used in this estimate comply with CIM standards, with reasonable
engineering practices for a PFS-level study, and economic estimates based on the
technical and economic parameters stated in this report. As such, the Mineral Reserves
stated in this report are subject to future metal prices and cost inputs, as well as the
results of the future studies stated in Section 25.10 (Project Risks) and Section 26.0
(Recommendations) of this report. This Mineral Reserve is reliable to a PFS level of
estimate.
The drawpoint layout and spacing were based on estimates of fragmentation and cave
mining experience in maintaining favorable interaction between adjacent draw columns
that control premature reporting of waste dilution at the drawpoints. The chosen
mucking equipment, the haulage distances from drawpoints to ore passes, the handing
of oversize muck by secondary blasting, and the design of the ore passes and grizzly
system allow for production rates of 55,000 t/d at Mitchell and 40,000 t/d at Iron Cap.
The production ramp-up periods for these operations are six years and four years,
respectively, which are within the ranges that have been achieved at other block cave
operations. Production from Mitchell, and subsequently from Iron Cap, allow the total
KSM Project production to be maintained at 130,000 t/d from Year 23 to 35 as
production from the open pits decrease, and then dominate mill feed for the final third of
the LOM.
Based on the various factors discussed above, the block cave mine plan is expected to
achieve the forecasted production schedule and the annual levels and costs within the
expected range of accuracy of the 2016 KSM PFS update estimate.
The system is scalable and flexible, as it has the ability to add or remove train sets to
meet higher or lower throughput requirements, and components can be taken out of
operation for maintenance without compromising total system operation.
This scale of underground tunnel transport via trains has proven effective in other mines
globally, utilizing equipment and infrastructure specified within this PFS. The planned
train system operations can be reasonably accomplished at this PFS’s estimated
productivities and costs.
25.6 TUNNELLING
The conventional drill and blast methodology for excavating infrastructure and water
tunnels is a valid basis for the scheduling and costing of the long tunnels required in this
PFS. Using a twinned tunnel for the MTT provides advantages in construction with three
sets of advancing twin headings, enabling the use of one tunnel at each heading as a
fresh airway, and the other tunnel as a return airway, which has a significant impact on
ventilation and advance rates for long tunnels. Other infrastructure and water tunnels
would be excavated with a single advancing heading from each portal, a well proven
method in the mining industry.
Advance rates for the MTT have been determined by two contractors using detailed cycle
time calculations for the varying ground conditions. The contractor-developed advance
rates and costs have been adapted for the other tunnel excavations. The contractor’s
estimates have also been benchmarked, indicating the estimates are within the accuracy
of a PFS. The License of Occupation for the MTT route was issued by the BC Government
in September 2014.
The Process Plant is designed based on the flowsheet developed from the testwork
results. The proposed flotation process is projected to produce a copper-gold
The process flowsheet proposed for the Project is conventional and has been widely used
in processing porphyry copper-gold ores. The equipment type and sizing selected for the
Project are common in other mining projects.
A BAT (KCB 2016) assessment, completed at the same time as the 2016 KSM PFS
update, shows that the current TMF design is the most appropriate to meet
environmental, operability, and geotechnical criteria. Dry stack options were either not
the most appropriate or did not meet these criteria.
TMF starter dams safely store 18 to 24 months of tailing under the range of
start-up assumptions assessed as established in design criteria presented
within the TMF Design Addendum Report (Appendix H4). This will allow the
Project flexibility during start up, with a minimum of one winter season and
potentially two winter seasons accommodated.
TMF dam designs (from starter dams through closure) are stable under static
and pseudo-static conditions, as designed, and these designs meet all
applicable regulatory criteria.
The rock fill-asphalt core WSD design is confirmed to be the preferred structure
type to meet the Project’s environmental, durability, and geotechnical design
criteria. A value engineering study (KCB 2012) showed that this design has both
low-seepage rates, as well as constructability and cost advantages over other
types of dam structures analyzed for this location and purpose.
A dam construction contractor provided improved reliability estimates of
structure cost and construction schedule duration for completion of the WSD.
For the 53-year LOM and 2.198 Bt Mineral Reserve, Table 25.1 summarizes the results
of the base case as well as three additional cases.
The Project has a short payback period compared to the long mine life.
The Project has low cash and total costs per ounce of gold produced net of by-
product credits.
Lower revenue caused by metals prices in this 2016 KSM PFS update, as
compared to the 2012 KSM PFS, are partially offset by a lower exchange rate.
The Project costs include capital cost commitments resulting from the EA review
process and thus represent a realistic cost basis moving forward as compared
to those projects which have yet to complete an environmental review.
Realistic closure costs including long water treatment costs are included in the
KSM economic evaluation.
The KSM Project, based on study results herein, is considered an economic
project, and thus merits additional study in the next design phase.
The Mitchell open pit and Deep Kerr underground mines will be the main source of mill
feed, contributing approximately 83% of the total plant feed over the LOM, supplemented
by the Sulphurets open pit and Iron Cap underground mine production.
The PEA offers a viable option for development of the Project and reduces a number of
project risks. By including Deep Kerr, annual average maximum throughput of
130,000 t/d envisioned in the 2016 PFS could be increased to 170,000 t/d in the PEA
without significant redesign of facilities. Increased throughput increases the metal
production, reduces payback periods, and improves estimated projected IRRs and NPVs.
The PEA mine plans in total would reduce the amount of waste rock by 81%
(approximately 2.4 Bt) compared to the PFS, substantially shrinking the Project’s foot
print and its environmental impact, and reducing water treatment costs.
However, several risks have been reduced through activities completed by Seabridge and
its team during the period from 2012 to 2016. Specifically, the permitting risk has been
addressed substantially with the receipt of environmental approvals granted by both the
federal and provincial governments in 2014, and the granting of the early-stage
construction permits for the Project, including the permit covering the MTT route. It can
be effectively stated that Seabridge earned “the social license” for the KSM Project
through the successful completion of the environmental review process with the support
of the nearby communities through the submission of letters of support and Aboriginal
groups support. Aboriginal support is evidenced by the signed “Benefits Agreement
between the Nisga’a Nation and Seabridge” (negotiated in 2014) and by the signed
“Sustainability Agreement” between Seabridge and the Gitanynow Wilps, also negotiated
in 2014.
The most significant unknowns associated with the Project are related to the extent of
available geotechnical data for the tunnels. As several tunnels are on the critical path for
construction, potential delays in construction could occur if unforeseen rock mass
conditions or groundwater inflows are encountered that cause durations in excess of
those anticipated in the preliminary construction schedule.
These risks are common to most mining projects, many of which can be mitigated with
adequate engineering, planning, and pro-active management. Some external risks, such
as metal prices, exchange rates, and government legislation are beyond the control of
Slope deformation or rock falls from unstable slopes requiring restricted access
to the pit, slope rehabilitation, and lost or reduced mine production. These
risks are mitigated via geotechnical design and assessment prior to mining, a
comprehensive slope monitoring and management plan during mining, the
addition of extra-wide benches at regular 150 m intervals in the pit slope
configurations, and standard operating procedures that include good wall
control practices and mine operations planning.
Snow avalanches at the pit crests resulting in restricted access to the pit. These
risks are mitigated via an avalanche management plan coordinated with mine
operations.
Visibility or weather shutdowns resulting in reduced productivity in the open pits.
These risks are mitigated via snow handling crews and equipment, planned lost
days and the use of ore stockpiles.
Slope depressurization to reduce high pore water pressures in the pit slopes
that might result in pit slope instability. These risks are mitigated by an
extensive slope depressurization plan that includes vertical wells, horizontal
drains, and dewatering adits as a multi-layer system to achieve the design
depressurization targets.
Surface water reporting to the pits due to failure or inundation of water
management structures. Excessive surface water into the pits may result in
The risks associated with the open pits of the KSM Project are common for many open pit
mining projects with large open pits mined in areas of mountainous terrain with high
precipitation. The mining and geotechnical teams have drawn on experience from
operations in these conditions and applied it to the designs in this study to mitigate the
risk through design, and operating practices, and procedures integrated into the plan.
25.11.2 TUNNELS
The KSM Project involves approximately 75 km of tunneling at start up. This includes
both infrastructure and water diversion tunnels to accommodate the challenges of
building a mine in mountainous terrain and to reduce project risks. In later stages of the
Project, the total constructed tunnel length rises to over 100 km. Tunnels provide more
direct routes for ore transport from the mining areas to the Treaty OPC and divert surface
water around mining areas and facilities. Tunnels were assessed as having lower
operational risks than alternative surface routes. Surface routes are more susceptible to
conflicts with other surface activities, and also present risks from climate and
geohazards. It is notable that the permit covering the MTT route was secured from the
BC Government in September 2014.
The PFS level of design for the tunnels in this study is based on reasonable assumptions
made from preliminary-level investigations that include geological mapping of tunnel
routes, geophysical surveys, drilling, and hydrogeological/geotechnical sampling and
testing. Poor ground conditions caused by unforeseen faults, areas of weaker than
anticipated rock, and/or higher than assumed differential stresses are issues that could
cause major disruptions to tunnel construction and operation. If not accounted for
properly in design, tunnel collapse or poor performance issues causing business
interruptions could result, thus tunnel design represents a significant risk for the Project
and warrants additional investigation in subsequent design phases. There are many
successful tunnel projects, including comparable tunnel projects in the KSM area, such
as the nearby Granduc Tunnel, that have addressed similar risks successfully. Higher
speed methods for long axis tunnelling are becoming more prevalent in mining and civil
applications and tunnelling technologies are developing rapidly. However, the cost of
mitigation versus the impact of schedule delays must be considered in a risk analysis.
Mitigations already incorporated include: the use of twinned tunnels to provide
opportunities to advance alternate headings in problem areas, drilling and geophysical
testing from surface, the use of probe and pilot drilling in areas of difficult ground
conditions, and obtaining the now in place permitting allowing early tunnelling starts.
The results of the risk analysis will include cost-benefit analyses of additional
investigations, assessment of risk sensitivities for alternate tunnelling methods, review of
available changes in designs or routings, and in some cases alternative overland systems
so that costs and risks of the alternatives can be considered in any decisions.
The PFS proposes to use energy efficient HPGR as a part of the comminution process.
The test results from the Mitchell and Sulphurets samples show that this mineralization
is amenable to HPGR treatment, although the Sulphurets samples are more resistant to
HPGR treatment as compared to the Mitchell samples. The HPGR circuit performance is
more sensitive to mill feed moisture and clay contents than other portions of the
comminution circuit. Lower than expected performance from the HPGR comminution
circuit due to higher than expected moisture and/or clay content can result in a reduction
of mill production that could have an impact on the Project economics.
In developing the production and grade schedules using GEOVIA PCBC™ software, it has
been assumed that an infinite supply of zero grade waste rock is available above the
columns being drawn. This and other factors controlling the estimates of ore dilution
using GEOVIA PCBC™ have been chosen conservatively.
There are recognized uncertainties in predicting the fragmentation of the caved rock at
the drawpoints, and the relatively low-fracture intensity of the rock mass at Mitchell, and
to a lesser extent Iron Cap, led to the estimated fragmentation being assessed in some
detail. Other block caving mines such as Palabora Mine have demonstrated that with
careful planning and the availability of equipment to deal with oversize rock, drawpoint
production rates comparable to those proposed at Mitchell and Iron Cap are achievable.
Furthermore, if the ore pass and grizzly systems do not achieve the planned production
rate, and the material transported to the passes is coarser than expected, mitigation
measures can be introduced such as employing additional mobile breakage equipment
and redesigning the undercut blasting to enhance the fragmentation during the early
stages of the column draw.
The geotechnical characterization of the Iron Cap deposit has been based on several
holes that were drilled for geotechnical purposes, but reliance was also placed on
comparisons of the geological, lithological, and alteration characteristics between the
Industry standard approaches have been adopted to support the drawpoints and to
maintain their stability. If future analyses of abutment stresses and the interaction of the
progressive advance of the undercut on the underlying drawpoints indicate more adverse
stress conditions than currently estimated, this can be mitigated by installing higher
capacity and more resilient support. It can also be mitigated by adopting a stress-
shadowing advance undercut approach, instead of the currently proposed concurrent
undercut approach.
The maximum height of draw (HOD) assumed in the design, which controls the maximum
tonnage that is drawn at an individual drawpoint, has been limited to 500 m. Based on
favorable experience at a number of block cave mines operating in good quality rock, the
trend in the industry under these circumstances is to plan to increase the maximum HOD
to beyond 500 m. However, the more conservative 500 m limit has been adopted for the
Mitchell and Iron Cap designs. There is still the potential requirement for ongoing
rehabilitation of drawpoints and mucking drives as a result of changing stress conditions
and the adverse impact of secondary blasting. An estimate of the cost of this
rehabilitation has been made and this has been included in the block cave operating
costs.
The extent of surface disturbance from caving and the associated formation of the crater
and more peripheral surface cracking have been estimated conservatively for the
relatively good geotechnical quality of the rock mass at Mitchell and Iron Cap. Estimates
have also been made of the influence of this disturbance on the stability of the walls of
the Mitchell open pit and adjacent valley walls. Based on the analyses to date, all
permanent infrastructure is beyond the potential impact zone. Major infrastructure that
might be critically impacted has been conservatively located well beyond the potential
impact zone. If further assessments and future monitoring indicate a potential impact of
some of the less critical infrastructure, there is sufficient space on surface for this to be
re-located at modest additional cost. The Iron Cap block cave design does not include
infrastructure that might be influenced by the extent and nature of the surface
disturbance, other than the surface water runoff that might enter the cave that is
discussed further in this section.
The estimate of the inflow of surface runoff from rainfall and snowmelt within the
catchment area formed by natural slopes, the open pit (in the case of Mitchell), and the
crater and adjacent surface cracking, has been based on a 1-in-200 year event. A
conservative approach has been adopted in estimating the runoff coefficient, water
retention, and impeding factors which control the intensity of this runoff water reaching
A water management system has been developed for Mitchell, which does not rely on any
temporary storage of water in any of the mine openings otherwise required for the
operation of the mine. Instead, dedicated water diversion tunnels with a large dedicated
storage capacity have been included in the design, with a dedicated shaft and pumping
system to extract the water to surface. If experience in the future indicates that the
storage capacity is too small to prevent flooding of the operational part of the mine, the
pumping rate storage volume can readily be increased or more water diversion tunnels
can be added for extra storage. Also, if there is concern about the capacity and
functionality of the partial diversion system beyond the rim of the pit that helps control
some of the inflow water, or if there is concern that an even larger event than the 1-in-
200 year event might occur, consideration can be given to diverting water underground
to temporarily flood areas that are benign and do not house critical underground
infrastructure, and/or to installing bulkhead doors that can be closed under extreme
conditions to limit flood damage to critical underground infrastructure.
The elevation of the production level at Iron Cap is higher than the Mitchell valley floor.
This provides for a much simpler water management system than at Mitchell. This is
based on gravity flow of water from the entry points underground to a short shaft that
connects to the North Slope Depressurization Tunnel. The water then gravity drains from
this tunnel to the WSF for treatment.
The development of voids beneath the back of the active cave, and the associated
concerns about hazardous conditions developing and air blasts occurring, is mitigated by
maintaining good knowledge about the cave profile as cave mining progresses. This
knowledge is obtained by ongoing monitoring of the geometry of the caved material using
techniques such as microseismic monitoring and seismic tomography, which are
important mitigation measures to maintain necessary draw control.
Experience at other block cave mines, where there is more potential for mud rushes to
occur because of the increased presence of fines (naturally occurring or generated by the
attrition of caved rock as it is drawn down) than those at Mitchell or Iron Cap, has shown
that such concerns can be mitigated. The measures that can be adopted include
monitoring of the flow of water from individual drawpoints, temporary closure of certain
areas that are deemed vulnerable until water flows at drawpoints decrease sufficiently,
and the adoption of remote mucking until conditions are deemed to be acceptable to
return to full entry.
These risks are reduced when opening a new area in an existing mine because the new
project can take advantage of experience gained in the existing operation and will be
able to utilize experience labor, management, and technical staff.
26.1 INTRODUCTION
This section outlines areas to investigate for improvements to the KSM Project. A high-
level budgetary estimate for the completion of each recommended item is provided in US
dollars.
26.2.1 MINING
OPEN PIT AND RESERVES
During more advanced studies, the following optimization studies are recommended:
The open pit mine planning designs will need to be reworked to a feasibility-level of
detail. The total estimated cost for this open pit mine planning is between US$200,000
to US$250,000.
Also, close-spaced drilling and a higher resolution Mineral Resource model will be
required for the material in the first several years of open pit operations (Mitchell and
Sulphurets) to test for grade and metallurgical continuity. The estimated cost for the
extra drilling, assaying, Mineral Resource modeling, and metallurgical testing, is between
US$3 million and US$4 million.
UNDERGROUND
The following optimization studies are recommended for underground block cave mining
of the Mitchell deposit, beneath the Mitchell open pit, and of the Iron Cap deposit.
Mitchell
Undertake a detailed study of the optimum pit profile to transition from open pit
to underground mining.
Review available geotechnical logging information within the mineralized rock
beneath the pit and if deemed beneficial, geotechnically log additional available
core to upgrade assessments of fragmentation, drawpoint hang ups, oversize,
and drawpoint layout and spacing.
Evaluate the impact of fragmentation, oversize, and hang ups on productivity.
Undertake a detailed cost-benefit assessment regarding fragmentation and
mitigating rock stress impacts, and evaluate the associated impact on
schedules of incorporating the pre-conditioning as presently designed into the
overall design and mine plan to confirm it provides a net positive benefit.
Undertake a study of the potential to increase the drawpoint layout and spacing
from the currently proposed 15 m by 15 m and maintain favorable interaction
between draw cones without experiencing adverse dilution and premature
reporting of sub-economic rock to the drawpoints.
Undertake additional laboratory rock strength tests on core to characterize the
rock mass strength of the various lithologies and alteration types and
intensities.
Undertake computer analyses of the stress conditions controlling the extent to
which stress-induced fracturing enhances primary fragmentation in the back of
the cave, and the potential to experience associated rock bursting as a result of
this stress-induced fracturing.
Undertake computer analyses of the abutment and cave front stress
concentrations. Assess whether an advanced undercut approach, rather than
the presently proposed concurrent undercut approach, needs to be adopted to
Iron Cap
Similar studies to those recommended for Mitchell are required for Iron Cap as well,
although in a number of cases the results of the assessments for Mitchell can be applied
to Iron Cap on a comparative basis, with the geotechnical characteristics of the Mitchell
and Iron Cap rock masses being somewhat similar. Studies are not required of a
transition from open pit to underground mining, and the underground water management
system at Iron Cap does not require temporary storage and pumping.
The current production schedule includes production from Iron Cap starting in Year 32,
and there are no transition restraints with other production sources in bringing Iron Cap
into production. Based on this, the level of study required for Iron Cap is less than for
Mitchell to undertake relevant economic assessments for a feasibility-level study.
Notwithstanding this, the most significant gap in advancing Iron Cap to a feasibility level
is that no geotechnical drilling and logging has been undertaken specifically directed to
characterizing the response of the rock mass to block cave mining. In the current study,
this has been done primarily by comparison and inference with the Mitchell deposit, and
limited geotechnical drilling for pit stability assessments in the mineralized rock. It is
This feasibility-level underground work for both Mitchell and Iron Cap, including a limited
geotechnical drilling program at Iron Cap, is projected to cost between US$2.5 million to
US$3.0 million.
PIT SLOPES
Additional field work, including geotechnical drilling, hydrogeological testing, and
laboratory testing are recommended by BGC for the proposed Mitchell and Sulphurets
pits at the next stage of study. This work is not only for the open pit operations, but also
to examine the effect of the future Mitchell block cave on the excavated pit walls and
surrounding infrastructure. It is expected that additional work will be completed to
further refine each deposit's geological interpretation by Seabridge, including the location
of faults and alteration zones. Future work for the open pit slope design and
hydrogeological evaluations will focus on increasing the confidence level of the slope
designs and slope depressurization plans. Specific tasks to be completed include:
Long-term pumping tests of the rock mass at each of the proposed open pits
using 6 to 10 inch diameter wells to provide bulk estimates of rock mass
hydraulic conductivity and provide data for the optimization of the slope
depressurization plan.
Numerical stress/deformation modelling of the proposed Mitchell pit,
specifically the north and south slopes.
Refinement of the design and timing for the proposed Mitchell NPWDA.
Assessment of pit slope stability to infrastructure closely sited near the pit crest.
A risk assessment for potential water into the pit over the Mitchell pit east wall
from flows exceeding the capacity of the MDT. The results of this risk
assessment should be used to guide the design of ramps on the final east wall
of the Mitchell pit. This assessment will also assist with evaluating integration of
the Mitchell NPWDA into the Water Management Plan.
It is estimated that the next stage of combined geotechnical and hydrogeology work for
the KSM Project will require a budget of approximately US$6 million for engineering fees,
geotechnical drilling, and hydrogeological drilling and testing.
The cost of this drilling and subsequent geotechnical laboratory program is estimated at
US$650,000.
A stability assessment and design review is required to assess the findings of the site
investigations and to review suitability of existing designs to mitigate the presence of this
known weak soil layer. This is estimated to cost US$80,000.
26.2.3 WATER
WATER STORAGE FACILITY AND MINE SITE WATER MANAGEMENT
KCB recommends additional hydrogeological and geotechnical site investigations in the
WSD footprint area including:
The cost of these site investigation programs is estimated at US$2.5 million, including an
allowance for drilling, helicopter support, and contractor costs, and excluding large-
diameter well drilling and testing.
Several of the IGRB recommendations for design updates to the WSD and Mine Site
water management were addressed within design updates included in the technical
reports developed for the 2016 KSM PFS update (Appendix H). The following design
studies are recommended to address the remaining IGRB recommendations:
WATER BALANCE
Design parameters such as the 50-year, 100-year, and 200-year storm and flood events;
the 100-year dry year and 200-year wet year have been used in Project design for the
sizing of diversion ditches and tunnels and for evaluation of water quality in receiving
waters. These parameters have to date been developed from several years of on-site
precipitation and streamflow gauging, the nearby longer period Eskay Creek station, as
well as use of Global Climatic Models (GCMs). While these analyses provide suitable
design parameters for the PFS, more comprehensive analyses incorporating long-term
records in the wider region surrounding the sites are required for advanced Project
design phases. In general terms, the longer-term (20 to 30 plus years) meteorological
and runoff data from regional stations provide more reliable statistical distributions that
may then be extrapolated to the various areas of the site by correlating with on-site
stations, some of which have now been monitored for 8 years.
It is important for the Project design evolution that the meteorological and runoff
database is expanded and the design parameters refined by conducting a regional
Following completion of this metrological and runoff data base review, evaluation is
recommended to be undertaken to update the site-specific water balance that will be
used as the basis in future Project design. The cost recommended to complete this work
is estimated at US$400,000.
Are there alternative treatment systems that could result in a net decrease in
the surface disturbance associated with temporary water treatment systems,
while still achieving the discharge standards, required by the environmental
regulations?
Could alternative approaches to project execution yield dual purpose facilities—
construction use, then different use during operations—that optimize the
approach to site water management systems, such as early construction of the
TMF cells to initially be used to store grit and act as a settling pond?
GEOCHEMISTRY DATABASE
The geochemistry database for the 2012 KSM PFS was based on typical numbers of
samples, representative of geochemical properties of the ore, waste, and non-deposit
rock in the Project area. Annual updating of the geological models for the Project have
occurred since 2012, as reported in the 2016 KSM PFS update, and re-visiting of the
ABA geochemical block model is appropriate. An independent, geochemical review is
Hydrogeological data gap analysis and review of additional water level and time
series piezometer data. Data gap analysis to assess requirements for pumping
tests or other investigations.
Data gap review of geotechnical (foundation) and geochemical (characterization
of borrow and diversion excavations) data requirements.
Drilling and hydrogeological testing (packer, multilevel piezometer and data
logger installations) at the North, Saddle and Southeast seepage dams (three
drill holes, each hole of 70 m depth).
Seep mapping and overburden characterization, additional overburden
permeability testing in the CIL Residue Cell area to further inform the next
design stages for determination of drain requirements beneath the Saddle Dam
and CIL Cell liner.
Borrow and foundation geotechnical investigations consisting of six additional
sonic/SPT/core drill holes and test pits in the TMF dam footprint and borrow
areas with geotechnical laboratory test program. Test pitting for borrow
investigations may require helicopter support for equipment mobilization.
The cost of these site investigation and laboratory testing programs is estimated at
US$2.5 million including an allowance for drilling and helicopter support.
The following design updates are recommended to address remaining IGRB TMF area
recommendations:
Update of TMF area hydrogeological and seepage models and review of required
seepage mitigations based on updated site investigations.
Updates to drainage designs for TMF dam and CIL liner footprint areas based on
revised hydrogeological data and models with liner ballast assessment.
Review of required TMF dam cross sectional designs required to meet seasonal
storage, freeboard related stability, starter dams and constructability
requirements relative to cycloning design optimizations, borrow availability and
feasibility level design requirements.
26.2.5 TUNNELS
GEOTECHNICAL
KCB recommends additional geological and geotechnical investigations at the portal
locations, where these have not been investigated already, and also where feasible along
the Project tunnel alignments. The recommended investigations consist of:
The programs will inform selection of the optimum tunnelling method, allow refinement of
project tunnelling risk, better identify diversion tunnel lining requirements, portal
locations and portal development designs and assist with determination of appropriate
contingencies. The cost of these programs is estimated to range between US$2.0 million
and US$3.0 million, including for drilling costs and helicopter support.
The results of the opportunity and risk analysis will indicate where, or if the following are
needed:
The above geophysical surveys and drilling costs are already recommended in Section
26.7.
Following the completion of the above risk analysis, possible data acquisition programs,
and assessment of resultant alternative design concepts, advanced design updates and
budgetary quotes for costing of mitigation options may be needed at an estimated cost of
US$250,000.
All the costs for the testing to verify metallurgical performance of the samples and collect
process design-related parameters do not include the sample collection and shipping
costs.
Optimize the size and configuration of the train consists using dynamic train
movement modelling.
Investigate alternative rail systems such as tracks, ballast and ties, and pre-
manufactured systems etc. to optimize supply and construction cost and
schedule impacts.
Evaluate the construction cost and construction schedule of the MTT with
respect to tunnel dimensions and alignment, in conjunction with the above
optimization study of the train consists.
Update the analysis of freight, fuel, lime and personnel transport requirements
through the MTT to support the mine area operations, especially if the other
project design changes affect these components.
Define and coordinate labour requirements between train, Process Plant, and
Mitchell OPC.
Engage several train system suppliers to optimize the train fleet prior to FS-level
budgetary quotes. Due to the specific requirements of the system, it may be
necessary to pay for these studies.
On September 26, 2016 Seabridge received the necessary permits from the BC
Government to develop the exploration adit.
Development of the exploration adit will consist of surface facilities, including water
treatment and a lined waste rock pile that will be covered at closure. Additionally,
approximately 2 km of drifting and hydrogeological testing will be carried out. The total
cost will be in the range of US$70 million.
Specific energy, pressing force, and abrasion work to confirm suitability of the
HPGR approach to comminution. This testwork is to be done through the use of
HPGR testing, piston load testing and pilot plant work on samples.
Optimization of primary and regrind milling will be necessary. Bond rod and ball
mill work index tests together with regrind jar test work will be necessary for the
sizing of ball and regrind mills.
Flotation optimization which will include rougher flotation optimization, cleaning
work and confirmation of performance through rougher and cleaner batch
flotation work followed by locked cycle flotation testwork.
Cyanidation amenability including direct cyanidation kinetics, reagent
consumption optimization, and retention time optimization. This testwork will
involve both direct cyanidation and CIL batch tests.
Cyanide recovery through the SART approach will be tested through a
combination of bench scale batch and bench scale continuous work.
This work would confirm the applicably of the process flowsheet used in the 2016 PFS for
the Deep Kerr mineralization considered in the PEA.
Testing can be performed using drill core from past and future work. It is expected that
the comminution testwork would involve approximately 120 point samples requiring
approximately 1.5 t of material, 3 small scale continuous HPGR tests requiring another
1 t of material, and approximately 4 t of material for the pilot plant level HPGR work. The
smaller samples would be produced through diamond drill hole drilling while the large
quantities would be produced through bulk underground sampling. Subsequently,
comminution samples would undergo flotation and cyanidation testwork, both batch and
locked cycle. This would require approximately 200 tests of various forms. Comminution
testwork would cost approximately US$1 million, while the concentration work would cost
This testing would confirm comminution, flotation and cyanidation viability. With
confirmation of the process parameters, the testing of domain composites and point
samples would address geometallurgical variability to a PFS level. The overall cost of the
program using both available and new sample would be approximately US$3 million to
provide information to the PFS level for Deep Kerr. This cost may be lower if drilling is
also performed in conjunction with other requirements but it may be also higher if
metallurgical issues are indicated by new drilling.
ALS Canada, Ltd., ALS Metallurgy Kamloops (2013). Preliminary Metallurgical Testing –
Kerr Deep and Camp Zone KSM Project – (KM 3735). May 9, 2013.
ALS Canada, Ltd., ALS Metallurgy Kamloops (2014). Preliminary Metallurgical Testing –
Deep Kerr and Iron Cap Zones – KSM Project - (KM 4029, Part A). May 16, 2014.
ALS Canada, Ltd., ALS Metallurgy Kamloops (2014). Preliminary Metallurgical Testing –
Deep Kerr and Iron Cap Zones – KSM Project – (KM 4029, Part A). May 27, 2014.
ALS Canada, Ltd., ALS Metallurgy Kamloops (2015). Preliminary Metallurgical Testing –
Deep Kerr – KSM Project – (KM 4514). August 05, 2015.
ALS Canada, Ltd., ALS Metallurgy Kamloops (2015). Preliminary Metallurgical Testing –
Iron Cap – KSM Project – (KM 4672). August 04, 2015.
BC MEMPG (2009). Guide to Processing a Mine Project Application under the British
Columbia Mines Act. British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum
Resources, January 2009. http://www.coalwatch.ca/sites/default/files/Guide-to-
Processing-A-Mine-Project-Application-Under-The-British-Columbia-Mines-Act.pdf.
BC MEMPR (2008). Health, Safety and Reclamation Code for Mines in British Columbia.
British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines, and Petroleum Resources.
http://www.empr.gov.bc.ca/Mining/HealthandSafety/Documents/HSRC2008.pdf
(accessed November 2010).
BC MOE (2013). The Effluent Permitting Process under the Environmental Management
Act: An Overview for Mine Project Applicants. Ministry of Environment, April 2103.
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/epd/industrial/mining/pdf/effluent_permitting_guidance_
doc_mining_proponents_apr2013.pdf
BGC (2012). Preliminary Assessment of Open Pit Slope Instability Due to the Mitchell
Block Cave. December 24, 2012.
Brenda Mines Ltd. (1989). Preliminary Metallurgical Testwork on “106” Low Grade
Sample. Peachland, BC. May 1989.
DFO (1986). Policy for the Management of Fish Habitat. DFO/4486. Fish Habitat
Management Branch, Department of Fisheries and Oceans Canada: n.p.
Febbo, et al. (2015). Geology of the Mitchell Au-Cu-Ag-Mo porphyry deposit, northwestern
British Columbia, Canada. British Columbia Ministry of Energy and Mines, British
Columbia Geologic Survey Paper 2015-1, 28 p.
G&T (2007). Preliminary Assessment on Mitchell Zone Samples (KM 1909). June 2007.
G&T (2008). Pre-Feasibility Metallurgical Testing Mitchell Zone – Kerr Sulphurets (KM
2153). September 2008.
G&T (2009). Metallurgical and Pilot Plant Testing on Samples from the Kerr-Sulphurets-
Mitchell (KSM) Project (KM 2344). December 2009.
G&T (2010). Bench Scale and Pilot Plant Testing Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Project (KM
2670), August 2010.
G&T (2010). Miscellaneous Metallurgical Testing on Samples From the KSM Project (KM
2535). March 2010.
G&T (2011). Flotation and Cyanidation Testing Snowfields Samples, Composites and
Blends – (KM 3081). November 28, 2011.
G&T (2011). Preliminary Metallurgical Testing on Samples from the Iron Cap Zone – KSM
Project (KM 2748). January 2011.
G&T (2012). Ore Hardness and Flotation Testing – Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM) Project
– (KM 3174). January 6, 2012.
Golder (2012).Pre-Feasibility Block Cave Mine Design – Mitchell Deposit. Prepared for
Seabridge Gold Inc. Submitted May 2012.
IGRB (2016). Review of Water Dam, Water Management, and Tailings Storage Systems,
KSM Project, British Columbia, Canada. Rev C.1. April 2016.
KCB (2012a). 2012 Site Investigation Report for the Mine Area.
KCB (2012d). KSM Water Storage Dam - Value Engineering Study Report.
KCB (2013a). 2012 Geotechnical Design of Rock Storage Facilities and Design of
Associated Water Management Facilities (Technical Report in Support of 2012 PFS),
January 29, 2013.
KCB (2013b). KSM Project. Rock Storage Facilities Design Report. July 8, 2013.
KCB (2014). KSM Project Mitchell/McTagg RSF Water Collection for Selenium Treatment.
March 4, 2014.
KCB (2016). Best Available Technology (BAT) Study for Tailing Management at the KSM
Project. June 22, 2016.
Köeppern Machinery Australia Pty Ltd. (2010). High Pressure Comminution Test Work on
Processing of Mitchell Zone Ore. February 2010.
Lechner, M.J. (2007). Mitchell Creek Technical Report, Northern British Columbia, NI 43-
101 Technical Report prepared for Seabridge Gold.
Lechner, M.J. (2008b). Updated Mitchell Creek Technical Report, Northern British
Columbia, NI 43-101 Technical Report prepared for Seabridge Gold.
Lechner, M.J. (2010). January 2010 Updated KSM Mineral Resources, NI 43-101
Technical Report prepared for Seabridge.
Lechner, M.J. (2011). March 2011 Updated KSM Mineral Resources, NI 43-101
Technical Report prepared for Seabridge.
Lechner, M.J. (2014). Initial Deep Kerr Resource Estimate, British Columbia, Canada, NI
43-101 Technical Report.
Nordic Minesteel Technologies, 2016, KSM – MTT Automated Rail Ore Transportation
System, May 2016.
Piteau Associates (1991). Mine Rock and Overburden Piles Investigation and Design
Manual: Interim Guidelines. Prepared for the British Columbia Mines Waste Rock Pile
Research Committee by Piteau Associates Engineering Ltd.
http://www.empr.gov.bc.ca/Mining/Permitting-Reclamation/
Geotech/Documents/MinedRock+OverburdenPiles/MinedRockOverburdenPile_Inves
tigation+DesignManual.pdf (accessed January 2013).
Placer Dome Inc. (1990). Metallurgical Research Centre, Kerr Project Report No.1.
October 1990.
Placer Dome Inc. (1991). Metallurgical Research Centre, Kerr Project Report No.2. April
1991.
Pretium (2011). Snowfield Resource Increase, press release dated February 23, 2011.
SGS Minerals Services (2010). An Investigation into the Grindability and Flotation
Characteristics of Two Samples From the KSM Deposit. February 2010.
SGS Minerals Services (2010). An Investigation into the Recovery of Cyanide and
Detoxification of Leach Tailing From Cyanidation of KSM Project Samples. February
2010.
Tetra Tech (2014). Feasibility Study and Technical Report Update on the Brucejack
Project, Stewart, BC. Document No. 1491990100-REP-R0001-01. June 19, 2014.
I am a Senior Project Engineer with McElhanney Consulting Services Ltd. with a business
address at 12-556 North Nechako Road, Prince George, British Columbia, V2K 1A1.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the University of New Brunswick, (B.Sc., Forest Engineering, 1974).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#11134).
My relevant experience is 35 years of location, survey, design, and construction of roads in
the Forestry, Mining, and Oil & Gas sectors.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was on June 21, 2008, and during the
summers of 2009, 2010, and 2011.
I am responsible for Sections 1.17.1, and 18.13 of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report, in acting
as a Qualified Person for the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic Assessment
2008”, dated December 22, 2008, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic
Assessment Addendum – 2009” dated September 8, 2009, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell
(KSM) Prefeasibility Study” dated March 31, 2010, and the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM)
Prefeasibility Study Update” dated June 15, 2011.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 1st day of November, 2016 at Prince George, British Columbia.
I, Derek Kinakin, M.Sc., P.Geo., P.G., of Kamloops, British Columbia, do hereby certify:
I am a Senior Engineering Geologist with BGC Engineering Inc. with a business address at
234 St. Paul Street, Kamloops, British Columbia, V2C 6G4.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of Simon Frasier University (B.Sc. (Hons), 2002; M.Sc., 2005).
I am a member in good standing of Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists
of British Columbia (#32720).
My relevant experience includes 14 years of rock mechanics research, slope stability
assessments, and slope designs for open pit mines in Canada, US, and Africa.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was August 19th to 21st, 2013.
I am responsible for Sections 1.16, 16.2.5, and 26.2.1 (pit slopes) of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had no prior experience with the Property that is the subject of this Technical Report.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 1st day of November, 2016 at Kamloops, British Columbia.
I am a Geoscientist with Klohn Crippen Berger Ltd. with a business address at #500-2955
Virtual Way, Vancouver, British Columbia, V7M 4X6.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the University of British Columbia, (Bachelor’s Degree – Physics, 1978),
and the University of Alberta (Special Certificate – Geophysics, 1984).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#19008).
My relevant experience includes 20 years with Klohn Crippen and Klohn Crippen Berger
engaged in the evaluation and development of mine waste and water management facilities;
involvement in over 20 mine waste facilities; involvement in a number of Environmental
Impact Assessments, Baseline Studies, Mine Waste Facility Site Investigations, and the
design of several major mine tailings dams; and 8 years of experience in engineering and
exploration geophysics for the mining, engineering, and petroleum industries.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was from June 6 to 8, 2016, as well as
during 2007, 2008, 2009, 2012 and 2014.
I am responsible for Section 1.14, 18.2, 24.18.1 (water management and tailings
management), 25.8, 26.2.2, 26.2.3 (water storage dam and mine site water management),
26.2.4, 26.2.5 (geotechnical), and 27.0 (only references from sections for which I am
responsible) of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report, in acting
as a Qualified Person for the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic Assessment
2008”, dated December 22, 2008, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic
Assessment Addendum – 2009” dated September 8, 2009, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell
(KSM) Prefeasibility Study” dated March 31, 2010, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM)
Prefeasibility Study Update” dated June 15, 2011 and the KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study” dated June 22, 2012 .
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 31st day of October, 2016 at Vancouver, British Columbia.
I am a Director of Metallurgy with Tetra Tech WEI Inc. with a business address at Suite 1000,
10th Floor, 885 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, BC, V6C 1N5.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the University of Tehran (M.A.Sc., Mining Engineering, 1990) and the
University of British Columbia (M.A.Sc., Mineral Process Engineering, 2004).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#30408).
My relevant experience includes 25 years of experience in mining and plant operation,
project studies, management, and engineering.
I am a “Qualified Person” for the purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
I conducted a personal inspection of the Property on September 20, 2014.
I am responsible for Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.10, 1.17.3, 1.18, 1.19, 1.21, 1.23.1, 2.1,
2.2.1, 2.3, 2.4 2.5, 3.1, 18.1, 18.5, 18.7, 18.8, 18.9, 18.10, 18.15, 18.16, 18.17, 21.1 and
21.2 (all other capital costs except for open pit mining, underground mining, permanent
electrical power supply and distribution, energy recovery, NTL contribution and MTDT mini
hydro generation station costs), 22.0, 25.1, 25.9, 25.11.3, 26.1, and 27.0 (only references
from sections for which I am responsible) of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report, in acting
as a Qualified Person for the “KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell) Prefeasibility Study” dated
June 22, 2012.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Vancouver, British Columbia
I, Jianhui (John) Huang, Ph.D., P.Eng., of Coquitlam, British Columbia, do hereby certify:
I am a Senior Metallurgist with Tetra Tech WEI Inc. with a business address at Suite 1000,
10th Floor, 885 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6C 1N5.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of North-East University, China (B.Eng., 1982), Beijing General Research
Institute for Non-ferrous Metals, China (M.Eng., 1988), and Birmingham University, United
Kingdom (Ph.D., 2000).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#30898).
My relevant experience includes over 30 years involvement in mineral processing for base
metal ores, gold and silver ores, and rare metal ores.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was September 16, 2008.
I am responsible for Sections 1.12, 1.13, 1.20, 3.1, 13.0, 17.0, 18.6, 19.0, 21.3 (excluding
open pit and underground mining cost), 24.19, 25.7, 25.11.4, 26.2.6, and 27.0 (only
references from sections for which I am responsible) of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report, in acting
as a Qualified Person for the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic Assessment
2008”, dated December 22, 2008, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic
Assessment Addendum – 2009” dated September 8, 2009, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell
(KSM) Prefeasibility Study” dated March 31, 2010, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM)
Prefeasibility Study Update” dated June 15, 2011 and “2012 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study” dated June 22, 2012.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Vancouver, British Columbia.
I am a Mining Engineer with Moose Mountain Technical Services with a business address at
#210 1510 2nd Street North, Cranbrook, British Columbia, V1C 3L2.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the University of British Columbia, (Bachelor of Applied Science – Mineral
Engineering, 1975).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#11919), Engineers Geoscientists New Brunswick
(#L5018), and the Association of Professional Engineers, Geologists, and Geophysicists of
Alberta (#M47177).
My relevant experience includes operation, supervision, and engineering in North America,
South America, Australia, Eastern Europe, and Greenland.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was on September 25th, 2008;
September 10th, 2009; and April 13th, 2010.
I am responsible for Sections 1.11 (open pit mining), 1.17.4, 1.17.5, 15.1, 15.2, 15.4 (open
pit mining), 16.1, 16.2 (except 16.2.5), 16.4 (open pit mining), 18.3, 18.4, 21.1 (open pit
mining costs), 21.2 (open pit mining costs), 21.2.3 (open pit mining costs) 25.2.2, 25.3,
25.5, 25.6, 25.11.1, 25.11.2, 26.2.1 (open pit and reserves), 26.2.5 (tunnel design),
26.2.7, and 27.0 (only references from sections for which I am responsible) of the Technical
Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had previous involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report,
in acting as a Qualified Person for the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic
Assessment 2008”, dated December 22, 2008, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary
Economic Assessment Addendum – 2009” dated September 8, 2009, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-
Mitchell (KSM) Prefeasibility Study” dated March 31, 2010, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell
(KSM) Prefeasibility Study Update” dated June 15, 2011, and the “2012 KSM (Kerr-
Sulphuretes-Mitchell) Prefeasibility Study” dated June 22, 2012 and amended November
11, 2014.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Vancouver, British Columbia.
I am the Vice President – Arctic Development with Tetra Tech with a business address at
14940, 123 Ave NW, Edmonton, Alberta, T5V 1B4.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of Lakehead University, (B.Eng. Civil, 1981).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#L38044), Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of Alberta (#M34713) and the Northwest Territories (#L341).
My relevant experience includes over 32 years of geotechnical engineering on a variety of
arctic resource based projects. The bulk of the work has focused on the design of
infrastructure for these projects, including all-weather and seasonal access roads. Specific
involvement on the world’s longest and most advanced winter road, the Tibbett to Contwoyto
Winter Road (TCWR) in Northwest Territory, is applicable to this project. I have also selected
routes and evaluated temporary winter access roads for two mining projects in Nunavut
(over 100 km each) and an oil field development project in northwestern Siberia, Russia
(200 km). I have also been involved in overseeing the evaluation of drilling pads for support
of exploration drilling rigs on floating ice covers and the use of offshore ice roads in the
Alaskan and Canadian Beaufort Sea.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was from September 12 to 13, 2011.
I am responsible for Sections 1.17.2 and 18.14 of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report, in acting
as a Qualified Person for the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic Assessment
2008”, dated December 22, 2008, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic
Assessment Addendum – 2009” dated September 8, 2009, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell
(KSM) Prefeasibility Study” dated March 31, 2010, and the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM)
Prefeasibility Study Update” dated June 15, 2011, and the “KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study” dated June 22, 2012.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 1st day of November, 2016 at Edmonton, Alberta.
I, Michael J. Lechner, P.Geo., RPG, CPG, of Stites, ID, USA, do hereby certify:
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Stites, Idaho.
I am a Principal with WN Brazier Associates Inc. with a business address at #8–3471 Regina
Ave., Richmond, BC.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the University of Saskatchewan (B.Sc. Electrical Engineering, 1969).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#8337).
My relevant experience includes engineering, construction supervision, and commissioning
of a large number of diesel and combustion turbine power plants, high-voltage transmission
lines and substations for mining applications.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was September 1 to 4, 2013.
I am responsible for Sections 1.17.6, 18.11, 18.12, and portions of Section 21.1 and 21.2
related to permanent electrical power supply and distribution, energy recovery, NTL
contribution, and MTDT mini hydro generation station costs of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have had involvement with the property that is the subject of the Technical Report, in acting
as a Qualified Person for the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic Assessment
2008”, dated December 22, 2008, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell Preliminary Economic
Assessment Addendum – 2009” dated September 8, 2009, the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell
(KSM) Prefeasibility Study” dated March 31, 2010, and the “Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell (KSM)
Prefeasibility Study Update” dated June 15, 2011.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Vancouver, British Columbia.
I am an Environmental Engineer with ERM Consultants Canada Ltd. with a business address
at 1500-1111 West Hastings St., Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 2J3.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of University of Montana, Montana College of Mineral Science and
Technology (Environmental Engineering, 1992).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (#27928).
My relevant experience was gained over 20 years working in mining and the environment. I
have experience managing Environmental and Social Impact Assessments, permitting
treatment plants and mine closure plans, leading due diligences and environmental audits
and the environmental and social aspects of several Preliminary Economic Assessments,
Pre-Feasibility and Feasibility Studies.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was on May 16, 2012
I am responsible for Sections 1.15, 20.0, 24.20, 26.2.3 (water balance, temporary water
treatment plants, and geochemistry database), and 27.0 (only references from sections for
which I am responsible) of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have no prior involvement with the Property that is the subject of the Technical Report.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Vancouver, British Columbia.
I, Ross David Hammett, Ph.D., P.Eng., of Burnaby, British Columbia, do hereby certify:
I am a Senior Engineer and Principal with Golder Associates Ltd. with a business address at:
500-4260 Still Creek Drive, Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada, V5C 6C6.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of James Cook University of North Queensland (Ph.D., 1976; M.Eng.Sc.,
1972; B.E Civil, 1970).
I am a member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia (# 11020).
I have 40 years of experience in mining and civil engineering. I have provided consulting
services for more than 150 underground mining projects and has provide services related to
mine planning, mining method selection, mine design, geotechnical studies, support
designs, blasting, backfill, caving mechanics, rock stress control, geohydrology, mine
dewatering, mining systems, mining automation, and environmental aspects of mining.
I am a “Qualified Person” for purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (the “Instrument”).
My most recent personal inspection of the Property was on October 18 and 19, 2011.
I am responsible for Sections 1.11 (underground mining), 15.1, 15.3, 15.4 (underground
mining), 16.1, 16.3, 16.4 (underground mining), 21.1 (costs pertaining to underground
mining), 21.2 (costs pertaining to underground mining), 21.3 (costs pertaining to
underground mining), 24.16.3, 24.16.4, 24.18.4, 24.18.5, 25.4, 25.11.5, 25.12.1, 26.2.1
(underground), 26.3.1 of the Technical Report.
I am independent of Seabridge Gold Inc. as defined by Section 1.5 of the Instrument.
I have no prior involvement with the Property that is the subject of the Technical Report.
I have read the Instrument and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for
have been prepared in compliance with the Instrument.
As of the date of this certificate, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the
section of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and technical
information that is required to be disclosed to make the technical report not misleading.
Signed and dated this 3rd day of November, 2016 at Burnaby, British Columbia.
I, Simon Allard, am employed as a Principal Consultant and Study Manager with Amec Foster
Wheeler Americas Limited with a business address at 400 – 111 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, BC,
V6B 5W3, Canada.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a member in good standing with the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists
of British Columbia, Canada.
I have practiced my profession for 12 years in the mining industry. My relevant experience includes
cash flow modelling, risk evaluation, financial analysis, marketing studies, mine planning, and
mining study supervision.
I am a “Qualified Person” for those sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible, for the
purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (NI 43-101).
I am responsible for Section 1.3, 1.4, 1.22, 1.23.2, 2.2, 2.2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2, 24.0, 24.16.1, 24.18,
24.18.1, 24.18.1(Open Pit Rock Storage Facility, MTT Rail System, Facilities-Buildings and
Services), 24.18.2, 24.21.0, 24.21.1, 24.21.1( Basis of the Estimate, Indirect and Contingency,
Owners Capital Costs, Sustaining Capital), 24.21.2, 24.21.2(Baisis of the estimate, Open Pit Mine
Operating Costs, Infrastructure Operating Costs), 24.21.3, 24.22, 25.1, 26.3, 27 of the Technical
Report.
I have read NI 43-101 and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for have been
prepared in compliance with NI 43-101.
As of the effective date of the Technical Report, to the best of my knowledge, information, and
belief, the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and
technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Technical Report not misleading.
I, Ignacy (Tony) Lipiec, am employed as Director, Process Engineering with Amec Foster Wheeler
Americas Limited with a business address at 400 – 111 Dunsmuir Street, Vancouver, BC, V6B 5W3,
Canada.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the University of British Columbia with a B.A.Sc. degree in Mining & Mineral
Process Engineering, in 1985.
I am a member in good standing with the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists
of British Columbia, Canada.
I have practiced my profession for 31 years in the mining industry. My relevant experience includes
metallurgical design and process engineering for base metal and precious metal projects in North
and South America. My project work and work experience includes Escondida, Pebble, Red Chris,
Mount Milligan, Huckleberry, Bell Copper, Equity Silver and Mount Polley.
I am a “Qualified Person” for those sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible, for the
purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (NI 43-101).
I am responsible for Section 1.3, 1.22, 1.23.2, 3.2, 24.17, 24.21.0, 24.21.1, 24.21.1(Basis of
Estimate, Sustaining Capital), 24.21.2, 24.21.2(Basis of the Estimate, Process Operating Costs,
G&A Operating Costs), 24.21.3, 25.1, 25.12.2, 26.3.4, 27 of the Technical Report.
I was involved in a review of the metallurgical test program on the KSM Project in 2014 and made
recommendations on additional testwork.
I have read NI 43-101 and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for have been
prepared in compliance with NI 43-101.
As of the effective date of the Technical Report, to the best of my knowledge, information, and
belief, the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and
technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Technical Report not misleading.
I, Mark Ramirez, am employed as a Principal Mining Engineer with Amec Foster Wheeler E&C
Services Inc. with a business address at Suite 2-1000, 2000 South Colorado Blvd, Denver, CO,
80222, USA.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled “2016 KSM (Kerr-Sulphurets-Mitchell)
Prefeasibility Study Update and Preliminary Economic Assessment”, with an effective date of
October 6, 2016 (the “Technical Report”).
I am a graduate of the Colorado School of Mines with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Mining
Engineering, in 1997.
I am in good standing as a Registered Member of the Society for Mining, Metallurgy, and
Exploration.
I have practiced my profession for 20 years in the mining industry. My relevant experience includes
a decade as a mining engineer at Freeport’s Henderson and Grasberg underground mines,
consulting studies on underground studies for the expansion at Bingham Canyon in Utah, and the
Maturi mine in Minnesota, and the Fruta del Norte project in Ecuador. I provided in-depth senior
consulting services for Codelco’s El Teniente New Mine Level and Chuquicamata Underground
caving mine projects in Chile. I worked full time on the value engineering, feasibility study and
detailed engineering for the 95,000 tpd block caving development at Oyu Tolgoi.
I am a “Qualified Person” for those sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible, for the
purposes of National Instrument 43-101 (NI 43-101).
I am responsible for Section 1.3, 1.22, 1.23.2, 3.2, 24.16.2, 24.18, 24.18.3, 24.21.0, 24.21.1,
24.21.1(Basis of the Estimate, Sustaining Capital), 24.21.2, 24.21.2(Basis of the Estimate,
Underground Mine Operating Costs), 24.21.3, 25.1, 25.12.1, 26.3.3, 27 of the Technical Report.
I was briefly involved with some scoping level mining exercises in 2014 for Deep Kerr.
I have read NI 43-101 and the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for have been
prepared in compliance with NI 43-101.
As of the effective date of the Technical Report, to the best of my knowledge, information, and
belief, the sections of the Technical Report that I am responsible for contain all scientific and
technical information that is required to be disclosed to make the Technical Report not misleading.